Skip to main content

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

See other formats


Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2012 with funding from 

LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://archive.org/details/armstrong8687arms 



M 



■ 



A:/" 



f s2« USB 






■- 



fr*+ 





i 




Armstrong State College is a senior residential 
college In Savannah, Georgia 



Accreditation: Armstrong State College is a senior college in the Uni- 
versity System of Georgia. It is accredited by the Southern Association 
of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges. 



Academic Calendar* 

Fall, 1986 Winter, 1987 Spring, 1987 
(11 weeks) (11 weeks) (11 weeks) 



Summer, 1987 
(7 weeks) (9 weeks) 



Registration 


September 16 


January 2 


March 27 


June 18 


June 18 


First Day of Classes 


September 17 


January 5 


March 30 


June 22 


June 22 


Mid-Term Examinations 


October 21 


February 9 


May 1 


July 14 


July 21 


Last Day to Withdraw 


October 21 


February 9 


May 1 


July 14 


July 21 


Early Registration and Advisement 


Oct. 27-Nov 7 


Feb. 9-20 


Apr. 27-May 8 


July 13-24 


July 13-24 


Last Day of Classes 


November 25 


March 16 


June 5 


August 10 


August 24 


Reading Day 


November 26 


March 17 


June 8 


August 1 1 


August 25 


Final Examinations Begin 


December 1 


March 18 


June 9 


August 12 


August 26 


Final Examinations End 


December 3 


March 20 


June 11 


August 13 


August 27 


Graduation 


December 3 




June 12 






Holiday 


Nov. 27, 28 


January 19 




July 3 


July 3 



Institutional Scholastic Aptitude 
Test (SAT) 



Aug. 30 



Nov. 22 



March 7 



Basic Skills Examination (BSE) 



Sept. 4, 8, 10 Dec. 4, 15 



March 18 



June 10, 23, July 6, 13, 20, 
29 27, Aug 3. 10 



Diagnostic Tests (Eng. & Math) 



Sept. 4, 8, 10 Dec. 4, 15 March 18 

October 15 January 27 April 14 



June 10, 23, July 6, 13. 20 
29 27. Aug 3. 10 



College Level Examination 
Program (CLEP) 



October 15 January 14 



April 8 



June 17 



Regents' Test Application Deadline 



October 7 



January 20 April 14 



June 24 



Regents Test Administration 



October 28 February 10 May 5 



July 14 



CHAOS Orientation Sessions 



July 10, 17, 24, 
31, August 7 



'All dates subject to change. 



CALENDAR 1986 



SEPTEMBER 
S M T W T F 



2 3 

e io 

16 17 

23 24 
30 



5 8 7 

12 13 14 
18 20 21 



T F 

2 3 

e 10 

16 17 

23 24 



26 27 26 29 30 31 



NOVEMBER 
S M T W T F 



12 13 14 15 
19 20 21 22 
26 27 26 29 



CALENDAR 1987 



8 M T W T F S 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 26 29 30 31 



S M 

3 4 

10 11 

17 18 

24 25 
31 



MAY 

T W T F S 

1 2 

5 6 7 6 9 

12 13 14 15 16 

19 20 21 22 23 

26 27 28 29 X 



FEBRUARY 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 26 



T F S 

4 5 6 

11 12 13 

18 19 20 

25 26 27 



T F 
5 6 

12 13 



18 19 20 21 



DECEMBER 

M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 

8 9 10 11 12 13 

15 16 17 18 19 20 

22 23 24 25 26 27 

29 30 31 



W T F S 

12 3 4 

6 9 10 11 

15 18 17 18 

22 23 24 25 



26 27 26 29 30 



14 15 16 17 
21 22 23 24 
26 29 30 



S M T W T F 



21 22 23 24 25 



W T F S 

5 8 7 8 

12 13 14 15 

19 20 21 22 

26 27 26 29 




Armstrong State College 

1935 Abercorn Street . Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997 






.' 


The College/City 


9 


Student Life 


15 




19 


Financial Information 


33 


Academics 


40 


School of Arts and Sciences 


65 


School of Education 


135 


School of Health Professions 


165 


Graduate Catalog 


189 


Faculty/Administration 


240 


Index 


252 




Or ask any of our nearly 2800 students, "What is college lite at 
Armstrong State College really like 9 " You'll get answers that run the 
gamut, because different people are looking for - and find - different 
things in any similar situation. 

As you read this catalog you're already a part of a special group. 
Your future roommates, classmates, and teammates are also 
reading these words as they decide where and how they will spend 
their college years. They, like you, are looking for the real 
Armstrong, the college beyond a beautiful campus, a friendly smile, 
and modern facilities. 

Perhaps it will help, at least a little, if you can see what lies behind 
the words which describe Armstrong. 

... a belief that quality education today shapes all your 
tomorrows . . . 

Armstrong has spent its 50 year history striving to provide quality 
education beyond all else. Never one to be self-satisfied, Armstrong 
retained its strong liberal arts base as it added career programs in 
education and the health professions. The conviction that a truly 
educated person is one who has knowledge of and appreciation for 
a wide range of subjects still prevails. 

You will spend most of your adult life in the 21st century. You'll be 
balled upon to answer questions which haven't yet been asked, to 
work in jobs that don't yet exist, to adapt to a way of life that 
stretches the imagination. Preparation for that life is happening at 
Armstrong. And it's happening today. 




. . . Armstrong graduates excel 
- in the job marketplace and in 
graduate school. 

One reason ASC graduates are 
in demand in the workplace is 
because their education has 
stressed "real world" skills. 
Qualities like critical thinking, 
adaptability, writing and 
speaking and ethical 
judgements are of increasing 
importance in conjunction with 
learning what you need to know 
to succeed in your chosen field. 
Your Armstrong degree is a 
career investment which pays 
handsome dividends. 

If a profession is your goal, you'll want to investigate one of the 
highly successful pre-professional programs in medicine, dentistry, 
veterinary science, forestry, and law. Armstrong graduates often 
elect to further their career goals through graduate study. In fact, a 
full 40 percent of all Armstrong graduates in chemistry have entered 
graduate school (20 percent in the medical field). 





II . . our faculty stacks up with the best and mingles with 
^students on a first name basis . . . 

(Whatever their field, Armstrong professors are serious about helping 
heir students learn. Perhaps that's why you'll frequently find faculty 
nd students head-to-head over coffee, a special project or the 
atest headlines. 

our classes will be small, usually no more than 30 students, so you 
nd your instructor get to know each other well. Maintaining a 19:1 
tudent/faculty ratio is important at Armstrong. 

Armstrong faculty stay equally 
involved in their academic 
disciplines. Research and 
publishing flourish in the 
teaching staff, where doctorates 
predominate. That's another 
"plus" at Armstrong - you won't 
be lectured by a teaching 
assistant, even in the most basic 
courses. 

. . . more than 75 majors/ 
programs in the arts & 
sciences, teacher education 
and the health professions . . . 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution of higher 
education. That means you have a wide choice of majors that will 
ead to a successful career and a bright future. 

While a liberal arts core curriculum forms the basis for all Armstrong 
degrees on the associate and baccalaureate levels, you will find 
ample opportunity to realize your career goals and to broaden your 
educational horizons through academic concentrations, minors, 
internships, and co-op programs. 

The quality teacher education program relies heavily on this arts & 
sciences base and adds professional courses to prepare dedicated 
teachers for future generations. 

Engineering studies is a rapidly expanding program. Today's 
technology keeps job demand high and Armstrong students can 
complete a full three years of study, including basic engineering 
courses, before transferring through a dual-degree program to one 
of five regional Schools of Engineering. 




Graduates in the School of Health Professions, a regional health 
education center, find ready employment in the rapidly expanding 
health career fields. Pass rates of graduates who take national and/ 
or state licensing exams approach 100 percent. 



. . . students span a broad range in age, a mix which brings 
richness to the classroom . . . 






A substantial number of 
Armstrong students (about 30 
percent) are over 22 years of 
age. You'll be as likely to share 
classes with a typical 18-year 
old freshman or a young mother 
as a business person or a senior 
citizen. Education is a common 
bond and mature experiences 
and viewpoints often add 
another dimension to 
discussions. 





. the best of both worlds - 
f friendly, personal campus life 
in an urban Savannah setting . 

College life at Armstrong is 
many things. Boring isn't one of 
them. Whether you love sailing 
with the ocean breeze and salt 
spray in your face or paddling 
silently as you canoe the 
beautiful Ogeechee river, water 
sports abound. In fact, sunny 
skies and year-round shirt sleeve 
weather mean students spend a 
lot of time outdoors. Even many 
of historic Savannah's special 
festivals, symphony concerts 
and jazz outings are held under 
the sun or stars. And, if you've 
never spent St. Patrick's Day on 
River Street, you've missed a 
never-to-be-forgotten 
experience. 






You'll gain personal and 
professional insights as you 
"find yourself." You'll 
approach your future with 
the confidence of the well- 
prepared. And you'll make 
lifelong friendships 
strengthened by shared 
memories. 



A^ % fifr 





7^e &tyl&>Meae 



~r~ 



10 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



History of the College 

Armstrong State College, a senior unit of the 
University System of Georgia, was founded in 
1935, as Armstrong Junior College, to help meet 
the needs for college level educational oppor- 
tunities in the community. The college, as es- 
tablished by the City's Mayor and Aldermen, 
was housed in the beautiful Armstrong home, a 
gift to the city from the family of George F. Arm- 
strong. Over the years the college occupied five 
additional buildings in the Forsyth Park and 
Monterey Square areas. In 1959, as Armstrong 
College of Savannah, it became a two-year unit 
of the University System. The Board of Regents 
conferred four-year status on Armstrong in 1964 
and the college moved to its present 250 acre 
site, a gift from the Mills B. Lane Foundation, in 
December of 1965. Additional buildings joined 
the eight original structures as Armstrong added 
professional and graduate programs and tripled 
in size. 

The Fine Arts Center, including a 1,000 seat 
theatre/auditorium, the Health Professions Build- 
ing, a new apartment style residence complex, 
a library wing, and an academic computing cen- 
ter are among more recent additions. 

Armstrong State College, now in its fifty-first 
year, offers over 75 academic programs and 
majors in the schools of arts and sciences, ed- 
ucation and health professions. 

The academic community includes approxi- 
mately 2750 students and 142 full-time faculty 
members. Armstrong State College was fully ac- 
credited as a senior institution by the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools in Decem- 
ber, 1968, with accreditation retroactive to Jan- 
uary 1, 1968, and was last reaccredited in 
December 1982. 

Purpose 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose 
institution offering degree programs in the health 
professions, human services, liberal arts and 
teacher education. Graduate programs are also 
available in selected academic areas. As a serv- 
ice to the community, it also provides a contin- 
uing education program for those who have 
nondegree objectives. The College strives to 
maintain the flexibility and adaptability which ac- 
tivated its growth and change of status in less 
than thirty-five years from a small city-supported 
junior college to a senior college in the University 
System of Georgia. Therefore, the College de- 



fines its present purpose in the following terms: 

to provide a professional staff and modern 
facilities in an environment that promotes the 
free exchange of ideas; 

to bring each student to a better realization of 
his own intellectual, emotional, and spiritual po- 
tential by providing academic programs in the 
humanities, natural sciences, and social sci- 
ences; 

to develop the student's technical and ana- 
lytical skills through programs leading to profes- 
sional degrees in a number of areas, including 
Health Professions, Criminal Justice, and 
Teacher Education; 

to offer opportunities for continuing education 
through symposia, conferences, institutes, and 
courses unrelated to degree programs; 

to make available the full resources of the Col- 
lege through involvement in research projects, 
public service activities, and other programs 
sponsored by the community. 



Location 

Armstrong students find much to enjoy about 
living in the cosmopolitan city of Savannah, the 
major urban area (pop. 200,000) in coastal 
Georgia. The college's 250 acre campus is lo- 
cated in a residential area of the city which pro- 
motes a feeling of freedom and security on 
campus. 

Savannah, Georgia's founding city, has all the 
historic and cultural variety of a metropolitan city 
with the added advantage of the ocean at its 
back door. A temperate climate encourages out- 
door activities and recreation year round. Beach 
and river outings include sailing, boating, water 
skiing, sunning and beachcombing. Golf, ten- 
nis, fishing and hunting are also popular. 

A resident symphony orchestra, dance and 
theatre groups, and visiting entertainment 
groups regularly perform at the Civic Center. 
Special celebrations and other festivals are 
scheduled throughout the year. 

The historic past lives in harmony with today's 
progress in Savannah. As a living laboratory for 
history, Savannah is unsurpassed yet the Sa- 
vannah port is one of the busiest on the Atlantic 
coast. 

Community oriented leisure activities comple- 
ment on-campus happenings. A growing NCAA 
intercollegiate athletic program, active intra- 
murals, concerts, plays and special entertain- 
ment mean lots to do without leaving campus. 



PROGRAMS 



1 1 



Accreditation 

Armstrong State College has earned the fol- 
lowing regional and special purpose ace 

ns: 

Armstrong State College - by the Southern As- 
sociation of Colleges and Schools for the pe- 
riod 1982-1992 

Associate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1 985- 1 993 

Baccalaureate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League of Nursing for the period 1985-1993 

Criminal Justice - by the Criminal Justice Ac- 
creditation Council for the period 1981-1991 

Dental Hygiene - by the Commission on Accred- 
itation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Edu- 
cational Programs for the period 1985-1990 

Health Information Management - by the Com- 
mittee on Allied Health Education and Ac- 
creditation for the period 1984-1987. 

Medical Technology - by the National Accredit- 
ing Agency for Clinical Laboratory Services 
for the period 1985-1990 

Music - by the National Association of Schools 
of Music for the period 1984-1990 

Radiologic Technologies - by the Committee on 
Allied Health Education and Accreditation for 
the period 1984-1986. 

Respiratory Therapy Department - by the Com- 
mittee on Allied Health Education and Ac- 
creditation for the period 1983-1988. 

Teacher Education Programs - by the National 
Council for the Accreditation of Teacher 
Education for the period 1982-1989. 



Development Activities 

The Office of Development promotes funding 
for college programs from sources supplemen- 
tal to state appropriations and student fees The 
college participates in federal and other grant- 
supported activities, and seeks assistance from 
alumni and friends. Gifts from private sources 
are accepted for various purposes such as ath- 
letics, instructional equipment, library books, 
matching funds for grants, scholarships and 
other restricted purchases Unrestricted contri- 
butions are disbursed at the present's discre- 
tion. Gifts of any size can be used to add to the 
library collection in the name of an individual or 
agency. The Vice President for Student Affairs 
and Development can provide further informa- 
tion to any prospective donor 



Alumni Activities 

rhe Aiuii 

torn i ach 

. 
dent is eligible foi 

Association Contact the Alumn , for 

further information 

Two- Year Degree Programs 

The following two-year degrees are offered as 
preparation for higher degrees in the liberal arts 
and professions or as terminal professional de- 
grees: 

Associate of Arts 

Associate of Science in Criminal Justice 

Associate of Science in Dental Hygiene 

Associate of Science in Early Childhood 
Education 

Associate of Science in Health Information 
Management 

Associate of Science in Nursing 

Associate of Science in Radiologic Technolo- 
gies 

Associate of Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Four- Year Degree Programs 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of art, drama- 
speech, English, history, music, political sci- 
ence, and psychology. 

Bachelor of General Studies. 

Bachelor of Health Science. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, 
chemistry, computer science, criminal justice, 
and mathematical sciences 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in Early Elementary Education; Middle School 
Education; Health, Physical Education and Rec- 
reation; and Secondary Education in teaching 
fields of Art Education, Biology Education, 
Broad Field Social Studies, Business Education 
(with concentrations in bookkeeping and busi- 
ness management, comprehensive, or data 
processing; (cooperative arrangement with Sa- 
vannah State College). Chemistry Education. 
English Education. General Science Education. 
Industrial Arts Education (cooperative arrange- 
ment with Savannah State College). Mathemat- 
ics Education. Music Education, Physics 
Education. Social Science Education (with con- 
centrations in history, political science, and be- 
havioral science). Trade and Industrial 



12 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Education (cooperative arrangement with Sa- 
vannah State College), and Speech Correction. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Edu- 
cation. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher Ed- 
ucation programs, preparing students for cert- 
ification by the Georgia State Department of 
Education in the following areas: art, behavioral 
science, biology, business education, chemis- 
try, early elementary education, English, general 
science, history, industrial arts, library media, 
mathematics, middle school education, music, 
physics, political science, social studies, trade 
and industrial education. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Armstrong State College offers courses ap- 
propriate for the first two years of baccalaureate 
programs such as business, engineering, for- 
estry, industrial management, pharmacy, physi- 
cal therapy, physics, etc., not offered among its 
degree programs, and it offers the pre-profes- 
sional study appropriate for dentistry, law, medi- 
cine, veterinary medicine, and other profes- 
sional fields. 

Dual-Degree Programs 

Upon completion of the first three years of 
academic work at Armstrong, the student may 
enroll for two subsequent years at Georgia In- 
stitute of Technology, University of Florida, Au- 
burn University, Clemson University, or 
Mississippi State University. After completing 
the requirements of the two cooperating insti- 
tutions, the student will be awarded a bacca- 
laureate degree from Armstrong State College 
and a baccalaureate degree in one of a number 
of academic areas from the second school (e.g., 
engineering). For further information on this 
dual-degree program, the student should con- 
tact the Head of the Department of Chemistry 
and Physics, who is the local coordinator of the 
Dual-Degree program. 

Cooperative Education 
Program 

Armstrong State College has initiated a co- 
operative program in connection with its Engi- 
neering Studies Program. Opportunities are 
available in some other disciplines as well. Co- 



operative education students alternate quarters 
between college and work. The cooperative pro- 
gram offers students practical experience as 
well as financial assistance in the form of com- 
pensation from the firms that employ them. 

Students interested in applying for admission 
to the cooperative education program should 
contact the Coordinator of Cooperative Educa- 
tion. 

Evening Courses 

A wide selection of evening undergraduate 
and graduate level courses accommodate stu- 
dents who are employed during the day. Eve- 
ning courses are scheduled to enable evening 
students to complete degree requirements in a 
variety of fields. 

Off Campus Courses 

Armstrong State College offers selected 
courses at the Coastal Georgia Center for Con- 
tinuing Education each quarter. In addition, 
courses are taught at Memorial Medical Center, 
Savannah Vocational Technical School and 
other city sites on demand. Armstrong State par- 
ticipates in a consortium of state colleges that 
offers credit programs at Brunswick Junior Col- 
lege. 

General Studies 

Associate and baccalaureate programs in 
general studies emphasize a liberal arts edu- 
cation and allow students to acquire a broad- 
based background in the arts and sciences. 
These degrees are particularly attractive to stu- 
dents who desire the general intellectual growth 
which comes with a multi-disciplinary degree. 

Coastal Georgia Center for 
Continuing Education 

The Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing 
Education was established in 1979 to combine 
the resources of Armstrong State College's 
Community Services Division and Savannah 
State College's Extended Services Division. Uti- 
lizing a Downtown Center located at 428 Bull 
Street, the Center operates a unified continuing 
education program dedicated to serving the 
people of Savannah, Chatham County, the State 
of Georgia and. for some programs, persons 
beyond those boundaries. 

A wide variety of programs is offered at Arm- 



PROGRAMS 



13 



strong State College, Savannah State College, 
the Downtown Centei and when it is appropri 

ate, at job sites, schools, community centers, 
and other locations in Savannah Instructors are 
drawn from the faculties ot both institutions, from 
qualified experts in the Savannah community. 
and from consultants throughout the region. 

On the Armstrong campus, the major com- 
munity services/continuing education compo- 
nent of the college is the short-course/ 
conference program This unit administers non- 
degree courses, conferences, and seminars de- 
signed for area residents who do not wish to 
participate in the regular credit classes offered 
by the college These activities vary widely — 
some are related to professional development, 
others reflect personal interests, while others are 
recreational in nature The Registrar maintains 
permanent records of persons participating in 
activities that meet certain criteria. 

The Coastal Georgia Center cooperates with 



the , ,i Center for Conhr 

Education tin <;e as a center 

examinations are proctored for student-, 
rolled in independent study (correspondence) 
courses A booklet dot se courses is 

available upon request Examinations from i 
colleges and examinations by professional so- 
cieties can also be proctored Examination proc- 
uring is by prior arrangement only 



Cross Enrollment Program 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College 
or at Armstrong State College as a full-time stu- 
dent has the privilege of taking one course with 
his Dean's approval at the other college without 
paying an additional fee. A student may obtain 
in the Office of the Registrar the proper form for 
permission to register for courses at Savannah 
State College. 



14 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






1 



Student 




16 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Student Life 

One of the primary aims of the educational 
mission at Armstrong State College is the total 
development of students. This growth process 
is enhanced by integrating opportunities for so- 
cial, emotional, cultural, physical and spiritual 
development in addition to intellectual growth. 
The Office of Student Affairs is committed to 
providing programs and services which foster 
an educational environment which will assist stu- 
dents in achieving their full potential. The college 
encourages learning through involvement in the 
residence center, student government, campus 
organizations, intramurals, and more. 

Residence Life and Food 
Service 

The residence center, completed in Septem- 
ber of 1985, consists of three buildings which 
house 64 students each. The two-story, town- 
house-style design encourages student inter- 
action without a loss of privacy. Each two- 
bedroom suite, accommodating four students, 
has a bath and living room. All units are fully 
furnished, carpeted, and have unit-controlled 
heat and air conditioning. Phone jacks and an 
on-site coin laundry are added conveniences. 
Several units are equipped to accommodate 
handicapped students. The residence complex 
is staffed by a head resident and resident as- 
sistants. These students are chosen on the basis 
of leadership and willingness to serve their fel- 
low students. 

Students who live in college housing are re- 
quired to participate in the 15-meal plan pro- 
vided in the Memorial College Center. The plan 
includes three meals per day, Monday through 
Friday. The meal plan is also available for stu- 
dents who do not choose to live in college hous- 
ing. 

Housing applications and/or specific infor- 
mation should be requested from the Office of 
Admissions or the Director of Housing. 

Student Involvement 

The Orientation Program is designed to pro- 
mote social and academic adjustment of new 
students and transfer students. CHAOS (Com- 
munication, Help, Advisement, Orientation and 
Service) provides freshmen with the information, 
services and support essential to a successful 
transition into the Armstrong community. Partici- 



pants in these one day summer CHAOS ses- 
sions receive individual attention from student 
leaders and staff as they acquire first hand ex- 
perience with academic advising, registration, 
campus facilities, student activities, college poli- 
cies and procedures. The CHAOS program is a 
cooperative effort of Student Leaders and col- 
lege staff. Competitive selection of student lead- 
ers occurs annually during Spring Quarter. 
Inquiries concerning CHAOS should be ad- 
dressed to the Office of Student Affairs. An ab- 
breviated orientation program is scheduled for 
students new to the college prior to registration 
Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters 

The Student Government Association is the 

official governing body of the students at Arm- 
strong State College. It assists in formulating a 
program of student services and activities, and 
it strives to express the will of the majority of 
students and to provide experience in demo- 
cratic living. All students are automatically mem- 
bers of the SGA and are entitled to vote in SGA 
elections. Qualified students may seek positions 
of leadership in the Student Government As- 
sociation by running for office during the Spring 
or Fall elections. 

Student Clubs and Organizations provide 
Armstrong State College students with oppor- 
tunities to develop leadership skills, broaden 
their social and professional backgrounds, and 
make a significant contribution to the college 
and the community. They reflect the natural va- 
riety of interests found in a diverse student body. 
Religious: Baptist Student Union. 
Greek: Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority, and Phi 

Mu Sorority. 
Professional: Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Ed- 
ucation), American Chemical Society, ASC 
Engineering Society, Association for Com- 
puting Machinery, Data Processing Man- 
agement Association, Georgia Association 
of Nursing Students, James Moore Wayne 
Law Club, Jr. American Dental Hygienists 
Association, Medical Record Association, 
Medical Technology Student Association, 
Music Educators National Conference, 
Radiologic Technology Association, Res- 
piratory Therapy Association, and The E. B. 
Twitmeyer Society (Psychology). 
Special Interest: Band, Cheerleaders, Cho- 
rus, Dungeoneers, International Students 
Association, Masquers, Metathought, Pep 
Band, and Vocal Ensemble. 



STUDENT LIFE 



1/ 



Academic Honor Societies ognize and 
encourage superior scholar- 1 elds 

of study Campus chapters include Beta Beta 
Beta (Biology). Joel H Hildebrand Honor Soci- 
ety (Chemistry), Kappa Delta Pi (Education), Phi 
Alpha Theta (History), Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic 
for freshmen), Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics), 
Scabbard and Blade (Military Science), and 
Sigma Theta (Nursing) 

Student Publications provide opportunities 
for students to develop skills in creative writing, 
reporting, photography and design. The Gee- 
chee (yearbook), Inkwell (newspaper) and Cal- 
liope (literary magazine) are all produced by 
students under the supervision of approved col- 
lege advisors They are financed, in part, by the 
Student Activity Fund 

College Sports and Recreation Offerings 

abound. The college places a high priority on 
its intramural and recreational offerings and pro- 
vides a wide variety of activities including or- 
ganized competitive sports. Approximately 60 
percent of the student body are involved in in- 
tramurals. The physical education complex in- 
cludes an indoor olympic-size pool, gymnasium 
and weight room. Outdoor facilities for tennis 
and field sports are adjacent. 

Intercollegiate Athletics at Armstrong are af- 
filiated with the National Collegiate Athletic As- 
sociation (NCAA) Division I. The men's athletic 
teams are basketball, baseball, tennis, soccer, 
cross country and golf. Women's teams are bas- 
ketball, golf, tennis, swimming, volleyball, and 
cross country. Armstrong State College is a 
member of the Big South Conference. 

Cultural Opportunities on campus and off 
are an important aspect in the total educational 
process. Nationally known speakers, contem- 
porary concerts, dances, popular films, exhibits 
and performances by outstanding classical and 
modern artists from around the world comple- 
ment the student's general education. These 
programs are selected and coordinated by the 
College Union Board. Student dramatic, choral, 
and instrumental groups under professional di- 
rection, have established distinguished tradi- 
tions. On-campus offerings, such as the Faculty 
Lecture Series, broaden knowledge and interest 
in a non-classroom setting. The 1,000 seat fine 
arts auditorium often hosts performances by the 
Savannah Symphony, area arts groups, and out- 
of-town troupes 



Student Services 

The Counseling Center . 
who are concerned abo <j educational 

and occupational goals and resolving personal 
problems Counselors offer individual co r 
ences to students who voluntarily seek help in 
choosing a major, setting career goals, st 
mg, and dealing with academic demands or 
conflict with family or friends Counselors give 
tests to measure interest and ability, provide in- 
formation to explore education and work op- 
portunities, and instruct students on the use of 
computerized career and study skills develop- 
ment programs In addition, counselors can 
often provide information about college policies, 
curriculum, and campus resources 

Individual Tests of interests, values, and abil- 
ities are available to students through counsel- 
ing services. In addition, the following testing 
programs are administered by the counseling 
staff: College-Level Examination Program 
(CLEP), DANTES Subject Standardized Tests 
(DSST), Dental Admission Test (DAT), Graduate 
Record Examination (GRE), Medical College 
Admission Test (MCAT), Miller Analogies Test 
(MAT), National Teacher Examinations (NTE), 
Regents' Testing Program and Veterinary Apti- 
tude Test (VAT). Other testing programs about 
which information is available include the Gradu- 
ate Management Admission Test (GMAT), Law 
School Admission Test (LSAT), and Pharmacy 
College Admission Test. 

The Career Development and Placement 
Office provides assistance with all aspects of 
career development. Students can get help with 
the early stages of career development such as 
selecting an academic major, gathering occu- 
pational information and investigating career 
paths through individualized career counseling 
and computerized career guidance techniques. 
Experiential opportunities such as internships, 
part-time and temporary employment are co- 
ordinated by the office staff. Students closer to 
graduation may take advantage of one-on-one 
instruction and workshops for resume writing, 
interviewing skills and job search strategies. Job 
listings, referrals and on-campus interview serv- 
ices are also available to students and alumni 
registered with the office. All seniors are strongly 
urged to register with the office at least three 
quarters prior to graduation to establish a place- 
ment file and become eligible for placement 
services. 



18 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Veterans will find the Office of Veterans Af- 
fairs helpful in advising about admissions pro- 
cedures and services available to them The 
office employs a number of student veterans to 
assist in meeting the needs of the veteran stu- 
dent body 

The Minority Advisement Program helps 
minority students develop interest in all facets 
of college life. A peer advisor offers one-on-one 
assistance to students in adjusting to personal 
and academic life on campus, in addition, so- 
cial, cultural and educational activities designed 
to broaden all students' knowledge of Black 
people and their contributions to society are pre- 
sented. 

The Adults Back to College Program meets 
the special needs and concerns of the non-tra- 
ditional student. Mature students who are be- 
ginning college or are returning after several 
years away will find that the A. B.C. program will 
ease their transition to student life and address 
their career and academic questions. 

The Academic Computing Center houses 
separate minicomputer and microcomputer fa- 
cilities for student use. The operating system is 
UNIX. VAX 11/750 and PDP 1 1/24 minicomputer 
systems are connected to multi-terminals and a 
high speed line printer. The micro area features 
AT&T 6300 systems, Apple 2 + and Apple lie 
micros networked to a Corvus hard disk system, 
Macintoshes and Comodore 64's. 

The Writing Center is a place where students 
in all disciplines may come for help with their 
writing. Tutors in the Writing Center offer indi- 
vidual instruction in basic writing skills and pro- 
vide guidance in the preparation of essays, 
reports, and research papers. The aim of the 
Writing Center is not only to assist students in 
core composition courses, but also to work with 
faculty to improve writing across the curriculum. 
The center is administered by the Department 
of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 



Lane Library, built in 1966 and extensively 
enlarged in 1975, serves the library needs of the 
Armstrong State College community. The staff 
attempts to combine the traditional repository 
responsibility of academic libraries with newer 
concepts of librananship that include biblio- 
graphic instruction, computer-assisted infor- 
mation retrieval, and audio-visual production/ 
circulation The library collection consists of ap- 
proximately 575,000 total resources, including 
140,000 books and periodicals, 400,000 micro- 
forms, 35.000 records, slides, motion picture 
kits, and videotapes, and 850 newspaper and 
periodical subscriptions. The Florence Powell 
Minis Collection includes college archives, ma- 
terial of local color, and a special collection of 
first editions and Conrad Aiken works. An inter- 
library loan system augments the collections. 
Lane Library has taken advantage of the latest 
technology to improve its services and opera- 
tions. Library technical services are enhanced 
through membership in a national bibliographic 
utility; reference services are strengthened via 
computerized bibliographic searching, and au- 
dio-visual services are rendered through so- 
phisticated graphic and software distribution 
divisions. 

The Book Store is the source of all required 
textbooks and course-related supplies. It also 
offers general supplies and a selection of im- 
printed apparel and gift items. 

Parking Regulations 

All vehicles driven on campus should display 
a college parking decal on the left rear bumper. 
Free decals are available at the Security Office 
on Science Drive. 

All students, faculty, and staff are encouraged 
to become aware of the parking regulations. A 
set of regulations may be picked up in the Se- 
curity Office or Office of Student Affairs. 




A d *H C44COK4 




20 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



General Information 

Application forms for admission to Armstrong 
State College are provided by the Office of Ad- 
missions upon request. Applications cannot be 
considered until all required forms are com- 
pleted and returned to the Office of Admissions. 

Applicants must be at least sixteen years old 
on or before registration date and must give evi- 
dence of good moral character, promise of 
growth and development, seriousness of pur- 
pose, and a sense of social responsibility. Arm- 
strong State College reserves the right to 
examine and appraise the character, the per- 
sonality, and the physical fitness of applicants 
by the use of tests and to require additional bi- 
ographical data and an interview before appli- 
cants are accepted or rejected. If an interview 
is required, the applicants will be notified. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to 
refuse to accept any or all of the credits from 
any high school or other institution, notwith- 
standing its accredited status, when the College 
determines through investigation or otherwise 
that the quality of instruction at such high school 
or institution is, for any reason, deficient or un- 
satisfactory. The judgment of the College on this 
question shall be final. 

On the basis of achievement as reflected by 
high school or college grades and academic 
potential as shown by scores on the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test, an evaluation of each applicant's 
readiness to undertake college work will be 
made. The Admissions Officer may refer any 
application to the Admissions Committee of the 
College for study and advice. 

The decision as to whether applicants shall 
be accepted or rejected will be made by the 
Admissions Officer in accordance with admis- 
sions policies and subject to the applicants' right 
of appeal as provided in the policies of the 
Board of Regents of the University System. The 
Admissions Officer shall, as promptly as prac- 
ticable, inform applicants of the action taken 
upon their application. 

The College reserves the right to reject an 
applicant who is not a resident of the State of 
Georgia. All students enrolled at Armstrong 
State College are required to affirm that they will 
abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. 

An applicant who is denied admission to the 
college may appeal the decision by stating the 
nature of the appeal to the Academic Standing 
Committee prior to the beginning of the desired 
quarter of entry. The Academic Standing Com- 



mittee will review the appeal and make a rec- 
ommendation to the President of the College. 
The President will render a decision. 

An applicant who has been determined a non- 
resident for the purposes of tuition may appeal 
the residency classification. The applicant 
should complete an affidavit for residency availa- 
ble in the Office of Registrar. A committee ap- 
pointed by the President of the College will hear 
the appeal and make recommendations to the 
President. The President will render a decision. 

Information Required of 
Freshmen Applicants 

All freshmen applicants must submit the fol- 
lowing: 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an ac- 

credited high school. A transcript of 
the high school record must be sub- 
mitted by the high school directly to 
the College. 

OR 
b. Evidence of successful completion of 
the General Education Development 
Test (GED), with no scores less than 
45. A score report form must be sub- 
mitted directly to the college from the 
GED testing center where the student 
took the test or by DANTES. 2318 
South Park Street, Madison, Wisconsin 
53713 (if the student took the test 
through the United States Armed 
Forces Institute while in military serv- 
ice). 

2. Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Ap- 
titude Test of the College Entrance Exam- 
ination Board. Specific scores required are 
listed under the categories of admission. 
Official results of the SAT must be filed with 
the Office of Admissions by the final data 
for the submission of an application for the 
Quarter in which a student wishes to enroll. 
Students wishing to make application to 
take the SAT may secure application forms 
from their secondary school principal or 
counselor or from the College Entrance Ex- 
amination Board, Box 592, Princeton. New 
Jersey 08540. 

An Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(ISAT) is given quarterly through the Office of 
Counseling and Placement at the College. ISAT 
scores can be used only for admission to Arm- 
strong State College and registration forms are 
available through the Office of Admissions. 



ADMISSIONS 



21 



Regular Admission 

aquire 
the 

Colle 

1 A total score on the S Aptitude 
Test ot al I (combii il and 
mathematics sections) 

2 A score ot not less than 330 on the verbal 
section ot the Scholastic Aptitude Test 

3 A score of not less than 330 on the math- 
ematics section of the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test 

4 A minimum high school grade point aver- 
age of 2 "C " is recommended for regular 
admission to the college 

The grade point average calculated by the 
high school counselor cumulative of all courses 
taken from grades 9 through 12 will be used by 
the college as the official grade point average 

Conditional Admission 

An applicant who qualifies for admission to 
the College but who does not qualify for regular 
admission will be granted conditional admis- 
sion. A student is conditionally admitted to the 
College if the SAT score total is less than 750 
or if any part of the SAT score (verbal or math) 
is less than 330. An applicant who scores less 
than 250 verbal or 280 mathematical on the SAT 
and has less than a 1 8 high school grade point 
average will be denied admission to the college 

All conditionally admitted students must take 
the Basic Skills Examination (BSE) in order to 
qualify for regular admission. This examination 
should be taken before the student's first reg- 
istration at the College. If a conditionally admit- 
ted student fails to take the BSE before 
registering, the choice of courses (until the test 
is taken) will be limited by the student's SAT 
scores as follows 

If the verbal SAT score is less than 330 must 
take English 098 and Reading 098 

If the verbal SAT score is 330-440 may take 
English 099 

If the verbal SAT score is 450-490 may take 
English 100 

If the verbal SAT score is 500 and up may 
take English 101 

If the math SAT score is less than 410 eli- 
gible for Math 098 only 

Any other courses taken prior to taking and 
passing the BSE must be approved by the Head 
of the Department of Developmental Studies, or 



A 
grammu I 

by tl 

met ' 

student registers id of 

the Department may rei rrt in 

the Development, i • ,ll in 

any course for which the Si 
requisite or for which the student's acad» 
preparation appears ma I 

Once a student is conditionally i 
ular admission status may be obtained only 
through the following 

1 Passing all parts of the Basic Skills Exam- 
ination on the first attempt 

2 If any part of the BSE is not passed on the 
first attempt the student will be required to 
enroll in the appropriate remedial course 
Upon successful completion of all required 
Developmental Studies courses, the stu- 
dent will be granted regular admission 

A student in the Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram will not be allowed to continue as a student 
at the College if the student receives three 
grades other than P for a course required in the 
Developmental Studies Program Grades other 
than P include U, I, W, WU, and WF Copies of 
the policies of the Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram may be obtained from the Developmental 
Studies Office. 

Provisional Admission 

A student who has been a graduate from an 
accredited high school for a period of eight 
years or more may be granted provisional ad- 
mission to the college without submitting scores 
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test The student will 
be required to take the institutional diagnostic 
tests for course placement. A student admitted 
under the Provisional Admission Category must 
complete 30 hours of college credit with a min- 
imum of 2 grade point average in order to be 
granted regular admission to the college 

Advanced Placement and 
Credit by Examination 

Armstrong State College gives advanced 
placement, or in some cases college credit, for 
college-level high school courses, on the basis 
of the student's grade on the College Board Ad- 
vanced Placement Examination or the Admis- 



22 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



sions Testing Program achievement tests and 
approval by the appropriate department head 
at Armstrong State College. 

College credit may be granted for satisfactory 
scores on selected tests of the College-Level 
Examination Program (CLEP), for satisfactory 
completion of appropriate courses and tests of- 
fered through the United States Armed Forces 
Institute (USAFI), and for military service schools 
and experience as recommended by the Com- 
mission on Accreditation of Service Experiences 
of the American Council on Education. Credit by 
examination and correspondence or extension 
study may not exceed one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree. 

Specifically, students with a strong academic 
background may, through certain examinations, 
demonstrate competence in: ANTHROPOLOGY 
201; ART 200; ASTRONOMY 301: BIOLOGY 
101, 102; CRIMINAL JUSTICE 100; ENGLISH 
101, 102; FOREIGN LANGUAGE 101, 102, 
103; HISTORY 114, 115, 251, 252; MATHE- 
MATICS 101, 103, 206, 207; MUSIC 200; NAT- 
URAL SCIENCE without laboratory; POLITICAL 
SCIENCE 113; SOCIOLOGY 201. For informa- 
tion concerning the examinations which apply 
to the specific areas, please make inquiry to the 
Office of Admissions, the Office of the Registrar, 
the Office of Counseling and Placement, or the 
head of the appropriate academic department. 



Requirements of Transfer 

1 . Transfer applicants will follow the same pro- 
cedures as freshmen applicants except 
that transfer applicants who will have 
achieved sophomore standing at the time 
of the entrance will not be required to sub- 
mit their high school records. Such records 
may be required by the Office of Admis- 
sions but normally the transcripts of pre- 
vious college records will suffice in place 
of the high school record. Transfer appli- 
cants must ask the Registrar of each col- 
lege they have previously attended to mail 
an official transcript of their records to the 
Office of Admissions at Armstrong State 
College, regardless of the transferability of 
the credits. 

2. Transfer applicants who will enter with less 
than 36 quarter hours completed must meet 
entrance requirements of both freshmen 
and transfer applicants and will be required 
to submit their high school records as well 
as transcripts of college records. 



3 Transfer applicants will not be eligible for 
admission to Armstrong State College un- 
less they are eligible to return to the last 
college attended on the date they expect 
to enter Armstrong. Students who are on 
suspension from another college because 
of poor scholarship or for disciplinary rea- 
sons will not be eligible for admission 

4. Transfer applicants will be considered for 
admission to Armstrong State College, if, 
on all work attempted at other institutions, 
their academic performance as shown by 
their grade-point-average is equivalent to 
the minimum standard required by Arm- 
strong State College students by compa- 
rable standing. (See chart under Academic 
Probation and Dismissal Policy in the "Ac- 
ademic Regulations" section of this Cata- 
log) 

5. Credit will be given for transfer work in 
which students received a grade of "C" or 
above. Credit will also be given for transfer 
work in which the students received grades 
of "D", with the limitation that such credit 
will not exceed twenty-five percent of the 
total amount of credit accepted with grades 
of "C" or above. College credit will not be 
allowed for such courses as remedial Eng- 
lish or remedial mathematics or courses 
basically of secondary school level. 

6. Credits earned at an institution which is not 
a member of the appropriate regional ac- 
crediting agency can be accepted on a 
provisional basis only. Students transfer- 
ring from an institution which is not a mem- 
ber of a regional accrediting agency must 
achieve a "C" average on their first fifteen 
quarter hours of work at Armstrong in order 
to be eligible to continue. In certain areas 
they may be required to validate credits by 
examination. In computing cumulative 
grade averages, only the work attempted 
at Armstrong will be considered. 

7. The amount of credit that Armstrong will 
allow for work done in another institution 
within a given period of time may not ex- 
ceed the normal amount of credit that could 
have been earned at Armstrong during that 
time. A maximum of 100 quarter hours may 
be transferred from a junior college At least 
half of the courses in the major must be 
taken at Armstrong. 

8. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may be taken 
through correspondence extension 



ADMISSIONS 



23 



courses or examination No o 
ence course; 
mc 

tor the bach. . ond 

ence course may be taken while enrolled 
at Armstrong State College without prior ap- 
proval of the Vice President and Ihe head 
of the department in which the stud- 
maionng Correspondence credit will not 
be accepted for courses in English com- 
position of foreign language 
9 If the Core Curriculum requirements in Area 
I (Humanities). Area II (Sciences), and/or 
Area III (Social Sciences) have been com- 
pleted m a University System of Georgia 
institution, each completed area will be ac- 
cepted as having met the respective area 
requirement at Armstrong State College. 
10 An official evaluation of all previous college 
credit earned will be done during the first 
quarter of the applicant's attendance 
Transfer credit will be awarded from insti- 
tutions listed in the American Association 
of College Admission Officers and Regis- 
trars as being fully accredited. 

Developmental Studies 
Transfer Student Policy 

Conditionally admitted transfer students must 
meet the same admission requirements as in- 
dividuals admitted to college for the first time. If 
Basic Skills Examination scores are at or above 
the Armstrong State College requirements, stu- 
dents are not required to retake the Basic Skills 
Examination. An institutional diagnostic test in 
mathematics and an institutional placement test 
in English/writing may be required with subse- 
quent associated placement in remedial 
courses if Scholastic Aptitude Test and Basic 
Skills Examination scores do not meet the Arm- 
strong State College minimums. 

English Composition 
Placement of Transfer 
Students 

Transfer students who have not completed the 
required English composition courses pre- 
scribed by Armstrong degree programs will be 
required to take an English diagnostic test to 
place the students in the appropriate English 
course. The exceptions to this requirement are 
those students with an SAT verbal of 450 or 



abov. 
rhe ' 

will 

institution 50 thai the composition courses t! ■ 
al Armstrong tfill i urn as 

i be 
used as elective cr- 
quiremef 

Readmission 

Students who have not be< i at Arm- 

strong during the current academic year (the 
academic year begins with the Fall Quarter) 
must apply for readmission on a form provided 
by the Office of The Registrar Former students 
who have not attended another college since 
leaving Armstrong may be readmitted, provided 
they are not on suspension at the time they wish 
to reenter Former students who have attended 
another college since leaving Armstrong must 
meet requirements as listed in the bulletin in 
effect at the time of return. 

Transient Students 
Entering Armstrong 

Transient status means that students are ad- 
mitted only for a specified period of time, nor- 
mally for one quarter. Applicants for transient 
status must file a regular application form and 
submit a statement from their Dean or Registrar 
that they are in good standing and have per- 
mission to take specific courses at Armstrong 
to be transferred to their own institution when 
satisfactorily completed. Since transient stu- 
dents are not admitted as regular students, tran- 
scripts of college work completed elsewhere are 
not usually required of such applicants Tran- 
sient students who wish to remain at Armstrong 
longer than one quarter must submit additional 
statements from their Dean of Registrar or must 
meet all requirements for regular admission as 
transfer students 

Armstrong Students 
Transient Elsewhere 

Armstrong students who wish to take course 
work at another college with the intent to apply- 
ing the courses to their academic record at Arm- 
strong may do so in accordance with regulations 
for transient status to another college. The stu- 
dent must meet the requirements stipulated by 



24 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



the other college, and in order to apply the cred- 
its toward his or her academic record at Arm- 
strong, must meet the academic regulations of 
Armstrong Consult with the Registrars Office 
for details 

Accelerated Program for 
High School Students 

High school students who have completed the 
eleventh grade, who have met the criteria for 
admission to the program and who maintain its 
standards will be permitted to enroll for college 
credit in at least one course but not more than 
two courses each quarter while they complete 
the senior year of high school Upon graduation 
from high school, these students will be admit- 
ted as regular students to the College 

Through this program, students may com- 
plete over two-thirds of the freshman year of 
college before beginning a regular college ca- 
reer. Students accepted in the program may 
choose any freshman course for which they 
meet all the prerequisites, with permission of 
their high school principal or counselor and col- 
lege advisor. 

Students forfeit the privilege of this program 
if in any quarter a grade in a college course is 
below C or the high school average in academic 
courses is below B. 

The College will consider students for this pro- 
gram only upon written recommendation of high 
school principals or counselors. In the view of 
the College, it is only these individuals who can 
judge the circumstances that may make the pro- 
gram valuable and practicable for any student. 

To be admitted to the program students must 
satisfy all of the following criteria: 

1 . written recommendation by the principal or 
counselor of the high school; 

2. completion of the eleventh grade in an ac- 
credited high school; 

3. a combined verbal and mathematics SAT 
score of 1.000; 

4. a minimum grade-point-average of 3.0 in 
high school work. 

Early Admission and Joint 
Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong State College offers an early ad- 
mission program for those students who have 
completed the eleventh grade in high school 
and who have demonstrated outstanding aca- 



demic potential The criteria for admission to this 
program are the same as those listed for the 
Accelerated Program 

Additionally, the college cooperates with the 
Chatham County School System in the offering 
of a joint enrollment program which is an early 
admission program allowing students to enroll 
full time at the College while remaining on the 
rolls of a local high school After successfully 
meeting all established criteria for the early ad- 
mission program, students will be awarded high 
school diplomas at the end of their freshman 
year in college For further information on this 
program prospective applicants should consult 
their high school counselors and request infor- 
mation from the Office of Admissions. 



International Students 

(All students who are citizens of countries other 
than the U.S.) 

It is recommended that international students 
begin their attendance at the college in the Fall 
Quarter. The college also recommends that in- 
ternational students attend an ELS language 
center prior to enrollment. (Applications for ELS 
are available from the Admissions coordinator. 
ELS Language Center. 3331 Ocean Park Blvd. 
Suite 201. Santa Monica. California 90405.) 

Students from a country other than the United 
States who are interested in attending Arm- 
strong must meet the following requirements be- 
fore application is made: 

1. Meet the requirements of freshman appli- 
cants. 

2. Have an official transcript of academic rec- 
ords mailed to the Office of Admissions at 
Armstrong with an official translation. 

3. Take the SAT of the College Entrance Ex- 
amination Board and ask that the results be 
sent to Armstrong. 

4. Take the Test of English as a Foreign Lan- 
guage (TOEFL) and a score a minimum of 
500 for consideration for admission to the 
college. 

5. Submit a statement of financial resources 
prior to attendance. 

6. Show proof of adequate health and life in- 
surance. 

If applicants meet the academic requirements 
for admission, they will be sent an application 
form. After it has been returned and approved, 
the applicants will be sent an I-20 Form (I-20A 
and I-20B). student visa. Upon arrival, they will 



ADMISSIONS 



25 



| 

Admission of Veterans 

Armstrong 
and upoi rtification 

of eligibility and entitlemenl from the ■ 

nistration. veterans may attend under Pub- 
lic Law 358 (Veterans Readjustmi I Act 
of 1966). Public Law 815 (disabled). Public Law 
894 (disabled) Public I aw 634 (war orphans), 
or Public Law 631 (children of permanently dis- 
abled veterans) Students under Public Laws 
358. 361 . 634 should be prepared to pay tuition 
and fees at the time of registration 

Vocational Rehabilitation 
Applicants 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational 
Rehabilitation or other community agencies 
must apply at least six weeks before the begin- 
ning of any quarter to insure proper processing 
of applications. 

Requirements for Admission 
to Fine Arts Programs 

The college-level study of art and music re- 
quires considerable background as well as a 
basic proficiency level Those students who 
wish to major in art are expected to show the 
faculty a portfolio of previous work in at least 
one medium In music, placement examinations 
are required of all entering students m music 
[theory and applied music 

Requirements and 
Procedures for Admission 
to Health Programs 



Insurance 

I Because of contractual requirements. Health 

. Insurance is required of students in Associate 

l)egree Nursing. Baccalaureate Degree Nurs- 

-> 5 rig. Health Information Management. Medical 

n iechnology. Radiologic Technologies and Res- 

ory Therapy Malpractice/Liability insur- 

t\ ance is required of students in Associate 

Degree Nursing. Baccalaureate Degree Nurs- 



Associate Degree Nursing 
Admission to An 

not in any way gu 

the Asso 

portanl that tl 

program file all paj 

sible in the academic , Fall 

Quarter in which the applicant w • roll 

The Admissions Committee of the Depa- 
of Associate Degree Nursing will act only on 
completed applications Admission decisions 
will normally be made in April After admission 
to the Associate Degree Program, the student 
must pay a $50 00 non-refundable Health Pro- 
grams Deposit to reserve a seat in the program 
This deposit is applied to the student's first 
quarter matriculation fee Students who qualify 
for admission but who are not admitted because 
of lack of space may reapply for the following 
year's class, repeating all application proce- 
dures. Students admitted for a given academic 
year must enter the program during that aca- 
demic year or re-apply for admission for any 
subsequent year. Determination of admission to 
the program is a function of the faculty 

Transfer students must meet the minimum cri- 
teria for admission to the Department of Asso- 
ciate Degree Nursing as stated Credit for 
nursing courses and science courses taken 
prior to application to the program must be ap- 
proved by the Department of Associate Degree 
Nursing Students wishing to be given transfer 
credits for nursing and science courses which 
are five years old or older may be required to 
validate the credits by taking departmental ex- 
aminations or be required to repeat these 
courses for credit. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "Associate Degree Nursing." 

The Associate in Science degree program in 
Nursing is approved by the Georgia Board of 
Nursing and is fully accredited by the National 
League for Nursing (NLN) 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing 
is major on a space available basis and is limited 
to the best qualified students as determined by 
the Associate Degree Nursing faculty Admis- 



26 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



sion criteria include: 

1 . A minimum SAT verbal score of 350. 

2 A minimum SAT mathematics score of 350 

3 A minimum SAT combined verbal/mathe- 
matics score of 750 

4. A minimum GPA of 2 5 in a high school 
curriculum which includes natural and so- 
cial sciences 

5 A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2 for 
both all college coursework taken and for 
general requirements of the Associate gen- 
eral requirements of the Associate Degree 
Nursing curriculum, with no more than one 
repeat grade from among the general re- 
quirement courses 

6. Completion of mathematics and English di- 
agnostic tests prior to entry into the pro- 
gram. 
Applicants who do not meet the preceding 
criteria may apply for admission after having met 
the following: 

1 Completion of two courses selected from 
CHE 201 , ZOO 208, ZOO 209 with grades 
of "C" or better: three courses selected 
from ENG 101, ENG 102, HIS 251 or HIS 
252, POS 113, PSY 101 with a minimum 2.0 
average. Completion of these five courses 
must be no later than the end of the Winter 
Quarter prior to the Fall Quarter for which 
admission is sought 

2. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0 for 
both all college coursework taken and for 
general requirements of the Associate De- 
gree Nursing curriculum, with no more than 
one repeat grade from among the general 
requirement courses. 

Time Limit for Program 
Completion 

Students must complete the Associate De- 
gree Nursing Program within three consecutive 
academic years from the date of their initial ad- 
mission to the program. Students who do not 
complete the program within this time limit must 
reapply for admission, meet current criteria for 
admission, and have their previous credits eval- 
uated at the time of their subsequent admission. 
Students who are readmitted must meet course 
requirements in effect at the time of their read- 
mission. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmis- 



sion application for Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2 The student will be required to meet ad- 
mission and curriculum requirements in ef- 
fect at the time of readmission. 

3 The student's readmission will be based 
upon space available and recommenda- 
tion by the Department of Associate Degree 
Nursing. 

4 Students who have been dismissed are in- 
eligible for readmission 



Baccalaureate Nursing 
Department 

Applicants to the program must be regularly 
admitted to Armstrong State College prior to 
making application to the nursing major. Stu- 
dents must meet the admission requirements of 
the Department of Baccalaureate Nursing to be 
eligible for admission to the nursing major Ad- 
mission to the nursing major is the function of 
the Faculty. Only completed applications will be 
considered. 

Students will be admitted to the nursing major 
during Winter Quarter. Sophomore year. When 
the class is filled, the Departmental Admissions 
Committee will close admissions. Students who 
are not admitted may reapply when they meet 
admission criteria. 

Applicants may address the Head of the De- 
partment of Baccalaureate Nursing if they re- 
quire additional information concerning 
admission procedures. 

The Bachelor of Science degree program is 
approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and 
is fully accredited by the National League for 
Nursing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the nursing major is on a space 
available basis and is limited to the best quali 
tied students as determined by the Department 
of Baccalaureate Nursing Admissions Commit 
tee. Admission criteria include: 
1 Regular admission to Armstrong State Col 

lege. 
2. A minimum SAT verbal score of 350 
3 A minimum SAT mathematics score of 350 
4. A verbal/mathematics combined SAT of not 
less than 750. (SAT scores will not be re- 
quired for those applicants with Associate 
Bachelor's or Master's Degrees). 



ADMISSIONS 



27 



5 A grade of ' C or I each science 
course 

6 An adjusted GPA of 2 5 in a 
course work attempted 

Transfer Applicants and those with degrees 
m other fields must meet the criteria established 
for admission to the nursing major Transfer 
credit will be awarded depending upon equiv- 
alency of courses These decisions will be de- 
termined by the Nursing Faculty who will use 
actual course outlines, descriptions, etc , sup- 
plied by the student 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet the 
criteria established for admission to the nursing 
major and must also submit proof of licensure 

Program Completion Requirements 

Students must complete the Baccalaureate 
Nursing Program within four consecutive years 
from the date of their initial admission to the 
nursing major Students who do not complete 
the program within this time limit must apply for 
readmission. meet current criteria for admission, 
and have their previous credits evaluated. Stu- 
dents who are granted readmission must meet 
course requirements in effect at the time of read- 
mission. 

Senior generic nursing students are required 
to take a comprehensive exam demonstrating 
minimum competence for clinical practice. RN 
students are expected to show evidence of cur- 
rent state board licensure 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmis- 
sion application for Armstrong State Col- 
lege and the nursing major. 

2. The student will be required to meet ad- 
mission and curriculum requirements in ef- 
fect at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's admission will be based upon 
space available and recommendation by 
the Admissions Committee of the Depart- 
ment of Baccalaureate Nursing. 

4. Students who have been dismissed are in- 
eligible for readmission. 



Associate Degree Dental 
Hygiene 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not in any way guarantee admission to the As- 
sociate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene Ap- 



plicants n be accepted for admission to 

the Colic ; ission status, they 

.irements for admission 
to the Associate Degree Program in Dental Hy- 
giene before being accepted as students in that 
program 

Admission to the program is limited in each 
class Students matriculate in the Fall Quarter of 
each year Applications for admission should be 
completed as soon as possible for the Fall 
quarter and must include a transcript of all ac- 
ademic work 

Because of the heavy emphasis on science 
in the dental hygiene curriculum, it is important 
that the applicant have a strong foundation in 
biology and chemistry 

Applicants who are on academic probation or 
suspension from another college will not be con- 
sidered for admission to the program Unless 
specifically approved by the Head of the de- 
partment, credit will not be accepted for courses 
taken in another school of dental hygiene 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only 

Applicants may contact the head of the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene if they require ad- 
ditional information concerning admission 
procedures. 

After admission to the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram, the student must pay a $50.00 non-re- 
fundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve a 
seat in the program. This deposit is applied to 
the student's first quarter matriculation fee 



Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Dental Hy- 
giene major is on a space available basis and 
is limited to the best qualified students as de- 
termined by the Dental Hygiene Admissions 
Committee. Regular admission criteria include 

1 . A 2.5 or better high school grade-point av- 
erage. 

2. An SAT score (composite verbal and math- 
ematics) of 750 or above 

3. A grade-point-average of 2.0 on all pre- 
vious college work, if applicable. Students 
transferring from another college must have 
this average to be considered for admis- 
sion. The 2.0 average must be maintained 
to date of actual matriculation in the pro- 
gram. 

The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee 



28 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



will give special consideration to applicants who 
have completed one year of college work and 
who have completed CHE 201 or ZOO 208 (or 
their equivalents) with a grade of "C" or better 
Conditional admission criteria include: 
1 Conditional Admissions status may be 
granted to an applicant when the applicant 
does not meet the regular admissions cri- 
teria. 
2. An expressed interest in being admitted to 
the Associate in Science Dental Hygiene 
Program as evaluated by the Admissions 
Committee must be demonstrated 
The conditionally admitted student must have 
a GPA. of 2.0 at the conclusion of the first year 
in the program. 

After all credentials have been received, the 
applicant should request a personal interview 
with the Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee 
to discuss the application. 

Readmission Procedures 

Students who have been admitted to and have 
enrolled in the Associate Degree Program in 
Dental Hygiene, but who have either withdrawn 
or have been dropped from the program, may 
apply for readmission to the program only if they 
have a cumulative college GPA of 2.0 at the time 
they wish to reenter. The student's readmission 
will be based upon space available and rec- 
ommendation by the Dental Hygiene Admis- 
sions Committee. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Dental Hygiene Education 

Candidates for the program must be gradu- 
ates of accredited associate degree dental hy- 
giene programs and licensed as registered 
dental hygienists. 

Students begin their course of sequenced 
dental hygiene courses in the Fall Quarter. Ap- 
plication for admission should be completed as 
soon as possible. 

Transfer credits are accepted for courses 
other than the professional sequence. A mini- 
mum of 45 quarter hours must be earned at 
Armstrong State College for the Bachelor of Sci- 
ence Degree in Dental Hygiene Education to be 
a awarded from this institution. The Office of the 
Registrar will evaluate all transfer credits. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only". 



Applicants may contact the Head of the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State 
College if they require additional information 
concerning admission to the program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1. One year of professional experience pre- 
ferred This may include any dental-related 
work experience. 

2 A minimum 2.0 GPA on all previous college 
work. Students transferring from another 
college must have this average to be con- 
sidered for admission The 2 average 
must be maintained to date of actual ma- 
triculation in the program. 

How to Apply 

1 . Complete all papers required for admission 
to Armstrong State College. Mark the ap- 
plication For Dental Hygiene Only. These 
forms are to be returned to the Office of 
Admissions. 

2. Complete and return to the Department of 
Dental Hygiene, the Dental Hygiene Bach- 
elor of Science Application Form and a re- 
cent photograph. 

3. Submit National Board Scores to the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene. Applicants 
should contact the head of the Department 
of Dental Hygiene if they require additional 
information. 



Associate Degree Health 
Information Management 

It is suggested that students planning to apply 
to this program have a minimum of one course 
in each of the following: typing, secretarial or 
business courses, English, biological science, 
mathematics, and speech on the high school 
level. 

New classes in the HIM program begin each 
Fall Quarter. Since a limited number of students 
is accepted, applicants should submit com- 
pleted applications by June 1 of each year. 

To meet contractual obligations with the clin- 
ical sites, the HIM program requires students to 
submit a completed health history form and evi- 
dence of malpractice liability insurance and 
health insurance coverage prior to participation 
in clinical practicums. This documentation is 



ADMISSIONS 



29 



submitted to the HIM Program Oft 
Graduates are eligible to t.i- ilac- 

iminatton to become " Accredited 
Record Technicians, (ART) through " 
ican Medical Record Association 

plications for admission should be Cle 
ked "Health information Management Ap 
plicants may address the Head of the Health 
Information Management program if the\ 
quire additional information concerning admis- 
sion procedures 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1 A total SAT score of 750, with minimum 
scores of 350 on the verbal section and 350 
on the mathematics section 

2. A minimum GPA of 2 on any previous high 
school or college work 

3 Eligibility for enrollment in MAT 101 

4. A demonstration of typing proficiency of 50 
wpm. 

5 A letter of recommendation mailed to the 
Program Director. 

6. An interview with a member of the HIM fac- 
ulty. 

Time Limit for Program 
Completion 

The HIM program is a seven quarter program. 
Students must complete the associate degree 
in HIM within four consecutive academic years 
from the date of their initial admission to the 
program. Students who do not complete the pro- 
gram within this time limit must reapply for ad- 
mission, meet current criteria for admission, and 
have their previous credits evaluated at the time 
of their subsequent admission. Students who 
are readmitted must meet course requirements 
in effect at the time of their readmission. 



ns during the Winti 

aftei thai date will be considered < 

first si isis 

To mi ns with tt i 

ical affiliates the progi i res students to 

submit a comi . form and 

dence of liability (malp' 
to participation in clinical practicums 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Respiratory Therapy Only " A| 
cants may address the Head of the Respiratory 
Therapy Department if they require additional 
information concerning admissions proced'. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1 Regular admission to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2 Good standing with college at the time of 
student selection. 

3. A minimum SAT verbal score of 350. 

4 A minimum SAT mathematics score of 350 

5. A minimum SAT combined verbal/mathe- 
matics score of 750. 

6. A minimum GPA of 2.0 for all previous col- 
lege and high school work 

Readmission to the 
Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have 
enrolled in the Associate Program in Respiratory 
therapy but who have either withdrawn or have 
been suspended from the program may apply 
for readmission provided they have an adjusted 
GPA of 2.0 at the time they wish to reenter. 

A student who has been dismissed from the 
program for any reason will not be eligible for 
readmission. 



Associate Degree 
Respiratory Therapy 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not guarantee admission to the Respiratory 
Therapy Department. The department has a 
separate formal admissions process in addition 
to the admission process to Armstrong State 
College. 

Students are only admitted to the program 
during the Fall quarter. The application process 



Associate Degree Radiologic 
Technologies Program 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not guarantee admission to the Radiologic Tech- 
nologies Program. The Program has a separate 
formal admissions process in addition to the ad- 
mission process to Armstrong State College. 

Students are normally only admitted to the 
professional component of the program at the 
start of the Fall Quarter each year except for 



30 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



transfer students Students may start taking core 
courses at any time and need not have com- 
pleted the core courses prior to entry into the 
professional component. The application proc- 
ess begins in the Winter quarter of the year pre- 
vious to desired admission Qualified applicants 
will be considered on a first come-first admitted, 
space available basis 

To meet contractual obligations with the clin- 
ical affiliates, the program requires students to 
submit a complete health history form, evidence 
of health insurance, and evidence of liability 
(malpractice) insurance prior to participation in 
clinical practicums. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Radiologic Technologies Only." 
Applicants may address the Head of the Radio- 
logic Technologies program if they require ad- 
ditional information concerning admissions 
procedures 

Criteria for Admission 

The actual determination of admission of ap- 
plicants to the program is a function of the 
Radiologic Technologies Program Admissions 
Committee. Admissions are competitive in na- 
ture and based on scholastic history, work ex- 
perience, personal references, and a personal 
interview. 

The following are specific criteria for admis- 
sion: 

1. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in a high school 
curriculum. 

2. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in all science and 
mathematics courses in the high school 
curriculum. 

3. A minimum overall adjusted college GPA 
of 2.0, if applicable. 

4. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in all mathematics 
and science courses at the college levels. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for 
admissions outlined above may still apply for 
admission. Please contact the Program for in- 
formation. 

After admission to the Radiologic Technology 
Program, the student may pay a $50.00 non- 
refundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve 
a seat in the program. This deposit is applied 
to the student's first quarter matriculation fee. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have 
enrolled in the Associate Degree Program in 



Radiologic Technologies, but who have either 
withdrawn or been dismissed without prejudice 
from the program, may apply for readmission to 
the program only if they have a cumulative col- 
lege GPA of 2 at the time they wish to reenter. 
The student s readmission will be based upon 
space availability and recommendation by the 
Radiologic Technologies Admissions Commit- 
tee 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Health Science 

Criteria for Admission to 
Program 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2. Completed Health Science Program appli- 
cation (Send to Health Science Program Of- 
fice). 

3. If applicant is currently a health practitioner, 
include. 

A A copy of your health credential 
B. Confidential Appraisal Forms (2) Send 
to Health Science Program Office 

Criteria for Admission to 
Courses 

1. Completion of 90 hours of appropriate 
coursework. 

2. Cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all courses with 
not more than one science repeat. 

3. Advanced Standing: All credit for previous 
coursework will be subject to faculty eval- 
uation. Admission to and progression 
through the program is a function of the 
faculty. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Medical Technology 
Program 

The two year professional phase of the Med 
ical Technology curriculum begins in the Fal 
quarter of each year with the junior year leve 
MT courses Students desiring acceptance tc 
the Medical Technology Program should make 
application to the program during the earl} 
spring of the preceding academic year. 



ADMISSIONS 



31 



Due to the competition f 
of seats m the class, all stu 
complete application before the annoui 
deadline will be rai 
mgtheh | 

a seat m the ( with 

lower scores Applications receiv. 
nounced deadline will be considered on an in 
dividual basis provided space is availal 

Minimum Admission 
Requirements 

1 SAT of at least 800 with 350 or more in Math 
and 350 or more in Verbal 

2 Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2 2 or 
more 

3 Completion of 95 quarter hours which is to 
include an adequate number of required 
chemistry and biology courses such as to 
permit the student time to complete all non- 
professional course requirements prior to 
the senior year 

• Science course (Chemistry and Biology) 
average of 2 25 or better with no more than 
one required science course with a grade 
of D 

5 Satisfactory completion of Regents Testing 
Program 

Other Requirements 

, Per NAACLS requirement, all applicants must 
have taken the organic or biochemistry course 
i|| and the microbiology course within the past 
(j seven years Updating coursework can be done 
5 f by completion (a grade of "C" or better) of the 
. appropriate course or by a challenge exami- 
i nation 

> Currently enrolled Armstrong State College 
students must also meet the requirements for 
admission to the MT program and apply to the 
program 

Transfer students must be accepted to the 
.college with "Regular Status' admission 

Certified associate degree medical laboratory 
.[■technicians may receive transfer credit for junior 
:level MT courses upon presentation of accept- 
d- >able certification scores and/or transfer credit 
ail and satisfactory completion of written and/or 
* (practical examinations in the professional con- 
tcf tent areas. 



B S in M- 

Med be 

sional c< 
Fore 
ments for admission lo ■' 
as outlined in the o 



Application Process 

1 Complete all requirements for Application 
for Admission to Armstrong State College 
if not currently enrolled at ASC 

2 Complete an Application to Medical Tech- 
nology Program form 

3 Have official transcripts sent to Program Di- 
rector 

4 If certified, have scores sent to Program 
Director (Ask Program Director for form let- 
ter.) 

5 Applicants meeting the minimum admis- 
sion requirements will be invited for an in- 
terview with at least two of the Admission 
Committee members, one of whom is the 
Program Director 

6. Request two references to complete Con- 
fidential Appraisal Form to be forwarded to 
Program Director. 

7 All applicants will be informed by letter of 
their application status. 



Applicant Ranking 

As previously indicated, all applicants will be 
ranked to determine priority for admission to the 
class. An applicant score will be determined by 
evaluating the applicant in the following cate- 
gories The value of each category is as given 
Overall GPA 20% 

Science GPA 35% 

SAT 15% 

Interview 20% 

Reference 5% 

Profile 5% 

A detailed explanation of the calculation of Ap- 
plicant Score may be obtained from the Program 
Director 



32 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 













F 



^4 










34 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Expenses 

The following schedules list the principal ex- 
penses and regulations concerning the pay- 
ment of fees Fees and charges are subject to 
change at the end of any quarter. When such 
changes are made, notice will be given as far 
in advance as possible 

Tuition 

Georgia Residents 

The matriculation fee for students registering 
on campus for at least 12 quarter hours is 
$347.00. Students carrying fewer than 12 credit 
hours on campus in a quarter will pay $29.00 
per quarter hour. Off-campus credit hours cost 
$37.00 per credit hour. This fee is waived for 
residents of Georgia upon presentation of writ- 
ten documentation that they are 62 years of age 
or older. 

Out-of-State Residents 

Full time students who are non-residents of 
Georgia pay a fee of $1 ,041 .00. Those carrying 
fewer than 12 credit hours in a quarter pay 
$88.00 per quarter hour tuition. Out-of-state res- 
idents who register for off-campus credit 
courses pay $96.00 per quarter hour. Out-of 
state tuition fees are waived for active duty mil- 
itary personnel and their dependents stationed 
in Georgia (except military personnel assigned 
to this institution for educational purposes). 

Regents' Policies Governing 
Residency Requirements 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, 
the applicant must establish the following facts 
to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 
1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, 
(s)he may register as a resident student 
only upon a showing that (s)he has been a 
legal resident of Georgia for a period of at 
least twelve months immediately preceding 
the date of registration, 
(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 
years of age or older shall be deemed to 
have gained or acquired in-state residence 
status for fee purposes while attending any 
educational institution in this State, in the 
absence of a clear demonstration that (s)he 
has in fact established legal residence in 
this State. 



2 If a person is under 18 years of age, (s)he 
may register as a resident student only 
upon a showing that a supporting parent or 
guardian has been a legal resident of Geor- 
gia for a period of at least twelve months 
immediately preceding the date of registra- 
tion. 

3 A person stationed in Georgia who is on 
full-time, active military duty with the armed 
forces and a spouse and dependent chil- 
dren may register upon payment of resident 
fees even though they have not been legal 
residents of Georgia for the preceding 
twelve months. 

4. A full-time employee of the University Sys- 
tem and spouse and dependent children 
may register on the payment of resident 
fees even though (s)he has not been a legal 
resident of Georgia for the twelve months. 

5. Non-resident graduate students who hold 
teaching or research assistantships requir- 
ing at least on-third time service may reg- 
ister as students in the institution in which 
they are employed on payment of resident 
fees. 

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools of 
Georgia and their dependent children may 
enroll as students in the University Systems 
institutions on the payment of resident fees. 

7. All aliens shall be classified as non-resi- 
dents, provided, however, that an alien who 
is living in this country under a visa per- 
mitting permanent residence shall have the 
same privilege of qualifying for resident sta- 
tus for fee purposes as a citizen of the 
United States. 

8. International students selected by the in- 
stitution's president or his authorized rep- 
resentative may be enrolled upon payment 
of in-state fees provided the number of 
waivers does not exceed the quota ap- 
proved by the Board of Regents for that 
institution. 

9. If the parents or legal guardian of a minor 
change the legal residence to another state 
following a period of legal residence in 
Georgia, the minor may continue to take 
courses for a period of twelve months on 
the payment of resident fees. After the ex- 
piration of the twelve month period the stu- 
dent may continue his registration only 
upon the payment of fees at the non-resi- 
dent rate. 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



35 



10 In ■ 

is aj in of a nc» 

minor, such minor will not be permitted to 
itudent until the ex- 
piration of one year from the date of court 
appointment only upon proper 

showing that such appointment was not 
made to avoid payment of the non-resident 
fees 



Residency Reclassification 

A student is responsible for registering under 
the proper residency classification A student 
classified as a nonresident who believes that he/ 
she is entitled to be reclassified as a legal res- 
ident may petition the Registrar for a change in 
status The petition must be filed no later than 
sixty (60) days after the quarter begins in order 
for the student to be considered for reclassifi- 
cation for the quarter If the petition is granted, 
reclassification will not be retroactive to prior 
quarters. The necessary forms for this purpose 
are available in the Registrar's office. 

Student Housing 

To secure housing, students must send a 
$100.00 deposit with their housing application. 
Refer to the housing contract for specific terms 
and conditions. 

The fee for double occupancy is $445.00 and 
$575.00 for single occupancy per quarter. 

Food Service 

All students who reside in the dormitory must 
purchase a 5-day, 15-meal plan at the current 
fee of $350.00 per quarter. 

Other Special Costs 

APPLICATION FEE $10.00 

Must accompany initial application. Acceptance 
of application fee does not constitute accept- 
ance of the student. Non-refundable. 

ATHLETIC FEE $37.50/qtr. 

All students pay each quarter. 

GRADUATION FEE $25.00 

Payable by each candidate for graduation when 
graduation application submitted two quarters 
prior to graduation. If candidate is receiving a 



second i 

monies an cukiitiui I lull $25 00 

is charged for a second degree awarded at a 
subsequei 

HEALTH PROFESSIONS DEPOSIT $50.00 
Reserves a s< program, 

payable upon application to program 
ID. CARD FEE $1.00 

LATE REGISTRATION FEE $20.00 

Non-refundable fee charged to students who 
register after the registration period 
OFF-CAMPUS COURSE CHARGE additional 

$7.00 qtr. 
Students taking only off-campus courses are not 
required to pay student activity, ID or athletic 
fees. 

STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE $1 7.50 qtr. 

All students pay each quarter. 
TRANSCRIPT FEE, OFFICIAL 1 free, $2.00 

each additional 
Unofficial transcripts for academic advisement 
and schedule planning will be issued at no 
charge. 

Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty- 
five minute private lesson per week (Music 130) 
or a fifty minute private lesson per week (Music 
140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $40 00 is 
charged for students enrolled in Music 130. A 
special fee of $80.00 is assessed for Music 140- 
440 to music majors enrolled for less than 12 
hours and to students who are not music majors. 
Music majors may enroll, at no charge for one 
applied music course from Music 140-440. Ad- 
ditional applied music courses will be assessed 
a special fee at the non-music major rate. 

The applied music fee is refundable only if the 
student does not meet the first scheduled les- 
son. 

Summary of Fees 

Matriculation, per quarter $ 347.00 

Student Activity, per quarter $ 17.50 

Athletic, per quarter $ 37.50 

Total for Georgia Residents ... $ 402.00 

Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter ... $ 694.00 

Total for Non-Residents $ 1,096.00 

Matriculation Part-Time Students, 

per quarter hours $ 29.00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time 

Students. 

per quarter hour (in addition to 

Matriculation Fee) $ 59.00 



36 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when 
the course is scheduled by the College 

Students who formally withdraw from a short 
course or conference before its first meeting will 
receive a full refund of fees paid provided the 
withdrawal is in writing and is received by the 
Joint Continuing Education center prior to the 
first class meeting of the course or conference. 
Withdrawals made in writing after the first class 
meeting will be given a refund minus a ten dollar 
handling fee. No refunds will be made for with- 
drawals received after the second class meet- 
ing. Fees paid for courses or conferences 
cancelled by the Joint Continuing Education 
Center will be refunded 100%. 

Refunds 

Refunds of fees, including housing and food 
service, will be made only upon written appli- 
cation for withdrawal from school. No refunds 
will be made to students dropping a course. 
Privilege fees are not refundable. Students who 
formally withdraw during the registration period 
and the first week of classes are entitled to a 
refund of 80% of the fees paid for that quarter. 
Students who formally withdraw during the pe- 
riod between the first and second week of 
classes are entitled to a refund of 60% of the 
fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally 
withdraw between the second and third week of 
classes are entitled to a refund of 40% of the 
fees paid for that quarter. Students who formally 
withdraw during the third and fourth week of 
classes are entitled to a refund of 20% of the 
fees paid for that quarter. Students who with- 
draw after the fourth week of classes will be 
entitled to no refund of any part of the fees paid 
that quarter. 

Financial Obligations 

Any student delinquent in the payment of any 
financial obligation to the College will have 
grade reports and transcripts of records encum- 
bered Grade reports and transcripts will not be 
released, nor will the student be allowed to re- 
register at the college until all financial obliga- 
tions are met 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at 
the time of registration 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the 
bank on which it is drawn, the student's regis- 



tration will be cancelled and the student may re- 
register only on payment of a service charge of 
$15 00 or five percent of the check, whichever 
is greater, and the late registration fee. 

Financial Aid 



Governing Principles 

Armstrong State College subscribes to the 
principle that the primary purpose of a student 
financial aid program is to provide financial as- 
sistance to students who without such assist- 
ance would be unable to attend college. The 
primary responsibility for financing a college ed- 
ucation in the inherent obligation of the student 
and/or family. Financial assistance from Arm- 
strong State College should be viewed as sup- 
plementary to the efforts of the student and/or 
family. An assessment of parental ability to con- 
tribute toward the student's educational ex- 
penses is made by the College Scholarship 
Service so that neither the parent, the student, 
nor Armstrong State College be required to bear 
an undue share of the financial responsibility. 

General Information 

Financial assistance is distributed both di- 
rectly and indirectly to eligible students from the 
federal, state, and local governments and from 
private donors through the Office of Student Fi- 
nancial Aid. Assistance is provided directly 
when the name of the recipient and the amount 
of assistance to be given are determined prior 
to the receipt of the funds by the College. As- 
sistance is provided indirectly when funds are 
given to the College for general distribution to 
students who are determined to be eligible for 
receipt of these funds. In both cases, it is the 
responsibility of the Office of Student Financial 
Aid to insure that the recipient has met all re- 
quirements and regulations concerning the re- 
ceipt of such funds. Students who are found to 
be in violation of requirements and regulations 
concerning the receipt of financial assistance 
may jeopardize their continued eligibility for par- 
ticipation in the financial aid program. It is the 
student's responsibility to be knowledgeable 
about all requirements governing the receipt of 
funds from each program from which the student 
receives financial assistance. 

Student financial aid is awarded to eligible 
students on the basis of need in nearly all cases 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



37 



except scholarships which have been provided 
by donors for the purpose of recognizing aca- 
demic promise or achievement The determi- 
nation of need is provided for Armstrong State 
College students through the use of the Finan- 
cial Aid Form (FAF) and the College Scholarship 
Service which processes this form The process 
involves an analysis of the data provided by the 
student's family or. if independent, by the stu- 
dent This analysis is sent to the Office of Student 
Financial Aid where it is compared with the cost 
of education for the appropriate classification of 
student If the analysis shows that the family con- 
tribution or self contribution is less than the cost 
of education, financial need has been estab- 
lished. The Office of Student Financial Aid has 
the legal right to challenge information provided 
on the Financial Aid Form if, in the opinion of the 
financial aid officer, that information appears to 
be inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading. Infor- 
mation relating to a student's eligibility is avail- 
able to that student when he/she has completed 
all the necessary requirements for processing 
his her financial aid application at the College. 
There are two basic student classifications: 
(1 ) dependent student who is a commuter (living 
with parents or guardian) or resident (not living 
with parents or guardian, but either receiving 
financial support from them or claimed by them 
as a tax deduction); (2) independent student 
who is single (and totally self-supporting) or mar- 
ried (or who is a single parent with one or more 
children). Each classification constitutes a cost 
of education group from which eligibility for fi- 
nancial aid is derived. An example of the cost 
of education for a dependent commuter student 
for one academic year would be: 

Tuition and fees $1,206 

Books and supplies 315 

Room and board 1,045 

Transportation 530 

Personal expense 945 

TOTAL $4,041 

The cost of tuition and all pertinent fees, and 
the refund policy of the College, are outlined in 
the "Fees'' section of this Catalog. 

In general, students who enter the College at 
the beginning of the Fall Quarter have a greater 
opportunity to receive financial assistance then 
those who enter later in the academic year. The 
awards processing time usually runs from June 
1 to August 31. It is during this period that the 
Office of Student Financial Aid distributes its 
yearly allocation of funds to students who have 



complete ess cycle In the event that 

is a shortage students who are 

eligible for financial aid but whose applications 

late will be placed on a waiting list until 

such time as funds become available 

Every eligible student has a right to receive 
financial assistance provided that (1) funds are 
available at the College for award to the stu< :■ 
(2) the student meets the requirements pertinent 
to the program(s) from which assistance is 
sought: (3) the student has been admitted to the 
College, or in the case of an enrolled student, 
meets the standards of satisfactory academic 
progress as outlined in the "Academic Regu- 
lations'' section of this Catalog. In addition, it is 
the student's responsibility to adhere to all reg- 
ulations and requirements heretofore mentioned 
and to notify the Office of Student Financial Aid 
of any change in status which would have any 
effect on the legitimacy of financial assistance 
being received. 

Student Retention, Information regarding stu- 
dent retention (i.e., enrollment patterns at the 
College) may be obtained upon request from 
the Office of the Registrar. Copies of this infor- 
mation are available to the student at a cost of 
$1.00 per copy. Information regarding specific 
degree programs is available in this Catalog and 
from the Head of the Department in which a 
specific academic program is offered 

Application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid must: 

1. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at 
College; 

2. Obtain, complete, and submit a Financial 
Aid Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship 
Service by June 30 preceding the next ac- 
ademic year. 

3. Submit a PELL GRANT Student Aid Report 
to the Office of Student Financial Aid by 
June 30 preceding the next academic year 

4. Complete and submit the Request for Stu- 
dent Financial Aid Form. 

5. Submit a copy of the previous year's In- 
come Tax Return (IRS). 

It may be necessary to complete additional 
forms depending on a student's year in school, 
major course of study, and. or eligibility for a par- 
ticular program. Applications for financial as- 
sistance must be repeated annually. Most 
student financial aid awards are for the entire 
academic year, with payments made to the stu- 
dent in equal quarterly installments. A student 



38 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



may, however, apply and be considered for fi- 
nancial assistance during the academic year, if 
funds are available. 

All student financial aid awards are contingent 
upon the availability of funds and the recipient's 
maintaining satisfactory progress toward a de- 
gree as defined in this Catalog. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for 
which a student financial aid recipient may enroll 
per quarter varies from program to program. 
Some require at least 12 hours per quarter (full- 
time status). All programs require that the stu- 
dent be enrolled at least half-time, taking 6 or 
more quarter hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether 
eligible or not, who do not meet or adhere to the 
above requirements will not be considered for 
financial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents 
and/or student to determine that all pertinent in- 
formation and data have been obtained and are 
located in the Office of Student Financial Aid to 
assure a complete and accurate awarding of 
financial assistance. 

When the student has received acknowl- 
edgement from the College Scholarship Service 
that the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has been sent 
to the College and the student has delivered the 
PELL Grant Aid Report (SAR) and the Request 
for Student Financial Aid, the Office of Student 
Financial Aid will send the student a tentative 
award notice. The student should schedule an 
appointment with a financial aid officer. The of- 
ficer will discuss the student's financial aid pack- 
age, and a final award letter indicating the type 
of award(s) and amount(s) will be processed. 

Students who submit the PELL Grant Student 
Aid Report only will not be considered for any 
other type of financial assistance awarded for 
the College. 

Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all 
financial aid students, transfer students are re- 
quired to submit a complete Financial Aid Tran- 
script from the financial aid office of each 
institution of higher education previously at- 
tended whether or not aid was received No 
awards will be made until these documents have 
been received by the Office of Student Financial 
Aid 

Categories of Aid 

The College provides necessary financial as- 



sistance through grants, scholarships, work 
and/or loans. Grants and scholarships are 
awards that require neither service nor cash re- 
payments. Opportunities for part-time employ- 
ment, usually on campus, are provided for 
eligible students who are paid federal minimum 
wages on an hourly basis. Loans require cash 
repayment, service repayment, or a combina- 
tion of both. These funds are made available 
through the federal government, state govern- 
ment, and local sources Students in the Con- 
tinuing Education, Exchange, and Transient 
classifications are not eligible for financial aid 

Federal Assistance 

The Pell Grant Program is designed to provide 
financial assistance to attend post-high school 
educational institutions. The Pell Grant award 
amounts vary, depending upon the student's el- 
igibility, and unlike a loan, do not require re- 
payment. 

The Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grant Program is available to eligible students 
who establish exceptional financial need as de- 
termined by the College Scholarship Service. 
The minimum award is $200.00 per academic 
year. 

The College Work-Study Program allows an 
eligible student to work during the quarter. Sat- 
isfactory work performance is mandatory. The 
student must also maintain satisfactory aca- 
demic progress. A student on academic sus- 
pension, even though readmitted on appeal is 
not allowed to participate in the Work-Study Pro- 
gram. 

A National Direct Student Loan is no longer 
available to students at the College Students 
needing to secure academic loans should (1) if 
a resident of Georgia, inquire about the State 
Student Loan program, or (2) is a non-resident 
of Georgia, contact the higher education cor- 
poration in their state of residency. 



: 



State Assistance 



Georgia Incentive Scholarships are awardec 
to residents who began post-high school edu- 
cation after April 1. 1974, and whose eligibility r 
has been determined by the College Scholar- % 
ship Service financial analysis All veterans whc 
were residents of Georgia at the time of then 
entry into military service may apply Students 
must also request submission of a copy of the 
FAF to the State Scholarship Commission Al 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



39 



>>nts applying for Gn .e Schol- 

arships are required to apply for a Pell Gran! 

The Guaranteed Student Loan Progran 
loans to eligible students through both local 
banks and its own agency For legal resin 
to apply through the state, they must be denied 
loans by local lenders Students must complete 
the College Scholarship Service application to 
determine eligibility 

The Health Career Loan Program is available 
to legal residents formally admitted into health 
career degrees at the college These loans are 
service cancellable upon graduation and em- 
ployment within the state of Georgia 

The Board of Regents' Fund sponsors a pro- 
gram under which Georgia residents may qual- 
ify for financial assistance at units of the 
University System. Applicants must be in the 
upper 25% of their class and have established 
a financial need through the College Scholar- 
ship Service Recipients must agree to work in 
the state, at an occupation for which they are 
qualified educationally, in one year for each 
$750 received. If unable to meet this obligation, 
the student is expected to repay the full amount 
with interest at the rate of 3 percent simple in- 
terest. 

Students may be recommended for employ- 
ment on the Institutional Work Study Program. 
Some departments and offices of the college 
have funds available to hire student workers. 
Initial contact should be made by the student 
with the Director of Student Financial Aid 

Local Assistance 

Institutional Short-Term Loans are available to 
students for a maximum of 60 days. These loans 
are used primarily to assist students with the 
payment of tuition and fees. These loans are 
available to eligible students for a maximum if 
$150. Other requirements concerning short- 
term loans are available in the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. 

Government Benefits 

Social Security provides monthly benefits to 
children when a parent dies, starts receiving So- 
cial Security retirement, or starts receiving, dis- 
ability benefits. Because of changes in the law. 
student should contact the Social Security Office 
concerning eligibility. 

The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Pro- 
gram provides financial assistance for the ap- 



plicant who possesses an impairment which 
would prove to be a vocational handicap Stu- 
dents who think th,! 1 , qualify under this 
program should contact the Vocational Reha- 
bilitation center located at 420 Mall Boule. 
Applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabili- 
tation or other community agencies must apply 
at least six weeks before the beginning of any 
quarter to insure proper processing of appli- 
cations 

Veterans Information 

Veterans who served on active duty for other 
than training purposes for more than 180 days, 
any part of which occurred after June 1. 1966, 
are eligible for financial assistance to attend col- 
lege through the G.I Bill Generally, sons and 
daughters of veterans whose death or total dis- 
ablement was a result of service in the armed 
forces are eligible for financial benefits under 
the veterans program for educational assist- 
ance 

A prospective student must first make appli- 
cation to the College and gam approval for ad- 
mission from the Office of the Registrar/Director 
of Admissions. A veteran cannot receive ben- 
efits while matriculating under a Continuing Ed- 
ucation admission status. 

Once accepted, the veteran should go to the 
Office of Student Financial Aid and obtain an 
application for VA educational benefits. The vet- 
eran must submit to the Office of Veterans Af- 
fairs, an original DD 214 (or copy number four) 
and supporting documentation of dependency 
status (marriage certificate, divorce decree, if 
previously married; and birth certificates of all 
dependent children.) 

Students transferring from other educational 
institutions. OJT programs, or correspondence 
schools must complete a "Request of Change 
of Place" Form 1995 with the Armstrong Office 
of Veterans Affairs. At the time of initial matri- 
culation, each student veteran must declare a 
specific program of study (major) and must fol- 
low the curriculum for this major without excep- 
tion or benefits may be interrupted. Any student 
receiving government benefits from the Veter- 
ans Administration must check with the Office 
of Student Financial Aid at the beginning of each 
quarter and file a form declaring the specific 
courses and number of credit hours which he is 
attempting. All student veterans are reminded 
that they must report any changes in attend- 
ance, i.e.. dropping, adding or withdrawal from 



40 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






school, to the Office of Student Financial Aid 
immediately following such action. Veterans en- 
tering school under the G.I. Bill should have suf- 
ficient funds to finance themselves until 
payments from the VA begin (approximately six 
weeks after application). Student/Veterans are 
also subject to the SATISFACTORY PROGRESS 
standards outlined in this section. 

Scholarships 

Armstrong State College accepts Scholarship 
applications throughout the year. Most awards 
are made annually during the summer. Schol- 
arships are awarded when: 

1 . An agency notifies the College of its inten- 
tion to award a scholarship to a specified 
student, or 

2. An agency informs the College that it will 
award scholarships to a specific number of 
students selected by the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. 

Applicants for scholarships awarded by the 
college must: 

1 . Complete the initial application process for 
financial aid; 

2. Complete a separate scholarship applica- 
tion which may be obtained from the Office 
of Student Financial Aid; 

3. Have, as an entering freshman, a minimum 
combined verbal and mathematical SAT 
score of 1 .000: 

4. Have, as a returning or transfer student, a 
minimum overall grade-point average of 
3.0. 

5. Unless otherwise specified, be a full-time 
student. 



6 Submit a current copy of the student's ac- 
ademic transcript 
Award notification will be given to those stu- 
dents selected at the end of the selection proc- 
ess. Contact the Office of Student Financial Aid 
for scholarship applications. 



Satisfactory Academic 
Progress 

For purpose of financial aid, a student is 
deemed to be making satisfactory progress to- 
ward a degree until such time as he/she is 
placed on academic suspension from the Col- 
lege. The student, upon his/her readmission to 
the College, must, in the first quarter after read- 
mission, earn a 2.0 grade-point-average as a 
full time student, before he/she is again consid- 
ered to be making satisfactory progress toward 
a degree. The award of financial aid will be sus- 
pended during this quarter. 

Students who have attempted 245 hours in a 
baccalaureate degree program are no longer 
considered to be making satisfactory academic 
progress. Students will automatically be re- 
moved from financial aid once this condition has 
been met. Students may also be removed from 
financial aid if a pattern of course withdrawals 
is established. Students must also meet a new 
federal requirement concerning an hours at- 
tempted completed standard. The standard is 
graduated to reflect the number of hours at- 
tempted completed by the student. This stand- 
ard is outlined in the financial aid packet which 
is distributed to students by the Financial Aid 
Office. 





7>o4icie4, 



42 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Academic Advisement 

All students are required to participate in the 
advisement system at Armstrong State College. 
The Vice President and Dean of Faculty gives 
overall direction to the advisement program, 
with the appropriate department heads coordi- 
nating advisement activities within the various 
departments. Students who have selected a ma- 
jor or general field of study are advised by the 
appropriate department. Developmental Stud- 
ies students are advised by the Developmental 
Studies Counselor. All other students are ad- 
vised by Core Curriculum Advisors. Freshmen 
and transfers who have selected a major will be 
advised in the academic department of their ma- 
jor. Freshmen and transfers who have not se- 
lected a major and have not completed the core 
requirements will be advised by Core Curricu- 
lum Advisors. 

The student's course selections must be ap- 
proved by an advisor as an integral part of the 
registration process. Students are responsible 
for fulfilling the requirements of their degree pro- 
gram and must observe all regulations for ad- 
mission to courses, including meeting 
prerequisite requirements. 

English Composition and 
Mathematics Requirements 

See English Composition and Mathematics 
Requirements in the Degree Requirements Sec- 
tion of this catalog, where important require- 
ments are outlined for entering students. 

State Requirement in History 
and Government 

See State Requirement in History and Gov- 
ernment in the Degree Requirements Section of 
this catalog. 

Course and Study Load 

The normal course load for full-time students 
is 15-18 quarter hours including a course in 
physical education during the freshman and 
sophomore years. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is 
registered for 12 or more hours. A part-time stu- 
dent is one registered for fewer than 12 quarter 
hours. A student should plan about ten hours 
preparation per week for each 5 quarter hour 
course 



Classification of Students 

A student who has earned fewer than 45 
quarter hours will be classified as a freshman; 
between 45 and 89 a sophomore; between 90 
and 1 34 as a junior; and 1 35 or more as a senior. 

Overloads and Courses At 
Other Colleges 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter 
hours will be granted by the Registrar to a stu- 
dent: 

Lwith an average grade of "B" for full-time 
enrollment in the preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0 
or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the two 
quarters prior to graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more 
than 21 quarter hours. A student who is on ac- 
ademic probation will not be permitted to reg- 
ister for more than 18 quarter hours. Exceptions 
to these limitations may be made only by the 
appropriate Dean. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the 
same time takes courses for credit at another 
college may not transfer such credit to Arm- 
strong, unless written permission from the ap- 
propriate Dean has been obtained. 

Reports and Grades 

Grade reports are issued directly to students 
at the end of each quarter The following grades 
are used in the determination of grade-point- 
averages: 

Grade Honor Points 

A (excellent) 4.0 

B (good) 3.0 

C (satisfactory) 2.0 

D (passing) 1.0 

F (failure) 0.0 

WF (withdrew, failing) 0.0 

The cumulative GPA is determined by dividing 
the total honor points earned by the total hours 
attempted at Armstrong State College. The ad- 
justed GPA is determined by dividing the total 
honor points earned by the total hours at- 
tempted, with hours and honor points for re- 
peated courses not duplicated in the 
calculation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the follow- 
ing symbols for grade reports. These symbols 
carry no honor points and are not included in 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



43 



the d 'ion of eiif iPA 

adjusted GPA 

Symbol Sanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I in progress or incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing 

An I which has not been removed by the 
middle of the succeeding quarter is changed to 
an "F" unless the instructor recommends an ex- 
tension in writing addressed to the appropriate 
Dean The "S" and "U " symbols may be utilized 
for completion of degree requirements other 
than academic course work (such as student 
teaching, clinical practice, etc.) Withdrawal 
without penalty (W) is not permitted after the 
quarterly dates listed as the dates for mid-term 
Exceptions to this policy must be approved by 
the Dean of the School in which the course is 
taught and will be approved only on the basis 
of hardship Appeals for a change of grade may 
be initiated through the head of the appropriate 
academic department in accordance with the 
Regulations of Armstrong State College. 

Honors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten 
quarter hours of course work who earn an honor 
point average of at least 3.6 will be placed on 
the Dean's List Only course work taken at Arm- 
strong will be used in the computation of Dean's 
List honors 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with 
an honor point average of 3 2 through 3.499 will 
be graduated cum laude 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students gradu- 
ating with an honor point average of 3.5 through 

3 799 will be graduated magna cum laude. 
Summa Cum Laude Those students gradu- 
ated with an honor point average of 3 8 through 

4 will be graduated summa cum laude 
All work attempted at Armstrong and other 

accredited institutions will be considered in 
[Computing honors for graduation. 

Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class 
meetings and the effect of attendance on the 
grades in a course are left to the discretion of 
•the instructor 



A stu 

thing thai Is ai I discussed, or 

upon in class as well as fa g all as- 

. also responsible 
ibmitting on time a 

recita' 

The instructor will i>< -rming 

each class at its first n .it constitutes 

excessive absence in that particular class Each 
student is responsible for knowing the attend- 
ance regulation and for complying with it An 
instructor may drop a student from any class 
with a grade of "W" or "WF, as appropriate, if 
in the instructor's judgment the student's ab- 
sences have been excessive 

Academic Standing 

The college recognizes four academic cate- 
gories: Good Standing, Good Standing with 
Warning, Academic Probation, and Academic 
Suspension Students are expected to maintain 
or exceed the grade point average (GPA) as 
indicated in the chart below. 

Quarter Hours Attempted Required Adjusted 
at Armstrong and GPA 

Elsewhere 

0-15 1 3 

16-30 1 4 

31-45 15 

46-60 1 6 

61-75 1.7 

76-90 1 .8 

91-120 19 

121 and over 2 

A student who falls below the required GPA 
for the first time is placed on Good Standing 
with Warning. Failure to raise the adjusted GPA 
to the required level during the next quarter will 
result in Academic Probation Students on Ac- 
ademic Probation are not in Good Standing If 
the student's adjusted GPA is raised to the re- 
quired level, the student is returned to Good 
Standing The second or any subsequent failure 
to meet the required GPA will result in Academic 
Probation Students on Academic Probation 
should plan both cumcular and extracurricular 
activities under the guidance of their advisors 

Students on Academic Probation who fail to 
achieve the required adjusted GPA. but who do 
earn an average of at least 2 during the pro- 
bationary quarter, will be continued on Aca- 
demic Probation for the next quarter of 
attendance Students on Academic Probation 



44 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



who neither achieve the required adjusted GPA 
nor earn at least a 2.0 average during the pro- 
bationary quarter will be placed on Academic 
Suspension from the college for one quarter. A 
student on Academic Suspension for the first 
time has the option of attending summer school 
without having to appeal the suspension. 

A student suspended for academic reasons 
for the first or second time may appeal by letter 
to the Committee on Admissions and Academic 
Standing. This letter should state the nature of 
any extenuating circumstances relating to the 
academic deficiency, and must be delivered to 
the office of Student Affairs no later than 9 AM 
of registration day. The decision of the Com- 
mittee on Admissions and Academic Standing 
is final. 

A student re-entering the college after an Ac- 
ademic Suspension is placed on Academic Pro- 
bation and must meet the requirements listed 
above. A third Academic Suspension is final. 



Repeating Courses 

Any course may be repeated with the last 
grade to be counted in the adjusted GPA. A 
student who repeats any course should com- 
plete a "Notice of Course Repetition" form avail- 
able in the Office of Registrar. 



Dropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the 
quarter has begun must obtain a Drop-Add No- 
tice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice 
must be signed by the instructor of the course 
being dropped and returned by the student to 
the Office of the Registrar. 

A student who drops a course not more than 
seven class days after the course begins will 
receive no grade for the course. A student who 
drops a course after the first seven class days 
and on or before the quarterly dates listed for 
mid-terms will receive a "W" or a "WF" depend- 
ing on the status in the course. A student may 
not drop a course without penalty following the 
quarterly dates listed for mid-term. A student is 
not allowed to drop ENG 025. 100. 101. 102. or 
201 at any time unless extenuating circumstan- 
ces prevail In order to drop one of these 
courses, the drop form must be authorized by 
the Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences or 
a designated representative 



Withdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it necessary to with- 
draw from college must begin the process in the 
Office of Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal is 
required to ensure that the student is eligible to 
return to Armstrong State College at a future 
date. Any refund to which a student is entitled 
will be considered on the basis of the date which 
appears on the withdrawal form. 

Medical Withdrawals 

A student may be administratively withdrawn 
from the college when in the judgment of Vice 
President of Student Affairs and the college phy- 
sician, if any, and after consultation with the stu- 
dent's parents and personal physician, if any, it 
is determined that the student suffers from a 
physical, mental, emotional or psychological 
health condition which: (a) poses a significant 
danger or threat of physical harm to the student 
or to the person or property of others or (b) 
causes the student to interfere with the rights of 
other members of the college community or with 
the exercise of any proper activities or functions 
of the college or its personnel or (c) causes the 
student to be unable to meet institutional re- 
quirements for admission and continued enroll- 
ment, as defined in the student conduct code 
and other publications of the college. 

Except in emergency situations, a student 
shall, upon request, be accorded an appropri- 
ate hearing prior to final decision concerning his 
or her continued enrollment at the college 

Auditing Courses 

A regular student wishing to audit a course 
without receiving credit must obtain permission 
of the instructor before registering for the 
course. During the registration process the stu- 
dent should request to audit. A student may not 
change from audit to credit status or from credit 
to audit status after completing the process of 
registration for a course A student who audits 
a course will have a "V" recorded for that course 
The regular schedule of fees applies to auditors 
Unauthorized auditing is prohibited 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College 
is dedicated to the proposition that the protec- 
tion of the grading system is m the interest of 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



45 



munity if 
institutional means to assure thai the 

community shall have primary disposition 
fractions of the Honor Code and that students 
accuse h infractions shall enjoy those 

procedural guar,. 

essential to fair and impartial hearing It 

most of which is the presumption of innocence 

until guilt be established beyond a reasonable 

doubt 

I Responsibilities of students 

All students must agree to abide by the 
rules of the Honor Code. A student shall not 
be accepted at Armstrong State College 
unless he or she signs a statement affirming 
his understanding of this agreement The 
Honor Code shall be printed in the official 
bulletin and the Student Handbook. 

It will be the responsibility of the Stu- 
dent Court or its designated representative 
to conduct an orientation program at the 
beginning of each quarter for all newly en- 
tering students to explain fully the Honor 
Code and to allow full discussion of its re- 
quirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with 
any matter related to the Honor Code is 
invited to seek assistance in the Office of 
Student Affairs. 
II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of 
two kinds: (a) general and (b) those related 
to the peculiarities of specific course-re- 
lated problems and to the understanding 
of individual instructors. Any instructor 
whose conception of cheating would tend 
to enlarge or contract the general regula- 
tions defining cheating must explicity notify 
the affected students of the qualifications 
to the general regulations which he or she 
wishes to stipulate. The following will be 
considered general violations of the Honor 
Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized 
help on any assignment, test or paper. 
The meaning of unauthorized help 
shall be made clear by the instructor 
of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. Plagiarism is the unack- 
nowledged use of another's words or 
ideas. Students must be familiar with 
the explanation of plagiarism given in 
the writing handbook used in freshman 



Writing: A College 
Handbook, 

ince Ol what i 
plagiarism will not be accepted as an 

4 Giving p< •• the 

Student Court 
5. Suborning, attemption to suborn, or in 

intimidating witnesses. 
6 Failing to report a suspected violation 
of the Honor Code 
III Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may 
come to the Office of Student Affairs for 
assistance in contacting members of the 
Student Court. 

A. Self-reporting: A student who has bro- 
ken the Honor Code should report him- 
self, to a member of the Student Court 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) 
who is aware of a violation of the Honor 
Code must report the matter. 

1 . Tell the person thought to be guilty 
to report himself to a member of the 
Student Court no later than the end 
of the next school day. After this 
designated time the person who is 
aware of the violation must inform 
a member of the Student Court so 
that the Student Court may contact 
the accused person if he has not 
already reported himself. 

2. Report the suspected violation di- 
rectly to a member of the Student 
Court without informing the ac- 
cused. 

IV. The procedural rights of the students ac- 
cused of violations of the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of 
an accused is the right to be presumed 
innocent until proven guilty. Specific rights 
are as follows: 

1. The accused will be notified in writing 
by the Student Court or its designated 
representative of the nature and de- 
tails of the offense with which he is 
charged along with the names of his 
accusers and the principal witnesses 
to be brought against him. This notifi- 
cation shall occur no less than three 
days prior to the date of the hearing 

2. The accused has the right to counsel 
of his own choosing. Such counsel will 



46 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



not participate directly in the proceed- 
ings except to advise his client. It is 
expected that such counsel will be 
drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing 
the charges shall be afforded an op- 
portunity to present witnesses and 
documentary or other evidence. The 
accused and any individual bringing 
the charges shall have the right to 
cross examine all witnesses and may, 
where the witnesses cannot appear 
because of illness or other cause ac- 
ceptable to the Court, present the 
sworn statement of the witnesses. The 
Court shall not be bound by formal 
rules governing the presentation of 
evidence, and it may consider any evi- 
dence presented which is of probative 
value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear 
witness against himself. The Court 
may not take the refusal of the ac- 
cused to testify as evidence of guilt, 
but this proviso does not give the ac- 
cused immunity from a hearing or from 
recommendations reached in a hear- 
ing simply because the accused does 
not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a 
complete audiotape of the hearing and 
to record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may 
be re-opened for consideration upon 
initiation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels. The accused 
shall not be put in double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from 
the hearing room during the course of 
a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss 
a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will 
be allowed such observers of the hear- 
ing as may be commensurate with the 
space available. Otherwise, in the in- 
terests of the right of privacy of the 
accused, hearings will be private, ex- 
cept that the College may also have 
observers additional to the advisors to 
the Student Court. 

V. The Student Conduct Committee, the Stu- 
dent Court and Advisors to the Student 
Court: 
A. Student Conduct Committee 

1. The Student Conduct Committee 



shall be responsible to the faculty 
for recommending policies relating 
to the Academic Honor Code and 
the Code of Conduct, for formulat- 
ing or approving rules, enforce- 
ment procedures, and sanctions 
within the framework of existing pol- 
icies, and for recommending 
changes in the administration of 
any aspects of the Honor Code and 
the Student Code of Conduct. The 
Conduct Committee will also inter- 
view and select members for the 
Student Court. 

2. The Committee shall consist of five 
teaching faculty members, the Vice 
President of Student Affairs and 
four students. The four students will 
be the President and Vice Presi- 
dent of the Student Court, the Pres- 
ident of the Student Government 
Association, and one student-at- 
large. The faculty members shall be 
appointed by the faculty in accord- 
ance with the faculty statutes. 

3. The Vice President of Student Af- 
fairs shall assist the Conduct Com- 
mittee in the development of policy 
and in the discharge of its respon- 
sibilities. He shall coordinate the 
activities of all officials, commit- 
tees, student groups, and tribunals 
for student conduct. 

4. All regulations or rules relating to 
student conduct that are proposed 
by any College official, committee 
or student group, and for which 
sanctions may be imposed in the 
name of the College, must be sub- 
mitted to the Committee for consid- 
eration and review prior to 
submission to the faculty and the 
student body. The Committee shall 
have 1 days in which to review the 
same. 

B. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected 
by the Student Conduct Committee 
and will be composed of twelve stu- 
dents. Due consideration will be 
given to equitable apportionment oi 
court members on the basis of ac- 
ademic class, race, and sex Stu 
dents on academic probation may 
not serve. All appointments will be 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



47 



issued and accepted m wntir 
'tnents will be made 
Spring Quarter in time tor 
elected members of the Court to 
assume their duties by May 1 Ap 
pomtments will be made as needed 
to keep the Student Court staffed 
to do business on a reasonably 
prompt basis These appointments 
may constitute permanent or tem- 
porary replacements as the Stu- 
dent Conduct Committee deems 
necessary 
2 The Student Court will elect a Pres- 
ident, Vice President, and a Sec- 
retary from its membership. The 
President will preside at all meet- 
ings The Vice President will as- 
sume the duties of the President if 
the President is absent The Sec- 
retary will maintain written notes of 
all proceedings and audiotape rec- 
ords of all testimony, and will main- 
tain exhibits of evidence which by 
their nature may reasonably be 
maintained in the Court files. A quo- 
rum of the Court shall consist of 
seven members A two-thirds ma- 
jority secret ballot vote is required 
to reach a finding of guilty. All other 
questions may be decided by a 
simple majority vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court 
during the Summer Quarter shall in- 
clude all appointed members in at- 
tendance, and others shall be 
appointed to membership by the 
Student Conduct Committee. 

4. Student Court members shall ex- 
amine their consciences carefully 
to determine whether they can in 
good conscience serve on a panel 
hearing a particular case, and in 
the event that there is any doubt, 
whatsoever, such member shall ex- 
cuse themselves from duty on the 
specific panel in question. 

Advisors to the Court 

1. An advisor and an associate ad- 
visor to the Student Court shall be 
appointed by the President of the 
College. 

2 Ordinarily the advisor will serve in 
that office for one year only and 
usually will be succeeded in that 



by the associd' 

initial a; ; 
tiiy an associate advisor 
will ordinarily be appointed each 
year The succession of an asso- 
ciat- idvisor position is 

deemed to occur on the last day of 
Spring Quarter If, for any reason, 
the advisor is unable to complete 
his term, the associate advisor shall 
succeed to the office of advisor and 
another associate advisor shall be 
appointed by the above proce- 
dures. If, during the Summer 
Quarter, neither advisor is on cam- 
pus, a temporary advisor will be ap- 
pointed 
3 Duties of the advisor and the as- 
sociate advisor: It shall be the duty 
of the advisor to consult with the 
Court and to offer advice to the 
President and members of the 
Court on substantive and proce- 
dural questions. The advisor, or the 
associate advisor in the event the 
advisor is unable to attend, shall be 
present at all meetings and hear- 
ings of the Court. The advisor may 
not vote nor may he participate di- 
rectly in the conduct at hearings 
before the Court except through the 
chairman, or acting chairman, of 
the Court. The advisor should be 
governed at all times by the prin- 
ciple that a hearing before the Stu- 
dent Court is primarily a matter of 
student responsibility. 
VI. Procedures and Penalities adopted by the 
Student Court. 

The Student Court shall formulate its own 
bylaws governing internal organization and 
procedure. Such bylaws must be consist- 
ent with the Honor Code 
A Hearings shall be called by the Court 
President to be held on a date not less 
than three nor more than ten class 
days after notice to the accused as 
provided in Section IV-2 Exceptions 
to these time requirements may be 
granted 
B Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the 
Court shall make a recommendation to 
the Vice-President of the College as to 
the administrative action it deems ap- 



48 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



propnate within the following limita- 
tions: 

1 . A minimum penalty shall be loss of 
assignment or test credit for the as- 
signment or test for violations in- 
volving cheating as specified in 
Section II, subsections 1, 2, and 3. 
Additional penalities such as repri- 
mands, suspension, or others may 
be recommended for any aspects 
of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense 
of any type shall be suspension for 
a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second of- 
fense may be suspension for three 
years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the 
accused will be informed of the Court's 
finding, and its recommendation to the 
Vice President of the College. If the 
finding is guilty, the accused will be 
informed that the Court may reopen 
the case with the consent of the ac- 
cused for good cause, within a three 
week period. 

D. The Vice President of the College will 
inform all involved persons in writing 
of the action he has taken in view of 
Court recommendation. The Court 
Secretary will post public notice of the 
Vice President's action by case num- 
ber without identifying the accused. 

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalities: 

Should a student have cause to question 
the findings of the Court or the action of the 
Vice President of the College or both, he 
has the right to appeal. The channels of 
appeal are as follows: 
A. Court findings and/or the administra- 
tive action of the Vice President of the 
College may be appealed within five 
days by writing the President of the 
College. Further appeal procedures 
will conform to the appeal procedures 
of the College and of the Policies of 
the Board of Regents, University Sys- 
tem of Georgia. 
VIII Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding 

to reported infractions of the Honor Code. 

the Student Court is ultimately responsible 

to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be 



accomplished ordinarily through the Dean 
of Student Affairs and the Advisors. 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, 
of the College Statutes, the Dean of Student 
Affairs will provide general supervision of 
the Student Court and will provide other 
guidance or services as directed by the 
President of the College. 
IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require con- 
firmation by the majority vote of those fac- 
ulty and student body members voting. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

General 

Degree Requirements 

1 . Each student is responsible for fulfilling the 
requirements of the degree program cho- 
sen in accordance with the regulations of 
the college catalog. 

1 . Exceptions to course requirements for a de- 
gree are permitted only with the written ap- 
proval of the appropriate Dean, upon the 
recommendation of the department head. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the 
catalog in effect at the time of admission to 
the College. In the School of Health Profes- 
sions, a student will graduate under the cat- 
alog in effect at the time of admission or 
readmission (whichever is more current) to 
a particular Health Professions program. 
Armstrong State College, however, re- 
serves the right to change any provision 
listed in this catalog, including but not lim- 
ited to academic requirements for gradu- 
ation, without actual notice to individual 
students. If students have been absent 
from the College for two or more consec- 
utive years, they should expect to meet all 
requirements in effect at the time of return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the require- 
ments in the major field or related fields for 
the Bachelor's degree or in English com- 
position or foreign language. No corres- 
pondence courses may be taken while a 
student is enrolled, without prior approval 
of the appropriate Dean and the head of 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



49 



. ma- 

|0f 

5 By State law. each student whc> 
diploma or certificate from a schoo: 
ported by the State of Georgia must dem- 
onstrate proficiency in United States 
History and Government and in Georgia 
History and Government A student at Arm- 
strong State College may demonstrate 
such proficiency by 

A Examinations Students may take 
either the relevant CLEP. College 
Board Admissions Testing Program 
Achievement Test, or Advanced 
Placement Test 

B Credit in certain courses For U.S. and 
Georgia government - Political Sci- 
ence 113; for US and Georgia History 
- History 251 or 252 or any upper di- 
vision course in U.S. History. 

6 To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a 
student must earn at Armstrong at least 45 
quarter hours of credit applicable toward 
the degree. Additionally, the student must 
complete successfully at Armstrong a ma- 
jority of the upper division credits required 
in the major field of study. For students in 
teacher education programs, the major 
field of study is the teaching field. For the 
Associate Degree, the student must com- 
plete at least 45 quarter hours of course 
work at Armstrong State College. Arm- 
strong students enrolled in the cooperative 
degree programs with Savannah State Col- 
lege in Business Education, Industrial Arts 
Education, and Trade and Industrial Edu- 
cation may be exempted from these re- 
quirements by a recommendation of the 
Dean of the School of Education, concur- 
rence by the School of Education Curricu- 
lum Committee and approval of the 
Committee on Academic Standing. 

7. For graduation the student must earn an 
overall average of 2.0 or better considering 
work taken at all colleges, computed in 
such manner that a course will be counted 
only once, regardless of the number of 
times that it has been repeated. The grade 
earned in the last attempt will determine the 
number of honor points assigned for grad- 
uation. Additionally, the student must earn 
a GPA of 2.0 or better in each of the follow- 
ing: 
A all work at Armstrong 



Ml courses in tl 

8 To qualify for a second baccalaureat* 

e, a candidate mus' rong 

•ast 45 additional hours of credit and 
meet all qualitative requirements for the de- 
ree. 

9 Before a degree will be conferred students 
must pay all fees and must submit to the 
Registrar a complete* : Application for 
Graduation two quarters before gradua- 
tion A candidate for a degree, unless ex- 
cused in writing by the President. Vice 
President and Dean of Faculty, or Vice 
President of Student Affairs, must attend 
the graduation exercises at which a degree 
is to be conferred. 

10. All students must successfully complete 
the Regents' Test and must take an Exit 
Examination in their major field as may be 
stipulated as requirements for graduation 
Candidates for a second baccalaureate 
degree are exempted from the Regents' 
Test requirement. 

Core Curriculum Requirements 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia 
requires as a Core Curriculum for all baccalau- 
reate degree programs the following minimum 
number of quarter hours in the major areas of 
study. 

Hours 

Area I 

Humanities, including, but not limited to. 

grammar & composition & literature 20 

Area II 
Mathematics & the natural sciences. 

including, but not limited to. 

mathematics and a 10-hour sequence 

of laboratory courses m the biological 

or physical sciences 20 

Area III 
Social Sciences, including, but not limited 

to. history & American government 20 

Area IV 
Courses appropriate to the major field of 

the individual student 30 

TOTAL 90 
In addition to the University System Core Cur- 
riculum requirements as outlined above. Arm- 
strong State College requires six quarter hours 
m physical education as part of all baccalau- 
reate degree programs. 



50 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Requirements 



The student in any baccalaureate degree pro- 
gram at Armstrong State College must complete 
the tollowing specific Core Curriculum require- 
ments. Consult the relevant departmental sec- 
tion for a complete statement of degree 
requirements for a specific program. Certain 
courses in the Core Curriculum may be ex- 
empted with credit awarded. 

Hours 

Area I 

Humanities 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One of the following courses: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, 

PHI 200, 201, ENG 222 5 

Area II 

Mathematics & the Natural Sciences 20 

One of the following courses 
sequences: 
MAT 101, 103 
MAT 101, 195 
MAT 101, 220 

MAT 101, 290 10 

One of the following course sequences: 
BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112 
CHE 121, 122 
CHE 128, 129 
PHY 211, 212 
PHY 217, 218 

PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 

Social Sciences 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: 

PSY 1 01 , SOC 201 , ANT 201 , ECO 

201 or202 5 

Area IV 

Courses Appropriate to the Major Field 30 

Art 

ART 111, 112, 201, 202, 213 25 

MUS200or210 5 

Art Education 

ART 111, 112, 201. 213 20 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

Biology 

SCI and/or MAT electives (100-200 

level) or any foreign language 10 

CHE 128. 129 10 

BIO201 5 

BOT 203 or ZOO 204 5 



Biology Education 

BIO201 5 

CHE 128 5 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

BOT 203 or ZOO 204 5 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 

228 5 

Business Education 

ACC211, 212 10 

EDN200 5 

MAT 220 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from: ART 200, 
271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 5 
Chemistry* 

CHE 128, 129, 281 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY213or219 5 

One course selected from: 
Computer Science, Mathematics 

or Natural Science 5 

Chemistry Education 

BIO 101, 102 10 

CHE281 5 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from: ART 200. 
271, 272, 273, MUS 200. DRS 228 5 
Computer Science 

CS 142, 231, 242 15 

MAT 206. 207, 260 15 

Criminal Justice 

CJ 100, 103, 210, 360 20 

Two courses selected from: ANT 
201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 228, PSY 

101, SOC 201 10 

Dental Hygiene Education 

BIO 101. 102 10 

CHE 121, 122 10 

DRS228 5 

PSY 101. or SOC 201 5 

Early Elementary Education 

EDN200, 202 10 

DRS228 5 

GEO 211 or 212 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

English 

Any foreign language 101. 102 

103. 201 20 

CS 1 15, and one of the following: 
ART 200. 271, 272. 273. MUS 200. 
PHI 200, 201. ENG 222 10 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



'.1 



•on 
Am ige sequence 

DRS 22V 5 

EDN 200 5 

PSY 101 5 

General Science Education 

CHE 128. 129 10 

EDN 200 5 

PHY 211 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from ART 200, 
271. 272. 273. MUS 200. DRS 228 5 

General Studies 

Two courses selected from ART 

200, 271. 272. 273, ENG 222. 
MUS 200.PHI 200. 201. any two 
foreign language courses through 
200level 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

One or two course selected from: 
ANT 201. CS 110. 115, or 146, 
ECO 201, 202, PSY 101, SOC 201 5-10 
One or two courses selected from: 
BIO 101, 102, 122, 123, BOT 203, 
CHE 121. 122, 128, 129, 201. 208, 
281, PHY 211, 212, 213, 217, 218, 

219, PHS 121, 122, ZOO 204, 208, 
209 5-10 

Health Science 

HS 100 5 

HIS 150 & HIS 251 or 252 10 

PSY 101 5 

ZOO 208. 209 10 

History 

Any foreign language 1 02, 1 03 10 

HIS 251. 252 10 

Two courses selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, GEO 111. MAT 

220, PSY 101. SOC 201 10 

Industrial Arts Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

JAE 201, 202. 203 15 

PSY 101 5 

Mathematical Sciences 

CS 142 5 

MAT 206, 207 10 

Two of the following 10 

MAT 208: CS 242. 260 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Mathematics Education 

EDN200 5 

*A foreign language sequence is recom- 
mended. 



MA! I 208 

PSY 101 

course select- /•HI 200. 

1 272. 273. MUS 200, DRS '<>. 5 

il Techn< 
CHE 128, 129 281 15 

l"hree courses selected from ZOO 
208, 209. PHY 212. 213. CS 110, 
115 15 

Middle School Education 

DRS 228 5 

EDN 200 5 

GEO 211 or 212 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSy 101 5 

EDU240 2 

CS296 3 

Music" 

MUS (Theory) 111, 112. 113.211,212, 

213 18 

MUS (Applied) 140. 240 12 

Music Education 

EDN200 5 

MUS 111. 112. 113, 140, 230, 232. 

281 2 

PSY 101 5 

Nursing 

BIO210 5 

BSN230 5 

SOC201 5 

ZOO 208, 209, 215 15 

Physical Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

PE 117, 211, 216, 217. 219. 228. 229 15 
PSY 101 5 

Physics Education 

BIO 101. 102 10 

EDN 200 5 

PHY213or219 5 

PSY101 5 

One course selected from: ART 200. 
271, 272, 273. MUS 200. DRS 228 5 

Political Science 

Any foreign language sequence 

1 01 , 1 02. 1 03. or CS 1 20. 225. and 1 36 

or 246 or 231 15 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

CJ 100, ECO 201. GEO 111. HIS 251 

or 252. PSY 101. SOC 201 10 

Psychology* 

ANT 201 5 

BIO 101. 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 



52 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MAT220 5 

PSY 101 5 

Social Science Education - Behavioral Science 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

Any foreign language or computer sci- 
ence sequence 15 

One course selected from: ART 200, 
271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 .... 5 
Social Science Education - History 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

A related foreign language sequence 15 
One course selected from: ART 200, 
271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 .... 5 
Social Work (major is under de-activation) 

HIS252 5 

SOC201 5 

SW250 5 

Any foreign language sequence 101, 
1 02, 1 03 or PHI 201 , ANT 201 , and one 
five hour social science elective (100- 

200level) 15 

Speech Correction 

PSY 101, 202 10 

EDN200, EXC220 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 

273, MUS 200, DRS 228 5 

Trade and Industrial Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

TIE 100. 200, 210 15 

Area V 

Physical Education Requirements 

PE 103 or 108, and 117 or 211 3 

(Student should check his program 

of study.) 
Three courses selected from: PE 
100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 
109, 200, 201, 203, 204, 205, 206, 
207. 208. 209. 
*A foreign language sequence is recom- 
mended. 

MIL 203, 206 3 

(If MIL 203 is elected, total hours total four.) 
Total Core Curriculum Hours 96-97 

Students should complete all core curriculum 
requirements during their freshmen/sophomore 
years. 



Regents' Testing Program 

— as amended, November 9-10, 1982 — 
Each institution of the University System of 
Georgia shall assures the other institutions, and 
the System as a whole, that students obtaining 
a degree from that institution possess literacy 
competence, that is, certain minimum skills of 
reading and writing. 

The Regents' Testing Program has been de- 
veloped to help in the attainment of this goal. 
The objectives of the Testing Program are: (1) 
to provide Systemwide information on the status 
of student competence in the areas of reading 
and writing; and (2) to provide a uniform means 
of identifying those students who fail to attain 
the minimum levels of competence in the areas 
of reading and writing. 

Passing the Regents' Test is defined as hav- 
ing passed all components of the Test by scor- 
ing above the cutoff score specified for each 
component. The test may be administered either 
in its entirety or as one or more components 
depending on the needs of the students. If one 
component of the Test is passed, that compo- 
nent need not be retaken; this provision is ret- 
roactive to all students who have taken the Test 
in any form since the inception of the program. 
The intent of this policy is that passing the 
Regents' Test occur before the end of the stu- 
dent's sophomore year, that is, before the com- 
pletion of 105 hours of degree credit. Students 
who fail the test must retake and pass the Test. 
Each institution shall provide an appropriate 
program of remediation and shall require defi- 
cient students to participate in the program prior 
to retaking the test. 

A student holding a baccalaureate or higher 
degree from a regionally accredited institution 
of higher education will not be required to com- 
plete the Regents' Test in order to receive a 
degree from a University System institution. 

In order to implement effectively the goals of 
the Testing Program: 
1. Student enrolled in undergraduate degree 
programs shall pass the Regents' Test as 
a requirement for graduation. Students, in- 
cluding transfer students and/or readmitted 
students, may take the Test after they have 
completed the required basic core English 
courses. They may be required to take the 
Test in the quarter after they have earned 
45 hours of degree credit if the Test has 
not been passed previously. Institutions, 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



53 



hCKN 

yond (he stud 
hour of degree cr< 

2 All students who have taken and hav 
passed the Regent- 
quarter in which they will have earn* 
hours ol degree credit shall take the ap- 
propriate nondegree credit course or 
courses in remedial reading and/or reme- 
dial writing in each quarter of attendance 
until they have passed all components of 
the Test 

3 Having passed the Regents' Test shall not 
be a condition of transfer into an institution 
All transferring students from within the Sys- 
tem shall be subject to all provisions of this 
policy Students from institutions outside 
the System who transfer into a System in- 
stitution with 60 or more degree credit 
hours shall take the Test during the initial 
quarter of enrollment and in subsequent 
quarters shall be subject to all provisions 
of this policy. 

4 Students whose mother tongue is other 
than English may be exempted from taking 
the Regents Test by the institution provided 
appropriate local procedures are em- 
ployed to certify the literacy competence of 
those students earning a degree. 

5. For extraordinary situations, each institution 
shall develop special procedures for cer- 
tifying the literacy competence of students. 
A written description of those procedures 
shall be submitted to the Chancellor for ap- 
proval. A record of the action shall be re- 
ported by the Chancellor to the Education 
Committee of the Board of Regents. Such 
procedures shall include provision for re- 
mediation if needed and formal examina- 
tion prior to certifying competency. Such 
examination shall equal or exceed the 
standards of the Regents' Testing Program. 

6. A student may request a formal review of 
his/her failure on the essay component of 
the Regents Test if that student's essay re- 
ceived at least one passing score among 
the three scores awarded and if the student 
has successfully completed the courses in 
English composition required by the local 
institution. This review will be conducted in 
accordance with Board approved proce- 
dures. 

7. The revised procedures shall be followed 
by all students effective January 1, 1980. 



bility pn 

9 '.hall not 

tutions from incn 

fectmq the • Program, 

provided such increas* ts are 

authorized by the Chancellor, and pre, . 
further that such onts are pub- 

lished in the official catalog of the institution 
prior to implementation Such additional re- 
quirements shall in no way affect the trans- 
fer students from one institution to another 
or the readmission of students to University 
System institutions 
10 A student who fails both parts and who is 
required to participate in remediation shall 
be allowed to take the reading and essay 
portions of the test in separate quarters 

Regents' Test Essay Review 

1. The review will be initiated at the campus 
level, with procedural matters to be deter- 
mined by the institution The on-campus re- 
view, however, will be conducted by the 
three(3), faculty members designated by 
the institution as a review panel. 

2. The on-campus review panel may 1) sus- 
tain, by majority opinion, the essays failing 
score, thus terminating the review process, 
or 2) recommend by majority opinion, the 
re-scoring of the essay by the Regents' 
Testing Program central office The student 
will be notified concerning the results of the 
on-campus review. 

3. If the on-campus panel recommends res- 
coring of the essay, that recommendation 
will be transmitted in writing, along with a 
copy of the essay, to the office of the system 
Director of the Regents' Testing Program 
The Director will utilize the services of three 
(3) experienced Regents' essay scorers 
other than those involved in the original 
scoring of the essay to review the essay, 
following normal scoring procedures for the 
essay component of the Regents' Test. The 
decision of this panel on the merits of the 
essay will be final, thus terminating the re- 
view process The student will be notified 
through the institution, concerning the re- 
sults of the review. 



54 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Regents' Test Procedures 

Students attending Armstrong State College 
are required to take the Regents' Test no later 
than their first quarter of enrollment after the 
quarter in which the 45th credit hour is earned. 
Students may take the test before they earn 45 
credit hours if they have completed the required 
basic core English courses, usually English 101 , 
102, and 201 . For the purpose of enforcing Re- 
gents' Test Policy, enrolled students are iden- 
tified by computer-printed notices on end-of- 
quarter grade reports and transfers through the 
processes of admission and transcript evalua- 
tion. Students register for the test at the Coun- 
seling and Placement Office within the 
publicized test registration period. 

Students who neglect to take the test in their 
first quarter of enrollment after the quarter in 
which the 45th credit hour is earned will be 
barred from Early Registration until after they 
have taken the test. Students who neglect to 
take the test in their first quarter of enrollment 
after the quarter in which the 60th credit hour is 
earned will be barred from all phases of Reg- 
istration, Early through Late, until after they have 
taken the test. 

Students who are handicapped or for whom 
English is a second language are required to 
take the Regents' Test but may be allowed ad- 
ditional time in a special test administration. 

Students who do not pass the test will be no- 
tified of requirements for remedial courses and 
eligibility for essay review. 

Students who fail the Reading portion of the 
Regents' Test and have less than 75 hours 
earned with an adjusted GPA of 2.5 or better 
may appeal the requirement for Developmental 
Studies Reading 025 to the Coordinator of the 
Department of Developmental Studies. 

Students who fail the Essay portion of the Re- 
gents' Test and have less than 75 hours earned 
with an adjusted GPA of 3.0 or better and a 3.0 
or better in required core courses in English may 
appeal the requirement for English 025, Com- 
position Review, to the Head of the Department 
of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 

Health Professions Program 
Requirement 

Before a student in a Health Professions pro- 
gram may enter his/her last quarter, he/she must 
have passed the Regents' examination. 



Physical Education Requirements 

All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate 
degree programs for ten or more quarter hours 
on the daytime schedule must adhere to Arm- 
strong Core Curriculum Area V requirements. 
Any student who holds a valid senior life saving 
certificate and/or a valid water safety instructor 
certificate and/or passes the Armstrong swim- 
ming test may be exempted from PE 103 or PE 
108. Physical education is not required of any- 
one who is beyond the age of 25 at the time of 
initial matriculation or of anyone enrolled pri- 
marily in evening classes. 

Students should check their program of study 
for P.E. 1 1 7 and/or 21 1 requirements. 

English and Mathematics 
Placement Tests 

During the initial quarters of enrollment at Arm- 
strong State College, students must enroll in the 
appropriate sequence of English composition 
courses until the sequence has been completed 
and/or the Regents' Test has been passed. Stu- 
dents must not delay this sequence beyond their 
second quarter of attendance. For assistance 
with identifying the appropriate English com- 
position courses, students should consult ad- 
visors in the departments of their declared 
majors or the Office of Admissions, or the De- 
partment of Languages, Literature, and Dra- 
matic Arts. See Language, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts Department for further informa- 
tion. 

The College reserves the right to place stu- 
dents in appropriate English and mathematics 
courses in the core curriculum. Diagnostic tests 
are administered for this purpose. 

Students who have not otherwise met the pre- 
requisites for ENG 100, 101, or 102 must take 
the English Placement Test before registering 
for these courses. Students must pass ENG 99 
or 100 to be eligible for ENG 101 . and pass ENG 
101 to be eligible for ENG 102. Students who 
make an "A" in ENG 100 are eligible to take 
ENG 102 upon the instructor's recommendation 
and approval of the Head of the Department of 
Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 

Students who have not otherwise met the pre- 
requisite requirement for MAT 101 must achieve 
at least a score of 20 on the Mathematics Di- 
agnostic Test before registering for MAT 101. 

fee 
re a 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



55 



State Requirement In 
History and Government 

By State la/. reives a 

diploma or cv im a school suppt 

by the State ^ I 

ficiency in Ui . and Gov 

ment and in Geon; . and Gov 

A student at Armstrong State College n 
onstrate such proticiency by 
A Examinations Students may take either the 
relevant CLEP. College Board Admissions 
Testing Program Achievement Test, or Ad- 
vanced Placement Test 
B Credit m certain courses For U S and 
Georgia government - Political Science 
1 13. for US and Georgia History - History 
251 or 252 or any upper division course in 
US History 

Requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science 
Degrees 

Requirements for each major program lead- 
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major 
in Art. English, History. Music. Political Science, 
Psychology, or to the degree of Bachelor of Sci- 
ence with a major in Biology, Chemistry. Com- 
puter Science, or Mathematical Sciences are 
described m the appropriate departmental list- 
ing For the BA and the BS degrees, a minimum 
of 185 quarter hours, exclusive of the required 
physical education courses, is required for 
graduation. 

Each student in one of these major programs 
must complete the 96-hour core curriculum re- 
quirement as listed above 

The student will not be allowed to take senior 
division courses in the major field unless he has 
a minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite 
courses in that field No major program in a de- 
partment will require more than 60 quarter hours 
at all levels in the major field, however, the de- 
partment may recommend up to 70 quarter 
hours 

For its major program, a department will re- 
quire from 15 to 30 quarter hours of specific 
:ourses or approved elective courses in related 
lelds and may require language courses reach- 
ng the degree of proficiency specified by the 
jepartment. Total requirements in the major and 
elated fields, may not exceed 85 quarter hours 



. urn 

Associate Degree 
Requirements 

Each assoc - as 

part of its curriculum the follow 

[ NG 101. 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 

POS 113 

One five hour course selected from 

Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate 

Core 5 

Three PE credit hours 3 

TOTAL 28 
Students in associate degree programs are 
required to complete successfully the Regents' 
Examination and may be required to take an Exit 
Examination in the appropriate area of concen- 
tration 

Numbering System for 
Courses 

In the course listing to follow, there appear 
three numbers in parentheses after each course 
title The first number listed indicates the number 
of hours of lecture; the second number listed 
indicates the number of hours of laboratory; the 
third number listed indicates the number of 
quarter hours of credit carried by the course 
The letter V" represents variable hours 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional 
credit only and may not be applied to a degree 
program Courses numbered 100-199 are gen- 
erally planned for the freshman year; courses 
numbered 200-299 for the sophomore year; 
courses numbered 300-399 for the junior year 
and course numbered 400-499 for the senior 
year 

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum re- 
quirements may not be used to meet other re- 
quirements of a degree program 

Lettering System for Course 

In the course listings given in the Armstrong 
Core Curriculum requirements and in the de- 
partmental curricula which follow, there appear 



56 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



two or three letters preceding a three digit num- 
ber Following is an exhaustive list of all abbre- 
viations used for course designation purposes. 

AC = American Civilization 

ACC = Accounting (SSC) 

ANT = Anthropology 

ART = Art 

AST = Astrology 

BE = Business Education (SSC) 

BAD = Business Administration (SSC) 

BIO = Biology 

BOT = Botany 

BSN = Baccalaureate Nursing 

CJ = Criminal Justice 

CL = Comparative Literature 

CS = Computer Science 

CHE - Chemistry 

DH = Dental Hygiene 

DRS = Drama and Speech 

DSE = Development Studies English 

DSM = Dev. Studies Math 

DSR = Dev. Studies Reading 

DSS = Dev. Studies Study Techniques 

ECO = Economics 

EDN = Elementary Education 

EDU = Secondary Education 

EEE = Early Elementary Education 

EGR = Engineering 

ENG = English 

ENT = Entomotogy 

ETc = Engineering Technology (SSC) 

EXC = Exceptional Children 

FLM = Film 
FRE = French 

GEL = Geology 
GEO = Geography 
GER = German 

HS = Health Science 

HIM = Health Information Management 

HIS = History 

IAE = Industrial Arts Education (SSC) 

JRN = Journalism 

LM = Library Media 



LS a Library Science 

LAT = Latin 

LIN = Linguistics 

MH = Mental Health 

MT = Medical Technology 

MAT = Mathematics 

MET = Meterology 

METc= Mechanical Engineering Technology 

(SSC) 

MIL = Military Science 

MPS = Museum Preservation Studies 

MUS = Music 

NSc = Naval Science 
NUR = Nursing (Associate) 

OAD = Office Administration (SSC) 
OCE = Oceanography 

PA = Public Administration 

PE = Physical Education 

PHI = Philosophy 

PHS = Physical Science 

PHY = Physics 

POS = Political Science 

PSY = Psychology 

RT = Respiratory Therapy 

RAD = Radiologic Technologies 
RUS = Russian 

SOC = Sociology 
SPA = Spanish 

TIE = Trade and Industrial Education (SSC 

ZOO = Zoology 

DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The degree programs of Armstrong State Col- 
lege are presented in this catalog primarily by 
school, by department. The College is orga- 
nized into three schools, each administered by 
a dean, and two non-school affiliated depart- 
ments. The departmental structure of the Col- 
lege, and the balance of this Catalog, are 
presented below. 
Department Program School 

Developmental Studies non-affiliated 

Military Science non-affiliated 

Naval Science Savannah State 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



57 



Biol 

iCS 

Art 
Gov. 
History 'ices 

itiC 

Arts Arts and Sciences 

Mathematics and Computer 

Science Arts and Sciences 

Psychology Arts and Sciences 

Elementary and Middle School 

Education Education 

Physical Education Education 

Secondary and Special 

Education Education 

Associate Degree Nursing Health 

Professions 
Baccalaureate Degree Nursing Health 

Professions 
Dental Hygiene Health 

Professions 
Health Information Management Health 

Professions 
Health Science Health 

Professions 
Medical Technology Health 

Professions 
Radiologic Technologies Health 

Professions 
Respiratory Therapy Health 

Professions 

Developmental Studies 

Faculty 

Palmour. Mack. Coordinator Counselor 
Cottrell. Ellen 
Geoffroy. Cynthia 
Harris. Karl 
Smith. Carolyn 

The Department of Developmental Studies 
provides a program of compensatory education 
for students whose academic deficiencies may 
prevent successful completion of collegiate 
studies Students may be placed in departmen- 
tal courses on the basis of the Basic Skills Ex- 
amination, of English Placement Test. 
Mathematics Diagnostic Test, or Regents Ex- 
amination performances Regularly admitted 
students may voluntarily enroll, subject to pre- 
requisites, m any departmental courses Con- 
ditionally admitted students must enroll in 
accordance with the stipulations of their admis- 



At n 



Policies of the Developmental 
Studies Program 

Every time a Developmental Studies student 
registers or preregisters until exiting the Devel- 
opmental Studies Program, he/she must have 
his her class schedule approved by the Devel- 
opmental Studies counselor or the head of the 
Department Required remedial courses must 
be completed before the student qualifies as 
regularly admitted 

The student is permitted three attempts to 
pass and thus complete Developmental Studies 
courses required of his her in mathematics. Eng- 
lish, and or reading Upon a third attempt at a 
course in any of these areas, the student will not 
be allowed to continue enrollment at the College 
unless he she requests and is granted an ap- 
peal from the President of the College 

When a student passes Mathematics 98 he 
she is eligible for (or must take) Mathematics 99 
unless he she has qualified for Mathematics 101 
on the MDT with a score of at least 20 When a 
student passes English 98. he she is eligible for 
(or must take) English 99 unless heshe has 
qualified for English 100 or English 101 on the 
EPT When a student passes Reading 98. he she 
has completed his Developmental Studies re- 
quirement in Reading 

Upon completion of required courses, the stu- 
dent will exit the Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram and be regularly admitted to the College 

A complete list of Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram Policies is available in the Department of 
Developmental Studies 



OFFERINGS 

DSE 098— Grammar Review (5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter. Spring. Summer on Demand 
This course is for the student classified as 
conditionally admitted because of failure to sat- 
isfy minimum requirements in English. The stu- 
dent will work toward competence in sentence 
construction, placement of modifiers, determi- 



58 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



nation of subject-verb agreement, and other 
troublesome grammatical basics 

DSE 099— Basic Composition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Pol- 
icies above. 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on Demand 
This course is for students who need to develop 
basic composition skills and to demonstrate 
writing competence. The course includes in- 
struction in such skills as correct grammar, ef- 
fective sentence structuring, and proper usage. 
The student studies and practices the tech- 
niques of paragraphing and developing the 
short essay. Selected readings are used as 
models for writing. 

DSM 098— Introductory Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course offers a review of arithmetic in- 
tegrated into an introductory algebra course. 
Topics include negative integers, simple poly- 
nomials, integer exponents, equations, word 
problems, factoring, some graphing, and simple 
radicals. 

DSM 099— Intermediate Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Pol- 
icies above. 

Topics include rational expressions, factoring 
of polynomials, linear and quadratic equations, 
graphs of linear functions, rational exponents, 
and radicals. 

DSR 098— Reading Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course is appropriate for students ex- 
periencing difficulty in reading. Word attack 
skills, comprehension skills, and vocabulary 
building are stressed. 

DSR 025 — Developing Reading Maturity (5- 
0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course is appropriate for students pre- 
paring for the Regents. Examination, for stu- 
dents undergoing remediation due to 
unsuccessful performance on the reading por- 
tion of the Regents Examination, and for stu- 
dents experiencing moderate difficulty in 
reading. Comprehension skills, vocabulary en- 
richment, test-taking strategies, and reading 
fluency are stressed. 



DSS 099— Effective Study Techniques 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. 

The purpose of this course is development of 
systematic and efficient study habits for aca- 
demic success Special emphasis will be 
placed on time management listening skills, 
memory techniques, reading flexibility, note-tak- 
ing systems, textbook mastery, and test-taking 
strategies. 



Military Science 

Faculty 

Evans, Gene A., Major, Department Head 
Gahagan, Robert, Captain 
Meredith, James, Captain 

The Army Department of Military Science is a 
Senior Division Reserve Officer Training Corps 
(ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed by active 
Army personnel. The department provides a 
curriculum available to Armstrong State and Sa- 
vannah State students under the cross-enroll- 
ment program that qualifies the college 
graduate for a commission as an officer in the 
U.S. Army, United States Army Reserve, or the 
United States Army National Guard. Qualifying 
for a commission adds an extra dimension to 
the student's employment capability in that, 
upon graduation from the college, the student 
has either military or civilian employment op- 
tions. 

The course of study offered in military science 
is designed not only to prepare both the student 
for service as a commissioned officer in the 
United States Army but also to provide knowl- 
edge and practical experience in leadership 
and management that will be useful in any facet 
of society. Male and female students are eligible 
for enrollment. Each student is provided with a 
working knowledge of the organization and 
functioning of the Department of Defense and 
the role of the U.S. Army in national security and 
world affairs. 

The course of study pursued by students dur- 
ing their freshman and sophomore years is the 
basic military science course and/or related skill 
activities. The course of study normally pursued 
by students during their junior and senior years 
is the advanced military science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced 
course, a student must be physically qualified, 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



59 



should havt 

and academic standing, and must demonstrate 
a potential for further leadership development 
Graduates of the advanced course are com- 
missioned second lieutenants in the United 
States Army Reserve in the branch of service 
most appropriate to their interests and aca- 
demic achu- . consistent with the needs 
of the Army Regardless of the Branch selected, 
all officers will receive valuable experience in 
management, logistics and administration Ad- 
vanced course graduates will be commissioned 
and either called to active duty after graduation 
to serve for a period of three to six months or 
three years depending on the prevailing military 
requirements and circumstances Graduates 
may be granted a delay in reporting for active 
duty for graduate study A small number of out- 
standing students are designated distinguished 
military graduates and are offered commissions 
in the Regular Army each year 

Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six 
quarters during the freshman and sophomore 
years. The student learns the organization and 
roles of the U.S. Army and acquires essential 
background knowledge of customs and tradi- 
tions, weapons, map reading, tactics and com- 
munications. Equally important, these courses 
have the objective of developing the student's 
leadership, self-discipline, integrity and sense 
of responsibility. 

Advanced Military Science 

The general objective of this course of instruc- 
tion is to produce junior officers who by edu- 
cation, training, attitude and inherent qualities 
are suitable for continued development as offi- 
cers in the Army. There are two avenues avail- 
able for the student to be eligible for entry into 
the advanced program and obtain a commis- 
sion as a second lieutenant. 

(a) satisfactory completion of, or placement 
credit for, the basic program at Armstrong State 
or at any other school, college or university of- 
fering basic ROTC and meeting the entrance 
and retention requirements established by the 
Army. 

(b) to be an active duty veteran or junior ROTC 
cadet graduate eligible for placement credit. 

Placement 

Veterans entering the military science pro- 
grams will receive appropriate placement credit 



havt 

least three yeai ©I ROTC may also 

be granted placer? i.ement en 

or six quarters of basic military science. Of 
equivalent thereof, is a prerequisite to admr. 
into the advanced program 

Alternate Programs for Admittance 

Students with two years of coursework re- 
maining, but who have not completed basic mil- 
itary science, are eligible to be considered for 
selection into the advanced military science pro- 
gram Those selected under the provisions of 
the two-year advanced program must satisfac- 
torily complete a basic summer camp of six 
weeks duration prior to entering the advanced 
program or must enroll in the condensed sum- 
mer school phase of the basic course This latter 
program consists of six, two-hour courses given 
during the summer quarter A student may take 
other courses during this session Upon suc- 
cessful completion of the military science 
courses, they will be placed in the advanced 
course. Students attending the basic camp at 
Fort Knox, Kentucky, are paid at active army 
rates and given a travel allowance from their 
home to camp and return. 

Advanced Summer Camp 

Students contracting to pursue the advanced 
courses are required to attend advanced sum- 
mer camp, normally between their junior and 
senior academic years at Fort Bragg. North Car- 
olina. Students attending this camp are paid at 
active army rates and given travel allowance 
from their home to camp and return 

Financial Assistance 

All advanced cadets are paid a subsistence 
allowance of $100 per month while enrolled in 
the advanced course. 

Scholarship Program 

Each year the U.S. Army awards one-, two- 
and three-year scholarships to outstanding 
young men and women participating in the Army 
ROTC program who desire careers as regular 
Army officers The Army pays tuition, fees, books 
and laboratory expenses incurred by the schol- 
arship student and. in addition, each student 
receives $100 per month for the academic year. 
Individuals desiring to compete for these schol- 



60 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



arships should apply to the Army Military Sci- 
ence Department 

Army ROTC Uniforms, Books and Supplies 

Students enrolling in the Army ROTC program 
will be issued US Army uniforms, books and 
supplies by the Military Science Department. No 
fees or deposits of any kind will be required 
Uniforms must be returned before commission- 
ing or upon disenrollment from the ROTC pro- 
gram 

MIL Courses 

The basic course of six quarters duration con- 
sists of two hours of classroom work per week. 
In the classroom, the student acquires knowl- 
edge of military organization, weapons, tactics, 
basic military skills, history and customs. In field 
training exercises, potential for leadership is 
progressively developed. 

The advanced course consists of three hours 
of classroom work per week for two quarters in 
the third and fourth years. During the spring 
quarter prior to advanced camp the student will 
enroll in MIL 303 to prepare for attendance at 
Advanced Camp. This two-year course is nor- 
mally taken during the third year. HIS 357 (Amer- 
ican Military History) is normally taken spring 
quarter of the third year but with permission of 
department can be taken during second or 
fourth year. One quarter of the senior year must 
include an elective approved by the Military Sci- 
ence Department. The coursework during the 
advanced course emphasizes techniques and 
management and leadership and the funda- 
mentals and dynamics of the military team. Field 
training exercises provide the student with ap- 
plied leadership experiences. 

Minor Concentration 

The department offers a minor in Military Sci- 
ence. The program is designed to prepare the 
student for a commission in the United States 
Army and is offered to, but not required of. those 
students participating in the advanced course 
of Army ROTC instruction. Whatever the major. 
a Military Science minor will strengthen the stu- 
dent's management, leadership, and interper- 
sonal communication skills. The minor requires: 

Fourteen credit hours with grades of "C" or 
better in the following upper division military sci- 
ence courses: 301 . 302. 303. 401 , 402: HIS 357 
and five additional credit hours of coursework 
approved by the department. 



OFFERINGS 

MIL 101— Army Organization (1-1-2) 

A study of the US Army and the ROTC Or- 
ganization 

MIL 102— Basic Weapons and Military Skills 
(1-1-2) 

A study of characteristics of basic military 
weapons, the principles and fundamentals of 
rifle markmanship. the elements of first aid. and 
the employment of individual camouflage, 
cover, concealment and field fortifications. 

MIL 103— Basic Survival (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing 
military techniques used to sustain human life 
when separated from logistical support. 

MIL 104— Basic Military Skills (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 102. or approval of Depart- 
ment Head. 

A study of the basic military skills essential to 
the contemporary soldier with emphasis on in- 
dividual training in first aid. intelligence infor- 
mation and field preparedness. Chemical, 
biological and nuclear operations on the modern 
battlefield. 

MIL 201 — Map and Aerial Photograph 
Reading (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 102, 104. or approval of De- 
partment Head. 

A study of basic map reading as applied by 
the small unit leader. 

MIL 202— Basic Tactics and Operations (1- 
1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 102. 104. 201. or approval 
of Department Head. 

A study of small unit tactics, operations and 
troop leading procedures to include the com- 
bined arms teams to the platoon with primary 
interest on the rifle squad. 

MIL 203 — Mountaineering Techniques 
(2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing the 
fundamentals of mountain climbing and rap- 
peling. Proper knot tying and safety procedures 
are emphasized. Acceptable as P.E. require- 
ment. 

MIL 204 — Military Communications (1-1-2) 

A study of military communications proce- 
dures to include terminology, security, elec- 
tronic warfare and preparation of military 
correspondence. 



NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 



61 



MIL 205— The Threat (2-0-2) 

A st 

pmenl of 1 

plac- 

MIL 206— Basic Self-Defense I (0-2-1) 
A Basic Si which pi 

>ve philosophy, vulnerable 
areas of the body, exera: 
throws, and arm bars The course also inclu 
basic self-defense strategy and practical i 
cises utilizing all of the techniques taught in the 
course Acceptable as P E requirement 

MIL 301— Leadership and Management I (3- 

1-3) 

Prerequisite Basic Course or equivalent and 
permission of the Department 

A study of the psychology of leadership, tech- 
niques of management, and methods of instruc- 
tion to include practical application 

MIL 302 — Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team I (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite Basic Course or equivalent and 
permission of the Department 

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and 
company level to include a study of the modern 
battlefield and current military Tactical doctrine 

MIL 303— Leadership Seminar (2-1-2) 

Prerequisite MIL 301, 302 

A series of seminars, laboratories and expe- 
riences to prepare the student for Advanced 
Summer Camp 

MIL 304— Military Skills Practicum (V-V-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Military 303 and per- 
mission of Department 

The study and practical application of military 
skills and leadership ability during a six week 
encampment experience Grading for this 
course will be done on a satisfactory, unsatis- 
factory basis Instruction and evaluation is jointly 
accomplished by college staff and selected 
ROTC personnel assigned to 1st ROTC Region 

MIL 401 — Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team II (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301. 302 

A study of command and staff duties and re- 
sponsibilities of the professional officer to in- 
clude operations, intelligence, administration 
and logistics. 

MIL 402— Leadership and Management 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301. 302 






Naval ROTC Program 

Faculty 

USN. Dei 
Cdr OC Fowler, USN 
Capt Oregon Emerson. USMC 
Lt Richard A Bass, USN 
Lt. Jimmy R. Middlebrook, USN 
Lt Bernard L Jackson, USN 
GYSGT George H Williams, USMC 
QM1 A Mason. USN 



The NAVAL ROTC Program at Savannah State 
College is available to students at Armstrong 
State College who meet the requirements of the 
program and who desire to earn an appointment 
as a commissioned officer in the United States 
Navy or United States Marine Corps ASC stu- 
dents will normally take Naval Science courses 
on the SSC campus: however, some courses 
may be taught on-campus contingent upon 
NROTC instructor availability and a minimum on- 
campus class enrollment of five students 

The Naval Reserve Officer's Training Corps 
academic program is an opportunity for stu- 
dents to combine their formal educational ex- 
perience with their initial military training While 
students are completing their degree require- 
ments, they are earning a minor in Naval Sci- 
ence from ASC and preparing themselves for 
commission service as a regular or reserve of- 
ficer in the Navy or Marine Corps 

In support of this purpose the basic and pri- 
mary mission of the NROTC program is as fol- 
lows: 

To develop Midshipmen morally, mentally 
and physically and to imbue them with the 
highest ideals of duty, honor and loyalty 
in order to commission college graduates 
as officers who possess a basic profes- 
sional background, are motivated toward 
careers in the Naval Service and have a 
potential for future development in mind 
and character so as to assume the high- 
est responsibilities of command, citizen- 
ship and government. 



62 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Naval Science Curriculum 

Hours 

A Basic Course of Instruction 15 

NSC 101, 102, 104 8 

NSC 201, 202, 204 7 

(Basic course required for Navy and 
Marine Options) 

B Navy Option— Advanced Course of 

Instruction 1.4 

NSC 301, 302, 303, 304, 

305,306 9 

NSC 401, 402, 403, 404, 405 5 

C Marine Option— Advanced Course of 

Instruction 1.2 

NSC 301, 302, 303, 307, 308 
NSC 406, 407 

D. Specific Electives 40 

#MAT206, 207, 208 15 

#Phy 217, 218, 219 15 

*HIS357 5 

*POS320 5 

E. Additional Requirements 

NSC 450; Naval Drill (0-2-0) is required 
each quarter, it will complete two of the six 
hours of physical education required for 
graduation. 
#Required for Naval Option scholarship mid- 
shipmen; encouraged for others. 
'Recommended for non-scholarship midship- 
men and midshipmen not majoring in one of the 
following areas: Math, Physics, Computer Sci- 
ence, Engineering, or Chemistry. 

Comprehensive Examination 

An NROTC standardized comprehensive ex- 
amination will be administered to all Navy option 
Senior Midshipmen in October of each year. The 
Midshipman is expected to demonstrate an ad- 
equate understanding of the common core of 
knowledge in Naval Science subjects such as 
naval engineering, weapons, navigation, tactics, 
and ship handling procedures. 



Naval Science Offerings 

NSC 101— Introduction to Naval Science I 

(2-0-2) 

Fall, Spring 

An introductory course to the role of the Navy 
in national defense. The instruction places par- 
ticular emphasis on the mission, organization, 
regulations, and broad warfare components of 
the Naval service. Included is an overview of 



officer and enlisted rank and rating structure, 
training and education, promotion and advance- 
ment, and retirement policies. The course also 
covers the basic tenets of Naval courtesy and 
customs, discipline, Naval leadership and ship's 
nomenclature. 

NSC 102— Introduction to Naval Science II 
(1-0-1) 

Winter 

An introductory course to the organization of 
the Naval service, the varied career opportuni- 
ties available, long-held customs and traditions 
of Navy/Marine Corps men and women, and the 
duties of a Junior Officer in the Naval service. 
The student is made cognizant of the major chal- 
lenges facing today's Naval officer, especially 
in the areas of equal opportunity and drug al- 
cohol abuse. 

NSC 104— Naval Ships System I (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Introduces students to the types, structure 
and purpose of naval ships. Ship compartmen- 
tation, propulsion systems, auxiliary power sys- 
tems, interior communications, ship operations, 
and ship stability characteristics are examined. 

NSC 201 & 202— Seapower and Maritime 
Affair I & 11(1-1-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Introduces the student to naval seapower and 
maritime affairs. These courses are oriented to- 
ward the general concepts of seapower (includ- 
ing the merchant marine), the role of various 
components of the Navy in supporting the Na- 
vy's mission, the implementation of seapower as 
an instrument of national policy, and a compar- 
ative study of U.S. and Soviet naval strategies. 

NSC 204— Naval Ships Systems II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Covers the theory and principles of operation 
of naval weapons systems. The course includes 
coverage of types of weapons and fire control 
systems, capabilities and limitations, theory of 
target acquisition, identification and tracking 
trajectory principles, and basics of naval ordi- 
nance. 

NSC 301-303— Naval Seminar I, II & III 
(0-1-0) 

Professional Naval training sessions stressing 
the development and application of leadership 
skills. 

NSC 304-305— Navigation I & II (3-1-3) 

Fall, Winter. 



NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 



63 



A comprehensive study of tl 
pies and procedures of 
movements Navigation topics include mathe- 
matical analysis, spherical triangulation and 
practical work involving - .otion. sex- 

tants, publications, and report logs The con- 
cepts and mental skills relating to the use of 
relative motion, maneuvering board and the 
Rules of the Nautical Road for safe navigation 
lights, signals, navigational aids and mertial sys- 
tems, are also covered 

NSC 306— Naval Operations (3-1-3) 

Spring Prerequisite NSC 305 

Operations topics include communications, 
sonar-radar search and screening theory Tac- 
tical formations and dispositions, relative mo- 
tion, maneuvering board and tactical plots are 
analyzed for force effectiveness and unity. 

NSC 307-308— Evolution of Warfare I & II (3- 
0-3) 

Fall, Winter 

Provides the student with a basic knowledge 
of the art and concepts of warfare, and its ev- 
olution from the beginning of recorded history 
to the present Included within this study is a 
consideration of the influence that leadership, 
political, economic, sociological and technolog- 
ical development factors have had on warfare, 
and the influence they will continue to exert in 
the age of limited warfare. 

NSC 309— Marine Corps Laboratory 
(0-3-0) 

Spring. 

A course for Marine Corps Option students 
which stresses the development of leadership, 
moral, and physical qualities necessary for serv- 
ice as Marine Corps officers. Practical labora- 
tory exercises in mission and organization of the 
Marine Corps, duties of interior guards, intro- 
duction to military tactics, troop leading proce- 
dures, rifle squad weapons and theory of 
physical conditioning. Particular emphasis is 
given to a demanding progressive physical con- 
ditioning program. This course serves to pre- 
pare students for the Marine Corps Summer 
Training at Officer Candidate School (BULL- 
DOG) between the junior and senior academic 
year. 

NSC 401-403— Naval Operations Laboratory 
I, II, 111(0-1-0) 

Fall. Winter. Spring. 

Practical laboratory exercises conducted in a 
dynamic, composite and time oriented fleet en- 



viro! ''ace 

NSC 404— Leadership and Management I (3- 
1-3) 

A course stn ich 

to learning the prim 
ager 

areas of communi(.,i 

rection, management and leadership thf 
active guided participation in dynamic case 
studies, experiential exercises and situational 
problems Management theory, professional re- 
sponsibility and the Navy Human Resources 
Management programs are emphasis 

NSC 405 — Leadership and Management II 
(2-1-2) 

Winter. 

A course which will familiarize midshipmen 
with and develop an appreciation of the duties 
and responsibilities of the junior naval officer 
and division officer in the areas of Navy human 
resources management, and the personnel 
management, material management, and 
administration of division discipline. The course 
prepares the midshipman for the personal and 
professional responsibilities he will encounter 
immediately upon commissioning This cap- 
stone course in the Naval Science curriculum 
builds upon and focuses the managerial and 
professional competencies developed during 
prior at sea training and naval science courses 

NSC 406-407— Amphibious Warfare I & II (3- 
0-3) 

Fall, Winter. 

The history of amphibious warfare is a tactical 
course that provides the general background for 
amphibious warfare operations. The course 
seeks to define the concept, explore its doctrinal 
origins and trace its evolution as an element of 
blue-water naval policy during the 20th century 
While studying the overall development of am- 
phibious doctrine, the student will explore sev- 
eral common case studies and simultaneously 
prepare an analytical study of one or more sig- 
nificant amphibious operations from recent his- 
tory. 

NSC 450— Naval Drill (0-2-0) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Introduces the student to basic military for- 
mations, movements, commands, courtesies 
and honors, and provides practice in unit lead- 
ership and management. Physical conditioning 



64 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and training are provided to ensure students 
meet the minimum Navy/Marine Corps physical 
tests Successful completion of at least two 
quarters of this course plus four hours of Phys- 



ical Education Courses by NROTC Students will 
satisfy the College six hour Physical Education 
graduation requirement This course is required 
each quarter of all NROTC Students. 





&*td Science*. 



66 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



School of Arts 
and Sciences 

Adams. Joseph V , Dean 
Goals and Objectives 

The School of Arts and Sciences provides, by 
virtue of its professional staff, scholarly re- 
sources, and physical facilities, the opportunity 
for qualified students to obtain the best possible 
education attainable within the structure of a lib- 
eral baccalaureate program or through curricula 
leading to a specialized degree. The goals of 
the school are: 

To acquaint all students, by means of a core 
curriculum in the liberal arts and sciences, with 
the diversity of the intellectual and cultural 
achievements of man; 

To assist them in developing the skills nec- 
essary to think and to express themselves 
clearly and creatively; 

To enable them to understand and assume 
their responsibilities as free men and women in 
a democratic society; 

To provide a liberal baccalaureate education, 
supported by sound instruction, scholarly re- 
sources, and a commitment to free inquiry. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Arts and Sciences includes the 
Departments of Biology, Chemistry and Physics, 
Fine Arts, Government, History, Languages, Lit- 
erature and Dramatic Arts, Mathematics and 
Computer Science, and Psychology. The follow- 
ing degree programs are offered by those de- 
partments: 
Associate in Arts 
Associate in Science in: 

Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Arts with majors in: 
Drama/Speech 
English 
History 
Music 

Political Science 
Psychology 
Bachelor of General Studies 
Bachelor of Science with majors in: 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 

Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Applied 
Mathematics) 



Mathematical Sciences (Computer 

Science) 
Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics Ed- 
ucation) 
Physical Science 

A student may combine with a major field of 
study one of the following minor concentrations 
offered by departments within the School of Arts 
and Sciences: 

American Civilization 

Anthropology 

Art 

Biology 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Communications 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Drama/Speech 

Economics 

Engineering Science 

English 

Film 

Foreign Language 

History 

International Studies 

Linguistics 

Mathematics 

Mental Health 

Museum/Preservation Studies 

Music 

Organizational Psychology 

Philosophy 

Physical Sciences 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Public Administration 

Russian Studies 

Sociology 

Zoology 

General Studies 

Associate and baccalaureate degree pro 
grams in General Studies, emphasizing a libera 
arts education, are operated under the directior 
of the dean of the School of Arts and Sciences 
Curriculum guidance for these programs is pro irq ( 
vided by the General Studies Degree Committee |^| 
(a committee of seven faculty members). Inter 
ested students should contact the office of th< 
Dean of Arts and Sciences. 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts 
a student must complete at least 30 hours of th< 



SCHOOL OF ARTS & SCIENCES 



67 



all coursework in this 

for upper division | ition 

Certain ( 

animation 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 



Hours 
General Requirements 63 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101. 102 or 192. 201 or 
292 15 

2 One course selected from ART 
200, 271. 272. 273; 
ENG 222. MUS 200; PHI 
200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

2 MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 
or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114 or 191 or 115 or 192; 
HIS 251 or 252 10 

2 POS 1 13 and one course 
selected from; ANT 201; 
ECO 201. 202; PSY 101; 
SOC201 10 

AreaV 3 

1 PE 103 or 108 1 

2 Two activity courses 2 
Courses in the Concentration and/or 
Electives 30 
These courses may be specified by a 
department or may be electives Stu- 
dents planning work toward a bacca- 
laureate degree should select courses 
that meet listed requirements of that 
degree program 
Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 



(ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
lACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES 

Hours 

General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 



1 

I NG 222 MM', .'00 PHI 

200 201 

1 MAI 10' 

of 290 10 

2 Appro. 

10 
Area III 20 

1 HIS 114 or 191 11501 192, POS 

113 

2 One course from ANT 201 
ECO 201, 202. PSY 101. SOC 

201 5 
Area IV 30 

1 HIS 251 or 252 5 

2 Two courses selected from 
ART 200, 271. 272, 273. ENG 
222; MUS 200; PHI 200. 201. 
two courses in any foreign lan- 
guage through 

the 200 level 10-15 

3 One or two courses selected 
from ANT 201; CS 115. 120. 
246: ECO 201, 202; PSY 101. 
SOC 201 5-10 

4 One or two courses selected 
from: 

BIO 101, 102; BIO 121, 122; 
BOT 203; CHE 121. 122; CHE 
128, 129; CHE 291, 292; CHE 
281; PHY 211, 212, 213; PHY 
217, 218, 219; PHS 121. 122; 
ZOO 208, 209, 294 5-10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

NOTE Certain preceding courses may be ex- 
empted by examination with credit awarded. 
Also, if a physical science sequence is used to 
satisfy Area II, then a biological science must 
be chosen in Area IV The converse is also true 
Other Requirements 96 

1 A minimum of 35 hours at the 
300 level 

2 A maximum of 40 hours in any 
one discipline excluding 
courses taken under section A. 

General Studies 30 

Courses at the 200 or above level 



68 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



1. Humanities 5-10 

American civilization, art, com- 
parative literature, English or 
American literature, history, mu- 
sic, philosophy. 

2. Social Sciences 5-10 

Anthropology, criminal justice, 
economics, geography, mu- 
seum and preservation studies, 
political science, psychology, 
sociology. 

3. Mathematics and Natural 

Sciences 5-10 

Astronomy, biology, botany, 
chemistry, entomology, geol- 
ogy, mathematics, meteorol- 
ogy, oceanography, physics, 
zoology. 

4. Computer science, drama/ 
speech, film, foreign languages, 
journalism, linguistics. 

Area of Concentration (Any college 

approved minor) 20-29 

Electives 36-45 

'Credit for special experience 
may be granted, at the discre- 
tion of the appropriate depart- 
ment; such credit, however, 
shall not exceed one-fourth of 
the total hours for the degree, 
and credit for courses not spe- 
cifically listed in the College cat- 
alog under "Advanced 
Placement and Credit by Ex- 
amination" shall not exceed ten 
hours. 

5. Regents' and Exit 
Examinations 



TOTAL 



191 



Biology 



Faculty 

Gottfried, Bradley, Department Head 

Beumer, Ronald 

Brower, Moonyean 

Davenport, Leslie B. emeritus 

Guillou, Laurent 

Pingel, Allen 

Thorne, Francis 



The major in biology consists of BIO 101 or 
111, BIO 102 or 112, BIO 201, BOT 203 or ZOO 



204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit in bi- 
ology courses (Botany, Zoology, etc.) numbered 
300 or above. The majority of the courses in the 
major numbered 300 or above must be taken in 
the Biology Department at Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology 
must include in his program the following 
courses: BIO 370; BIO 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 
410; one course in botany numbered 300 or 
above, other than BOT 410; and one course in 
zoology numbered 300 or above, other than 
ZOO 410. If credit for any of the first three re- 
quired units is transferred to Armstrong from an- 
other college, the department may require that 
it be validated by examination. 

In addition, biology majors must complete el- 
ementary statistics and the course sequence in 
organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The 
course in general college physics (15 quarter 
hours) is strongly recommended and should be 
considered essential for those who expect to 
continue the study of biology beyond the B.S. 
degree. 

To be admitted to courses in biology above 
the freshman level (those numbered 200 or 
above), the student must have completed the 
prerequisites for each with at least a grade of 
"C" for each prerequisite. To be eligible for a 
B.S. degree in biology the student must have a 
grade of at least "C" for all upper division 
courses (those numbered 300 or above) in bi- 
ology. 

Beginning students who have successfully 
completed strong courses in biology in high 
school are advised to take examinations for ad- 
vanced placement or for credit for BIO 101 and/ 
or 102. Arrangements to take these examina- 
tions may be made with the head of the de- 
partment. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits fo 
the biology laboratory science sequence by tak 
mg biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong ex 
change program, a student must take the 
ENTIRE sequence of ten quarter hours either a 
Armstrong State College or at Savannah State 
College. 

By careful use of electives a student majorinc 
in biology may concurrently acquire a seconciPEC 
major in chemistry (i.e., he may take a "double 
major"). This program is recommended for pre 
professional students. It does require 10 to 2( 
quarter hours credit above the minimum re 
quired for graduation. Ask the department heac 
for additional information. 



1 E 



BIOLOGY 



69 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2 One course from ART 200. 27 1 , 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200. 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Area 1 1 20 

1 BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112 10 

2 MAT 101 (or 103 or 206 if ex- 
amination allows) and MAT 

220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201. 202; PSY 101. SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 CHE 128. 129: BIO 201; BOT 
203orZOO204 20 

2 Two courses from: natural sci- 
ences. Mathematics, foreign 
language 10 

AreaV 6 

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 40 

1 BIO 370, 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 
410 15 

2 Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from biology, botany, 
entomology, and zoology Elec- 
tives must include one BOT 
course other than BOT 410 and 
one ZOO course other than 
ZOO 410 25 

Courses in Related Fields 15 
CHE 341. 342. 343 15 
D Electives 35 
E Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

PECIAL NOTES: 

1 ) Biology majors should take BIO 1 01 or 1 1 1 . 
BIO 102 or 112 and BIO 102 during the 
freshman year and BIO 201 . and BOT 203 
or ZOO 204 during the sophomore year 
CHE 128 and 129 should be completed by 



(2) Ti ■ r should complete organic 
chei 

iunior year as it is preren 
or corequisite to all physiology cour« • 

(3) Students who may wish to enter graduate 
school are advised that PHY 21 1 . 212. 213. 
and foreign language to third quarter pro- 
ficiency should be considered essential 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I. 20 

1. ENG 101, 102. 201 15 
2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 220 10 

2 BIO 101 or 111; 102 or 112 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128. 129; PHY 211; MAT 

103 20 

2 One course from: ANT 201: 
ECO 200. 201: SOC 201 5 

3 One course from ART 200. 271 
272. 273: DRS 228: MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 
State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 50 
1. BIO 201. 370. 480 BIO 203 or 

ZOO 204 20 

2 BOT 410 or ZOO 410 5 

3 Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from botany and 
zoology 25 

C Courses m Related Fields 25 

1 CHE 341. 342 343 15 

2 PHY 212 213 10 
D Professional Sequence 40 

1 EDN 200: EDU 310 335. 447 

481.482.483 35 



70 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2 PSY301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 216 

MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The following minor concentrations are avail- 
able from the Department of Biology For minors, 
the student must earn a grade of "C" or com- 
pletion of each of the better in each course of- 
fered for the minor. 
The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Biology 25 

1. BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112 10 

2. BIO electives of which at least 
10 hours must be at 300-400 

level 15 

Botany 25 

1. BIO 101 or111, 102or112;BOT 
203 

2. Two courses from: BOT 305, 
323. 425 10 

Zoology 25 

1. BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112: 
ZOO 204 

2. Two courses selected from: ENT 
301: ZOO 325, 355. 356, 372, 

425 10 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Students majoring in biology may concur- 
rently complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, and/ 
or pre-veterinary requirements and all require- 
ments for secondary teaching certification in sci- 
ence (biology). 

Other pre-professional programs include: 

Internships. The Department offers a number 
of internship options in the areas of research, 
applied biology, and environmental education. 
It also offers innovative programs in which stu- 
dents can work wuh physicians, veterinarians, 
and dentists. 

Pre-forestry program with the University of 
Georgia. A student may complete two years of 
a pre-forestry curriculum at Armstrong, then 
transfer to the University of Georgia. After two 
additional years of coursework, the student may 
receive a B.S. in Forest Resources. 

Pre-forestry Environmental Management 
Affiliation with Duke University. In this pro 
gram, a student may complete three years of 
study at Armstrong and then may apply for ad- 



mission to the Duke program. If accepted, the 
student may complete two additional years at 
Duke Upon successfully completing the first 
year at Duke, the student will receive a B.S in 
Biology from Armstrong; after successful com- 
pletion of the second year, the student will re- 
ceive a Master of Science degree in either 
forestry or environmental management from 
Duke University 



Scholarships in Biology 

The department offers a limited number of 
scholarships to Biology majors. Interested stu- 
dents are invited to inquire in the department 
office for details. 



OFFERINGS 

Biology Offerings 

BIO 101— Principles of Biology I (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: none. 

Structure and function of cells, biological 
chemistry; structure, function, and development 
of flowering plants. 

BIO 102— Principles of Biology II (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: Biology 
101. 

Structure, function, and development of ver 
tebrate animals; genetics: ecology; evolution. 

BIO 111 — Advanced Introductory Biology I 
(4-3-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Eligibility for ENG 101 anc 
MAT 101. 

Structure, function and development o 
plants, cells, tissues, organs, reproduction, ge 
netics. phylogeny and ecology This course 
while similar in format to Biology 101. is pre 
sented at a level involving greater topical detaf 
and more student interaction than in the trad 
tional course. Some field work is required 

BIO 112 — Advanced Introductory Biology II 
(4-3-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites BIO 101 or 111. 

Structure, function and development of anl; 
mals: cells, tissues, organs, reproduction, ge 
netics. ecological systems and organiiMO; 
evolution. This course is a continuation of BK3-4-! 
101 or BIO 111 and will involve mdepender 
student activities in the lab. Some field work ifc 
required 



3C 



wc 



BIOLOGY 



/I 



BIO 201— Structure and Function of Cells 
(3-4-5) 

Fall Prerequisite- 

An introduction to cell biology inclu 
study of cell ultrastructure. the major physu 
ical processes, cell reproduction and eel 
ferentiation 

BIO PHY 205— Radiation Biology (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite PHY 213 or 218 or 202. and a 
two-quarter sequence in anatomy and physiol- 
ogy or general biology 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of ion- 
izing radiation and its biological effect (Credit 
may not be applied toward a major in biology 
or in chemistry) 

BIO 210 — Microorganisms and Disease (4-3- 
5) 

Fall and Winter Prerequisites: CHE 201 or 122 
and ZOO 209 

An introduction to the study of microorga- 
nisms with primary emphasis on bacteria. The 
morphology, life history, and importance to pub- 
lic health of representative bacteria, fungi, vi- 
ruses, and protozoa are considered. Credit for 
this course may not be applied toward a major 
in biology 

BIO 310 — Man and the Environment 
(5-0-5) 

Spring Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter 
hours credit in college courses 
, Consideration of the interactions between hu- 

Imans and the support systems of the earth 
A/hich are essential to their existence. Credit for 
.his course may not be applied toward a major 
n biology 

3IO 351— Bacteriology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological sci- 
ence. CHE 128-129 

A study of the morphology, ecology, classifi- 
cation, and genetics of the bacteria and related 
nicro-organisms. including the viruses. 

310 352— Medical Microbiology (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BIO 351 and permission 
if the instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease-caus- 
ig microbes in terms of their diagnosis, pa- 
lology. and epidemiology. 

510 353 — Immunology and Serology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring Prerequisites: CHE 128 and 129 or 
•ermission of instructor and department head 
A fundamental study of humoral and cellular 



■ 
nes. and the mtera< jens 

and antibodies Consideration will be given to 
allergic i 
eases 

BIO 358— Histological Technique (0-10-5) 
Winter • BIO 101 or 111 and BIO 

102 or 112 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, 
embedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting 
plant and animal materials for study 

BIO 370— Genetics (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites BIO 101 or 1 1 1 . BIO 102 
or 1 12, CHE 128. 129; BIO 351 and junior status 
recommended 

An introduction to the principles of biological 
inheritance. 

BIO 380— Human Genetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208-209 
and CHE 128-129 or CHE 201-202. or CHE 121- 
122. 

An introduction to human inheritance includ- 
ing gene transmission, gene effects upon me- 
tabolism, population and quantitative genetics, 
genetics of sex-determination, pedigree analy- 
sis, eugenics, and genetic screening and coun- 
seling. 

BIO 410— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 
third quarter junior status: two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above; and organic chemistry 

A consideration of the functional relationships 
between microscopic anatomy and cell chem- 
istry, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, 
and growth. 

BIO 440— Cytology (2-6-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: Two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, 
growth, differentiation, and reproduction 

BIO 450— Evolution (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Major m biology (at least 
15 qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses numoered 
300 or above). 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIO 480— General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Spring Prerequisites: Three courses in biol- 
ogy numbered 300 or above 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their 
application to the welfare of humans, coordi- 
nated with a study of populations and commu- 
nities in the field. 



72 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



BIO 490— Research (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 
hours credit in biology courses numbered 300 
or above; a B average in biology courses and 
in overall work; consent of department head; 
agreement of a staff member to supervise work 

Problems to be assigned and work directed 
by a member of the department. Supervised re- 
search including literature search, field and/or 
laboratory investigation and presentation of an 
acceptable written report of results. Credit will 
depend upon the work to be done. Both credit 
and proposed work must be approved in ad- 
vance, in writing, by the faculty member to su- 
pervise the work and by the department head. 

BIO 495, 496— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Junior 
standing and permission of the Department 
Head. 

The student will be engaged in a biological 
project sponsored by an outside agency. The 
project will be selected, supervised, evaluated, 
and credit hours determined by the student's 
faculty advisor in consultation with the outside 
agency. The student must make application dur- 
ing the quarter preceding the internship. No 
more than 5 (five) hours may be counted toward 
major. 



Botany Offerings 

BOT 201— Principles of Horticulture 

(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: None. 

Introduction to basic gardening principles 
with emphasis on plant growth and development 
as responses to varying environmental condi- 
tions. Topics to be covered include plant clas- 
sification, growth and development, 
environment, propagation, disease and pest 
control. This course may be applied as elective 
credit towards the B.S degree in biology. 

BOT 203 — Survey of the Plant Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and 102 
or 112. 

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of 
the plant kingdom, with emphasis upon the ev- 
olution of the land flora. 

BOT 305 — Identification of Flowering Plants 
(0-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of bi- 
ology. 



Studies in the identification of plants with em- 
phasis on local flora. 

BOT 323— Plant Anatomy (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of bi- 
ology. 

The origin and development of the organs and 
tissue systems of vascular plants, and a com- 
parative study of the structure of roots, stems, 
leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOT 410— Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: 15 quarter hours of bi- 
ology. 

A survey of physiologic processes occunng 
m plants and the conditions which affect these 
processes. 

BOT 425— Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: BOT 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, and 
evolutionary relationships. 



Entomology Offerings 

ENT 301 — Introductory Entomology 

(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and 102 
or 112. 

An introduction to the study of insects — their 
structure, identification, and biology. 



Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 204 — Survey of the Animal Kingdom 

(3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102. 
An evolutionary survey of the major animal 
phyla. 

ZOO 208 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 

I (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

A basic course considering the gross anat- 
omy, histology, and physiology of the human 
organ systems. Intended primarily for majors ir 
health sciences, credit for this course may notj ZC 
be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 209— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

II (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: ZOO 208jZO( 
and CHE 201 or 122. 

A continuation of the basic course consider- 
ing the anatomy and physiology of the human 



BIOLOGY 



73 



Credit may not b< Of in 

biology 

ZOO 210 — Functional Human Anatomy for 
Medical Radiographers (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite ZOO 208 

Detailed skeletal anatomy, gross systemic 
anatomy and histology, with functional high- 
lights of circulatory, respiratory, digestive, ex- 
cretory and reproductive systems Intended 
primarily for majors in health science; credit for 
this course may not be applied toward a major 
m biology 

ZOO 211 — Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and 
Physiology (2-2-3) 

Fall Prerequisite ZOO 209 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with 
special emphasis on functional anatomy. The 
physiology of the heartbeat the control of cir- 
culation, respiration, and blood pressure, and 
partial movement across membranes will also 
be studied. Intended primarily for majors in 
health sciences; credit for this course may not 
be applied toward a major in biology 

ZOO 215 — Human Physiology and Disease 
(4-3-5) 

Spring Prerequisites ZOO 208 and 209 or 
other acceptable courses in human, general, or 
vertebrate physiology. 

An introductory consideration of disease as 
disruption of physiological homeostasis Initial 
emphasis is placed on normal function, control, 
and environment of cells as a basis for under- 
standing cellular and systemic responses to 
agents of injury and orgamsmic effects of those 
responses. Intended primarily for majors in 
health sciences. 

ZOO 325— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Spring Prerequisite; ZOO 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, in- 
terrelations, and natural history of the major in- 
vertebrate groups 

ZOO 330— Fundamentals of Nutrition 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101 1 1 1-102 1 12 or 
ZOO 208-209. and CHE 121-122 or CHE 201 

Biological bases of animal, including human, 
nutrition; sources and biological utilization and 
functions of nutrients. 

iZOO 355— Embryology (4-3-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and BIO 
|102 or 112. 

An elementary course in embryology in which 



• 'dtoillus'' Dies 

nmental anatomy 

ZOO 356 — Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

W BIO 101 or 111 and BIO 

102 or 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the 
systems 

ZOO 357— Animal Histology (3-4-5) 
Winter Prerequisite: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and BIO 

102 or 112 

A study of the tissues and their organization 
into organs and organ systems in animals 

ZOO 372— Parasitology (3-4-5) 

Fall Prerequisite: ZOO 204 
A comparative study of the internal and ex- 
ternal parasites of man and other animals 

ZOO 410 — General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Fall Prerequisites: Junior Status Organic 
Chemistry (may be taken concurrently) 

An introduction to the general physiologic 
processes of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 425 — Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Spring. Even numbered years. Prerequisites 
ZOO 325 or ZOO 204 with a grade of A or B 

Studies in the identification and ecologic dis- 
tribution of marine invertebrates as exemplified 
by collection from the southeastern coastal re- 
gion. 

ZOO 429— Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: ZOO 410 
or other acceptable physiology course 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their con- 
trol of metabolism and reproductive cycles 

ZOO 435 — Comparative Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Junior Status (Organic 
Chemistry may be taken concurrently). 

Studies m various groups of animals of the 
functions of organ systems involved in the main- 
tenance of homeostasis under varying condi- 
tions within normal habitats and of in vitro 
reactions of tissues and systems under labo- 
ratory conditions 



Marine Science Center Offerings 

The following courses, offered at the Skida- 
way Island Marine Science Center, are coop- 



74 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



eratively sponsored by ASC, GIT, GSC, GSU, 
and UGA. Five quarter hours of credit from these 
courses may be applied within the major in bi- 
ology or as electives toward the B.S. in Biology 
degree. 
BIO 430— Estuarine Ecology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: CHE 128, 
129; ZOO 204; two courses in biology numbered 
300 or above; or permission of instructor. MAT 
104 recommended. 

The evolution and development of estuaries, 
substrates, physical processes, communities, 
ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynamics and 
analysis. The study area will include the estuar- 
ine complex of the Carolinian province as ex- 
emplified along the coast of Georgia. 

ZOO 405— Ichthyology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: ZOO 204 
and one course in zoology numbered 300 or 
above, or permission of instructor. 

The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and ev- 
olution of fishes with special reference to the 
fishes of eastern North America. 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris, Henry, Department Head 

Brewer, John 

Butler, Frank 

Glover, Gwendolyn 

Jaynes, Leon 

Johanning, Gary 

Jones, Gerald 

Robbins, Paul 

Stratton, Cedric 

Whiten, Morris 

The department offers the Bachelor of Sci- 
ence with a major in chemistry, designed to give 
depth in the fields of chemistry, yet flexible 
enough to accommodate a range of career 
goals. Students majoring in chemistry may con- 
currently complete all pre-medical and/or pu- 
dental requirements and all requirements for 
secondary teaching certification in science 
(chemistry). 

By careful use of electives a student majoring 
in chemistry may concurrently acquire a second 
major in biology (i.e. the student may take a 
"double major"). This program is recommended 
for pre-professional students. It does require 10 



to 20 quarter hours credit above the minimum 
required for graduation. 

The department participates in the Dual De- 
gree Programs of Armstrong State College un- 
der which students may earn simultaneously the 
B.S. degree in chemistry from Armstrong and 
the Bachelor's degree from the Georgia Institute 
of Technology or one of several other engi- 
neering schools in a related field, such as chem- 
ical engineering. Students interested in learning 
more about the degree programs or any course 
offered by the department should contact the 
department head. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 200. 201 5 

Areall 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

PHY 211, 212or217*, 218* 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201. 202; PSY 101: 
SOC201 5 

ArealV 30 

CHE 128. 129. 281 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY 213 or 219* 5 

Computer Science or Mathe- 
matics or Natural Science 5 

AreaV 6 

PE 211 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341. 342. 343. 380. 491 ... 25 
Approved electives chosen 
from: CHE 307. 308, 350. 421. 
441. 461, 462. 466. 481. 482, 

483. 492, 493, 496 20 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

CS 120, 142. or 246 5 

Additional courses in Computer 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



75 



Science, Mathematics, 01 Nat 

ural Sciences H) 
D Ele . 
E Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 

'Recommended sequence 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

ENG 101. 102. 201 15 
One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; 
ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 
200,201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101. 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 
Area IV 30 

CHE 281 5 

PHY 211, 212, or 217, 218 10 

PSY 101 5 

EDN200 5 

One course selected from: ART 
200. 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

DRS228 5 

AreaV 6 

PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341. 342. 343. 

380, 491 25 

CHE 492. 493 or CHE 481 , 482, 

483, 496 10 

CHE461 5 

Approved 300-400 level Chem- 
istry elective 5 

C Related Field Requirements 25 

MAT 206 5 

BIO 101. 102 10 

PHY213or 219 5 

One course selected from: AST 
301; GEL 302; MET 303; OCE 



304, 430 PHY 31 5 
D Professional sequence 

i DU 31 W2, 

483 30 

PSY 301 01 EDU302 5 
E. R< 

Examinations 

TOTAl 206 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN PHYSICAL SCIENCES* 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

One course selected from: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273, 

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 
One course selected from 
ANT 201, ECO 201. 202: PSY 

101; SOC 201 5 
'Pending Approval 

Area IV 30 

PHY 211, 212, 213or PHY 217. 

218. 219 15 

MAT 206. 207. 208 15 

AreaV 6 

PE 211 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

B Major Field Requirements 45 

PHY312 5 
Ten hours chosen from 

AST. GEL. MET. OCE 10 
Thirty hours selected from (to in- 
clude maximum 15 CHE 

hours) 30 
300-400 level CHE courses 
300-400 level PHY courses 

C Related Field Requirements 25 

CS 246 5 

CS or MAT 20 

D Electives 30 

E Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



76 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Minor Concentrations 

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty credit 
hours with grades of "C" or better in upper di- 
vision chemistry courses. 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-three 
credit hours from courses designated as phys- 
ics numbered 21 1 or higher A grade of "C" or 
better in each course is required. 

The minor in Physical Science requires ten 
credit hours of a laboratory sequence in chem- 
istry, physical science, or physics plus fifteen 
hours chosen from: AST 301, CHE 301, GEL 
302, MET 303, OCE 304. A grade of "C" or better 
is required in each course. 



The Engineering 
Studies Program 

A selection of basic engineering courses is 
offered at Armstrong State College to facilitate 
the transfer of students into engineering pro- 
grams. By choosing appropriate courses at 
Armstrong, a student may be able to complete 
a baccalaureate engineering program in fewer 
than two academic years of residence at an en- 
gineering school. 

All core curriculum and basic engineering 
courses may be taken at ASC. This program of 
courses has been constructed and designed 
with full cooperation and counsel from The Geor- 
gia Institute of Technology. 



OFFERINGS 

Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 121-122— Introduction to Chemistry 

(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: MAT 101. (Credit 
in these courses may not be applied to a major 
in chemistry.) 

These courses include a study of the funda- 
mental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. 
a survey of organic chemistry, and an introduc- 
tion to biochemistry. 

CHE 128-129— General Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently. 
Offered each quarter 

These courses are the first two of the series 
128. 129.281 required to complete an academic 
year of General Chemistry A study of the fun- 
damental principles and laws of chemistry with 
a quantitative approach to the subject. These 



courses are designed for the science, pre-med- 
ical and engineering student. The laboratory 
work includes an understanding of fundamental 
techniques. 

CHE 201— Essentials of General Chemistry 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and bio- 
chemistry with emphasis on applications in hu- 
man physiology and clinical chemistry. 
Experimental principles will be illustrated with 
classroom demonstrations. 

CHE 202— Physical Principles (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 201. 

This course provides a study of the physical 
principles of gas behavior, acid-base calcula- 
tions, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH 
measurements, blood gas measurements, and 
other subjects of special interest to persons in 
allied health sciences. 

CHE 281— Qualitative Analysis (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Fall and Spring. 

This course is the third of the series 128. 129. 
281 required to complete an academic year of 
General Chemistry. Study of ionic equilibria and 
separation methods. Homogeneous solutions 
involving dissociation, hydrolysis and buffer ac- 
tion, and heterogeneous systems showing the 
influence of pH and complexation on solubility 
are illustrated. Various chemical and chromat- 
ographic techniques are used as a basis for 
qualitative analysis. 

CHE 301— The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

An introductory course covering selected 
areas of applied biochemistry. This course is not 
recommended for chemistry, biology, or 
premedical students. 

CHE 307— Principles of Chemical 
Processes (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: CHE 129 and MAT 206 
Methods of material balance in chemical 
process are studied Topic subjects include 
processes and process variables, systems of 
units, gas behavior, single-phase and multi- 
phase systems. TEXT Level of Felder and Rous- 
seau Elementary Principles of Chemical Proc- 
esses 

CHE 308 — Principles of Chemical 
Processes II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite CHE 307 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



77 



Methods of energy balance n I proc 

esses ar- forms < I 

ges involved in bofh reactive and noi 
active processes are introduced I mphasis is 
placed on the application of conn -enal 

and energy balances in processes TEXT Level 
of Felder and Rousseau Elen 
of Chemical Processes 

CHE 341-342— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite Chemistry 129 Fall, Winter 
These courses include the study of aliphatics, 
aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives, 
polyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hy- 
drocarbons Organic reactions are emphasized 
in terms of modern theory 

CHE 343— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Spring 
A continuation of the organic chemistry se- 
quence 341, 342 This course completes the 
fundamental study of organic chemistry with a 
consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, 
and heterocyclics with their related compounds 

CHE 350— Chemical Literature (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Offered on de- 
mand 

A study of the use of the chemical library and 
the important journals references, and infor- 
mation sources. 

CHE 380— Quantitative Instrumental 
Analysis (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 281 . Winter, Summer. 

A study of the principles ot gravimetric, vol- 
umetric, spectrophotometry, and electrometric 
methods of analysis. The laboratory will provide 
practice in techniques and application of these 
principles. 

CHE 397— Scientific Glass-Blowing 
(0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. Of- 
fered on demand. 

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; 
introduction of glass working equipment: plan- 
ning of sequential joining operations; demon- 
stration of major techniques for joining and 
working glass: supervision of individual students 
in preparing testpieces. 

CHE 410— Chemical Safety (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 341 Offered on demand. 

Topic subjects will include standard labora- 
tory safety practices, hazardous properties of 
chemicals, safety practices in the storage, use 
and disposal of chemicals, and government reg- 
ulations. 



CHE 421— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 
(3-3-4) 

red on demand 
Selected topics in inorgar 
ing to increase studc li rstanding of 

mechanisms of chemical reactions Emphav 
the periodicity of elemei 

CHE 431-432— Seminar (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite CHE 343 Offered on demand. 
Selected topics for group discussion 

CHE 441— Advanced Organic Chemistry 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343 Spring 

A further study of important organic reactions 
emphasizing theories of reaction mechanism of 
organic chemistry 

CHE 448 — Organic Qualitative Analysis 
(2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 
Systematic approach to the identification of 
organic compounds. 

CHE 451— History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Spring, odd years. Prerequisites: Junior 
standing and CHE 129. 

The development of science surveyed from 
antiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on 
the development of ideas, men who made sig- 
nificant contributions, evolution of chemical the- 
ories, and the modern social implications of 
science. 

CHE 461— Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular con- 
stituents and cellular metabolism. Subject topics 
include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, en- 
zymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic car- 
bohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, the 
tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phosphoryl- 
ation, and photosynthesis. 

CHE 462— Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 461. Offered on demand 
A study of the metabolism of ammonia and 
nitrogen-containing compounds, the biosyn- 
thesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic 
regulation, and selected topics. 

CHE 463— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the principles of chemistry applied 
in the clinical laboratory. Topic subjects to in- 
clude instrumentation and microtechniques. 



78 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CHE 466 — Biochemistry Laboratory 
(0-6-2) 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: CHE 461 . Offered 
on demand. 

A study of techniques used in biochemistry 
research. Topic subjects include separation, 
purification and characterization procedures. 

CHE 481— Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. 

A study of electrometric methods of analysis. 
Topic subjects will include potentiometric, cou- 
lometric, and polarographic measurements. 

CHE 482 — Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380 and PHY 312. 

A study of spectrophotometric and chromat- 
ographic methods of analysis. Topic subjects 
will include visible and ultra-violet spectroscopy, 
gas-liquid chromatography, high performance 
liquid chromatography, atomic emission and 
absorption spectroscopy. 

CHE 483 — Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 342 and 482. 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. 
Topic subjects will include infrared spectros- 
copy, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron- 
spin resonance and mass spectrometry. 

CHE 491-492-493— Physical Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380, PHY 213, MAT 206. 
Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry 
including the study of solids, liquids, gases, 
thermochemistry, thermodynamics and solu- 
tions. These courses will also cover a study of 
chemical equilibria, chemical kinetics, electro- 
chemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics and 
nuclear chemistry. 

CHE 496— Internship (V-V(1-12)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
sites: CHE 343. 380, 491 and permission of the 
Chemistry Intern Program Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project 
in industry, government or other institutional set- 
ting. The project will be determined, supervised, 
and evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and 
the student's faculty adviser. Application and 
arrangement must be made through the de- 
partment by mid-quarter preceding the quarter 
of internship. Open to transient students only 



with permission of the Dean of the Faculty at 
Armstrong and the appropriate official of the 
school from which the student comes. 

CHE 497-498-499— Independent Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the De- 
partment. Offered each quarter. 

Designed to permit qualified students to pur- 
sue supervised individual research or study. 
Emphasis will be placed on the literature search, 
laboratory experimentation, and presentation of 
an acceptable written report. Both the credit and 
proposed work must be approved in writing by 
the faculty member who will supervise the work 
and by the department head. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean 
of the Faculty at Armstrong and of the college 
from which the student comes. 



Engineering Offerings 

EGR 100 — Introduction to Engineering 

(3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility to enter MAT 101 and 
ENG 101. A comprehensive orientation of the 
engineering process from problem formulation 
to the evolution of creative design; fundamental 
concepts from various fields of engineering. 

EGR 170— Engineering Graphics I (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Communication using 
orthographic projection, reading and writing the 
graphic language both with instruments and 
through free-hand sketching, pictorials, auxili- 
aries, dimensioning, geometric construction and 
lettering. 

EGR 171— Engineering Graphics II (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: EGR 170. 

Space visualization of points, lines, and 
planes; graphical analysis of engineering prob- 
lems: fundamentals of computer-aided design; 
working drawings related to specialized engi- 
neering fields. 

EGR 220 — Engineering Mechanics I: Statics 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 207. 

Concepts of forces, moments, and other vec- 
tor quantities; analysis of two-and-three-dimen- 
sional force systems: conditions of equilibrium; 
friction: centroids and moments of inertia. 

EGR 221 — Engineering Mechanics II: 
Dynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 220 and MAT 208. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



79 



bodies; ki- 

>rce- 

and niomen- 

turn n nensional mo- 

■ 

EGR 322— Engineering Mechanics III: 
I Mechanics of Materials (5-0-5) 

I GR 220 
Internal effects and dimension changes of sol- 
ids resulting from externally applied loads; shear 
and bending moment diagrams, analysis of 
stress and strain, beam deflection; column sta- 
bility 

EGR 310— Electrical Circuit Analysis 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PHY 218 Prerequisite or Core- 
quisite; MAT 341 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, 
nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- 
ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled 
circuits, and two-port parameters 

EGR 311— Electronics I (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: EGR 310. 

Introduction to P-N junction theory and the 
concepts of solid-state devices; development of 
the electrical characteristics of diodes and tran- 
sistors; bipolar and field-effect amplifying cir- 
cuits; operational amplifiers and analog 
systems. 

EGR 312— Electronics II (2-6-4) 

Prerequisite: EGR 311 

Operation and application of integrated cir- 
cuits used in digital systems; gates, flip-flops, 
counters, registers and memory devices. 

EGR 323— Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR 330, and MAT 
341 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the 
continuity, momentum, and energy conservation 
relationships: introduction to viscous flows. 

EGR 330— Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208. 

Basic concepts of thermodynamics; proper- 
ties of substances; conservation principles; the 
irst and second laws of thermodynamics; en- 
ropy; analysis of thermodynamic systems. 

EGR 331— Thermodynamics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 330. 

Gas cycles; vapor cycles; thermodynamic re- 
ationships; thermodynamic behavior of real 
^ases; non-reacting gas mixtures; thermody- 
lamics of chemical reactions. 



EGR 332— Heat Transfer (5-0-5) 

The fundament.il principle 

duction to cor 
diation 

EGR 350 — Computer Applications in 
Engineering (2-3-3) 

CS 246. EGR 221, EGR 310. 
EGR 323. 

The application of digital computers to tl 
lution of selected engineering problems using 
FORTRAN; emphasis on problem analysis and 
solution techniques. 

EGR 370 — Engineering Economic Analysis 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and ECO 202 
Fundamental principles and basic techniques 
of economic analysis of engineering projects in- 
cluding economic measure of effectiveness; 
time value of money, cost estimation, breakeven 
and replacement analysis. 

EGR 396 — Engineering Internship 
(V-V-(1-12)) 

Prerequisites: EGR 171, EGR 322. and per- 
mission of the Engineering Intern Program Di- 
rector. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project 
in industry or government. The project will be 
determined, supervised, and evaluated by the 
sponsor of the activity and the Engineering In- 
tern Program Director. Application and arrange- 
ment must be made through the department by 
mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship. 



Physical Science Offerings 

PHS 121— Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: admission requirements Of- 
fered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws 
and concepts of physics and astronomy. This 
course is designed for non-science majors in- 
terested in a descriptive survey. The laboratory 
study is designed to supplement the study of 
theory. 

PHS 122— Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: admission requirements Of- 
fered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws 
and theories of chemistry and geology This is 
a descriptive course which includes the clas- 
sification of elements, basic chemical reactions. 



80 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and atomic structure designed for the non-sci- 
ence major The laboratory study includes ex- 
periences which augment class discussion. 

AST 301— Introduction to Astronomy 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed Winter. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar 
structure, and cosmology. 

GEL 302— Principles of Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory 
science completed. Fall. 

An introduction of physical and historical ge- 
ology. A study of the origin, evolution, and struc- 
ture of the earth's crust, and geologic history. 

MET 303 — Principles of Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Spring. 

An introduction to the description of the state 
of the atmosphere and to the physical laws that 
describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCE 304 — Principles of Oceanography 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanog- 
raphy. Topic subjects to include the distribution 
of water over the earth, nature and relief of the 
ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical prop- 
erties of sea water and constituents, and appli- 
cations of oceanographic research. 



Physics Offerings 

PHY 211— Mechanics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 
213 in general physics. Basic classical physics, 
including mechanics, sound, and heat. De- 
signed for students with aptitude in mathematics 
below the level of calculus. Selected experi- 
ments to demonstrate applications. 

PHY 212— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
Light (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 21 1 . 
Winter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 211- 
212-213. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- 
metrical optics 



PHY 213 — Light Phenomena, Modern 
Physics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 212 Spring 
The last part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 
213. Continues the study of light from the view- 
point of physical optics, and concludes with the 
study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory 
work includes two selected experiments of ad- 
vanced scope. 

PHY 217— Mechanics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: MAT 206. or concurrently Fall 
The first part of the sequence PHY 217-218- 
219 in general physics. Basic classical physics, 
including mechanics, sound and heat De- 
signed especially for engineering students and 
recommended for science majors. Selected ex- 
periments to demonstrate applications. 

PHY 218 — Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
Light (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and PHY 217 
Winter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 217- 
218-219. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- 
metrical optics. 

PHY 219— Light Phenomena, Modern 
Physics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and PHY 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 217-218- 
219. Continues the study of light from the view- 
point of physical optics, and concludes with the 
study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory 
work includes two selected experiments of ad- 
vanced scope. 

PHY 312— Digital Electronics (3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Math 103 and ten quarter hours 
of laboratory science completed 

An introduction to discrete component and 
integrated circuits used in modern digital elec- 
tronics. The primary objective of this course is 
to give students hands-on experience in con- 
structing and investigating an array of digital 
circuits that are directly applicable in instru- 
mentation. 

PHY 370— Thermodynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 211 or 21 7. CHE 129. and 
MAT 208. Offered on demand 

An intermediate course which includes the 
fundamental principles of classical thermody- 
namics and kinetic theory with application to 
physical systems 



FINE ARTS 



HI 



PHY 380 — Introductory Quantum Mechanics 
(5-0-5) 

PHY 213 > 
207 Offered on den 

An introduction to quantum mechanic 
ciples with applications in atomic and molecular 
structure 

PHY 417— Mechanics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites PHY 217 or 21 1 and MAT 207 
PHY 218 or 212 and MAT 341 are recom- 
mended Offered on demand 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles 
and of systems of particles are developed using 
Newtonian principles 



Radiation Physics Offerings 

PHY 201-202— Radiation Physics (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite or corequisite MAT 101 
These courses deal with the basic concepts 
involved in production, propagation, and detec- 
tion of electromagnetic radiation. Particular em- 
phasis will be given to mechanisms describing 
the interaction of X-Rays with matter, radiation 
protection, photographic detection, dosimetry, 
and circuitry. 

PHY BIO 205— Radiation Biology (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or 218 or 202, and two 
quarter sequence in anatomy and physiology or 
general biology 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of ion- 
izing radiation and its biological effect. (Credit 
may not be applied toward a major in biology 
or in chemistry ) 



Marine Science Center Offerings 

The following course, offered at the Skidaway 
Island Marine Science Center, is cooperatively 
sponsored by Armstrong State College, Georgia 
Institute of Technology. Georgia Southern Col- 
lege, Savannah State College, and the Univer- 
sity of Georgia. 
OCE 430— Applied Oceanography (6-4-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 128, 129: BIO 101. 102. 
Offered Summer Quarter 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and bio- 
logical sciences which are marine oriented as 
applied to specific problems in the ocean and 
its environs. Collection and interpretation of field 
data stressed, utilizing vessels and equipment 
Df the Skidaway Institute of Oceanography 



Fine Arts 

Faculty 

Anderson James Department Head 

Campbell. Michael 
Gibson, Linda 
Harris, Robert 
Jensen, John 
Miller, Bonny 
Schmidt, John 

The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bach- 
elor of Arts degree with majors in art and music, 
the Bachelor of Music Education degree, and in 
cooperation with the Department of Secondary 
Education, the Bachelor of Science in Education 
degree with a major in Art Education 

Placement Examinations 

Transfer and new students in music must take 
placement examinations as appropriate in ap- 
plied music, music theory, and music history 
Acceptance of transfer credit towards gradua- 
tion requirements in each area is contingent 
upon the results of the examination. 

Transfer students in art will be required to take 
a placement examination in art history Addi- 
tionally, coursework at other institutions in studio 
art may not be counted towards graduation until 
a portfolio of artwork is submitted demonstrating 
competency in those areas in which classes 
have been completed. 

Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

There are a variety of departmental policies 
and regulations which affect music majors In- 
cluded are requirements for recital attendance, 
ensemble participation, piano proficiency, re- 
cital participation, applied music levels, and the 
Rising Junior Applied Music Examination A 
copy of A Handbook of Policies and Regulations 
for Music Majors will be given to each music 
student. 

Please see the "Fees" section of this catalog 
for information on applied music fees 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) have a dis- 
tinctly useful place in the Fine Arts curriculum. 
The intent of the DIS is for an enrichment ex- 
perience that otherwise is unavailable in the 
classroom Normally, regular curriculum course- 
work should not be completed by individual 
study 



82 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



However, if a regular course is to be taught 
by individual study, the following criteria must 
be met before approval may be granted by the 
department head: 1) the course must not have 
been offered during the preceding three quar- 
ters nor be scheduled during the succeeding 
three quarters; 2) the student must gain the ap- 
proval of the anticipated instructor; 3) transient 
students must gain the permission of not only 
the department head, but the dean of faculty, 
and of the college from which the student 
comes; and 4) the student must demonstrate, in 
writing, that a hardship will exist if permission is 
denied, for the student to take an individual 
study. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
ART 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222: PHI 200, 
201; MUS200 5* 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 222 or 

290 10 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2 One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, PSY 101. 

SOC201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. ART 111, 112, 201, 

202, 213 25 

2. MUS200or210 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 35 

1. ART 114. 313. 330. 340. 370. 

413 30 

2 One from: ART 271. 

272. 273 5* 

C Special Course Requirements 20 
1 Foreign language sequence 

through 103 15 



2. PHI 400 5 

D. Electives 40 

Recommend ART 271, 272, 273* 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 
'(May not be duplicated with major field, Area 
I, and elective requirements ) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
MUSIC 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101. 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271. 

272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200: 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 290 10 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115: POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. MUS 111. 112, 113, 211, 212. 

213 18 

2. MUS 140, 240 12 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 30 

1. MUS 281. 312, 340. 371. 372. 

373 21 

2 MUS 412. 440 9 

C. Electives 35 

1. Free Electives 26 

2 One of the following concentra- 
tions completed in toto: 
A. Keyboard Performance— 
MUS 258, 425. 426. plus mu- 
sic electives 9 

B Vocal Performance — MUS 
217. 218. and 5 hours from 

414. 415. 416. 422 9 
C Theory Composition -MUS 

361. 411. and 480 or 481 .... 9 



FINE ARTS 



83 



D Wind Instrument Perform 
ance MUS 361 and 4' 
418 plUJ 
D Special Course Ri 25 

1 ART 271. 272. 273 (may no' 
dup 'h Area I 
requirement) 10 

2 Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

3 RECITAL PERFORMANCES 
(determined by option) 

E Regents" and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



B Instrumental Empl 
MUS 

11 

MUS 
227. 425 

353 and 480 or 481 11 

C Professional Sequence 30 

1 EDN310, EDU335. 491. 492. 

493 25 

2 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 
D Special Course Requirements 

One half of senior recital 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 195-196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from; ANT 201, 
ECO 201, SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY 101 10 

2. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140, 236, 

281 20 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field .64-65 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 237. 238, 

239 15 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 312. 330. 331. 

361. 412 17 

4. MUS 371, 372, 373 9 

5. One of the following concentra- 
tions completed in toto: 

A. Choral Emphasis — MUS 

217. 218, 353. 423. 480 12 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF ART EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101. 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201: 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. ART 111, 112. 201, 213 20 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 
State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Teaching Concentration 58-63 

1. ART 114. 201 10 

2. ART 271. 272. 273* 10-15 

3. ART 313. 330. 340. 350. 351. 

370 30 

4. One course from: ART 214. 362. 
363 5 

5. ART 400 3 



84 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



C Professional Sequence 30 

1. EDN 310; EDU 335, 491, 492, 

493 25 

2. PSY301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194 
**May not be duplicated in Area I 



Minor Concentrations 

Minor concentrations in art and in music are 
available through the Department of Fine Arts. 
The requirements of each are: 

Hours 

Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 
272, 273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 

ART 114, 201 , 202, 21 1,213, 214, 215, 
330, 331, 340, 362, 363, 364, 370, 

413 10 

Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one 

area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 251 

or254 6 

4. Music History and 

Literature 8 

5. MUS 000 (recital 

attendance) 



Associate in Arts with Concentrations 

HOURS 

Concentration in Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 
272, 273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 

ART 114, 201 , 202, 21 1 , 213, 214. 215, 
330. 331, 340. 362, 363. 364 370, 

413 10 

Concentration in Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one 

area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 251. 254 6 



4. Music History and 

Literature 8 

5 Piano Proficiency 

6. MUS 000 (Recital Attendance) 



OFFERINGS 

Art Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to 
non-art majors. 

ART 111— Basic Design I (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

An introduction to two-dimensional design 
and graphic communication. 

ART 112— Basic Design II (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better 
in Art III or permission of instructor. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional de- 
sign introduced through sculptural projects in 
various media. 

ART 114 — Introduction to Photography 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to black and white photographic 
aesthetics and processes. Including study of the 
mechanical-optical functions of cameras and 
enlargers as well as printing and processing of 
film in a controlled environment. 

ART 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and 
techniques and their application in masterworks 
of art from all ages. Not recommended for art 
majors. 

ART 201— Painting I (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in ART 111 or ART 213 or permission of the 
instructor. 

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from 
observed and secondary sources. 

ART 202— Painting II (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in ART 201 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Painting I with an increasing 
emphasis on student selected painting prob- 
lems. 

ART 211— Graphic Design (4-2-5) AF 

Offered on demand. 1(4. 

Prerequisite: ART 1 1 1 or permission of the in- : 
structor. 



FINE ARTS 



85 



The' tals of visual commui 

eluding d< 

duction as related to m< 

technu; 

ART 213— Drawing I (4-2-5) 

Wif ■ 

A fundamental course emphasi. .en- 

tational drawing from still-life, landscape, and 
figural form 

ART 214 — Intermediate Photography 

(3-3-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: ART 1 14 or permission of the in- 
structor 

A continuation of the study of the aesthetics 
and processes in black and white photography. 

ART 215— Color Photography (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: ART 114, or permission of the 
instructor 

An introduction of the principles, aesthetics, 
and print processes of color photography 

ART 271— History of Art (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculpture, 
and architecture, in Western Civilization from 
pre-history to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272— History of Art II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273— History of Art III (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Modern Art. the late eighteenth through the 
twentieth centuries. 

ART 313— Drawing II (4-2-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 
213 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis on 
figuration, composition, and color. 

ART 316— Hand Colored and Manipulated 
Silver Print (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 114, or permission of the 
instructor. 

Exploration of a variety of media and tech- 
niques to enhance and alter a silver print. 

ART 320— Art for the Elementary Teacher 
(4-2-5) 

Fall. 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 



A study with studio • ■ 

scho 

ART 330— Ceramics I (4-2-5) 

Introduction to fund 
pottery, handbuiiu and cer.i 

sculpture Empl I 

craftsmanship and creativity Tradition 
and firing techniques as well as an e^; 
into non-traditional methods ( ; ind con- 

struction 

ART 331— Ceramics II (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Ceramics I or permission of in- 
structor 

A continuation of Ceramics I An increased 
awareness and sensitivity to ceramic form, con- 
struction techniques, decoration, craftsman- 
ship, creativity, and developing a personal style 
of working with clay. 

ART 333 — Ceramic Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Ceramics I or permission of in- 
structor. 

Emphasis is on developing ideas into large- 
scale ceramic sculpture. Individual attention 
and direction is facilitated. Projects may include 
pottery, the figure, abstractions, wall relief and 
mixed media construction 

ART 340— Printmaking I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic printmaking ideas 
and terminology. Projects will include one or 
more of the following: linoleum, woodblock, in- 
taglio, silkscreen and non-traditional methods of 
making prints. 

ART 350— Art in the Lower School (4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor 
Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching art in the elementary 
school. 

ART 351— Art in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching art in junior and senior 
high school. 

ART 362— Enameling/Jewelry Making 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction of process in the production of a 
variety of enameled art works, and of processes 
in the making of jewelry, both handmade and 
cast. 



86 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ART 363— Batik/Textile Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Exploration of a variety of processes used in 
applying original designs to fabric. 

ART 364 — Fibers Construction (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Development of processes used in on and off 
techniques in weaving and in contemporary fi- 
ber wall hangings. 

ART 370— Sculpture I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic sculpture ideas, ter- 
minology, and processes. Emphasis is on de- 
veloping technique and ideas. Projects may 
include wood, metal, clay, plaster, or other 

ART 400 — Seminar in Art Education 
(3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Permission of the in- 
structor. Art education majors only. 

A survey of current trends in instructional and 
research techniques. 

ART 413— Drawing III (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or higher 
in ART 313 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing II with increasingly 
complex problems in concept, design, and 
technique. 

ART 490— Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 

ART 491— Internship (V-V-(1-4-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of instructor and department head 
and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study, work, and/or research. Projects usually 
encompass the entire academic quarter and are 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring in- 
stitution and his/her faculty supervisor. 



Applied Music Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to 
non-music majors. 

MUS 130— Applied Music (one credit) 

Prerequisite: Sufficient music background, 
determined by audition of MUS 110. 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in 
brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice, 
or woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree 



only for a secondary applied credit. May be re- 
peated for credit. 

MUS 140— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Open to music majors and a lim- 
ited number of non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 240— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 140 
level as determined by jury examination. Music 
majors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 340— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the 
Rising Junior Applied Music Examination. Music 
majors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 440— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 340 
level as determined by jury examination. Music 
majors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 



Music Offerings 

MUS 000— Recital Attendance (0-V-0) 

A requirement for music majors and minors 
which consists of attendance at a designated 
number of concerts/recitals each quarter. 

MUS 110— Basic Music Theory (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

An introduction to music theory for students 
needing skills for MUS 111. May not be used for 
credit toward a degree in music. 

MUS 111— Elementary Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 110 or equivalent by 
examination. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical prin- 
ciples of music including sightsinging, ear-train- 
ing and keyboard harmony. 

MUS 112— Elementary Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 1 1 1 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of MUS 1 1 1 with emphasis on 



Wl! 



FINE ARTS 



87 



MUS 113— Elementary Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spf i highei 

m MUS 112 Of pern 

A continuation of MUS 1 12 intfOd 
enth chords a' 

MUS 114— Jazz Improvisation I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand MUS 113 Of 

permission of instructor 

Emphasis on basic \azz literature, chor 
bol. melodic patterns, ear training, melodic con- 
cepts and analysis of improvised solos 

MUS 200 — Introduction to Music Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring 

A course designed to help the student un- 
derstand music by means of analysis of style, 
forms, and media of musical expression 

MUS 201— Understanding Jazz (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand 

A non-technical survey of jazz performers and 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature The 
course will examine elements of jazz such as 
improvisation, instrumentation and rhythm and 
trace their development from New Orleans to 
contemporary fusion music 

MUS 202— Survey of Rock Music (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand 

A non-technical survey of rock music and its 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature 

| MUS 203— Popular Music in 20th Century 
America (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand 

A survey of popular music from ragtime to 
present Examination of popular music and its 
relationship to American culture 

MUS 211— Intermediate Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall Prerequisite A grade of "C" or higher in 
MUS 1 13 or permission of instructor 

A continuation of MUS 1 13 with emphasis on 
chromatic harmony 

MUS 212— Intermediate Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter Prerequisite: A grade of "C or higher 
n MUS 211 or permission of instructor 
A continuation of MUS 21 1 

MUS 213— Intermediate Theory III (3-2-3) 

[ Spring Prerequisite; A grade of "C" or higher 
n MUS 212 or permission of instructor 
| A continuation of MUS 212 with emphasis on 
iwentieth century techniques. 



MUS 214— Jazz Improvisation II (2-0-2) 

I m| I 

conten . 

MUS 217— Diction in Singing I (2-0-2) 
Winter Prerequisite v nly 

A study Ol I I 

international Phonetic Alpl 

MUS 218— Diction in Singing II (2-0-2) 

Spring Prerequisite MUS 21 7 Music maiors 
only 

A study of the phonetics and pronunciation of 
Latin. Italian, and En . 

MUS 224— Class Guitar (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand 

Designed for the development of basic skills 
in playing the guitar for accompanying Focuses 
on chorded styles and their application to music 
such as folk songs and popular music 

MUS 226— Class Piano I, II, III (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite Permission 
of the instructor Students enrolling in II or III 
must have received a grade of "C" or higher in 
the preceding class. 

A study of keyboard techniques with empha- 
sis on the skills needed to fulfill the piano pro- 
ficiency requirement 

MUS 227— Class Voice (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Music ma- 
jor status or permission of the instructor 

A study of voice production techniques with 
practical application to standard song literature 
Not open to students whose principal instrument 
is voice 

MUS 23&— Brass Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand Music majors only 
An introduction to the principles of brass in- 
strument performance and pedagogy 

MUS 237— Woodwind Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand Music majors only 
An introduction to the principles of woodwind 
instrument performance and pedagogy 

MUS 238— Percussion Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of percussion 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 239— String Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand Music majors only 



88 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



An introduction to the principles of string in- 
strument performance and pedagogy 

MUS 250— Pep Band (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter Open to qualified students 
A group to provide spirit music at school ath- 
letic functions. May be taken for academic 
credit, at most, four times. 

MUS 251— Concert Band (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard 
literature for symphonic band. Public perform- 
ances are a part of the course requirement. 

MUS 252— Jazz Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from a variety of jazz 
styles and periods. Public performances are a 
part of the course requirement. 

MUS 253 — Armstrong Singers (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all students by audition. 
Jazz Choir. Public performances are a part of 
the course requirement. 

MUS 254— Concert Choir (0-3-1) 

Membership open to all students. Ability to 
read music desired but not required. Repertoire 
to be selected each quarter from the standard 
choral concert literature. There will be public 
performances each quarter. 

MUS 255— Chamber Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the perform- 
ance media of brass, woodwind, string, key- 
board, voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUS 257— Opera Workshop (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Preparation and performance of work or ex- 
cerpts of works from the operatic repertoire. 

MUS 258 — Keyboard Accompanying 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only 
A study of the basic principles of accompan- 
iment. 

MUS 259— Oratorio Chorus (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all. 

Evening rehearsals. Literature to be selected 
from the larger choral works. Ability to read mu- 
sic not required. Public performances are part 
of the course requirement. 

MUS 281— Conducting (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 113. Music majors 
only. 



An introduction to the techniques of con- 
ducting and interpretation. 

MUS 312— Form and Analysis (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: MUS 213 
Music majors only. 

The study of the principles of form in music 
and techniques of harmonic analysis. 

MUS 320— Music for the Elementary 
Teacher (5-0-5) 

On demand. 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

A study of the materials and methods for 
teaching general music in the elementary class- 
room. Not for music majors. 

MUS 330— Music in the Lower School 
(4-0-4) 

Winter. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing anal- 
ysis and evaluation of techniques and materials 
for teaching music in the lower school. 

MUS 331— Music in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-0-4) 

Spring. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing anal- 
ysis and evaluation of techniques and materials 
for teaching music in the middle and senior high 
schools. 

MUS 352— Band Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- 
jors only. 

A course dealing with the organization, main- 
tenance and development of school instrumen- 
tal ensembles. 

MUS 353— Choral Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: MUS 227. 
Music majors only. 

A course dealing with the organization and 
development of school choral organizations, 
problems of choral singing, and fundamentals 
of choral conducting. 

MUS 361 — Orchestration and Arranging 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging 
and scoring for vocal and instrumental ensem- 
bles. 

MUS 371— Music History I (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- 



FINE ARTS 



89 



'nstory ot music if .'. 

MUS 372— Music History II (3-0-3) 

music theory or permission ol Mu 

sic majors only 

■ story ot music in Western Civilization in 
the Baroque and Classic Periods 

MUS 373— Music History III (3-0-3) 

Ottered on demand Prerequisite MUS 213 or 
permission ot the instructor Music maiors only 

The history of music in Western Civilization in 
the Romantic Period and in the 20th century 

MUS 411— Composition (V-V-5) 

Ottered on demand Prerequisites MUS 213. 
312 Music majors only 

MUS 412— Counterpoint (3-0-3) 

Ottered on demand Prerequisite MUS 213 
Music majors only 

A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th cen- 
tury music 

MUS 417 — Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Brass Instruments (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor Music majors 
only 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the brass instruments 

MUS 418 — Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Woodwind Instruments. 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor Music majors 
only 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the woodwind instruments 

MUS 419 — Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Percussion Instruments 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor Music majors 
only 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the percussion instruments 

MUS 422— Opera Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite MUS 200 or 
permission of the instructor 

A study of operatic masterpieces from the 
Dngms of the form to the present 



MUS 423 Choral Repertoire (3-0-3) 

only 

MUS 424— Band Repertoire (3-0-3) 
Offei 

'.' 
only 

A survey ot 
ensemble 

MUS 425— Piano Pedagogy (3-0-3) 
Offered on demand Prerequisite Musk 

jors only 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the 
piano and a survey of literature suited for teach- 
ing purposes 

MUS 426— Piano Literature (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Music ma- 
jors only 
An historical survey of the repertoire for piano 

MUS 427— Vocal Pedagogy (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the 
voice and a survey of literature suited for teach- 
ing purposes 

MUS 428 — Marching Band Techniques 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: Music majors only or permission 
of the instructor. 

A study of techniques used in show design 
and instruction of the high school marching 
band. 

MUS 430— Voice Literature I (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand 
Prerequisite: Music majors only 
The first of a two-quarter survey of literature 
for solo voice 

MUS 431— Voice Literature II (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand 
Prerequisite Music majors only 
A continuation of MUS 430 

MUS 480— Advanced Choral Conducting 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisites MUS 281, 
312. 361 Music majors only 

Advanced techniques for the choral conduc- 
tor 



90 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 481— Advanced Instrumental 
Conducting (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites. MUS 281, 
312, 261. Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental 
conductor 

MUS 489— Selected Studies in Music 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor 

Varied course offerings designed to meet 

special institutional and community needs. May 

be repeated for credit. 

MUS 490— Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 
Music majors only. 

MUS 491— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of instructor and department head 
and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study, work, and/or research. Projects usually 
encompass the entire academic quarter and are 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring in- 
stitution and his/her faculty supervisor. 



Government 

Faculty 

Megathlin, William; Department Head 

Brown, George 

Coyle, William 

Donahue, Michael 

Ealy, Steven 

Magnus, Robert 

McCarthy, John 

Murphy, Dennis 

Newman, John 

Rhee, Steve 



The Department firmly believes that even cur- 
ricular integrity is not enough, however. Instruc- 
tional effectiveness is its inseparable 
complement, and attainment of these twin goals 
serves as the primary purpose of the Depart- 
ment of Government The ongoing program of 
faculty development ensures that the staff of 
highly qualified educators— each selected for 
Department service on the basis of solid profes- 
sional credentials— continually achieves that 
primary purpose. 

In addition, the Department of Government 
highly values both research and service. To the 
extent of resources available, the Department 
encourages research by both faculty and stu- 
dents and service to the School of Arts and Sci- 
ences, the College and the community. 

It is within the foregoing context that the De- 
partment of Government both requires the 
G.R.E. (or I. SAT.) as an exit examination for its 
majors and offers the following undergraduate 
programs, concentrations and courses. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
IN SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE WITH A 
CONCENTRATION IN LAW ENFORCEMENT 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 
200; PHI 200, 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101; SOC 201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 211 3 

B. Areas of Concentration 40 

CJ100, 103,210.280,301.305. 
370 and two CJ electives 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 



The Department of Government embraces the 
ideal of liberal education and views education 
in related professional areas as an extension of, 
rather than the antithesis of liberal education. 
Consequently, all Department programs and 
courses are conceptually-based, thereby ena- 
bling students to develop a theoretical sophis- 
tication applicable to practical realities. So 
conceived, courses and programs achieve cur- 
ricular integrity. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
IN SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE WITH A 
CONCENTRATION IN CORRECTIONS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 
200; PHI 200. 201 5 



GOVERNMENT 



91 



3 MAT 101 5 

4 i aboratory science s< 10 

5 HIS 251 or 252. POS 113 10 

6 PSY 101. SOC 201 10 

7 PE 103 or 108. 211 3 
B Area of Concentration 40 

CJ100. 103.210.280.301.303. 
360. 370 and one CJ elective 
C Regents' Examination _ 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two pro- 
grams must be completed at Armstrong 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Students who intend to major in Criminal Jus- 
tice should complete Criminal Justice 100 be- 
fore the end of the freshman year and should 
complete all general education requirements as 
soon as possible. 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101, 102. 201 15 

2. ART 200. 271, 272, 273; MUS 

200; PHI 201: ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101 and 103, 195. 220, or 

290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. SOC 201 ; PSY 1 01 : ECO 201 or 
ANT 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1 CJ 100, 103, 210, 360 20 

2. Two courses selected from: 
ANT 201. ECO 201. 202, DRS 

228, SOC 201. PSY 101 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Courses 5 

1. HIS251 or252 5 

B. Area of Concentration 30 

1 . CJ 280. 301 , 303, 305, 370, 390, 

490 30 

!. Electives from Related Areas 60 

1 . Sixty hours chosen from a list of 
selected electives. No more 
than fifteen hours may be taken 



cei 

be 300 

400 60 

D Regents am 

TOTAl 191 



Majors in Political Science 

The major in Political Science may take three 
distinct forms Political Science, per se. Political 
Science with Certification, or Public Administra- 
tion 

To complete a Political Science major re 
forty quarter hours of upper division courses in 
the field with grades of "C" or better in each 
course. Further, the program must include at 
least one course from each of the following 
American Political Institutions, International Re- 
lations, Political Theory, and Comparative Gov- 
ernment. The major allows the option of a foreign 
language (French or German preferred) through 
the 1 03 level or a sequence of computer science 
courses. Students who contemplate graduate 
work in Political Science are strongly advised to 
take the foreign language option and to continue 
their linguistic study beyond the 103 level 

Programs in Public Administration and Politi- 
cal Science with certification are more struc- 
tured in order to prepare students adequately 
to meet the demands of their professions and 
appropriate licensing agencies. 

Scholarships in Political Science 

Limited scholarship aid is available annually. 
Interested students are invited to inquire in the 
Department of Government office for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222: MUS 200: 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 



92 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



102; BIO 121, 122; CHE 121, 
122; PHY 121, 122; PHS 121, 

122 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, PSY 101, 

SOC201 5 

ArealV 30 

1 HIS 251 or 252 5 

2 One of the sequences: 

A. Foreign language 101, 102, 
103 or 

B. CS 120, 225 and 136, 246 or 
231 15 

3. Related courses 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Courses in the Major Field 40 

At least one course from each 
of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 
POS 304, 306, 307, 317, 318, 
401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 416, 
417, 418; CJ 390 5-25 

2. International Affairs— POS 320, 
325, 326, 329, 424, 426, 429 ...5-25 

3. Political Theory— POS 331 , 332, 
333 5-15 

4. Comparative Government— 
POS 346, 348, 349, 

445, 447 5-20 

Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as 
Computer Science, Economics, 
Geography, Mathematics. See 
Department for exhaustive list.. 25 

Electives 30 

Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE (with teacher 
certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 
Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 
or CS 120, 225 and 136 or 246 
or231 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200. 271, 
272, 273: DRS 228; MUS 200 . 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Courses in the Major Field 60 

At least one course from each 
of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 
POS 304, 306. 307. 317, 318, 
401, 403, 411, 412. 415, 416. 
417, 418; CJ 390 5-25 

2. International Relations — POS 
320, 325, 326, 329, 424, 426. 

429 5-25 

3. Political Theory— POS 331-332, 
333 5-15 

4. Comparative Government— 
POS 346, 348, 349, 

445, 447 5-20 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. HIS 251 or 252 and ap- 
proved 300+ elective 

B. ECO 201 and approved 
300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in be- 
havioral sciences (ANT. 
PSY, SOC) 

D. GEO 21 1,212 and approved 
GEO elective 

Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 200: EDU 310. 335. 449, 
481, 482, 483 35 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



GOVERNMENT 



M 



PROGRAM FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 
(PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) 



Hours 

A General Requirements 

I I 20 

1 ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2 One course from ART 200. 271. 
272. 273. ENG 222. MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101. 220 10 

2 Oneof the sequences BIO 101. 
201. BIO 121. 122; CHE 121. 
122; PHY 121. 122. PHS 121, 

122 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114. 115 10 

2 POS 113, ECO 201 10 
Area IV 30 

1 CS 120, 225 and 136 and 246 

or 231 15 

2 HIS 251 or 252; ECO 202; SOC 

201 15 

Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 
B Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 One course from each of the 

following 20 

A American Political Institu- 
tions POS 306. 307. 327. 
318. 411. 412. 415. 416. 
417 5 

B International Affairs— POS 
320, 325, 326, 329, 424, 426, 
429 5 

C. Political Theory— POS 331, 

332. 333 5 

D Comparative Government— 

POS 346, 348, 349, 445 5 

POS/PA 304, 401. 403. 418, 

POS 447; CJ 390 25 

) Courses in Related Fields 15 

1 CS 306. 331 10 

2 SOC 360 5 
) Electives 35 
t Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

Kit' I 

A minor in ( Irimii 

the " 

app 

ground with it*, accomi 

thai the applicant I 
fine research and writing - 
to dealing with th.it society What< 
one chooses, such a minor will 
student's academic rec 

Minor concentrations are available in li 
national Studies, Russian Studies, Pul 
Administration, Economics, Cnmina 
and Political Science 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C or tx 
in each course, require 

Hours 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern 
foreign language through the 103 
level 1) 

1 POS 329 and 325 or 326 10 

2. One course from POS 320. 346, 

348, 349 5 

3 Two courses from: POS 426. 
429; HIS 321. 330. 350. 355. 

435 10 

Political Science 20 

Twenty hours of 300+ level 
POS courses, with at least 
one course from each of the 
four concentration areas of 
POS 20 

Russian Studies 20 

1 RUS 201 (assumes completion 

of RUS 101-103 1) 5 

2 POS 349 5 

3 Two courses from. HIS 329. 330. 
428, 431 . 435. 481 ; POS 440 ... 10 

(a multi-departmental minor) 
Public Administration 25 

CJ 390; PA 304. 401, 403. 418 25 
Economics 20 

Twenty hours of economics 
courses with grades of "C" 
or better in each 
1. ECO 201 and 201 10 



94 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2 Two courses selected from: 
ECO 320, 330, 340, 

363,445 10 

Criminal Justice ... 25 

Twenty-five hours with grades 
of "C" or better in the 
following: CJ 100, CJ 210 or 
CJ 301, CJ 270, CJ 303, CJ 
305, CJ 360 25 



Criminal Justice Offerings 

CJ 100 — Introduction to Criminal Justice 

(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter 

This survey course examines the emergence 
of formal institutions established within the 
American experience to deal with criminal be- 
havior. The philosophical and cultural origins of 
the criminal justice system and current trends in 
criminal justice are emphasized. 

CJ 103 — Developing Interpersonal 
Communications Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter. Spring. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed 
upon the development of interpersonal com- 
munication skills, i.e. skills that can be effectively 
utilized on the job to improve interaction among 
employees and between employees and the 
public. 

CJ 203 — Criminal Law (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

History and development of criminal law with 
definitions and general penalties. Special em- 
phasis will be placed upon the Criminal Code 
of Georgia. 

CJ 204 — Criminal Investigation (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. 
Special techniques employed in criminal inves- 
tigation, such as crime scene searches, the use 
of informants, and the techniques of surveillance 
will be emphasized as well as the presentation 
of police cases in court. 

CJ 210 — Criminology (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United 
States: assessment and evaluation of various 
factors and influences that lead to criminal be- 
havior; various measures proposed for the con- 
trol of criminal behavior. 



CJ 250 — Directed Readings in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand 

A course designed to permit each student to 
pursue an approved topic through independent 
study and research under the guidance and di- 
rection of the instructor 

CJ 280 — Ethics in Criminal Justice Practice 
and Research (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

Analysis of ethical concepts, principles, and 
prescriptive moral judgements in the practice 
and research of criminal justice. 

CJ 301— Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

Fall Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of in- 
structor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency; 
the sociological, biological, and psychological 
factors involved in juvenile delinquency and the 
modern trends in prevention and treatment. 

CJ 302— Criminalistics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A natural 
science laboratory sequence or consent of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the problems and tech- 
niques of scientific criminal investigation. Em- 
phasis will be placed on familiarizing the student 
with the role of science and technology in mod- 
ern law enforcement. 

CJ 303— Penology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CJ 100. or consent of in 
structor. 

This course deals with the analysis and eval 
uation of both historical and contemporary cor- 
rectional systems. This course will also deal with 
the development, organization, operation and 
results of the different systems of corrections 
found in America. 

CJ 304 — Probation and Parole (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development 
organization, operation and results of systems^ 
of probation and parole as substitutes for m" w 
carceration. 



CJ: 



.: 



CJ 305 — Law Enforcement Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of in^; 
structor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural 
and historical background of the police idea, 
The course is conceptually oriented and will dea 



tU; 



GOVERNMENT 



95 



with concepts such as the role i ' 
contemporary soc military i 

nization of the police, and community relations 

CJ 307— Community Based Treatment 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand CJ 303 or 

consent of instructor 

This course will investigate the different com- 
munity based treatment programs An emphasis 
will be placed on investigating the function of 
halfway houses and the use of volunteers in cor- 
rections 

CJ 360 — Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Fall 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- 
stitution Sources and functions of both civil and 
criminal law. as well as operation of the legal 
process, are studied from the perspectives of 
jurisprudence, political science, and sociology 

CJ 370 — Criminal Procedure (3-0-3) 

Spring Prerequisite CJ 360 or consent of in- 
structor 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the 
basis for, American Criminal Law buttressed by 
an analysis of leading court decisions relative 
to procedural rights emanating from the Bill of 
Rights. 

CJ 380— Law of Evidence (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or 
consent of instructor. 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence 
in criminal cases. Particular subjects will include 
burden of proof, hearsay evidence, and the prin- 
les of exclusion and selection. 

CJ 390— Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 101 and 102 and per- 
mission of instructor 

This course deals with the methods and tech- 
niques of research in the behavioral sciences 
Emphasis will be placed on learning how to eval- 
jate research 

3J 391— Legal Research Law Mini-Thesis 
5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CJ 360. ENG 102. 

Open to students of any major, this course 
comprises the major areas of legal research and 
vntmg: finding and using appropriate legal re- 
;earch tools and resources and applying these 
d develop and complete a scholarly legal re- 
earch paper. 

:j 406— Law and Society (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or 



the ci 

The studs 
and tl 

BS civil disot • 
enceand 
special attcnt 

CJ 426 — International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites POS 1 13 or CJ 100. or consent 
of instructor 

Investigation of the political, legal, and soci- 
ological aspects of international terrorism Top- 
ics to be examined include the relationships of 
international terrorism, international relations, 
and principles of international law, the nature of 
the anti-terrorist response, and the implications 
of international terrorism for the future (Identical 
with POS 426) 

CJ 440 — Seminar in Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Open to 
seniors only or by consent of the instructor 

An intensive study of selected topics relative 
to the concept of criminal justice Subject matter 
will vary annually 

CJ 447 — Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Prerequisite: CJ 305. POS 415, or consent of 
instructor. 

Focuses on the law enforcement and judicial 
procedure aspects of the Japanese, French. 
West German, and Soviet political systems 
(Identical with POS 447). 

CJ 450— Field Experience I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only and 
by invitation of the instructor 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the 
educational experience of students through ap- 
propriate observation and work assignments 
with criminal justice agencies. The course will 
be organized around specific problem orienta- 
tions with operational research connotations 
Students will be expected to spend a minimum 
of five hours per week in the participating 
agency. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of Arts and Sciences at 
Armstrong State College and of the college from 
which the student comes 

CJ 451— Field Experience II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only and 
by invitation of the instructor. 



96 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



This is a sequential course to CJ 450 which 
will permit the student to further broaden his 
perspectives. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of Arts and Sci- 
ences at Armstrong State College and of the 
college from which the student comes. 

CJ 452-453-454— Internship (V-V-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open only 
to upper level criminal justice majors. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with an opportunity to apply academic training 
in the practical criminal justice setting. Settings 
will include law enforcement agencies (local, 
state or federal), community treatment facilities, 
and the courts. This course will by jointly su- 
pervised by college staff and law enforcement, 
correctional and court officials. Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean 
of Arts and Sciences of Armstrong State College 
and of the college from which the student 
comes. 

CJ 490 — Directed Research in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: CJ 390. 

A course designed to provide qualified stu- 
dents the opportunity to perform suitable and 
meaningful research into some area of criminal 
justice under the direction of the instructor. 
Open to transient students only with permission 
of the Dean of Arts and Sciences at Armstrong 
State College and of the college from which the 
student comes. 



Economics Offerings 

ECO 201 — Principles of Economics I 

(5-0-5) 

Offered Fall, Winter, and Summer. Prerequi- 
site: At minimum, eligibility to enter MAT 101. 

A survey of macro-economics, including 
basic economic concepts, national income, the 
monetary system, and the international econ- 
omy. 

ECO 202— Principles of Economics II 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of micro-economics, including the 
composition and pricing of national output, gov- 
ernment and the market economy, factor pricing 
and income distribution, and a comparison of 
market systems. 



ECO 320— International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 

Examines the economic importance and 
problems of international trade, exchange rates 
and moneiary standards, tariffs and other trade 
barriers Attention will be focused on fixed and 
floating exchange rates and their effects on 
trade balances of states. Current debt problems 
of developing nations will be examined. 

ECO 330 — Economics of Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The study of governmental and corporate fi- 
nance, with emphasis on fiscal and monetary 
policy. Open-market operations, discount pol- 
icy, and the functions and problems associated 
with central banking will be examined and ana- 
lyzed. 

ECO 340— Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202. 

An introductory general survey of labor eco- 
nomics and labor relations. Organization and 
operation of American trade unionism, collective 
bargaining, economics of the labor market, 
wage theory and income distribution also 
among topics studied. 

ECO 363— Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite:ECO 
201. 

This course surveys the growth and devel- 
opment of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, 
with emphasis on the period since 1860. De- 
velopments in agriculture, industry, labor, trans- 
portation, and finance will be studied and 
analyzed. (Identical with HIS 363). 

ECO 445 — Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the major economic systems devel 
oped in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role ot 
government and politics will be examined, along 
with the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, 
John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman 
(Identical with POS 445.) 



GOVERNMENT 



97 



Political Science Offerings 

POS 113— Government of the United States 

(5-0-5) 

: each qu i i bility 

for college en • 100 or 

above 

A study of the structure theory, and functions 
of the national government in the United States. 
and some of the major problems of the state and 
local governm* 

PA POS 304 — Politics of Bureaucracy 
(5-0-5) 

Offered every year Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or 
equivalent 

This is a one-quarter course that is primarily 
concerned with organizational theory and bu- 
reaucratic behavior, whether public or private, 
but with an emphasis on the behavior of the 
bureaucracy of the national government. Atten- 
tion will also be given to political process as it 
unfolds in the administration of laws enacted by 
the Congress 

POS 306— Local Government (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
equivalent. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of city, 
county and other local governments in the 
United States. Special attention will be given to 
the city governments of Savannah, Ga.; Charles- 
ton. S.C .; and Gainesville, Fla. Large diverse 
cities such as Atlanta. Jacksonville, Tampa, and 
Miami will also be compared in a more limited 
fashion and contrasted with Savannah, Charles- 
ton, and Gainesville. Policies examined will in- 
clude finance (raising and spending money), 
education, welfare, pollution, transportation, and 
law enforcement. 

POS 307— State Government (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
equivalent. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of state 
governments in the United States. Special at- 
tention will be given to the governments of Flor- 
ida. Georgia, and South Carolina and to their 
role in the federal system. Policies examined will 
include finance (raising and spending money), 
pollution, transportation, and law enforcement. 

POS 317— Constitutional Law I (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
equivalent. 



A 
Stat. 
tion ol th< 

also to '«•< enl behaviors m ling oi u 
cision-making 

POS 318— Constitutional Law II (5-0-5) 

Of- i / veai l " ' i or 

equivalent 
A continuation of POS 31 / 

POS 320 — International Relations: The Far 
East (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

Contemporary international politics in the Far 
East are examined in terms of such broad his- 
torical trends as the decline of imperialism, the 
development of nationalism, and the rise of the 
U.S., USSR., People's Republic of China, and 
Japan as major powers in Asia 

Some attention will be given to contemporary 
key issues such as the Smo-Soviet conflict, the 
future of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual Security 
Treaty revision, and U.S. -Japan economic in- 
teraction. 

POS 325 — International Organization. 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, 
structures and functions of international orga- 
nizations, with emphasis upon the role of these 
institutions in the maintenance of peace. 

POS 326— International Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public interna- 
tional law topics including: recognition, state 
succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, 
the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the 
law of war. 

POS 329— International Relations (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission 
of instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and 
practices dominating contemporary interna- 
tional relations. 

POS 331— Classical Political Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 

An historical study of the development of 
ideas relative to the state and government from 
Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth Century. 



98 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Attention is directed primarily to the political 
thought of a selected group of eminent philos- 
ophers 

POS 332— Modern Political Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: POS 331 or permission 
of instructor 

A continuation of POS 331, from the 17th to 
the 20th century 

POS 333 — Contemporary Political 
Ideologies (5-0-5) 

Spring Prerequisite: POS 332 or permission 
of instructor. 

A continuation of POS 332, including a gen- 
eral survey and analysis of the important ideo- 
logical currents of our time with selected indepth 
readings from original sources 

POS 346 — Governments of East Asia 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or permission of instructor. 

A comparative examination of the contem- 
porary political institutions, processes, and 
ideas of the People's Republic of China, Japan, 
and Korea. Examines the development of these 
political systems with particular emphasis on 
historical, social, cultural, and contemporary-is- 
sue dimensions. 

POS 348 — Governments of Western Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or equivalent. 

An analytical and comparative study of the 
major Western European governments, with 
principal emphasis upon the analysis of the con- 
ditions which led to effective and stable parlia- 
mentary government and those which lead to 
the inefficiency, instability and breakdown of 
such systems. 

POS 349 — Government of the Soviet Union 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or permission of instructor. 

The primary purpose of this course is to focus 
on the study of contemporary Soviet politics 
along developmental scheme. Comparison of 
the pre-modern Tsarist autocratic regime and 
the contemporary Soviet totalitarian regime will 
be attempted. Also the course will cover such 
topics as Soviet political culture, political so- 
cialization process of the mass, governmental 
processes, and the public policy making/imple- 
mentation aspects. 



POS 395— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: Junior (with 3 5 GPA) or Senior 
standing (with a 3.0 GPA minimum) 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency Projects are normally designed to re- 
quire the full eleven-week quarter for comple- 
tion, during which time the student will be under 
joint supervision by the sponsoring agency and 
his faculty advisor Application and arrange- 
ments must be made through the department 
by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of the in- 
ternship. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes 

POS 400 — Seminar in Political Science 
(5-0-5) 

Admission will be subject to approval of the 
instructor. Offered on demand. Designed to per- 
mit superior students to pursue research and 
reading in some field of political science under 
the supervision of the staff. 



PA/POS 401— Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

This course examines the procedures, strat- 
egies and rationales involved in making public 
budgets at the local, state, and national levels. 
It is also concerned with critiques of the several 
types of budgets now in use together with an r 
explanation of fiscal and monetary policies as ' 5 ' 
they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned 
with the revenue systems in effect together with 
auditing and other controls exercised in the 
budgeting process. 

PA/POS 403— Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
304 or permission of the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a 
study of the theoretical aspects of decision-mak 
ing theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive model|po 
vs. incremental model), political aspects of pol-Jfet 
icy-making process, mobilization of political 
support, and the cost benefit aspects of the 
public policy-making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the gen 
eral theory of public policy-making to specificL 
settings of welfare policy, urban problems. and, 
national defense foreign policy. 



I 



k 



GOVERNMENT 



99 



POS 410 — Independent Study in American 
Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

\ mini 
mum of 120 credit houi t 20 

hours in Polil ce at the 

part 
• ii committi 

to permit superioi pui 

sue individual research and reading in sonic 
: of political science undei tfu ^ supervision 
of a member of the staff Emphasis will be on 
wide reading, con'' .•. th the advisor and 

written reports and essays Normally open only 
to students with a B average (3 0) in Political 
Science and at least a 2 5 GPA overall Appli- 
cations must be filed with the Department by 
mid-quarter preceding the quarter independent 
study is contemplated 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes 

POS 411— American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

Offers an in-depth look at the office of the 
presidency, with the principal emphasis on the 
relations of the executive branch with the Con- 
gress and the court system Some attention will 
be given to the evolution of the presidency to 
its present dominant position in the American 
political process. (Completion of a survey 
course in American History is desirable) 

POS 412— American Political Parties 
(5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the political 
iystem Relationship between party organiza- 
ion. electoral system, and the recruitment and 
advancement of political leaders 

3 0S 415 — American Supreme Court 
5-0-5) 

: Offered alternate years 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
fie Court, including examination of the role of 
he Court as policy maker 

>OS 416— United States Constitutional 
iistory I (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 
, A study of the origins, content, and expansion 
!f the Constitution of the United States (Identical 
l/ith HIS 416). 

OS 417— United States Constitutional 
rlistory II (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 
| A study of more recent constitutional devel- 



41 7) 

PA POS 418— Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

Offi ''OS 

113 

Ihis 

administrative po^ 

court;, tl 

administrative progran 
•ive officials and tf 
actions, hearings before administrative bo 
and the respective spheres ol adn 
and judicial responsibility 

Some attention will be given to the problem 
of the maintenance of traditional procedural 
safeguards in administrative law and the f 
lem of civil rights and relation to administrative 
boards Leading cases will be examu 

POS 419— American Congress (5-0-5) 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
Congress, including a discussion of the theo- 
retical framework for representative govern- 
ment, and Congress' role as policymaker 

POS 420— Independent Study in 
International Relations (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisite A mini- 
mum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in some 
field of international relations under the super- 
vision of a member of the staff Emphasis will 
be on wide reading, conferences with the ad- 
visor and written reports and essays Normally 
open only to students with a B average (3 0) in 
Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall 
Applications must be filed with the Department 
by mid-quarter preceding the quarter inde- 
pendent study is contemplated 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

POS 424 — Seminar on the Sino-Soviet 
Power Rivalries (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Offered alternate years 

Critical assessment of the early Sino-Soviet 
relations before and after the 1917 Bolshevik 
Revolution, followed by analysis of the roots of 
the Sino-Soviet conflicts in territorial, economic, 



100 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



strategic, political, and ideological perspec- 
tives. The implication of this schism for the con- 
temporary global security relations will be 
critically examined Heavy emphasis on re- 
search and oral presentation by the student. 

POS 426 — International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 1 13 or CJ 100, or consent 
of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal and soci- 
ological aspects of international terrorism. Top- 
ics to be examined include the relationships of 
international terrorism, international relations, 
and principles of international law, the nature of 
the anti-terrorist response, and the implications 
of international terrorism for the future. (Identical 
with CJ 426.) 

POS 429— American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and factors, 
both domestic and foreign, contributing to its 
formulation. 

POS 430 — Independent Study in Political 
Theory (V-V-(1 -5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A mini- 
mum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above. Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in some 
field of political theory under the supervision of 
a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide 
reading, conferences with the advisor and writ- 
ten reports and essays. Normally open only to 
students with a B average (3.0) in Political Sci- 
ence and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications 
must be filed with the Department by mid- 
quarter preceding the quarter independent 
study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

POS 440— Independent Study in 
Comparative Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A mini- 
mum of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above. Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in some 
field of comparative government under the su- 
pervision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will 



be on wide reading, conferences with the ad- 
visor and written reports and essays Normally 
open only to students with a B average (3.0) in 
Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. 
Applications must be filed with the Department 
by mid-quarter preceding the quarter inde- 
pendent study is contemplated 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

POS 445 — Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the major economic systems devel- 
oped in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of 
government and politics will be examined, along 
with the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Adam Smith. Karl Marx. 
John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 
(Identical with ECO 445.) 

POS 447 — Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Prerequisite: CJ 305. POS 415. or consent of 
instructor. 

Designed to focus on the law enforcement 
and judicial procedure aspects of the Japanese, 
French, West German, and Soviet political sys- 
tems. (Identical with CJ 447.) 



History 



Faculty 

Warlick. Roger, Department Head 

Arens. Olavi 

Babits, Lawrence 

Burnett, Robert 

Comaskey, Bernard 

Duncan, John 

Gross, Jimmie 

Lanier, Osmos 

Patterson, Robert 

Pruden. George 

Robertson. Mary 

Stone. Janet 



Majors in History 

The major in history may take either of two 
forms: History per se or History with T-4 Certi 
fication. 



HISTORY 



101 



In addition to n nimum requirements 

foi either program, students contemplating 
graduate work in history are 
com ' an 

guage sequence 103 it ulty 

will consider substitutions tor ti i< lan- 

guage requirement only when compelling rea- 
sons argue against its fulfillment and only when 
the proposed substitute offers an additional re- 
search skill or a study in depth of a foreign cul- 
Advanced coursework in History for either 
form of the maior requires HIS 300 and HIS 495 
or 496 In selecting the remainder of their ad- 
vanced courses students may choose to con- 
centrate m one particular area of History (e.g. 
European or American), providing they diversify 
to the extent of completing at least ten hours 
outside that area. 

Honors in History 

Honors in History will be awarded to those 
History majors with a 3.5 GPA in all History 
courses who submit an acceptable honors re- 
search paper to the department. The paper may, 
but does not have to be prepared in conjunction 
with a course that the student has taken. The 
paper should be the student's own work, based 
on research in primary sources, and be com- 
plete with end notes, bibliography and other crit- 
ical apparatus. It should be typewritten and 
follow Turabian s guide The paper must be sub- 
mitted during the last quarter the student is in 
attendance before graduation and must be sub- 
mitted by mid-term of that quarter. The paper 
will be judged by a departmental jury of four 
faculty members who will by a majority vote de- 
termine if honors should be awarded. The 
awarding of honors will be noted on the stu- 
dent's transcript 

Scholarships in History. 

Limited scholarship aid is available annually. 
Interested students are invited to inquire in the 
department office for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
3ACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
N HISTORY 

Hours 

A General Requirements* 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102 or 192. 201 or 

292 15 



2 Onecou \RT200. . 

27; /US 200. 

PHI .'DO 5 

, II 
1 MAI 101 

290 10 

2. Oneof the sequences BIO 101 
102. hi 
122, PI- 

122 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114 or 191, 115or 192.POS 
113 15 

2 One course from ANT 201 
ECO 201; SOC201; PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 
1 Foreign language 101, 102, 

103 15 

2. History 251, 252, or 292 10 

3. Related course 5 
AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 
B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1 HIS 300 and 495 or 496 10 

2. History courses 300 level or 
above with at least 1 hours out- 
side the area of concentration 30 
The concentration areas are: 
A. U.S. History -HIS 351. 352. 

354,355.357.361,363.365. 

371,374.375.376.377.379. 

400.403.416.417,421.422. 

451. 470, 471.485,486.496 
B European History HIS 333. 

336.340.341.342.343.344. 

345.346.347.348.350.410. 

411,445.447,483.484.495 
C. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 

American History HIS 310 

312.320.321.322.323.329. 

330.428.431.435.481.482 
C Courses in Related Fields 20 
To be chosen from such fields 
as anthropology, economics, lit- 
erature, sociology, statistics 
See Department for exhaustive 
list 20 
D Electives 35 
E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



102 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
HISTORY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102 or 192. 201 or 

292 15 

2 One course from: ART 200. 271. 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101. 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 . 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251. 252, or 292 5 

2. Foreign language 101. 102. 

103 15 

3. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201. SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200. 271. 
272, 273; DRS 228: MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B Courses in the Major Field 60 

1. HIS 300 and 495 or 496 10 

2. U.S. History 

A. HIS 371 or 377 (dependent 

on HIS 251 . 252 selection) .. 5 
B One or two courses from: HIS 

351.352 354.355.361.363. 

365.374.375.376.379.400. 

403,416.417.421.422.451. 

471. 485. 486. 496 5-10 

3. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History 

Two courses from: HIS 310. 
312. 320. 321. 322. 323. 329. 
330. 428. 431. 435. 481. 482 10 

4 European History 

Two or three courses from: 
HIS 333. 336. 340. 341. 342. 
343. 344. 345. 346. 347. 348. 
350. 410 411 445. 447. 483. 
484.495 10-15 

5 Supporting Work 20 
Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas 



A Approved 300-400 level 
POS electives 

B ECO 201 and approved 
300+ elective 

C Approved electives in be- 
havioral sciences (SOC. 
ANT. PSY) 

D GEO 21 1 , 21 2 and approved 
GEO elective 
C Professional sequence 40 

1 EDN 200, EDU 310, 335. 449. 
481.482.483 35 

2 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 
D Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 

Minor Concentrations 

The Department of History offers a number of 
minor concentrations. 

A minor in History has great practical value. 
Its notation on the transcript indicates to an em- 
ployer that the applicant has some solid liberal 
arts background with its accompanying insight 
into the development and functioning of modern 
society, and that the applicant has made an ex- 
tra effort to refine research and writing skills so 
essential to dealing with that society. Whatever 
the major one chooses, such a minor will 
strengthen the student's academic record. 

Students who hope to work in history-related 
fields upon graduation should consider adding 
a minor in Preservation Studies, or in Historical 
Archaeology Through has program unique op- 
portunities are provided for qualified students to 
gam practical experience while making a real- 
istic assessment of the possibilities offered by 
their field of interest Cooperative arrangements 
with Historic Savannah Foundation. Georgia 
Historical Society. Savannah Landmark Project, 
Oatland Island Center, and with a number of 
museums and historical sites, such as Telfair 
Academy. Ft Pulaski. Juliette Low Center, and 
Ft King George, permit placement of students 
in positions relating to 

(a) archival and manuscript curation. (b) his- 
toric site administration and interpretation, (c) 
museum studies, (d) historic preservation, and 
(e) historical archaeology 

Additional minor concentrations are offered 
jointly with the Department of Government in In- 
ternational Studies and Russian Studies 

Minors, m addition to grades of "C" or better 
m each course, require the following: 



HISTORY 



103 



Hours 
Hist< 20 

1 Twenty hours of 300 * level HIS 
courses 20 

Historical Archaeology 25 

1 MPS ANT 401 402. and 422 

2 Ten hours from the follow 
HIS 300. 341, 361. 371, and 403 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency m one modern 
foreign language through the 103 level') 

POS 329 and 325 or 326 10 

2 One course from POS 320. 346. 
348. 349 5 

3 Two courses from: POS 429. 
HIS 321. 330. 350, 355. 435 10 

Preservation Studies 25 

1 HIS 300 5 

2 MPS 412. 420 and 421 or 422 15 

3 MPS 401 or 498 5 

Russian Studies 20 

1 RUS 201 (assumes completion 

of RUS 101-103*) 5 

2 POS349 5 

3 Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 
428. 431. 435. 481: POS 440 10 



Geography Offerings 

GEO 211— Physical Geography (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Course will include such topics as earth-sun 
relationships, cartography, weather, climate and 
climate classification, soils, bio-geography, veg- 
etation and landforms. Emphasis will be on 
global patterns of distribution. 

GEO 212— Cultural Geography (5-0-5) 

Winter 

Course will include such topics as the concept 
of culture, population settlement, patterns, tech- 
nological origins and diffusions, types of eco- 
nomics and the relationship of man to his 
environment. Emphasis will be given to the proc- 
ess of cultural change through time in place. 

GEO 302— Principles of Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 plus 10 hours of a lab 
science. 

An introduction to physical and historical ge- 
ology. A study of the origin, evolution, and struc- 
ture of the earth's crust, and geologic history 
(Identical with GEL 302). 



GEO 303— Principles of Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

' a lab 
scier 

An introduction to the d< jf the state 

of the atmosphere and I that 

desi ^spheric phenomena (Identical 

with MET 303). 

GEO 310 — Man and the Environment 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite GEO 21 1 or 212 plus 75 quarter 
hours credit in college courses. 

Considerations of the interactions between 
humans and the support systems of the earth 
which are essential to their existence (identical 
with BIO 310) 



History Offerings 
General 

HIS 114— Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for college credit English, i.e. English 100 or 
above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, so- 
cial, religious, and intellectual activity from the 
time of the ancient Middle-Eastern civilizations 
to 1715. Throughout the course the major civi- 
lized traditions are considered and comparative 
methods used to facilitate interpretations of 
them. 

HIS 115— Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for college credit English, i.e. English 100 or 
above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, so- 
cial, religious, and intellectual activity from 1 715 
to the present. Throughout the course the major 
civilized traditions are considered and compar- 
ative methods used to facilitate interpretations 
of them. A continuation of HIS 1 14 

HIS 150— A Survey of the History of Health 
Care (4-2-5) 

Selected inquiries into the theories, practices, 
and conditions from which the modern health 
care professions have evolved Some use will 
be made of local medical archieves where ap- 
propriate 

HIS 191— Honors Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: B's or better in High School 
History and an SAT verbal score of at least 550 



104 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



This course replaces HIS 1 1 4 for selected stu- 
dents. While the subject matter will be the same 
as for HIS 1 1 4, the treatment of it will vary greatly. 
Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual 
lecture method, allowing students to read widely 
and carry out their own research under the di- 
rection of the professor. 

HIS 192— Honors Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: HIS 191 or a grade of 
"A" in HIS 114. 

This course replaces HIS 1 1 5 for selected stu- 
dents. While the subject matter will be the same 
as for HIS 1 1 5, the treatment of it will vary greatly. 
Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual 
lecture method, allowing students to read widely 
and carry out their own research under the di- 
rection of the professor. 

HIS 300— Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Fall and Spring (evenings). Required of all 
History majors and of Preservation Studies mi- 
nors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of inves- 
tigation, organization, and writing through dis- 
cussion and actual research experience in local 
history. 

HIS 395— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. Pre- 
requisites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 hours of 
upper level history including HIS 300. 

Application and credit arrangements must be 
made through the department in advance, nor- 
mally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of 
internship. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency. Projects are normally designed to re- 
quire the full eleven week quarter for completion, 
during which time the student will be under the 
joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and 
his faculty advisor. 

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, 
will be credited among electives, not as a part 
of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work re- 
quired for the major. 



United States History Offerings 

HIS 251— American History to 1865 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social 
history of the United States to end of the Civil 
War. 

HIS 252— American Since 1865 (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social 
history of the United States from 1865 to the 
present. 

HIS 292— Honors American History 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisites: Completion of HIS 115 or HIS 
192 with a grade of A, or recommendation by 
the professor. 

Organized on a thematic or problematic basis 
so as to encompass the scope of American his- 
tory. Students will be expected to read more 
extensively and write more critically than for HIS 
251 or 252. This course meets the requirement 
in American history set by the State of Georgia. 
For History majors, this course satisfies 5 hours 
of the American history survey requirement (HIS 
251 and 252): 5 additional hours of advanced 
American history are required to complete it. 

HIS 351— Popular Culture in the United 
States to 1900(5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986. 

An examination of the major trends in the news 
media, popular literature, entertainment, and 
recreational activities to 1900. 

HIS 352— Popular Culture in the United 
States Since 1900(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

An examination of the major trends in news 
media, popular literature, entertainment, and 
recreational activities since 1900 

HIS 354 — Studies in American Diplomacy to 
WW I (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1986 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from colonial times to World War 
I. 



HISTORY 



105 



HIS 355 — Studies in American Diplomacy 
since WW I (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from World War I to the pre; ■ 

HIS 357— American Military History 
(5-0-5) 
Spring Prerequisite Sophomore standing 
A study of the history of warfare and military 
technique in their social, economic, and political 
contexts, with special emphasis on the Ameri- 
can military tradition 

HIS 361— The Old South (5-0-5) 

Spring. 1988 

Economic, cultural, and political history of the 
antebellum South with emphasis on those fac- 
tors that made the South a unique section of the 
nation 

HIS 363— Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 

This course surveys the growth and devel- 
opment of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, 
with emphasis on the period since 1860. De- 
velopments in agriculture, industry, labor, trans- 
portation, and finance will be studied and 
analyzed (Identical with ECO 363.) 

HIS 365 — The American Indian (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1988 

A study of the history and cultures of the ab- 
origines of the Americas. 

HIS 371 — Colonial and Revolutionary 
America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1988. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World 
and the settlement and growth of the English 
colonies of North America: triumph over France 
in the New World, the drastic change in British 
colonial policy and the rise of American oppo- 
sition to it. the achievement of independence, 
and the establishment of the United States under 
the Constitution. 

HIS 374 — Women in American History 
(5-0-5) 

. Fall. 1987. 

; Women in American History: An examination 
pf the changing political, social, and economic 
roles of the American woman from colonial times 
[o the present. Emphasis will be given to the 
tare-Civil War feminist reform movements, wom- 
an's broader social and economic role after the 



. ireness of the nee I 

century revo- 
lution 

HIS 375— Civil War and Reconstruction 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986 

The causes and significance of the American 
Civil War, with minor consideration of the military 
campaign; political, economic and social as- 
pects of reconstruction 

HIS 376— Victorian America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987 (evening) 

Presentation of the major subjects of the late 
19th century, including the emergence of a na- 
tional economy, its theory and policies, partisan 
and reform politics; the moral and Constitutional 
dimensions of Reconstruction; American society 
and social thought; and territorial aggrandise- 
ment. 

HIS 377— Recent America (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987 

An analysis of the institutions and forces which 
molded American life from the late 19th century 
(1890) through World War II, including political, 
economic, social and intellectual issues 

HIS 379— Contemporary America (5-0-5) 

Spring. 1988 (evening). 

An examination of the society of the United 
States since World War II. with special emphasis 
given to the major social and cultural trends 

HIS 400 — Seminar in American History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admis- 
sion. Spring. 1987 

Designed to permit a group of advanced stu- 
dents to pursue intensive research on a special 
topic in the field to be defined by the instructor 

HIS 403 — American Material Cultural 
(4-2-5) 

Winter. 1988 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present Ver- 
nacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- 
tuary art. community and settlement patterns, 
dress, diet, and diseases are among the topics 
that will be discussed (Identical with AC 403. 
MPS 403 and ANT 403) 

His 416— United States Constitutional 
History (5-0-5) 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion 
of the Constitution of the United States. (Identical 

i*jith PHQ A1P. \ 



106 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 417— United States Constitutional 
History (5-0-5) 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the pres- 
ent day. (Identical with POS 417.) 

HIS 421— Architectural History (4-2-5) 

Spring, 1987 (evening) 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian. Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
ticism and modern; slides from Historic 
American Building Survey; landscape architec- 
ture. Visiting speakers and field trips will be 
used. 

HIS 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987. Prerequisite: MPS 207. or per- 
mission of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
the New World. Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of industrial 
and Nautical Archaeology. Special stress will be 
given to archaeological method and theory both 
as perspective for the writing of history and as 
a component of Historic Preservation. (Identical 
with MPS 422.) 

HIS 451 — Reform Movements in American 
History (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

A study of the reform movements in America 
since the Revolution. 

HIS 470— History of Savannah (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987. 

Begins with a history of local Indians, empha- 
sis on the founding of the colony at Savannah 
and on the colonial, Revolutionary, antebellum 
and Post-Civil War periods. Political, economic, 
social, religious and artistic trends are dis- 
cussed and placed in context of Georgia and 
U.S. history. 

The course will involve considerable research 
in primary sources available locally. 

HIS 471 — Seminar in Georgia and Local 
History (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1987 (evening). Prerequisite: HIS 470 or 
permission of the instructor. 

An exposition of the principles and techniques 
of local history followed by an intensive inves- 
tigation of selected aspects of the history of Sa- 
vannah and Georgia using primary sources and 
culminating in a research paper. 



HIS 485-486— Independent Study in United 
States History (V-V-(1 -5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 300 
and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), 
an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 
hours), and an approved application. Open to 
transient students only with the permission of the 
Dean of Faculty of Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in the cho- 
sen field under the supervision of a member of 
the History faculty. An application must be filed 
with the department, in advance, normally by 
mid-quarter preceding the independent study. 
A full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental 
office. 

HIS 496— American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1988. 

Required of some history majors (see pro- 
gram outlines, part B.) 

A study of the writing of American history from 
colonial times to the present with emphasis on 
the historical philosophies and interpretations of 
the major schools of thoughts as well as indi- 
vidual historians. Recommended especially to 
students contemplating graduate work in His- 
tory. 



European History Offerings 

HIS 333— Modern Germany, 1789-1933 
(5-0-5) 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the 
Holy Roman Empire through the German con 
federation to the unified Reich. Attention will be 
given to the political, social, and cultural devel- 
opments in Austria. Prussia, and the "Third Ger- 
many." 

HIS 336 — Modern East Central Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 1988. 

A survey of the history of the nations betweer 
Germany and Russia in the 19th and 20th cen 
tunes. Topics to be covered include the rise o 
nationalism, the gaining of independence, prob 
lems in establishing democracy, experience 
during World War II, and the establishment o „ 
communist control. 



HISTORY 



107 



HIS 340— English History. 1485-1660 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 1987 

An analysis of political, constitutional', eco- 
nomic, and religious issues under the tudors and 
early Stuarts, including the English Civil War 

HIS 341— English History, 1660-1185 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 1988 

An investigation of the Restoration monar- 
chies the constitutional revolution of 1688. the 
rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 18th 
century, the American colonial revolt, and Eng- 
land's relationship to the French Revolution 

HIS 342— Ancient History (5-0-5) 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle 
East, the Greek city states, the Roman republic 
and empire, with special emphasis on the social, 
political and cultural contributions of these an- 
cient peoples 

HIS 343— Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333- 
c.1000 (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Ro- 
man Empire through the Carolmgian period with 
special emphasis on the institutional develop- 
ments which led to the emergence of stable 
kingdoms out of the chaos of the barbarian in- 
vasions 

HIS 344— The High Middle Ages, C.1000 to 
c. 1300 (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987 (evening). 

The history of Europe from c 1000 to 1300 
with emphasis on the struggle between church 
and state, the Crusade movement, and the 12th 
century intellectual renaissance, all of which 
profoundly influenced the development of the 
various medieval kingdoms 

HIS 345— The Late Middle Ages and 
Renaissance (5-0-5) 

Spring. 1987 

The history of Europe from c 1300 to 1517 
with emphasis on the political, cultural, and in- 
tellectual developments which transformed me- 
dieval and Renaissance society 

HIS 346— Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1988 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing 
its major issues and movements, and their de- 
velopment through the Thirty Years War. Politi- 
cal, social, and economic, as well as religious 
: acets of the upheaval will be considered 



HIS 347— Age ot Absolutism (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986 (< 

The primary focus ol 8 political, social 

and intellectual history of western Europe dui 
the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries 

HIS 348 — Europe in the Nineteenth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 1988 (evening) 

A study of the most important social, political, 
and intellectual directions of European history 
from the Congress of Vienna to the end of the 

nineteenth century 

HIS 350 — Europe in the Twentieth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 1988 

A study of the major developments in Europe 
since 1900 

HIS 410 — Seminar in European History 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Permission of instructor required for admis- 
sion. 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in 
European history by examination of primary ma- 
terials. 

HIS 411— Seminar on the Crusades 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 1988 (evening) 

An examination of the 12th and 13th century 
Crusade movement through the study of the 
available primary source material 

HIS 445 — Topics in Medieval History 
(5-0-5) 

A treatment of selected topics in medieval his- 
tory working from primary source materials May 
be repeated for credit as topics vary 

HIS 447— The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and 
the Enlightenment m France, with emphasis on 
the impact of the French Revolution and the ca- 
reer of Napoleon upon the major European na- 
tions 

Readings on the French Revolution, with spe- 
cial emphasis on conflicting interpretations, or 
research projects may be assigned 

HIS 483-484— Independent Study in 
European History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter Prerequisites HIS 300 
and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0). 



108 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 
hours), and an approved application. Open to 
transient students only with the permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in the cho- 
sen field under the supervision of a member of 
the History faculty. An application must be filed 
with the department, in advance, normally by 
mid-quarter preceding the independent study 
A full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental 
office. 

HIS 495 — European Historiography 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 1987. Required of some History ma- 
jors. (See program outlines, part B.) 

A study of the writers of history in the Western 
cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the his- 
torical philosophies, interpretations, and prob- 
lems raised by the major modern European 
historians. Recommended especially to stu- 
dents contemplating graduate work in History. 



Russian, Asian, African and Latin American 
History Offerings 

HIS 310— Latin America (5-0-5) 

An introductory course in Latin-American his- 
tory with consideration given to institutions of the 
areas as well as events and personalities. 

HIS 312— History of Africa (5-0-5) 

A survey of African civilizations from ancient 
times, with major emphasis on development of 
the continent since 1800 

HIS 320— Traditional China (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986 

The history of Chinese civilization from ancient 
times to the early nineteenth century, with em- 
phasis on its characteristic political, social, eco- 
nomic, and cultural developments. 

HIS 321— Modern China (5-0-5) 

Spring. 1987 

The history of China from the nineteenth cen- 
tury to the present, with emphasis on political, 
social, economic, and intellectual develop- 
ments. 

HIS 322— History of Japan (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1987 

A survey of the history of Japan from the ear- 



liest times to the present, with primary emphasis 
on its emergence as a world power since the 
late nineteenth century 

HIS 323— History of the Middle East 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 1988 

A survey of Middle Eastern history from Mu- 
hammad to the present, and of Islamic culture 
and civilization. Emphasis will be placed on the 
background of current issues and conflicts in 
the region 

HIS 329— Medieval Russia (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1987 (evening). 

A survey of the economic, social, and political 
development of the Russian state from its foun- 
dation in the 9th century through its moderni- 
zation by Peter the Great in the early 18th 
century. 

HIS 330— Modern Russia (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986 (evening). 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the 
Great to the present. The major political, cultural, 
economic, and social developments of Russia 
in both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be 
covered. 

HIS 428— Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1988 

A detailed study of the impact of Weste r 
fluence on the Muscovite state in the sixteenth 
and seventeenth centuries 

HIS 431— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987 Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary 
tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsansm, 
the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Rus- 
sian Civil War 

HIS 435 — History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 1987 

This course reviews historically the develop- 
ment of soviet foreign policy toward Western Eu- 
ropean states, notably Germany, and also with 
the non-European world through 1917-1940, 
World War II. and cold War phases Special at- 
tention will be given in this last phase to U S.- 
Soviet rivalry Soviet relations with other com- 
munist states m Eastern Europe. China, and thi 
Third World, and to the recent moves towaiB 
detente 



HISTORY 



109 



HIS 481-482— Independent Study in 
Russian Asian African Latin-American 
History (V-V-(1-5)). 

Available each qua'' juisites HIS 300 

and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3 0). 
an overall GPA of 2 5 (after completion of 120 
hours), and an approved application Open to 
transient students only with the permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in the cho- 
;sen field under the supervision of a member of 
'the History faculty An application must be filed 
with the department, in advance, normally by 
mid-quarter preceding the independent study. 
A full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental 
office 



Museum and Preservation Studies 
Offerings 

MPS 207— Introduction to Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986 and Spring. 1987. 

The introductory archaeology course consists 
of a history of the field, basic techniques, the- 
oretical underpinnings, and examples of field 
work from all types of excavation. It covers the 
range from early man to industrial and urban 
archeology in a general fashion. Analysis is in- 
troduced along with survey techniques, pres- 
ervation reporting and other skills. (Identical with 
ANT 207.) 

MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of ar- 
chaeological methods to a specific field project. 
Excavation techniques, surveying and map 
making, data collecting and recording, archae- 
ological photography, the identification and 
analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation or ar- 
chaeological data will be presented in field and 
[laboratory work as well as in lectures and read- 
ngs. (Identical with ANT 401). (Under certain 
circumstances this course may be substituted 
n the Preservation Studies minor for MPS 498). 
Course may be repeated for credit. 



MPS 402— Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-8-5) 

ssionofi- 
tor or director 

The application of archaeological intef| 
tive techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special at- 
tention to the care and storage of collections. 
display in the museum setting, and the pres- 
entation of archaeologically-denved informa- 
tion (Identical with ANT 402) (Under certain 
circumstances this course may be substituted 
in the Museum Studies minor for MPS 495) 

MPS 403 — American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Winter. 1988 (evening). 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present Ver- 
nacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- 
tuary art, community and settlement patterns, 
dress, diet, and disease are among the topics 
that will be discussed (Identical to HIS 403 and 
ANT 403). 

MPS 412— Administration (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987. Prerequisite: HIS 300 
A study of organizational techniques and pol- 
icy, public relations and marketing, member- 
ship, budgeting, personnel relations, security, 
insurance and such other topics as are perti- 
nent. 

MPS 420 — An Introduction to Historic 
Preservation (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1988. Prerequisite: HIS 300 
A survey of the field including values, princi- 
ples, practices, development of planning and 
organization for preservation: preservation law. 
economics and politics 

MPS 421— Architectual History (4-2-5) 

Spring. 1987 (evening) 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture. Georgian. Federal. Neoclassical. Eclec- 
ticism and modern: slides from Historic 
American Building Survey: landscape architec- 
ture. Visiting speakers and field trips will be 
used 

MPS 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987 Prerequisite MPS 207 or per- 
mission of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 



110 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



the New World. Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of industrial 
and Nautical Archaeology. Special stress will be 
given to archaeological method and theory both 
as a perspective for the writing of history and 
as a component of Historic Preservation. (Iden- 
tical with HIS 422). 

MPS 495 — Internship in Museum Studies 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 420, 411, and 412 with a 
"C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency involved in museum work. Projects are 
normally designed to require the full eleven 
week quarter to completion, during which time 
the student will be under the joint supervision of 
the sponsoring agency and his faculty sponsor. 

MPS 498 — Internship in Preservation 
Studies (V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 412, 420, 421 with a "C" 
or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in an appropriate preser- 
vation agency. Projects are normally designed 
to require the full eleven week quarter for com- 
pletion, during which time the student will be 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty sponsor. 



Languages, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

Strozier, Robert, Department Head 

Anchors, Lorraine, Emerita 

Brooks, S. Kent 

Brown, Hugh 

Jenkins, Marvin 

Jones, James Land 

Killorin, Joseph 

Lubs, Margaret, Emerita 

McClanahan, Billie 

Martin, William 

Noble. David 

Nordquist, Richard 

Pendexter. Hugh, Emeritus 

Raymond, Richard 

Roth, Lorie 



Suchower, John 
Welsh, John 
White, Charles 
White Virginia 



English Composition 

Entering students should begin the required 
English composition sequence in their initial 
quarter of attendance and must not delay be- 
ginning this sequence beyond their second 
quarter of attendance. Designated composition 
courses may not be dropped without permission 
from Dr. Strozier, Department Head. Students 
who do drop these courses without Department 
Head approval will receive a failing grade in the 
class. 

Exemptions from Core English 

Students who wish credit exemption for Eng- 
lish 101 must take the CLEP College Compo- 
sition and Essay examination and make a score 
of 53 (Grade equivalent of a "B"), and make a 
"C" or above in English 102. Students who wish 
a credit exemption for English 1 02 must take the 
CLEP Analysis and Interpretation of Literature 
and Essay Examination and make a score of 55 
(Grade equivalent of "B") and make a "C" or 
above in English 201 . Students who make these 
scores in English 1 01 and 1 02 exams must make 
a "C" or above in English 201 to receive credit 
exemption for those courses. 

Students who make an "A" in English 100 are 
eligible for English 102 pending the recommen- 
dation of their instructor and approval of the De- 
partment Head. Credit exemption is given for 
English 101 in such cases. 

Foreign Languages 

Students, who while enrolled at Armstrong 
State College, take their foreign language 
courses on another campus must pass an ap 
propriate national standardized test with a score 
not lower than the 60 percentile on each part to 
receive credit for 103 and/or 201. Students 
transferring to Armstrong State College, after 
having completed the required foreign Ian 
guage sequence at another college, with grades 
of "C" or above, are not required to complete 
the proficiency examinations at Armstrong. 

Exemptions from Foreign Languages 

Students who wish a credit exemption for the 3 
French or Spanish requirement must make a 



LANGUAGES. LITERATURE, & DRAMATIC ARTS 



111 



score of 45 (Grade equivalent of a "B") on the 
CLEP exam, and make a C in the 

appropriate 201 class Students who wish a 
credit exemption for German must make a score 
of 44 (Grade equivalent of a "B ' and make a 
"C" or higher in German 201 For further infor- 
mation students should contact the Head of the 
Department of Languages. Literature, and Dra- 
matic Arts, or Ms Benson in Counseling Place- 
ment 

Students majoring in English or in Drama- 
Speech should satisfy the college core require- 
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the 
freshman and sophomore years Student must 
earn a grade of "C" or better in each 300 or 400 
level course included in any major or minor area 



2 One co 00. 
302.304.32d 5 

3 One co JG 305, 
306. 30/ 5 

4 One course from ENG 208, 
309.310 5 

5 ENG 327 or 328 5 

6 One course from ENG 325, 
340. 342. 344. 410. 422 

7. Two courses in English literature 

or language 10 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Courses numbered 300 or 
above in the School of Arts and 
Sciences 25 

D. Electives 20 

E Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
N ENGLISH 

Hours 

General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101. 102 or 192, 201 or 
292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200. 271, 272. 273; ENG 222; 

MUS200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. Two from: MAT 101. 103, 290.. 10 

2 Laboratory science sequence.. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14or 191. 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course selected from: ANT 
201; ECO 201. 202: PSY 101; 
SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 115. and one of the follow- 
ing: 

ART 200. 271. 272. 273: DRS 
227. 228; MUS 200; PHI 201 ... 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 

Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. ENG- 326; 406 or 407 10 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200. 271. 272. 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 200 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 

290 10 

2 Laboratory science sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 . 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 

through 201 20 

2 DRS 228 or 341 5 

3 One course selected from: ANT 
201; ECO 201. 202; SOC 201 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 40 

1 . ENG 326. 327 or 328. 344. 406 

or407 20 






112 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. One course from: ENG 300, 
302, 304, 305, 306, 307, 320, 

321 5 

3 One course from: ENG 308, 

309, 310 5 

4. One course from: ENG 325, 
410, 422 5 

5. One course from: ENG 327, 
328, 400, 401, 402, 490, 491 ... 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

1. DRS/FLM 350 or 351, and ap- 
proved electives 10 

2. PHI 400 or approved elective... 5 

D. Professional Sequences 45 

1. EDN 200; EDU 310. 335. 422. 
439, 481. 482. 483 40 

2. PSY301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 201 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
DRAMA-SPEECH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200. 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200: PHI 200, 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 , 115or192; POS 

113 15 

2 One course selected from: ANT 
201: ECO 201; PSY 101: SOC 

201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS227. 228 .... 10 
AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. DRS 341. 342. 345. 346: ENG 

326 25 



2 Two courses from: DRS 450, 

451, 452 10 

3. One course from: DRS 340, 347, 

350, 351 5 

4 One course from: DRS 400: 

ENG 400, 401, 402. 5 

C Related Field Requirements 30 

1 ENG 320, 321 . 322. 330. 406. or 
407 20 

2 One course from: ANT 200, 271. 
272. 273; MUS 200: PHI 201 ... 5 

3. One course from: LIN 325. 410. 

422. 485 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
ENGLISH (Communications Concentration) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2. One course selected from: 
ART 200. 271. 272. 273; ENG 
222; MUS 200: PHI 200. 201. 5 

Area II 20 

1. Two courses selected from: 

MAT 101, 103. 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence . 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115: POS 113 15 

2. One course selected from: 
ANT 201: ECO 201. 202: PSY 
101; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 1 15 and one of the following: 
ART 200. 271. 272. 273; DRS 
227: MUS 200; PHI 201 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 ENG 406 or 407 

2 One course from: 

ENG 300 302. 304. 320 5 



LANGUAGES. LITERATURE. & DRAMATIC ARTS 



113 



3 One course from 

ENG 305. 306. 307 5 

4 One course from 

ENG 308. 309, 310 5 

5 ENG 327 or 328 5 

6 Two courses from: 

ENG 340. 344, JRN 343 10 

7 DRS228, DRS341 10 
C Related Field Requirements 25 

1 One course selected from: 

FLM 340, FLM 350, FLM 351 5 

2 One course selected from: 
DRS347, JRN 364 .... 5 

3 One course selected from: 

HIS 351, HIS 352, SOC 333 5 

4. One course selected from: 

ENG 400. DRS 400. PHI 400, 

JRN400 5 

5 One upper division course from 

Arts and Sciences 5 

D. Electives 20 

1 ENG499 5 

2. Electives 15 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations available 
from the Department of Languages, Literature 
and Dramatic Arts. For completion of each of 
the minors, the student must earn a grade of ' C 
or better in each course offered for the minor. 

The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

American Civilization 25 

1. AC 382. 490 10 

2. AC ENG 308. 309. 310. or AC/ 
HIS 351. 352. 377. 403 15 

Communications 25 

1 . ENG/JRN 340. JRN 343. JRN 
344 5 

2. DRS FLM/JRN 350. DS/FLM 
351. ART 211. ART 114. 214. 
215 5 

3. ENG 499. ENG 400. DRS 400, 
FLM 400. JRN 300 5 

4. DRS 228 or 341 5 

5. One upper division course from 
the Department of Languages, 
Literature, and Dramatic Arts ... 5 



Engl. 20 
I IK j 300- 

499) 

Film 20 

1 DRSIIM3.K. 10 

2 DRS/FLM 350. DRS/FLM 401 10 
Foreign Language 25 

25 hours in any one language 25 

Linguistics 20 
Courses selected from ENG/ 
LIN 325, 340. 410, LIN 400, 

485 20 

Philosophy 20 

Philosophy electives at the 

300-400 level 20 



OFFERINGS 

American Civilization Offerings 

AC 225 — Introduction to American 
Civilization (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Themes and issues of American Civilization 
since colonial times, with emphasis on modern 
setting, using interdisciplinary approaches 

AC 308 — American I: Beginnings through 
1830 (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of significant American poetry and 
prose from the Atlantic migration to the Jack- 
sonian Age. The course emphasizes develop- 
ment of a literature with uniquely American 
character. 

AC 309 — American II: Emerson through 
Twain (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

This course critically examines the art and 
ideas of the major writers of the American Ren- 
aissance — Emerson, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville. 
Thoreau, Whitman, and Dickinson It traces the 
evolution of Transcendental Romanticism as it 
moves into the realism of Twain 

AC 310 — American III: Rise of Naturalism in 
the Present (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

The cultural and ideological bases and evo- 



114 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



lution of American Realism and Naturalism are 
probed in the works of Crane, Norris, and 
Dreiser as well as the writers of the 1960s and 
the 1970s Special attention is often given to 
modernists like Eliot, Stevens, Faulkner, Frost, 
Robinson, Hemingway, and Cummings. 

AC 382 — Directed Reading in American 
Culture (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Ten hours 
in approved American Civilization courses 

A study of both fine and popular arts of the 
United States under the supervision of an Amer- 
ican Civilization staff member. 

AC 403 — American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Offered alternate years. Same as ANT/MPS 
403. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Ver- 
nacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- 
tuary art, community and settlement patterns, 
dress, diet, and disease are among the topics 
that will be discussed. 

AC 490— Independent Study (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all 
other requirements of the American Civilization 
minor. 

Designed to permit the student to pursue in- 
dividual research in some aspects of American 
Civilization under the supervision of an Ameri- 
can Civilization staff member. 



Drama-Speech Offerings 

Successful completion of ENG 101 is prereq- 
uisite to all DRS courses with the exception of 
DRS 227. 

DRS 227— Theatre Laboratory (0-3-1) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student 
will work on the Masquers' production of the 
quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned 
per quarter The maximum total credit allowed 
in Theatre Laboratory is five quarter hours. 

In the summer students may take up to five 
hours credit in DRS 227 by working part time in 
summer theatre workshop (DRS 450). 

DRS 228— Speech Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered every quarter 

Practice and theory of oral communication 
Each student makes several major speeches 
The physiology of the speech mechanisms is 



covered, and articulation is studied within the 
framework of the international Phonetic Alpha- 
bet 

DRSFLM 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 340 

A study of the history and development of the 
cinema with special emphasis on the American 
dominance of the medium. 

DRS 341— Oral Interpretation (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A practical course in the oral interpretation of 
poetry and prose. The techniques of literary 
analysis are stressed along with the vocal tech- 
niques needed to communicate an author's 
mood and meaning. 

DRS 342— Dynamics of Performing 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with DRS 345, Winter. Prerequi- 
sites: ENG 101 plus at least two credit hours in 
DRS 227 

Intensive study of characterization and styles 
of acting from several points: historical, critical, 
practical, theoretical, and experimental. Empha- 
sis on development of performance skills. 

DRS 345— History of the Theatre (5-0-5) 

Alternates with DRS 342. Winter. 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning to 
the present day. The course emphasizes the 
development of the physical theatre. 

DRS 346— Play Production (5-0-5) 

Alternating Spring quarters. 

A course in the theory and practice of acting 
and directing with special attention to image- 
making on stage. Individuals under supervision 
prepare and execute the production of scenes 
and short plays. 

DRS/JRN 347— Basic TV Production 
(2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400. Spring. Fall. 

A course in the theory and practice of tele- 
vision production styles, forms, and concepts, 
with special emphasis on the critical apprecia- 
tion of electronic communication techniques 

DRS/FLM JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM 350 and JRN 350 
Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form 

DRS/FLM 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Summer Same as FLM 351 
Studies in the translation of literature to film 
with emphasis on the differences of the media 



LANGUAGES. LITERATURE, 4 DRAMATIC ARTS 



115 



in form, content and perception 

DRS 400— Special Topics in 
Communications (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

iates with DRS 347, Spring, Fall Prereq- 
uisite ENG 101 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be determined and announced by the professor 
at the time when the course is offered 

DRS FLM 401— Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Film 350 or 351 

The special subject matter of this course will 
be announced when the course is offered Top- 
ics include: Film Genres, Auteurs, and Critical 
Theory 

DRS 450-451-452— Drama Workshop 
(0-15-5) 

Summer only. 

This course is summer stock theatre for credit. 
Students will be directed and instructed by a 
member of the faculty who is a professional in 
the theatre. All aspects of production will be 
studied 

DRS 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior sta- 
tus plus ENG 101 plus at least one 300 level 
DRS course Open to transient students only 
with the permission of Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the college from which the student 
comes. 



English Offerings 

ENG 025— Composition Review (5-0-5) 

Institutional Credit. 

A course designed to correct deficiencies in 
writing revealed by the Regents' Test. Prereq- 
uisite: Completion of the English core require- 
ments of the student's program. 

ENG 100— Practical Writing (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Assignment to this course is determined by 
the student's satisfactory level of performance 
on the EPT, unless the student is classified as 
Developmental Studies because of failing the 
English portion of the Basic Skills Examination 
(BSE). 

This course is for the student who demon- 
strates competence in constructing sentences 
and paragraphs but who needs instruction in 
such skills as the use of more complicated sen- 
tence patterns, the coordination and subordi- 



nation of ideas in the paragraph, and the 
organization of paragraphs into short essays 

The student will write in <: 'ietoncal 

modes using various resources, including per- 
son^ I he course is recommended 
as an elective for the student whose writing skills 
may have dulled from lack of practice This 
course may be taken as elective credit but may 
not satisfy the requirements in Area I of the Core 

ENG 101— Composition (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter 
Prerequisite: A combination of 450 SAT W 
40 TSWE (Test of Standard Written English) 
scores or the prescribed level of performance 
on the English Placement Test (EPT) or a grade 
of "P" in English 99 or a passing grade in English 
100. 

This course is for the student having demon- 
strable ability in reading, writing, and organiz- 
ing. The student will sharpen his skills by writing 
themes of varying length and complexity utiliz- 
ing techniques learned from intensive study of 
essays in four rhetorical modes (description, 
narration, exposition, and argumentation). The 
course also aims to increase the student's 
awareness of language itself. Readings in ad- 
dition to the essay may be used. 

ENG 102— Composition II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfac- 
tory completion of ENG 101 or ENG 191 

This course continues to give the student 
guided practice in reading and compositional 
skills. To accomplish that end. the course intro- 
duces literary forms and language— fiction, po- 
etry, drama— using readings in and study of 
those forms to stimulate the writing of interpre- 
tive and critical papers. 

ENG 192 — Honors Composition and 
Introduction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "B m 
English 101 and the recommendation of the 
English 101 instructor and approval of the De- 
partment Head. 

In this course the student will read and write 
in greater depth than in English 102 

ENG 201— Composition III (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: ENG 102 
or ENG 192. ENG 201 is prerequisite for all ENG 
300-400 courses. 

This course completes the Core I composition 
sequence in the development of reading and 
writing effectiveness. Organized around literary 
and extra-literary materials, the course facili- 



116 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



tates student investigation of enduring issues 
and ideas. Research techniques are introduced 
Specific topics treated in each section of this 
course will be announced quarterly. 

ENG 222— Topics in the Humanities 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

A thematic approach to major works in the 
humanities designed to awaken and heighten 
the student's awareness of traditional and con- 
temporary issues. Topics will be announced. 

ENG 292— Honors Composition and 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "C" in 
English 192 or minimum grade of "B" in English 
1 02 and the recommendation of the English 1 02 
instructor. 

In this course the student will read and write 
in greater depth than in English 201. 

Please Note: ENG 201 is prerequisite to all the 
following ENG courses. 

ENG 300— Early English Literature, 
Beginnings through 1603. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 302. Fall. 

This course surveys major English literature 
from the eighth century to the death of Elizabeth 
I. Emphasis is on the development of a literature 
that reflects the diversified England of this 800- 
year period. Writers include: the Beowulf poet 
and other Old English authors, early Middle Eng- 
lish lyrics and the major figures of the 14th cen- 
tury (the Pearl Poet, Chaucer, Langland, 
Gower), specimens of prose from the Ancrene 
Riwile to Mandeville and Malory, and other major 
figures of later times, including Spenser. 

ENG 302— 17th Century British Poetry and 
Prose: 1603-1689.(5-0-5) 

A survey of the major nondramatic literature 
from the death of Elizabeth I to the reign of Wil- 
liam and Mary, this course places its major em- 
phasis upon the metaphysical and classical 
traditions in English poetry. Authors include 
Donne, Johnson, Herbert, Herrick, Crashaw, 
Vaughan, Marvell, Milton. Bacon, Brown, Bun- 
yan, Dryden, and Rochester. 

ENG 304— 18th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of British poetry and prose from 1 690 
to 1784. this course acquaints students with the 
philosophic and aesthetic concerns of the age 



as reflected chiefly but not exclusively in the 
works of Swift, Pope, and Johnson. 

ENG 305— 19th Century I: British Romantic 
Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Within the context of contemporary theories 
of Romanticism, and examination of the works 
of Wordsworth, Coleridge. Keats, and Shelley. 
Outside of class discussion, students read and 
report on Blake and Byron. 

ENG 306— 19th Century II: British Victorian 
Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 307, Spring. 

This course focuses on the responses of nov- 
elists, poets, and prose writers to the issues trou- 
bling Victorian England: the conflict between 
science and religion, the faith in "progress," the 
growth of industrialism, the rights of the individ- 
ual and of the society, and the role of the artist. 

ENG 307— 20th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 306. Spring. 

A study of major figures — James, Conrad, 
Lawrence, Yeats, Hardy, Auden, Thomas— 
within the context of continental developments 
(Symbolism, Proust, Rilke), Eliot, and the con- 
cept of "modernism." 

ENG 308 — American I: Beginnings through 
1630. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of significant American poetry and 
prose from the Atlantic migration to the Jack- 
sonian Age, the course emphasizes develop- 
ment of a literature with a uniquely American 
character. 

ENG 309— American II: Emerson through 
Twain. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

This course critically examines the art and 
ideas of the major writers of the American Ren- 
aissance—Emerson, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, 
Thoreau, Whitman, and Dickinson. It traces the 
evolution of Transcendental Romanticism as it 
moves into the Realism of Twain. 

ENG 310— American III: Rise of Naturalism 
to the Present. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

The cultural and ideological bases and evo- 
lution of American Realism and Naturalism are 
probed in the works of Crane, Norris, and 
Dreiser as well as contemporary writers. Special 
attention is often given to modernists like Eliot, I 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, & DRAMATIC ARTS 



117 



Stevens, Faulkner Frost Robinson Homing 

way, and Cumn 

ENG 320 — British Drama: Beginnings to 
1750. (5-0-5) 

mates with ENG 322 Winter and Spring 
Medieval and Renaissance Non-Shakespear- 
ean drama; stresses the plays of Marlowe, Jon- 
son, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton and 
Webster; and grounds the student in the con- 
ventions and traditions of Medieval and early 
Tudor drama 

ENG 321— British Drama II. 1630-1800. 

(5-0-5) 

Alternates with English 320 and 322 Winter 
and Spring. Restoration and Eighteenth Century 
Drama; begins with Pre-Restoration. late Caro- 
line drama; and stresses the plays of Ford, shir- 
ley, Dryden. Lee, Otway, Ethendge, Wycherley, 
Congreve. Goldsmith, and Sheridan. 

ENG 322— British, American, and 
Continental Drama: Ibsen to the Present. 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 320, Winter. 

A survey of 19th and 20th century British, 
American and European plays. Movements in- 
clude Realism, the Irish Renaissance. Expres- 
sionism, Impressionism, and Theater of the 
Absurd. Ibsen. Shaw, Yeats, O'Casey, Wilde, 
Strmdberg, O'Neill, and Williams are among the 
dramatists studied. 

ENG/LIN 325— Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 410, Spring. 

This is a study of current approaches to gram- 
mar (including generative transformational); 
phonology, morphology and syntax will be stud- 
ied. 

ENG 32&— Introduction to Literary Studies 
(5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

The course aims to familiarize the English ma- 
jor with the vocabulary and approaches of mod- 
ern literary criticism, to advance abilities in the 
reading and interpretation of literary texts, and 
to promote understanding of the tools of literary 
research and writing. 

ENG 327— World Literature (5-0-5) 

Winter. Alternate years. 
A study of major works and movements in 
world literature through the Renaissance. 

ENG 328— World Literature II (5-0-5) 

Spring. Alternate years. 

A study of major works and movements in 



modem a 

ENG 329 — Ancient Epic and Drama 
(5-0-5) 

ternate years 
A study of majoi work-, of antiquity A 

include Homer, Aeschylus. Soi 
pides, and other significant fig 

ENG JRN 340— Advanced Composition 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor 

The study of expository and argumentative 
techniques. 

ENG 342— Creative Writing (5-0-5) 

Fall Prerequisite: ENG 201 or consent of in- 
structor. 

Students submit manuscripts stories, 
poems, plays -which they then critique by writ- 
ten statement and by class discussion under the 
guidance of the instructor 

ENG 344 — Technical and Business 
Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Students learn to report technical information 
clearly and persuasively. Assignments include 
technical descriptions and instructions, memo- 
randa, business letters, reports, and research 
articles. The course emphasizes writing but may 
also include oral presentations using visual aids 

ENG 400— Special Topic (5-0-5) 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered. Sub- 
jects currently offered: Modernism: 1880-1940; 
Apartheid in Perspective; Ideology and Propa- 
ganda. 

ENG 401— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered Gen- 
res currently offered: American Novel Since WW 
II; New England Poets; Victorian Novel. 

ENG 402— Special Author (5-0-5) 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered Au- 
thors currently offered: Faulkner, Eliot and Aiken. 
Twain, Hardy, Keats and Hopkins 

ENG 406— Shakespeare I (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A comprehensive study of the tragedies, com- 
edies, and history plays drawn from Taming of 
the Shrew, Merchant of Venice. Merry Wives of 
Windsor, Much Ado About Nothing, As You Like 



118 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



It, Troilus and Cressida, Measure for Measure, 
Richard II. Henry IV Parts 1 and 2, Henry V. Titus 
Andronicus, Julius Caesar, King Lear, Macbeth, 
Antony and Cleopatra, and Conolanus 

ENG 407— Shakespeare II (5-0-5) 

Spring 

A second comprehensive study of the tra- 
gedies, comedies and history plays drawn from 
A Comedy of Errors. Love's Labor's Lost, Romeo 
and Juliet. Midsummer Night s Dream, Twelfth 
Night. Hamlet. Othello. A Winter's Tale, The Tem- 
pest, Pericles, Cymbelme, All's Well That Ends 
Well, Two Gentlemen of Verona, King John, Ti- 
mor) of Athens, Richard III. Henry VI. and Henry 
VIII. 

ENG/LIN 410— History of English Language 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG/LIN 422, Winter. 

A study of the English language from its be- 
ginnings in the fifth and sixth centuries to its 
world-wide expansion in the 20th, this course 
traces the language chronologically from Old to 
Middle to Modern English. Emphasis is on the 
phonetic, syntactic, and lexical changes with 
weight given both to internal and external influ- 
ences. 

ENG/LIN 422— Approaches to Language 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A survey of the components of language study 
as well as the various approaches to language, 
meaning, and syntax. Relationships between 
the teacher's language study and classroom im- 
plementation of various facets of it will be ex- 
plored. 

ENG 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status and ENG 201. 
This course is available to transient students un- 
der the following conditions: approval of the 
Dean of the faculty and Dean of the college from 
which the student comes. 

ENG 491— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status and ENG 201. 
This course is available to transient students un- 
der the following conditions: approval of the 
Dean of the Faculty and Dean of the college from 
which the student comes. 

ENG 499— Internship (Up to 15 hrs) 

Offered by Special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Junior status, a 2.5 GPA, a supervisory staff 
member, recommendation of the departmental 
internship Committee, and approval of the De- 



partment head. May be repeated to a maximum 
of 15 credit hours 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed project involving off-campus work, 
study, and/or research Projects will be under 
the joint supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and the staff member Fifteen hours credit re- 
quires forty hours a week at the sponsoring in- 
stitution Ten hours credit requires twenty-five 
hours a week; five hours credit requires fifteen 
hours a week 



Film Offerings 

FLM/DRS 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the history and development of the 
cinema with special emphasis on the American 
dominance of the medium 

FLM/DRS 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Same as JRN 350. 

Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form. 

FLM/DRS 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film 
with emphasis on the differences of the media 
in form, content, and perception. 

FLM/DRS 401— Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FLM 350 or 351. 

The special subject matter of this course will 
be announced when the course is offered. Top- 
ics include: film genres, auteurs, and critical the- 
ory. 



Foreign Language Offerings 

FRE 101-102-103— Elementary French One, 
Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 

these courses provide the student with the 
elements of French reading, composition, and 
conversation. The approach is primarily oral 
and daily practice with tape recordings is re 
quired. 

FRE 201— Intermediate French (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college French 
or three years of high school French are re 
quired. Emphasis is continued on the reading 
of text as well as on oral and composition skills. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, & DRAMATIC ARTS 



119 



FRE 300 — Special Topics in the French 
Language (5-0-5) 

FRE 201 

FRE 305 — Special Topics in French 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Ottered on demand Prerequisite FRE 201 

FRE 351-352-353— Study Abroad in France 
(V-V-15) 

Prerequisite FRE 103 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
dence and study in France in conjunction with 
the Studies Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia The program is in Paris for 
a period of 8-9 weeks During this time the stu- 
dent will receive intensive instruction in lan- 
guage and culture and will be expected to 
engage in co-curncular activities sponsored by 
the University of Paris and USG 

FRE 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites Senior status and FRE 201 
Transient students may take this course only 
with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the college from which the student 
comes 



GER 101-102-103 — Elementary German 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year 

Elements of reading and writing; basic vo- 
cabulary, simple conversation; essentials of 
grammar 

GER 201— Intermediate German (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Ger- 
man or three years of high school German are 
required. Emphasis is continued on reading of 
text as well as on oral and composition skills 

GER 300 — Special Topics in the German 
Language (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: GER 201 

GER 305 — Special Topics in German 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: GER 201 

GER 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
Germany (V-V15) 

Prerequisite: GER 103 

These courses are a summer quarter s resi- 
dence and study in Germany in conjunction with 
he Studies Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is at the Uni- 
versity of Erlangen-Nurnberg for a period of 8- 
3 weeks. During this time the student will receive 



will ; 

GER 490— Independent Study (1-5)0(1-5) 

R 201 

lr,n 

with permissH 

strong and the college from whi< lent 

comes 



LAT 101-102-103— Elementary Latin One. 
Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year 
Essentials of grammar, readings from se- 
lected Latin authors 

LAT 201— Intermediate Latin (5-0-5) 

Further readings in Latin literature with special 
emphasis on Vergil and Ovid 

LAT 300— Readings in Latin (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand 

The students may choose readings relevant 
to their areas of interest out of the 2.000 years 
of Latinity from Plautus to the recent encyclicals 

LAT/CLA 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
Rome and Athens (V-V-15) 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
dence and study in Rome and Athens in con- 
junction with the Studies Abroad Program of the 
University System of Georgia They are taught 
in English and require no knowledge of Latin or 
Greek. Through visits to monuments, museums, 
and classical rums, and on excursions to Crete. 
Delphi. Ostia. Tivoli. Tarquinia. and Fanscati the 
student experiences at first hand the reality of 
life in the ancient world. 

RUS 101-102-103 — Elementary Russian 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

These courses provide the student with the 
elements of Russian reading, composition, and 
conversation 

RUS 201— Intermediate Russian (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: RUS 103 
Emphasis is continued on reading of texts, as 
well as on oral and composition skills 

SPA 101-102-103— Elementary Spanish 
One-Two-Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year 

These courses provide the student with the 
elements of Spanish reading, composition, and 
conversation 



120 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



SPA 201— Intermediate Spanish (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Span- 
ish or three years of high school Spanish are 
required. Emphasis is continued on reading of 
texts as well as oral and composition skills 

SPA 300 — Special Topics in the Spanish 
Language (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: SPA 201 

SPA 305 — Special Topics in Spanish 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: SPA 201 

SPA 351-352-353 — Study Abroad in Spain 
(V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: SPA 103 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
dence and study in Spain in conjunction with the 
Studies Abroad Program of the University Sys- 
tem of Georgia. The program is in Segovia for 
a period of 8-9 weeks. During this time the stu- 
dents will receive intensive instruction in lan- 
guage and culture which will be complemented 
by a number of excursions. 

SPA 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior sta- 
tus and SPA 201 . Transient students may take 
this course only with the permission of the Dean 
of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from 
which the student comes. 



Journalism Offerings 

JRN 340— Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342. Fall. Prerequisite: 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor. Same as ENG 
340. 

The study of expository and report tech- 
niques. 

JRN 343— Journalistic Writing (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

Investigation of and intensive practice in the 
techniques of modern journalism with emphasis 
on writing for newspapers and periodicals. 

JRN 347— Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400. Spring. Fall Same 
as DRS 347. 

A course in the theory and practice of tele- 
vision production styles, forms, and concepts, 
with special emphasis on the critical apprecia- 
tion of electronic communication techniques 



JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring Same as FLM/DRS 350. 
Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form. 

JRN 364 — Copy Editing and Layout 
(2-0-2) 

Fall Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor 

This is an intensive workshop in preparing 
copy for the press. Emphasis is on editing, on 
rewriting, and on makeup of pages. 

JRN 400 — Topics in Journalism (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

This is a seminar on topics of interest and 
utility to journalists in all the media. Individual 
topics will be announced. The course may be 
taken for credit more than once as topics 
change. 



Linguistics Offerings 

LIN 325 — Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 410, Spring. Same as 
ENG/LIN 325. 

This is a study of current approaches to gram- 
mar (including generative transformational); 
phonology, morphology, and syntax will be stud- 
ied. 

LIN 340— Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342, Fall. Prerequisite: 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor. Same as ENG/ 
JRN 340. 

A study of expository and report techniques. 

LIN 400 — Topics in Linguistics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: ENG— LIN 325 or 41 or LIN 485 
or permission of the instructor. 

A seminar in subjects of interest n both the- 
oretical and applied linguistics. Topics will be 
announced, and the course may be taken more 
than once for credit as topics change. 

LIN 410 — History of the English Language 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 325. Spring. Same as 
ENG LIN 410. 



Philosophy Offerings 

Please Note: ENG 101 is prerequisite: to all 
following PHI courses. 



MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE 



121 



PHI 201— Introduction to Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

imentals ol philosophy, the rrv 

and function of philosophy and the vocab 
and problems of philosophy Includes a sui 
of (he basic is I | I 

ophy and shows (he sources ence his 

tory. and representative thinkers 

PHI 301— History of Philosophy; Ancient 
and Medieval (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand 

An historical introduction to philosophy, trac- 
ing the development of European philosophy 
from the early Greeks through the Middle Ages, 
with emphasis on selected works of major phi- 
losophers 

PHI 302— History of Modern Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand 

European philosophy from the Renaissance 
through Kant, emphasizing selected works of 
major philosophers 

PHI 303— 19th and 20th Century Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of the major philosophers in philo- 
sophical movements of the 19th and 20th cen- 
turies. 

PHI 400— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: One 200 or 
300 level philosophy course. 

The specific subject matter in this course will 
be determined and announced by the professor 
at the time when the course is offered Courses 
currently being offered are: Aesthetics and Phi- 
losophy of Religion 

PHI 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior sta- 
tus and one 300-level philosophy course 

The student, with the advice and consent of 
this supervising professor and of the department 
head, will select the topic for supervised inde- 
pendent study and will submit a prospectus for 
department approval before the quarter in which 
the course is to be taken Transient students 
may take this course only with permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes 



Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Faculty 

Vacant, Department Head 
Barnard Jane 
Findeis, John 
Hansen, John 
Harbin, Mickie Sue 
Hudson, Anne 
Hudson, Sigmund 
Kilhefner, Dale 
Munson, Richard 
Norwich, Vicki 
Shipley, Charles 
Winn. William, Emeritus 



The department offers two majors, in com 
puter science and in the mathematical sciences 
under the Ba&helor of Science degree program 
Under the major in the mathematical sciences 
students may complete major options entitled 
"Mathematics." "Applied Mathematics. "Math 
ematics Education." and "Computer Science 
The mathematics education option is specifi- 
cally designed to prepare teachers of second- 
ary mathematics and is an approved program 
for the Georgia Teacher's Professional Four- 
Year Certificate (T-4). The Department of Math- 
ematics and Computer Science also partici- 
pates in the Dual-Degree Program of Armstrong 
State College and the Georgia Institute of Tech- 
nology, under which student may, in five years 
of study, earn simultaneously the B S degree in 
the mathematical sciences (applied mathemat- 
ics) from Armstrong and the Bachelor's degree 
in any one of a number of fields of engineering 
from Georgia Tech 

The department also offers minors in com- 
puter science and mathematics Students in any 
major program of study whatever (either two- 
year or four-year) can augment their major with 
either of these minors The minor in computer 
science requires 25 quarter hours of computer 
science courses These courses must consist of 
CS 142, 231. 242. 301 and 308 

The mathematics minor requires 25 hours of 
mathematics courses These courses must con- 
sist of MAT 206. 207. 208. and 10 quarter hours 
selected from CS 260. and 300-400 level math- 
ematics courses, excluding MAT 391 and 393 

To earn the B.S degree in the mathematical 



122 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



sciences or computer science, a student must 
successfully complete with a grade of C or bet- 
ter all mathematics and computer science 
courses in Area IV of the core and all courses 
in Section B- Courses in the major field. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 
102; CHE 128, 129 (required for 
dual degree students); PHY 
217, 218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 10 

2. POS 113 and one course se- 
lected from: PSY 101 (required 
for math education option); SOC 
201; ECO 201, 202; ANT 201... 10 

Area IV 30 

1. MAT 206, 207 10 

2. CS 142 5 

3. Two of the following: 

MAT 208; CS 242. 260 10 

4. HIS 251 or 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 51-55 

Each student majoring in the 
mathematical sciences must se- 
lect one of the following four op- 
tions and complete its 
requirements: 
Option One— Mathematics: 

1. MAT 309, 311. 316. 317, 401, 
402, and 4 quarter hours of ap- 
proved electives 30 

2. Approved mathematics and/or 
computer science electives* ... 15 

3 One foreign language of com- 
puter science sequence 10 



Option Two — Applied Mathematics 

1 MAT 309, 316. 341, 342. or 

353 18-19 

2 MAT 321 or CS 246** 5 

3 PHY 217, 218, 219; or four of 
the courses: MAT 317 321, 
322, 346, 353, 401, 406. 

490*** 16-19 

4 Approved mathematics and/or 
computer science electives 
(300-400 level) 13-16 

Option Three — Mathematics Education 

1. MAT 311, 316. 321, 336. and 

416or 470 23 

2 Approved mathematics and/or 

computer science electives 7 

3. PSY 301 5 

4 EDN 200. 310. 335. and 441. ... 20 
Option Four — Computer Science 

1. CS 260, 301, 302, 305, 360 25 

2. MAT 309, 341, 321 14 

3. Three courses selected from: 
MAT 316, 342, 346, 353. 
490***, CS 401. 411, 490***. ...12-15 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

In addition to the above require- 
ments, each student majoring in 
the mathematical sciences must 
complete fifteen quarter hours 
of approved courses in one field 
of study related to his major. 
Students completing the major 
requirements under option three 
must meet this requirement 
through student teaching (Edu- 
cation 470. 480. 490). 

D. Elective**** 25-29 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



* It is recommended that 10 of these hours be 
in mathematics. 

** CS 246 recommended for Dual-Degree Pro- 
gram. 

***Subject to the approval of the department 
head 

****Students pursuing the mathematics educa- 
tion option, in order that their total program of 
study will conform to system-wide requirements 
for degree programs leading to T-4 teacher cert- 
ification, must select one course from each of 
the following blocks of courses: 



MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE 



123 



ART 200. 271. 272. 273; MUS 

200 DRS 228; 

AN I 201, ECO 201. SOC201 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I.. 20 

1 ENG 101, 102. 201 15 

2 One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 200, 201 5 

AREAII 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; CHE 128. 129; PHY 217, 

218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 10 

2. POS 1 13 and one of the 
courses: PSY 101; SOC 201; 
ECO 201, 202; ANT 201 10 

ArealV 30 

1. MAT 206, 207 10 

2. CS 142, 231. 242 15 

3. MAT 260 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 50 

1. MAT 321 10 

2 CS 301, 312, 305, 308, 342 25 

3. Either CS 331 , 431 , 434, or 401 ; 

or CS 360, 401, 402, or 445 15 

4. Five quarter hours of approved 
computer science electives 5 

C Courses related to Major 15 

1. ENG 344 5 

2. Ten hours of approved 

electives 10 

D. Electives 25 

E. HIS 251 or 252 5 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



OFFERINGS 
Mathematics Offerings 

MAT 101— College Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winti 
Each student must have attained at least one of 
the following prior to enrolling (a) a score of at 
least 420 on the mathematics portion of the SAT, 
or (b) a score of at least 20 on the Mathematics 
Diagnostic Test; or (c) a grade of P in MAT 
099 

In addition, it is recommended that the student 
have successfully completed in high school two 
courses of algebra and one course of geometry 

Dates on which the Mathematics Diagnostic 
test is administered are given in the academic 
calendar in the front of this Catalog Present test: 
Swokowski. Fundamentals of College Algebra. 

Real number arithmetic; polynomial and ra- 
tional expressions; linear and quadratic equa- 
tions; functions and graphs; inequalities, 
absolute value; sequences and summation no- 
tation; matrices, determinants, and systems of 
equations; the binomial theorem; techniques of 
counting and elementary probability (May be 
exempted by examination with academic credit 
awarded). 

MAT 103— Pre-Calculus Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite 
MAT 1 01 , or a score of at least 550 on the math- 
ematics portion of the SAT, or permission of the 
department head. Present text: Swokowski, 
functions and Graphs. 

Functions; polynomial, rational, exponential, 
logarithmic, trigonometric, and inverse trigono- 
metric functions; trigonometric identities; law of 
sines and cosines; complex numbers. (May be 
exempted by examination with academic credit 
awarded.) 

MAT 195 — Applied Finite Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101. Present text: 
Barnett, Finite Mathematics for Management, 
Life, and Social Sciences. 

A survey of finite mathematics, including 
mathematics of finance, probability, linear pro- 
gramming, and an introduction to games and 
decisions; applications are stressed throughout. 

MAT 206— Calculus I (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 1 03, or a score of at least 600 on the math- 



124 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ematics portion of the SAT, or permission of the 
department head Present text; Edwards and 
Penney. Calculus and Analytical Geometry 

Functions; the derivative and its applications, 
antidifferentiation; the definite integral 

MAT 207— Calculus II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 206. Present text: Edwards and Penney 
Calculus and Analytic Geometry. 

Techniques and applications of integration; 
conic sections and polar coordinates. 

MAT 208— Calculus of Several Variables I 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 207. 
Present text: Edwards and Penney, Calculus 
and Analytic Geometry. 

Parametric curves and vectors in the plane; 
indeterminate forms. Taylor's formula, and im- 
proper integrals; infinite series; vectors, curves. 
and surfaces in space; partial differentiation. 

MAT 220— Elementary Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101 . Present text: Freund. Statistics: A First 
Course. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; 
probability distributions; inferences concerning 
means; analysis of variance; correlation; linear 
regression. (May be exempted by examination 
with academic credit awarded). 

MAT 260— Discrete Structures (5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 103 
and CS 110 or 146. 

Elementary logic, native set theory, relations 
and functions, Boolean algebras, ordering re- 
lations, graph theory. 

MAT 290— Topics in Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed 
to portray the history, philosophy, and aesthetics 
of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation 
of the role of mathematics in western thought 
and contemporary culture. 

MAT 309— Calculus of Several Variables II 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208. Present 
text: Edwards and Penney. Calculus and Ana- 
lytic Algebra. 

Multiple, integrals and their applications; vec- 
tor fields; line and surface integrals; Green's 
theorem; the Divergence theorem; Stokes theo- 
rem; differential equations. 



MAT 311— Abstract Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall (even years) Prerequisites: MAT 208. 
260 Present text: Hillman and Alexanderson. A 
First Undergraduate Course in Abstract Alge- 
bra 

Elementary properties of integers; groups, 
rings, and fields; mappings, homomorphisms. 
kernals, and quotient structures. 

MAT 316— Linear Algebra I (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: MAT 208. 260. Present 
text: Kolman, Elementary Linear Algebra. 

Linear systems and matrices: vector spaces: 
linear independence, rank of a matrix; linear 
transformations; determinants: linear product 
spaces; introduction to eigenvalues and eigen- 
vectors. 

MAT 317— Linear Algebra II (3-0-3) 

Spring (odd years). Prerequisite: MAT 316. 

Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonaliza- 
tion. real quadratic forms; additional applica- 
tions of linear algebra to other areas of the 
mathematical, physical and social sciences. 

MAT 321— Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MAT 207. MAT/CS 260. 

Probability; random variables; discrete and 
continuous probability distributions; empirical 
distributions; random sampling; expectation; 
confidence intervals; tests of hypotheses; cor- 
relation and regression; one-way ANOVA; chi- 
square tests. 

MAT 322— Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics II (4-0-4) 

Winter (odd years) Prerequisite: MAT 321. 

Multiple regression; maximum likelihood es- 
timates; likelihood ratio tests; small sample dis- 
tributions: two-way ANOVA: nonparametnc 
methods; Bayesian inference. 

MAT 336— Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208. 260. 
Present text; Moise. Elementary Geometry From 
Advanced Standpoint. 

A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 

MAT 341-342— Differential Equations I, II 
(4-0-4) 

341 -Winter: 342-Spnng. Prerequisite: MAT 
208 Present text: Boyce and Deprima. Elemen- 
tary Differential Equations and Boundary Value 
Problems. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solu- . 
tions: systems of first order differential equa 
tions. the Laplace transform: introduction to ( 



MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE 



125 



Sturm Liouville tl 

MAT 346 — Mathematical Modeling and 
Optimization (4-0-4) 

Winter (od MAT 321 

Present text Hillier & Lieberman. Introduction to 
Operations Research 

Design, solution, and interpretation of math- 
ematical models of problems in the social, life, 
and management sciences Topics chosen from 
linear programming, dynamic programming, 
scheduling theory, Markov chains, game theory, 
queuing theory, and inventory theory 

MAT 353— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Summer (odd years) Prerequisites MAT 207 
and CS 110. 142. or 246 Present text Conte 
and DeBoor. Elementary Numerical Analysis 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; sys- 
tems of linear equations; numerical integration 
and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; cal- 
culation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; 
boundary value problems 

MAT 360— Mathematical Logic (5-0-5) 

Spring (odd years) Prerequisites MAT 207. 
260 Present text Hunter. Metalogic: An Intro- 
duction to the Metatheory of Standard First Or- 
der Logic. 

The elementary statement and predicate cal- 
culus; formal systems: applications of logic in 
mathematics 

MAT 391— Mathematics for the Elementary 
School Teacher (5-0-5) 

\ study of the mathematics in the elementary 
curriculum, with emphasis on appropriate meth- 
ods of teaching for understanding through ac- 
ive involvement of the learner Frequent use of 
/vide range of concrete mampulatives to em- 
body concepts in arithmetic of whole numbers 
and fractions and in geometry and measure- 
nent Directed field experience (Credit will not 
apply toward a degree in the mathematical sci- 
ences ) 

AAT 393 — Teaching of Middle School 
aeneral Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Summer (even years). Prerequisite: Ten 
luarter hours of college mathematics numbered 
01 or above and Admission to Teacher Edu- 
ation. Present text: Sobol and Maletsky. Teach- 
ig Mathematics: A Sourcebook of Aids, 
divides and Strategies. 

Problems of teaching traditional topics, such 
s fractions, decimals, percentage, measure- 



drill : 

*ith 

(Credit will not apply I ■ 

MAT 400— Putnam Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall Prerequisites MAI 

A variety of mathematical problems, consid- 
ered with the aim of developing problem so . 
techniques 

MAT 401-402— Advanced Calculus I. II 
(4-0-4) 

401 -Fall (odd years); 402 Winter (even 
years) Prerequisites MAT 208. 260 Present 
text Goldberg, Methods of Real Analysis 

The real number system; sequences; limits of 
functions; the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem 
compactness; uniform continuity, the derivative, 
the Riemann integral; Euclidean n-space; se- 
quences of functions; the Weierstrass approxi- 
mation theorem; series; elementary functions 

MAT 406 — Functions of a Complex Variable 
(5-0-5) 

Spring (even years). Prerequisites MAT 208. 
260 Present text: Churchill. Complex Variables 
with Applications. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and 
transformations; the Cauchy theory; conformal 
mapping: Riemann's mapping theorem 

MAT 416— Theory of Numbers (3-0-3) 

Winter (even years) Prerequisites: MAT 208. 
260 Present text: Burton. Elementary Number 
Theory 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reci- 
procity; diophantine equations; number-theo- 
retic functions and their applications: selected 
advanced topics from algebraic and analytic 
number theory 

436— Topology (3-0-3) 

Spring (even years) Prerequisite MAT 401 
Present text: Dugundji. Topology 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; 
separability: compactness: connectedness, 
completeness, metrizabihty: introduction to 
homotopy theory 

MAT 470— History of Mathematics (3-0-3) 

Fall (even years) Prerequisites MAT 208. and 
six quarter hours of mathematics courses with 
course numbers greater than 309 Present text: 
Eves. An introduction to the History of Mathe- 
matics 



126 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



A survey of the development of mathematics 
from its empirical beginnings to its present state. 

MAT 490— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered by special arrangement Prerequi- 
sites: Consent of the instructor and permission 
of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the 
direction of a member of the mathematics fac- 
ulty. 

MAT 496-497-498— Internship in 
Mathematics ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of mathematical ap- 
plications suited to the educational and profes- 
sional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of the faculty and appropriate off-cam- 
pus supervisory personnel. (Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and that of the appropriate 
official of the college from which the student 
comes.) 



Computer Science Offerings 

CS 115 — Introduction to Computer 
Concepts and Applications (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101. 

The study of hardware and software compo- 
nents of computers, elementary programming, 
and the impact of the computer on society. Dis- 
cussion of the capabilities and the limitations of 
computers, and the kinds of problems that are 
best solved by computers. Experience with de- 
veloping and modifying algorithms to solve such 
problems. Emphasis on the major uses of com- 
puters. This course is designed for the non-com- 
puter science major. It may not be applied as 
part of a language sequence. 

CS 120— Introduction to BASIC 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Fall, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101. Present 
text: Bent & Sethares, BASIC. 

BASIC programming and program structure; 
elementary logic and Boolean algebra; algo- 
rithms; flow charts; debugging; computer evo- 
lutions of numeric and non-numeric problems, 
characteristics and applications of computers in 
modern society. (Credit will not apply toward a 
degree in computer science.) 



CS 136— RPG Programming (4-3-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: CS 120, 142 or 146. 
Present text: Myers, RPG II & RPG III with Busi- 
ness Applications. 

Introduction to the language and program- 
ming applications for small computer systems 
using RPG. 

CS 142 — Introduction to Programming 
Principles with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101. 

Structured programming; the Pascal pro- 
gramming language; basic syntax, input/output, 
debugging, functions and procedures, funda- 
mental data types. 

CS 225 — Statistical Programming for the 
Social Sciences (3-4-5) 

Winter (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 220 or 
321 and CS 120 or 142. Present text: Klecka, 
Nie, Hull, SPSS Primer. 

Uses of computers in statistical analysis, in- 
cluding the study of statistical methods, the pro- 
gramming of statistical analyses, and data 
analysis using packaged systems. 

CS 231 — Programming Principles with 
COBOL (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: CS 
142. Present text: Finegold, Fundamentals of 
Structured COBOL Programming. 

The COBOL programming language: basic 
syntax, input-output, debugging, table-han- 
dling, sorting, searching sequential file manip- 
ulation, structured programming for COBOL, 
JCL for COBOL programs. 

CS 242 — Advanced Programming Principles 
with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisites: 
MAT 103 and CS 142. 

Advanced programming concepts in Pascal 
recursion, variant records, record-oriented in- 
put/output and dynamic structures associated 
with pointers such as linked lists, queues, stacks 
and trees. 

CS 246 — Fortran Programming (4-3-5) 

Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: MAT 103 and 
CS 120orCS 142. 

Present text: Lehmkuhl, Fortran 77, A Top 
Down Approach. 

Algorithmic processes of computer problem 
solving in a scientific context; elementary logic 
and Boolean algebra; FORTRAN programming 
language: syntax, arrays, input/output, subrou- 
tines, functions. 



MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE 



127 



CS 260— Discrete Structures (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Spring Prerequisites MAT 103 
and CS 142 

Elementary logic; naive set theory, relations 
and functions, Boolean algebras, ordering re- 
lations, graph theory 

CS 296 — Computer Literacy for Educators 
(2-3-3) 

Winter Prerequisites MAT 101 and admission 
to Teacher Education 

The study of hardware and software compo- 
nents of computers, elementary programming, 
and the impact of computers on curriculum Dis- 
cussion of the capabilities and limitations of 
computers, and the kinds of problems that are 
best solved by computers Experience with de- 
veloping and modifying algorithms to solve such 
problems Emphasis on instructional uses of mi- 
crocomputers This course is designed for the 
non-computer science major. It may not be ap- 
plied as part of a language sequence. 

CS 301 — Computer Organization and 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Fall. Winter. Spring, Summer. Prerequisites: 
CS 231 or CS 242 Present text: Kuo, Assembler 
Language for FORTRAN. COBOL, and PL/1 Pro- 
grammers 

Introduction to systems programming via in- 
depth coverage of assembler programming; op- 
erating systems: addressing techniques; 
internal storage structure: machine-level repre- 
sentation of instructions and data; subroutines; 
I/O: linkers and loaders; macro-facilities: mass 
data storage facilities. 

CS 305 — Computer Systems (5-0-5) 

Fall. Spring. Prerequisite: CS 301. Present 
text: Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Orga- 
nization. 

Hardware and software components of digital 
computing systems, with emphasis on system 
software and details of hardware organization. 
Topics include system structure, data represen- 
tation, processors, control, storage, input/output 
interrupts and microprogramming. 

CS 308 — Introduction to File Processing (5- 
0-5) 

Fall. Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 and CS 
242. 

An introduction to the concepts and tech- 
niques of structuring data on bulk storage de- 
vices: foundation for applications of data 
structures and file processing techniques. 



CS 309— File Processing with COBOL 
(4-3-5) 

CS 308 
COBOL programn 
essing sequential, indexed (ISAM and VSAM) 
direct and relative files, control la .sed 

for the execution of file process ims, 

utility programs for effective I 

CS 312— Algorithms and Data Structures 
(4-3-5) 

Winter, Summer Prerequisites CS 242, 260, 
301 

Internal representation for arrays, queues, 
trees, stacks, graphs, and lists, algorithms for 
the manipulation of data structures, complexity 
analysis of algorithms: concepts related to the 
interaction between data structures and storage 
structures for the generating, developing and 
processing of data, algorithms for memory man- 
agement. 

CS 331 — Systems Analysis and Design 
(3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite CS 308 and ENG 344 
Present text: Weinberg. Structured Analysis 

Principles and methodology of structured sys- 
tems analysis and design, including personnel 
and machine requirements, system specifica- 
tions, analysis and design tools and techniques, 
system life cycle management. A student proj- 
ect which implements these techniques will be 
required. 

CS 342 — Comparative Languages (4-3-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 242. 260. 301 
Present text: Organick. Forsythe and Plummer, 
Programming Language Structures. 

Comparative study of programming lan- 
guages including facilities for recursion, pro- 
cedures, storage allocation techniques, string 
processing, and passing of parameters 

CS 353— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Summer (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 207 
and CS 142 or 246. Present text: Conte and 
DeBoor, Elementary Numerical Analysis 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; sys- 
tems of linear equations; numerical integration 
and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants: cal- 
culation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; 
boundary value problems. 

CS 360— Computer Logic Design (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: CS 260 and 305. Pres- 
ent text: Mano, Computer Logic Design. 



128 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Theory and design of digital logic systems at 
the gate level. A variety of techniques for the 
reduction of digital circuits will be studied 

CS 401-402 Operating System Concepts I, II 
(5-0-5) 

401 -Winter; 402-Spnng. Prerequisite: CS 312, 
CS 305. Present text: Peterson & Silberschatz, 
Operating Systems Concepts. 

Design and analysis of operating systems; 
process management; memory management; 
processor management; auxiliary storage man- 
agement. Case studies in Unix and other exist- 
ing systems. 

CS 411 — Data Communications (5-0-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: CS 305. Present text: 
Tanenbaum, Computer Networks. 

Communications media; codes; data trans- 
mission, multiplexing; protocols; layered net- 
works. 

CS 431 — Control and Organization of 
Information (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 344, CS 308, 312. 
Present text: Kroenke, Database Processing. 

Information analysis and logical design of in- 
formation systems and data bases; considera- 
tion of hardware, access methods, 
management, and control functions, communi- 
cating with the data base, and integrated sys- 
tems. 

CS 434 — Introduction to Software 
Engineering (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CS 31 2, CS 331 , CS 342. 
Present text: Sommerville, Software Engineer- 
ing. 

Principles and techniques of designing and 
developing engineered software, including pro- 
gram structures, design specifications, re- 
source limitations, reliability, correctness, 
debugging, testing, modular program construc- 
tion and user interfaces. A student project which 
implements these techniques will be required. 

CS 445 — Theory of Programming 
Languages (4-3-5) 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites: CS 312, 342 
Present text: Aho and Ullman, Principles of Com- 
piler Design. 

Study of programming language translation 
and basic compiler implementation techniques. 
Formal grammars and languages; specification 
of syntax and semantics; lexical analysis; pars- 
ing; semantic processing. 



CS 490 — Special Topics in Computer 
Science ((0-5)-(0-15)-(1-5)) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and 
permission of the department head. 

Selected topics in some area of current inter- 
est in computer science; possible areas include 
system simulation, graphics, and microcompu- 
ters 

CS 496-497-498 — Internship in Computer 
Science ((0-1 )-(1 2-1 5)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of the department head. May not be 
taken concurrently. 

Experience, in a variety of computing envi- 
ronments suited to the educational and profes- 
sional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of a member of the faculty and appro- 
priate off-campus supervisory personnel. 



Psychology 



Faculty 

Martin, Grace, Department Head 
Adams, Joseph 
Douglass, Keith 
Lane, Joseph 
Palefsky, Elliot 
Patchak, Jane Anne 
Satterfield, Neil 
Worthington, C. Stewart 



Students are advised to complete as many of 
the general degree requirements as possible for 
entering their junior year. Psychology majors 
should take PSY 101 and 220 before the end of 
their sophomore years. Suggested course dis- 
tributions and annual schedules are available in 
the department office. All students are urged to 
seek advisement with regard to degree require- 
ments and scheduling. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20Ant 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15, 

2. One course selected from: PHI MNl 
201, 202 5 Ei 



)Fl 



PSYCHOLOGY 



129 



Area II 20 

1 mat 101 and l95or 290 10 

2 One of the sequences CHE 
121, 122. or PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115, POS 113 1!) 

2 ECO 201 or SOC 201 5 
Area IV 30 

1 BIO 101, 102, MAT 220 15 

2 HIS 251 or 252 10 
3. PSY 101. ANT 201 10 

AreaV 6 

1 PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B Degree Requirements 65 

1 PSY220, 308,312. 410and411. 

412or 413 25 

2. Recommended selection of 

psychology courses 25 

3 Foreign language or computer 
science sequence 15 

C Elective Courses 10-25 

1. An appropriate minor or se- 
lected upper division courses .10-25 

D Unspecified 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-206 

Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Psychology offers minors 
in the following four areas: 

A. Psychology— which requires 20 credit 
hours of upper division work. 

B. Mental Health— which requires PSY 201, 
202. 315, 405. 406. 

C. Organizational Psychology— which re- 
quires five of the following: PSY 202, 315, 320. 
321. 322. 406 

D. Anthropology— which requires 20 hours of 
upper division anthropology credits. 

E. Sociology— which requires SOC 201 and 
20 credit hours of upper division work. 

SOC 333, 350. 430 and 450. 

All minor concentrations require a grade of 
'C" or better in each course taken. 



DFFERINGS 
Vnthropology Offerings 

ANT 201— Humankind & Culture (5-0-5) 

Each quarter. 



The nature, cause- 
nun 
mansanc 

eraure b» "Ofcom- 

ANT 202— Human Evolution (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand 

Survey of physical anthropology, including 
the fossil record, living primates, the evolution 
of pre-humans and humans, their ecology and 
cultures 

ANT MPS 207— Introduction to Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

The introductory archaeology course consists 
of a history of the field, basic techniques, the- 
oretical underpinnings, and examples of field 
work from all types of excavation It covers the 
range from early man to industrial and urban 
archaeology in a general fashion. Analysis is 
introduced along with survey techniques, pres- 
ervation, reporting and other skills. (Identical 
with MPS 207 ) 

ANT 305 — Americans Called Indians 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201 
An investigation of the aboriginal cultures of 
North America from the Arctic to the Rio Grande 
Study will include origins, distribution, ecology 
and interrelationships, past through present. 

ANT 310 — Anthropology of Sex and Gender 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201: 
An examination of the cultural determinants of 
sex roles in selected world societies, past and 
present. The foci will be three anthropological 
analyses: economics and status: art and ritual, 
the structure of women's worlds. 

ANT 400 — Sorcery, Demons and Gods 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Anthropological analysis of religion as a uni- 
versal category of culture. The supernatural will 
be considered: Mother goddesses myth, sor- 
cery, shamanism, sacrifice and tolemism. Belief 
systems in their sociocultural contexts will be 
emphasized. 

ANT/MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of ar- 
chaeological methods to a specific field project. 



130 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Excavation techniques, surveying and map 
making, data collecting and recording, archae- 
ological photography, the identification and 
analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation of ar- 
chaeological data will be presented in field and 
laboratory work as well as in lectures and read- 
ings (Identical with MPS 401.) (Under certain 
circumstances this course may be substituted 
in the Preservation Studies minor for MPS 498 ) 
Course may be repeated for credit 

ANT MPS 402— Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or 
director. 

The application of archaeological interpreta- 
tive techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem. Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special at- 
tention to the care and storage of collections, 
display in the museum setting, and the pres- 
entation of archaeologically-derived informa- 
tion. (Identical with MPS 402.) 

ANT MPS 403— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Ver- 
nacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- 
tuary art. community and settlement patterns, 
diet, dress and disease are among the topics 
that will be discussed. 



Psychology Offerings 

PSY 101— General Psychology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, 
and methods of the science of behavior. Dis- 
cussion and demonstrations assist in surveying 
all the areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is 
prerequisite to all other courses in the depart- 
ment. 

PSY 110— Introduction to Clinical 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

A survey of behavioral problems, treatment 
modes, and theories. 

PSY 191— Honors General Psychology 
(2-3-5) 

Prerequisites: SAT verbal of at least 550. 
This course may be substituted for PSY 101 
by qualified students. Course content is similar 



to PSY 101. but emphasis is on psychology as 
a laboratory science Students will conduct a 
variety of experiments and demonstrations and 
will write research reports on these topics 

PSY 201— Survey of Clinical Methods 

(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PSY 101 

A survey of personality theories and the be- 
havior changing techniques arising from them. 
The emphasis will be on learning theory and 
environmental influences. 

PSY 202— Psychological Testing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Objective measurement and accurate record- 
ing of findings will be emphasized. The use of 
interview data, case studies, as well as written 
tests, will be introduced. 

PSY 203-4 — Independent Practicum 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: 25 hours of psychology. 

Students may be given academic credit for 
supervised community work which meets ap- 
propriate performance criteria. Students will 
need prior departmental faculty approval of the 
work setting, goals, and supervision. A faculty 
advisor will be assigned to support and eva 
the student's work. 

PSY 220— Introduction to Psychological 
Research (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An introduction to scientific methodology anc 
its application to behavior analysis. Various 
techniques of data collection and the statistica 
analysis of such data are emphasized. 

PSY 300— The Psychology of Aging 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An analysis of the aging process as physica 
and biosocial change. Important adaptive as 
pects from health to economics will be consid: 
ered with an emphasis on maintaining ar 
optimal quality of life. 

PSY 301— Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. Offered each quarter 
The application of behavioral science to th<i$ 

problem of learning in the classroom. Primani 

for teacher preparation. 

PSY 303— Social Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 
The study of the behavior of others as deter r 
mmants of the behavior of the individual. Th 



PSYCHOLOGY 



131 



cultural milieu and group pressu' 

ivior 

PSY 295— Developmental Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PSY 101 

A study of the origin and development of psy- 
chological processes from the life span ; 
spective The effects of genetic/maturational 
and socio-cultural environmental factors on the 
development of behavior throughout the life 
span are included 

PSY 307— Perception (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites PSY 101. 220 

An experimental-theoretical approach to the 
nature of perception Special attention is given 
to the psychological method 

PSY 308— Learning and Motivation (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites PSY 101. 220 

An examination of the methodology and the- 
ory associated with the various forms of learning 
and their motivational concomitants. 

PSY 309 — Physiological Psychology 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites PSY 101. BIO 101-102. 

Introduction to the biological bases of behav- 
ior The structure and function of the nervous 
system are studied and related to the behavior 
of humans and other organisms. 

PSY 310— Psychology of Human Sexuality 
;5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

An examination of the developmental, phys- 
ological. clinical and social aspects of human 
sexuality. The emphasis of the course will be on 
he various components of human sexuality from 
i developmental perspective 

>SY 311— Theories of Personality (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A study of selected personality theories with 
;mphasis on normal behavior Attention will be 
jiven to both experimental and clinical data. The 
ietermmants of personality structure and the 
levelopment of personality will be examined 
'om divergent points of view 

»SY 312— Measurement (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 220 

An examination of the theory of measurement 
eliability and validity techniques are dis- 
ussed. using current psychological tests as ex- 
mples. 



PST 315— Psychology of Conflict and 
Stress (5-0-5) 

101 

A study Of th( 

al and psychological processes i 
vetopmenl ai ited 

disorders Emphasis is on envircn 
and stress manag» 

PSY 319— Animal Behavior (4-2-5) 
PSY 101 

A study of the adaptations and behavk 
which living organisms cope effectively with 
their environment The laboratory will provide an 
introduction to animal care training, and ex- 
perimentation 

PSY 320— Industrial Organizational 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PSY 101 

A survey of applications of psychological prin- 
ciples of business and professional settings In- 
cluded are work motivation, goal setting, power 
politics, leadership and communication 

PSY 321— Psychology of Work Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 320 

A psychological analysis of issues related to 
the individual worker in industry and organiza- 
tions. Included are employee selection, training 
strategies, performance evaluation and job sat- 
isfaction. 

PSY 322— Psychology of Organizational 
Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 320 

Psychological principles applied to interper- 
sonal and intergroup relations, organizational 
leadership, management of organizational 
change relating to the social environment and 
communication systems 

PSY 350— Cognitive Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A study of the issues related to the various 
models of human information processing with 
an emphasis on perceptual and linguistic de- 
velopment Principles and applications derived 
from basic research will be included 

PSY 405— Behavior Disorders (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PSY 101 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of 
various conceptions of undesirable behavior. 
Application of principles derived from basic re- 
search will be emphasized 



132 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PSY 406— Behavior Modification (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A study of proven methods of generating be- 
havioral change, their empirical foundations and 
their applications in clinical, educational and so- 
cial settings. 

PSY 410— History and Systems of 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Open only to psychology majors or by invi- 
tation of the professor. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from 
early animism to modern behavionstics. Special 
attention is given to the philosophical basis at 
various times in the history of psychology. 

PSY 411— Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by 
invitation of the professor. 

A reading and discussion group which will 
concentrate on selected contemporary issues in 
psychology. Specific content will vary from year 
to year. 

PSY 412— Senior Project (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Each student will work with a faculty member 
qualified in the student's area of interest. Work 
is to begin in the first quarter of the senior year 
(register for the quarter of expected comple- 
tion). The student will produce a scholarly paper 
which must be acceptable to the departmental 
faculty. 

PSY 413— Senior Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Students may petition the faculty to receive 
academic credit for an individually designed 
work experience in an applied setting. The spon- 
soring organization must provide a qualified su- 
pervisor. A faculty advisor will establish 
performance criteria and evaluate accordingly. 



Sociology Offerings 

SOC 201— Introductory Sociology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the concept and methods 
of the science of human group behavior. In- 
cludes the study of socialization, the role of the 
individual in society, and the major institutions 
and processes. It is designed to provide a better 
understanding of American culture and the wide 
range of social phenomena. 



SOC 315— The Family and Alternative 
Lifestyles (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 

A study of the role of the family in the devel- 
opment of the individual, the family unit and so- 
cietal institutions. Consideration will be given to 
various structures and functions of the family as 
it exists or is emerging in America. 

SOC 320— Ethnic Minorities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course focuses on the present factual 
situation in America. The course examines the 
problems faced by minorities in America, Es- 
pecially where skin color and language pose 
social and economic barriers. It looks at domi- 
nant public institutions and patterns of response 
by minorities such as Black Americans. Chica- 
nos, Puerto Ricans, Native Americans, and other 
sizeable ethnic groups. 

SOC 333— Exploring Popular Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 

An examination of popular culture using mu- 
sic, radio, television, texts, magazines, movies, 
technology and language to explore a given era. 
Comparisons will be made of lifestyles, sex^ 
roles, racial attitudes and the national regional 
mood of times examined. 

SOC 340— Methods of Social Research 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course will explore several methods of 
applied social research including case studies, 
record research, experimental designs, sur- 
veys, observation and systems interaction as 
they apply to social data. The student must dem- 
onstrate a working knowledge of each method 
in the context of social work practice. 

SOC 350— Social Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 

An examination of behavioral deviancy. nor-, 
mative strain, and differences between social 
ideals and social realities in the context of so-| 
ciological theory. 

SOC 430— Alcohol and Drug Studies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A course focusing on the various forms of al 
cohol and drug abuse with emphasis on the 
stages of harmful dependence and addiction 
there will be an examination of the legal anc 



PSYCHOLOGY 133 



social implications of addiction as well as ap- mand Open to transient students only with per- 
proaches to treatment am: ition mission of the Dean of Arts and Sciences at 



SOC 450— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

By invitation ol ssor Offered on de- 



Arms 1 



134 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






I 




136 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



School of Education 



Nash, Charles, Dean 
Goals and Objectives 

The School of Education considers its major 
function to be the preparation of competent 
teachers who are committed to excellence in 
education. Its programs are designed to meet 
the needs of present and future education 
professionals by providing them with special- 
ized skills, knowledge of theory and methods of 
teaching, practical laboratory experiences, and 
the opportunity to create innovative ways of 
meeting the needs of every student. 

The School also endeavors to maintain the 
highest standards of professional excellence 
among its faculty by encouraging and providing 
opportunities for enrichment such as participa- 
tion in educational seminars, conferences, work- 
shops, and post graduate study. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Education consists of three de- 
partments; Elementary Education, Physical Ed- 
ucation, Secondary Education and Special 
Education. The School of Education was created 
by the Board of Regents in 1979, and offers a 
variety of programs, including all of the majors 
and degrees in teacher education formerly of- 
fered by Savannah State College and Armstrong 
State College. 

Armstrong State College is authorized by the 
Board of Regents of the University System to 
offer the following baccalaureate degree pro- 
grams in teacher education. 

Associate in Science with a major in: 
Early Childhood Education 

Bachelor of Arts (with teacher certification) 
with majors in: 
English 
History 
Political Science 

Bachelor of Music Education 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in: 

Early Elementary Education 

Health Physical Education and Recreation 

Middle School Education 

Speech Correction 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in Secondary Education in the teaching fields 
of: 



Art Education 

Biology Education 

Business Education (Bookkeeping and 
Business Management) 

Business Education (Comprehensive) 

Business Education (Data Processing and 
Accounting) 

Chemistry Education 

English Education 

General Science Education 

Industrial Arts Education 

Mathematics Education 

Music Education 

Physics Education 

Social Science Education (Broad Fields 
History) 

Social Science Education (Broad Fields 
Political Science) 

Social Science Education (History) 

Social Science Education (Political Sci- 
ence) 

Trade and Industrial Education 

Bachelor of Science (with teacher certifica- 
tion) with majors in: 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Mathematical Sciences 

Program of Study (with MS-4 teacher certifi 
cation) in: 

Library Media 

Additional degree programs, those at the 
masters level, are delineated in the graduate 
section of this catalog. 

All Teacher Education programs are ap 
proved by the Georgia State Department of Ed 
ucation. Upon verification by the College that < 
student has successfully completed an ap 
proved program, the student applies to the Stat* 
Department of Education for the appropriat* 
teaching certificate. 

Armstrong State College has programs whicl 
are accredited by the National Council for Ac 
creditation of Teacher Education. 

Cooperative Programs 

Savannah State College cooperates with Arm 
strong State College in offering majors in: (1 
Industrial Arts Education, (2) Trade and Indus 
trial Education, and (3) Business Education 
Coursework in the major field of study for eacl 
of these programs is offered by Savannah State 
Students interested in these programs shoul< 
contact the head of the Department of Second 
ary Education at Armstrong State College. 



SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 



137 



General Requirements: Teacher Education 
Programs 

These requirements apply to all students in 
Teacher Education programs at Armstrong 
State College 

Academic Advisement 

A student who desires to become an elemen- 
tary or secondary school teacher should apply 
during the first quarter of residence to the School 
of Education for academic advisement The stu- 
dent should follow without deviation the ap- 
proved program Upon admission to Teacher 
Education, students will be assigned advisors 
as follows: 
1. Early Elementary and Middle School edu- 
cation majors are assigned an advisor in 
the Department of Elementary Education 
who will assisi the student in planning the 
total program of studies 
2 Students pursuing secondary or all level 
programs will be assigned an advisor in the 
Department of Secondary Education and 
Special Education Each student must have 
a secondary teaching program approved 
in advance. Special forms for this purpose 
are to be filed with the advisor and a copy 
given to the student. 

Admission to Teacher Education 

A student pursuing a program leading toward 
certification must apply for admission to the 
Teacher Education program. This application 
will normally be filed during the second quarter 
of the sophomore year or. for transfer students, 
in the first quarter of the junior year. Application 
forms may be secured from the office of the 
Dean of the School of Education. The following 
criteria are used in admitting applicants to 
teacher education: 

1. Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of 
college credit with a minimum 2,500 (un- 
rounded) GPA. 

2. Completion of EDN 200 and ENG 101 . 102. 
and 201, or their equivalents, with a "C" or 
better in each course 

3. Competence in oral and written expression. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, 
and teaching potential. 

5. Statement of good health signed by a li- 
censed physician 

6. Satisfactory completion of the Regents' 
Test. Students already holding a baccalau- 
reate degree from an accredited institution 
are exempted from the Regents Examina- 



tion However, applicants seeking certifi- 
cation must satisU entsof the area 
in which they will be certified 

7 Submission of four letters of recommen- 
dation, letters may be secured from the col- 
leges or universities in which the applicants 
were previously enrolled 

8 Submission of an up-to-date copy of the 
Program of Study planning sheet 

A student who does not meet requirements 
may seek to be admitted on the basis of at least 
75 quarter hours of credit specifically included 
m the student's program-of-study and with a 
GPA of at least 2.75 on that work 

Recommendation for Certificate 

To be recommended for a teaching certifi- 
cate, a student must complete the degree re- 
quirements for an approved teacher certification 
program of Armstrong State College and must 
complete at Armstrong State College a majority 
of the courses in each of the following areas 
the professional sequence, the teaching field, 
and the related field. 

Liability Insurance Requirement 

All students who participate in courses for 
which field experiences (i.e., laboratory practi- 
cum) are required must provide evidence of li- 
ability insurance (i.e., SGAE membership or 
must sign a waiver of insurance coverage Stu- 
dents should consult advisors regarding this re- 
quirement. 

September Practicum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is 
to provide an opportunity for future teachers (1) 
to learn what teachers do at the beginning of a 
new school term, (2) to participate in experi- 
ences that will assist the prospective teacher 
with future decisions concerning teaching as a 
career, and (3) to become acquainted with the 
organization and curriculum of a particular 
school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the 
first two weeks of the public school term (usually 
in late August and early September) and should 
be scheduled during the student's junior or sen- 
ior year No credit is given for the September 
Practicum. but it is a requirement in all of the 
teaching fields in the Armstrong State College 
Teacher Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicum 
should be made during the first week of the 
Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in the 



138 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



forthcoming September. The student should 
contact the Director of Professional Laboratory 
Experiences. 

Student Teaching 

Student teaching the culminating activity of 
the professional sequence, is provided in se- 
lected off-campus school centers. The full 
quarter of student teaching is arranged coop- 
eratively by the college, the participating 
schools, and supervising teachers. Completed 
applications for admission to student teaching 
must be submitted to the Director of Professional 
Laboratory Experiences during the first week of 
the quarter preceding student teaching. While 
student teaching, the student is required to ad- 
here to established policies and procedures of 
the cooperating school system in addition to 
those policies and procedures established by 
the college and the School of Education. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at 
the time assignment is made. While student pref- 
erences and other personal circumstances are 
considered, the School of Education reserves 
the right to exercise its discretion in placement. 
The student will receive a letter of assignment. 
Orientation to student teaching will be held dur- 
ing the first several days of the quarter in which 
student teaching is scheduled. The following re- 
quirements must be met before a student can 
enroll in student teaching: 

1 . Be admitted to the Teacher Education Pro- 
gram. 

2. Have at least senior status. 

3. Completion of all teaching field courses. 

4. Have a 2.500 average on all courses at- 
tempted, and "C" or better in all courses 
acceptable toward the teaching field, 
professional sequence, concentration, and 
related electives. 

5. Have satisfactorily completed the Media 
Competency Examination, September 
Practicum, and the Regents Examination. 

6. Be recommended by two members of the 
appropriate departmental faculty, one of 
whom must be the student's advisor, and 
two faculty members outside the School of 
Education. 

7. Be approved by their respective depart- 
ments and the Dean of the School of Ed- 
ucation. 

A student will not be permitted to take addi- 
tional courses during student teaching. Student 
teachers are not permitted to teach in a school 
in which their children are enrolled. 



NTE Requirement 

All undergraduate students completing teach- 
ing educational programs are required to take 
the Test of Professional Knowledge of the Core 
Battery of the National Teacher Examinations 
Program. Students must submit the score to the 
School of Education before the college can ver- 
ify that an approved program has been com- 
pleted. Additional information about this test can 
be secured from the departmental offices. 

Program Completion 

A student must complete the college's ap- 
proved program for certification within the four 
years following admission to the Teacher Edu- 
cation program. In the event that the student 
does not complete the program in four years, 
the individual must meet the requirements of the 
program in effect at that time. 

For acceptable completion, each course in 
the teaching field, professional education se- 
quence concentration, and related fields must 
be passed with a "C" or better grade. 

Minor Concentration 

A minor in teacher education is available for 
students who do not wish to earn teacher cert- 
ification but who do aspire to work in education 
related fields. The minor provides a limited sur- 
vey of courses which address leading concepts 
and problems in the field of education. Students 
majoring in General Studies, Psychology, and 
Health Science are only a few who may find this 
minor a valuable program of study. All courses 
in minor must be passed with a "C" or better 
grade. 

EDN 200 - Orientation to Teaching 5 

EDU 310 - Introduction to Exceptional 

Children 5 

EDU 302 - or PSY 301 - Educational 

Psychology 5 

EDU 240 - Education and Media 2 

CS 296 - Computer Literacy for 

Educators 3 

and one course from 5 

EDU 320 - Tests and Measurements 

EDN 202 - Health and the Young Child 

EDU 350 - Communicative Skills for Teachers 

LM 310 - Reference Sources 

EDN 460 - Multicultural Education 

Other upper division education 

courses (if prerequisites 

are met) 

Total 25-28 



ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



139 



Elementary Education 

Faculty 

: Paul E . Department Head 
Agyekum. Stephen K 
Battiste, Bettye Anne 
Cochran, John H , Jr 
Dandy. Evelyn 
Lawson, Cornelia 
Nash, Charles 
Stephens, Jacquelyn 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE 

OF ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN EARLY 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 49 



C 



Area 

1. 
Area 

1. 

2 



ENG 101 and 102 



10 

10 

5 



MAT 101 

One course from: BIO 101 or 
102.CHE121 or122orPHY211 
or 212 or PHY SCI 121 or 122 5 

Area III 10 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2 POL SCI 113 5 

Area IV 15 



1. PSY 101 

2. EDN 200, 202. EDU 240. 
Area V 

1 PE 117 

2. PE211 

Restricted Electives (Select 2) 
Area VI 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 



5 
10 

4 
2 
2 
10 
10 
5 



ART 200, 271. 272, 273 

MUS 200 or PHI 201 5 

ENG 201 or 222 5 

HIS 114 or 115 5 

BIO 101 or 102 5 

CHE 121 or 122 5 

PHY 211 or 212 5 

8. PHS 121 or 122 5 

9. MAT 103. 195. 220 or 290 5 

10. ECO 201 or 202 or SOC 201... 5 

11. GEO 211 or 212 5 

12. DRS228 5 

Major Field Courses 30 

Area VII 30 

1. ECE 248. 244. 226. 224. 222. 
235 



D Major Field I 
1 ECE 

ECE 246 
2. LS1 10 
3 CS296 

E Regents Examm 



i, 8 
• 

1 
3 



TOTAL 95-97 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN EARLY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271. 
272, 273: ENG 222: MUS 200, 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 
or290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115, POS 113 15 

One course from: ANT 201. 2 

ECO 201. 202: SOC 201 5 

Area IV 28 

1. EDN 200, 202 8 

2. DRS 228, PSY 101 10 

3. HIS 251 or 252 and GEO 21 1 or 
212 10 

Area V 5 

1. EDU240 2 

2 CS296 3 
Area VI 8 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117. 211 5 

2 Activity courses 3 

B Specialized Content Courses 48 

1 ART 320. MAT 391. MUS 320 15 

2 PE 320 3 

3 EDN 324. 336. 342. 422. 424. 
434 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1 EDU 310. EDN 304. 432. 436. 
471.472.473 35 

2 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Electives 2-5 

E. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-194 



140 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102. 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 
or290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201. 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. GE0211 or 212 and HIS 251 or 
252 10 

2. DRS228. PSY 101, EDN 200... 15 

3. EDU 240. CS296 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108: 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B Concentration I Courses 20 

Language arts, mathematics, 
science, or social sciences 

C. Concentration II Courses 20 

Health and physical education, 
language arts, mathematics, 
music, science, social sci- 
ences, or art 

D Specialized Courses 30 

1 . EDN 336. 342. 422. 428 434 25 

2 MAT 391 or 393 5 

E Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDU 310: EDN 304. 438. 450. 
471. 472. 473 30 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



OFFERINGS 

SPECIAL NOTES 
1 Liability insurance or waiver is required for 
all courses with field experiences Please 
consult course outline or professor regard 



mg this requirement. 

Most of the following EDN courses are pro- 
vides primarily — but exclusively — by the 
Department of Elementary Education. Gen- 
erally, EDN and graduate level EEE courses 
are taught through the Department of Ele- 
mentary Education EDU. EXC, LM, and LS 
courses are taught through the Department 
of Secondary Education. 



EDN Offerings 

EDN 200— Orientation to Teaching (5-0-5) 

The study of the status of education and of 
teaching as a profession. The student engages 
in directed self-study and plans for the achieve- 
ment of professional goals. Directed field ex- 
periences. 

EDN 202— Health and the Young Child 
(3-0-3) 

Study of factors impacting upon the physical 
social and emotional health of young children, 
including food and nutrition, safety, disease and 
trauma. 

EDN 304 — Human Growth and Learning 
(4-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 

Focus on total growth and development of in- 
dividuals with emphasis upon interrelationships 
of the development process and teaching-learn- 
ing. Laboratory Component includes use of 
campus, school and community resources for 
observing-participating. testing, and synthesiz- 
ing course theory. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 324— Literature for Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

A study of children s books and selections 
from books Designed to assist future teachers 
in the selection of the best that has been written 
in the realm of children's literature for each pe- 
riod of the child s life 

EDN 336 — Elementary School Language 
Arts (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

Designed to offer the student the opportunity 
to explore methods, content, and materials used 
in teaching the skills of communicative arts to 
children. Directed field experiences 



ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



141 



EDN 342— Elementary School Social 
Studies (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

Focus upon fundamental social studies skills 
and processes needed by children Directed 
field experiences 

EDN 418— Literature for the Middle School 
Learner (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offerings 
of literary value and of significance to age level 
of learners found m the middle school. Relates 
literature to all areas of the middle school cur- 
riculum. 

EDN 422— The Teaching of Reading 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

Study of the developmental reading program. 
Emphasis will be placed on reading skills, ap- 
proaches, techniques, materials and evaluation 
for classroom use. 

EDN 424 — Practicum in Individual Reading 
Instruction (2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422. 

Designed to provide prospective teachers 
with directed practice in the teaching of reading. 
Special emphasis will be placed upon diagnosis 
and teaching of needed reading skills. Students 
will be required to tutor at least one remedial 
reader. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 428— Reading in the Middle School 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for ex- 
tending learning in the content areas of the mid- 
dle school. 

EDN 430 — Diagnosing and Prescribing for 
Learning Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or 428 

Diagnostic and prescriptive process princi- 
ples underlying assessment and correction of 
learning problems. Designed to help the class- 
room teacher (1) determine performance levels 
and needs of pupils and (2) provide effective 
learning assistance. 



EDN 432— Methods and Materials for K-4 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites Admission to Teacher I 
tion and EDN 304 

Examination of teaching resources, teaching 
strategies and the range of interpersonal rela- 
tionships involved in teaching young children 
Directed field experiences 

EDN 434— Methods and Curriculum of 
Elementary Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

Interpretation of science for elementary 
school teaching: exploration of processes for 
translating meaning into classroom practice 
emphasis upon inquiry, the discovery process 
and other science teaching strategies 

EDN 436— Curriculum and Teaching K-4 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

This course is the study of early elementary 
curricula, existing administrative and instruc- 
tional organizations, evaluation procedures, and 
experiences in curriculum at the primary level 
(K-4). It includes study and development of 
teaching materials. Directed field experience 

EDN 438 — Curriculum and Teaching (4-8) 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

This course is the study of Middle School cur- 
ricula, existing administrative and instructional 
organizations, evaluation procedures, and ex- 
periences in curriculum at the middle school 
level (4-8). It includes study and development 
of teaching materials. Directed field experi- 
ences. 

EDN 450— The Middle School (5-0-5) 

An overview of the history and purpose of the 
middle school: characteristics of the middle 
school learner, emphasis upon the nature and 
role of the middle school teacher and upon ap- 
propriate programs for the needs of middle 
school learners. 

EDN 460— Multi-Cultural Education 
(5-0-5) 

Designed to study the educational implica- 
tions of cultural diversity Examination of the 
school programs designed to meet the needs 
and interests of children from different ethnic 
backgrounds. 



142 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDN 471 — Elementary Education — 
Knowledge of Content (O-V-5) 

EDN 472 — Elementary Education — 
Instructional Methods and Materials 
(O-V-5) 

EDN 473 — Elementary Education— 
Professional/Interpersonal Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: See "General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Programs." Students are 
placed in selected schools for one quarter as 
full-time student staff members. No additional 
credit hours may be earned while student teach- 
ing. Classroom experiences and other staff re- 
sponsibilities are jointly supervised by the 
college staff, supervising teachers and princi- 
pals in the selected schools. Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of 
Education at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 



ECE Offerings 

ECE 222— The Reading Process for Early 
Childhood Education (5-0-5) 

The study of beginning reading readiness and 
language arts development. Special emphasis 
on strategies for teaching prerequisite skills di- 
rectly related to the formal reading program. 

ECE 224 — Mathematics and Science for 
Young Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

Topics include development of whole number 
integers and rational numbers; arithmetic and 
geometric relations. Study of integrating science 
concepts, principles , and processes into the 
teaching of science for the young child. Em- 
phasis on strategies and media used to teach 
mathematics and science in early years. 

ECE 226 — Language Arts for Early 
Childhood Education (5-0-5) 

Selecting and reading appropriate books for 
the pre-school child with special emphasis on 
picture books, reading aloud, story-telling tech- 
niques, drama and role playing. 

ECE 232 — Tests and Measurements in Early 
Childhood Education (3-0-3) 

A job related introductory course which will 
survey group readiness, developmental psy- 
chological, and achievement tests commonly 
employed at the preschool and primary levels. 
Basic descriptive statistics and interpretative 



skills will be emphasized. Students will be pro- 
vided opportunities to administer and interpret 
tests. 

ECE 234 — Classroom Management and 
Discipline (3-0-3) 

This course is designed to help the early child- 
hood teacher determine performance levels and 
instructional needs of children as these factors 
relate to effective and positive classroom man- 
agement techniques. 

ECE 235 — Expressive Activities in Early 
Childhood Education (5-0-5) 

The fundamentals and emphasis on the place 
of music, drama, movement, creative activities 
and art in the education of young children. De- 
signing materials and demonstrating strategies 
for guiding children in the expressive activities. 

ECE 244 — Curriculum and Implementation 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EDN 224 and ECE 222. 

The study of approaches to curriculum de- 
velopment and implications for instructional 
strategies. This course places special focus on 
the development of instructional units, writing of 
objectives, organization of learning centers, and 
lesson and unit planning. Includes current 
trends in early childhood curriculum design. 

ECE 246 — Supervision and Administration 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECE 244. 

Study of principles and practices of personnel 
management, emphasizing human relations 
Emphasis will be placed on budget preparation, 
organizational structure, license requirements 
and program evaluation. 

ECE 248 — Growth and Development of the 
Young Child (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the study of child devel- 
opment — social, emotional, physiological and 
intellectual. Includes parent-child, parent- 
teacher relationships and multi-cultural factors 
which affect children and their families. Focuses 
on development from conception through eight 
years with special emphasis on factors which 
contribute to individual differences, and influ- 
ences of educational practices upon develop- 
ment. 

ECE 252 — Practicum in Nursery- 
Kindergarten Education (2-8-3) 

Field experience during which the student 
with no teaching experience and/or not working 
in an early childhood education related job, will 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



143 



observe and become involved in the teaching 
learning processes at each ot the levels of early 
childhood education (nursery and kindergar- 
ten) Scheduled seminars 



Physical Education 

Faculty 

Sims. Roy, Department Head 

Aenchbacher. Edward 

Ford. Betty 

Gill. Gloria 

Knorr, Virginia 

Lanscy. Michael 

Tapp. Lawrence 



During the freshman year, all students should 
take PE 117 (Basic Health) or 211 (Safety and 
First Aid) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During 
the sophomore year, students may elect any 
three Physical Education activity courses with 
the last two numbers being between 01 and 09. 
Students unable to participate in the regular pro- 
gram should plan an alternate program with the 
Head of the Department of Physical Education. 

Students should check their program of study 
for PE 1 1 7 and/or 21 1 requirements. 

Physical Education majors are urged to com- 
plete their core curriculum requirements before 
entering their junior years 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION AND RECREATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 103 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200. 
271,272,273; ENG 222; MUS 

200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201. 202: SOC 201 5 



Area IV 

1 EDN 200. DRS 228 

2 PE 117. 21 
228. 229 

Area V 

Eight hours of activity 

courses 
State Requirement 

HIS 251 or 252 



PSY 



101 



15 
8 



B. Courses in the Major Field 53-54 

1 PE 103 or 108, 10 2 

2 PE 205; 207 or 316. 210 230 8-9 

3 PE 212 or 213 or 214 or 215 2 

4 PE 310, 312, 315, 317. 318. 
321.330 26 

5. PE 413. 420. 421 15 

C Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310; EDU 335, 491, 492. 
493 25 

2. PE 443, PSY 301 10 

D. Electives 2-3 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194 



OFFERINGS 

Physical Education Offerings 

SPECIAL NOTE: 

Either PE 103 or PE 108 is required for all 
students. Students may register for the 
course for which they feel qualified without 
taking a swimming test. The instructor of that 
course will administer the swimming test, and 
any student enrolled in the improper course 
will be required to change to the proper 
course. Any student who holds a valid senior 
life-saving certificate and or a valid water 
safety instructors certificate and or passes 
the Armstrong swimming test may he ex- 
empted from the required swimming courses 

PE 100 — Beginning Weight Training 
(0-2-1) 

Fall. Winter. Spring 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness 
through a variety of fundamental weight train- 
ing exercises Introduction of mechanical 
principles and techniques necessary for the 
understanding of weight training programs 
Only one of PE 100 or PE 204 may count as 
an activity course toward the six hours of re- 
quired physical education 



144 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PE 101— Lifetime Fitness (0-3-1) 

Fall, Spring. 

Basic fitness concepts and their applica- 
tion to our everyday life. Students will select 
between two activity areas: jogging and flex- 
ibility/tone or lap swimming and aerobic 
dance. 

PE 102— Team Sports (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Consists of two of the following sports: bas- 
ketball, volleyball and softball. 

PE 103 — Basic Swimming Skills (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 202 or 
316 may be substituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Skills and strokes for the student unfamiliar 
with or afraid of the water and who cannot 
swim. Satisfies Armstrong swimming require- 
ment. 

PE 104— Bowling (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two 
games required per class period at student's 
expense. Must provide own transportation. 

PE 105— Badminton (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in badminton. Student must 
provide own racquet. 

PE 106 — Beginning Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning 
tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. Required 
of Physical Education majors. 

PE 107— Trampoline (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring 

The teaching of the proper care and use 
of the trampoline. Under strict supervision, 
the student learns to perform the following 
skills: seat drop, knee drop, front drop, pull 
over, cradle, turntable, swivel hips, and spot- 
ting. 

PE 108 — Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer (PE 202 or the 
American Red Cross WSI course may be sub- 
stituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Four basic strokes, skills, endurance and 
knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or 
about water. Required, if advised by Physical 
Education Department. 

PE 109 — Intermediate Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106 or permission 
of instructor. 



Continuation of PE 106 with additional 
practice of tumbling and gymnastic appara- 
tus. 

PE 115— Officiating of Football (2-2-2) 

Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpre- 
tation, and actual experience in officiating in- 
tramural games, approved community 
recreation games, and public school games 
Elective credit. Students must have permis- 
sion of the department head or course in- 
structor to enroll. 

Students must provide own whistles, hats 
and transportation to any offcampus assign- 
ment. 

PE 116— Officiating of Basketball (2-2-2) 

Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpre- 
tation, and actual experience in officiating in 
class games, intramural games, approved 
community recreation games and public 
school games. Elective credit. Students must 
have permission of the department head or 
course instructor to enroll. 

Student must provide own whistle and 
transportation to any off-campus assignment. 

PE 117— Basic Health (2-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

A basic course in health education with em- 
phasis on personal health. Required of ma- 
jors. 

PE200— Archery (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Summer. 

Basic skills in archery for recreational use. 

PE 201— Elementary Tennis (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in tennis. Student must provide 
own racquet and one can of new tennis balls. 

PE 204 — Advanced Weight Training 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 100 or 
permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on continued development of 
physical fitness through a variety of advanced 
weight training exercises. Improvement of 
maximal muscular strength and endurance in 
the main muscle groups of the body through 
progressive resistance exercises. Only one 
of PE 100 or PE 204 may count as an activity 
course toward the six hours of required phys- 
ical education. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



145 



PE 205 — Folk Square. Social Dancing 
(0-2-1) 

Fall 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, 
square, and social dancing Required of 
Physical Education majors 

PE 206 — Beginning Modern Dance (0-2-1) 

Fall 

Introduction to the art of modern dance 
Includes technique, exercise, basic improv- 
isation, dance positions, and locomotor 
movement 

PE 207 — Swimming Methods and 
Techniques (0-2-1) 

Winter Prerequisite PE 108 or equivalent 
Methods and techniques of teaching be- 
ginning swimming skills. Required of majors 
not completing the Water Safety Instructor's 
Course. 

PE208— Golf (0-2-1) 

Fall. Winter. Spring. Summer. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the be- 
ginning golfer. Minimum of 36 holes of golf 
must be played outside of class at student's 
expense. Must provide six shag balls for 
class and transportation. 

PE 209 — Intermediate Modern Dance 
(0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 206 or permission 
of the instructor 

A continuation of PE 206 with emphasis on 
dynamics, composition, and choreography. 

PE 210 — Prevention and Treatment of 
Athletic Injuries (2-1-2) 

Winter 

Theory and practice of caring for and pre- 
venting injuries relating to a variety of sports. 
Students required to assist in laboratory ex- 
periences with treating and preventive train- 
ing through the athletic, intramural or physical 
education programs. Required of majors. Stu- 
dent must provide own athletic tape. 

PE 211— Safety and First Aid (3-0-2) 

Fall. Winter. Spring. Summer. 

The American Red Cross Standard and Ad- 
vanced course in First Aid. 

Required of majors. Contents of personal 
first aid kit must be provided by the student. 

PE 212— Coaching Football (3-0-2) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental 
skills and team play, coaching courses is re- 



•d of majors Minimum of two games must 
be scouted at student's exp» 

PE 213— Coaching Basketball (3-0-2) 

Wir ' 

Instruction and practice in fundamental 
skills and team play, emphasizing methods 
and drills used by leading coaches One of 
the coaching courses is required of majors 
Minimum of two games must be scouted at 
student's expense 

PE 214 — Coaching Baseball and Softball 
(3-0-2) 

Spring 

Instruction and practice in fundamental 
skills and team play emphasizing methods 
and drills used by leading coaches One of 
the coaching courses is required of majors 
Minimum of two games must be scouted at 
student's expense 

PE 215 — Coaching Volleyball and Soccer 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Introduction to the rules and fundamental 
skills of volleyball and soccer Individual de- 
velopment and application of successful 
coaching methods. Coaching methods will in- 
clude acquisition of sound organizational 
practices and understanding of various 
coaching types. Required of majors 

PE 216— Basic Games (2-0-1) 

Spring. 

Designed to acquaint student with the var- 
ious categories of games, the appropriate- 
ness for each type of various age levels, 
proper progressions, and the best ways to 
use games teach physical skills, emotional 
and social skills, and actual sports skills Re- 
quired of majors 

PE 217— Techniques of Dance (2-0-1) 

Winter. 

Overview of the art of dance and its various 
categories. Stresses similarities and differ- 
ences in form, technique and history of the 
ballet modern dance, jazz dance, ballroom 
dance, square dance, aerobic dance and folk 
dance with emphasis on teaching and tech- 
niques 

PE 219 — Techniques of Safety in 
Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite PE 106 
Course designed to give majors thorough 
understanding of the basic principles of spot- 



146 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ting in gymnastics to assure maximum safety 
for learners as well as proper teaching pro- 
gressions and lead-up skills necessary at 
each level of learning. Required of majors. 

PE 228 — Structure and Function of the 
Human Body I (3-4-5) 

Fall. 

A study of the skeletal and muscle systems 
of the human body. Credit may not be applied 
toward the core natural science requirement. 
Required of majors. 

PE 229— Structure and Function of the 
Human Body II (2-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 228. 

A continuation of PE 228 with emphasis on 
certain human organ systems including the 
circulatory, respiratory, and digestive. Credit 
may not be applied toward the core natural 
science requirement. Required of majors. 

PE 230— Physiology of Exercise (3-2-4) 

Spring. Prerequisites: PE 228, 229. 

Comprehensive introduction to the neuro- 
muscular basis of exercise. Lecture and lab- 
oratory course directed toward understand- 
ing of the physiological basis of human 
physical performance capabilities and the in- 
vestigation of certain physiological re- 
sponses to exercise. Study will include the 
ability to prescribe the appropriate amount 
and type of exercise for development of var- 
ious components of physical fitness and for 
weight control. Required of majors. 

PE 310 — Techniques of Sports Skills 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: PE 443 and student 
must have successfully completed an activity 
course in three of the following or have per- 
mission of the instructor: golf, tennis, bad- 
minton, bowling, and team sports. Admission 
to Teacher Education. 

Analysis and practice in teaching sport 
skills, such as: golf, tennis, bowling, badmin- 
ton, basketball, volleyball, soccer and soft- 
ball. Required of majors. 

PE 311— Advanced Life Saving Course in 
Swimming (1-2-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 500 yard continuous 
swim using four basic strokes. 

The American Red Cross Advanced Life 
Saving Course. (May be substituted for PE 
103 or 108). 



PE 312 — Measurement and Evaluation in 
Health, Physical Education and 
Recreation (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience 
in the development, evaluation and applica- 
tion of tests in health and physical education. 
Required of majors. 

PE 315— Skill Techniques (0-2-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 310. 
Admission to Teacher Education. 

Laboratory experiences in assisting and 
teaching activity courses in the physical ed- 
ucation program. Students will assist college 
faculty in planning, instructing, and evalua- 
tion procedures in a college physical edu- 
cation activity class. Majors only. Required of 
majors. 

PE 316— Water Safety Instructor (0-3-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Current Advanced Li- 
fesaving certificate. 

Course designed to teach proper methods, 
learning sequences, and skills for the pur- 
pose of certifying students as American Red 
Cross Water Safety instructors qualified to 
teach Beginning, Advanced Beginning, In- 
termediate Swimming and Advanced Life- 
saving courses. Includes review of lifesaving 
skills and practice teaching. Required of ma- 
jors: PE 207 or 316. 

PE 317 — Methods and Curriculum of 
Health Education in the Elementary and 
Secondary Schools (3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

Selection of health content in school cur- 
riculum, preparation and presentation of 
health topics. Teaching method is empha- 
sized and student participation is stressed. 
Required of majors 

PE 318 — Intramural and Recreational 
Activities (3-0-3) 

Fall. 

Organization and administration of intra- 
mural and recreational sports activities with 
emphasis on school and community pro- 
grams. Students required to participate in 
field experiences and observations. Must 
supply their own transportation. Required of 
majors. 



SECONDARY EDUCATION & SPECIAL EDUCATION 



147 



PE 319— Foundations of Physical 
Education (3-0-3) 

Historical and scientific background of the 
practices in physical education Required of 
majors 

PE 320 — Health and Physical Education 
for the Elementary School Teacher 
(3-0-3) 

Winter Prerequisite Admission to Teacher 
Education 

Theory and current practice in the teaching 
of health and physical education at the ele- 
mentary school level. Designed to meet the 
requirement for elementary certification. 

PE 321— Movement Education (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

Designed to equip the student to teach el- 
ementary physical education via the use of 
"movement education," i.e., the guided dis- 
covery method of teaching the concepts of 
Space Awareness, Body Awareness, Quality 
of Body Movement and Relationships. Re- 
quired of majors. 

PE 330— Kinesiology (2-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: PE 228. 

Mechanical analysis and the functions of 
the body in muscular work. Movements in ath- 
letics and daily living are considered. Re- 
quired of majors. 

PE 364 — Physical Education for the 
Exceptional Child (3-2-5) 

Student is introduced to methods of iden- 
tifying and programming for the exceptional 
child. 

PE 413 — Special Topics in Physical 
Education (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: PE 312. 

Research methods in health and physical 
education. Allows students an opportunity for 
in-depth pursuit into areas of their interests. 
Open to majors only. Required of majors. 

PE 421— Organization and Administration 
of Physical Education and Athletics 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 443 and Admission 
to Teacher Education. 

Practice and policies in establishing, ad- 
ministering, and evaluating physical educa- 
tion and athletic programs. Such experiences 
as curriculum planning and selection, care 
and maintenance of equipment are included 



in this course Open to majors only f 
of majors 

PE 443 — Methods and Curriculum in 
Physical and Recreation Education 
(5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite Admission to Teacher 
Education 

The study of secondary school Health, 
Physical and Recreation Education curricu- 
lum with emphasis upon materials and meth- 
ods of teaching Health, Physical and 
Recreation Education Directed observations 
Open only to and required of Physical Edu- 
cation majors 



Secondary Education and 
Special Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William, Department Head 

Anderson, Donald 

Ball, A. Patricia 

Burgess, Clifford 

Gadsden, Ida, Emerita 

Galloway, Herbert 

Harwood, Pamela 

Newberry, Lloyd 

Robinson, Aurelia 

Sartor, Herman, Emeritus 

White, Susan 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF ART EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102, 201 .... 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 
271.272. 273: ENG 222: MUS 
200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 290. 10 
2 Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2 One course from: ANT 201: 

ECO 201. 202: SOC 201 5 



148 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. ART 111, 112, 201, 213 20 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 58-63 

1. ART 114, 202 10 

2. ART 271, 272, 273** 10-15 

3. ART 313, 330, 340, 350, 351 , 

370 30 

4. One course from: ART 21 4, 362, 
363 5 

5. ART 400 3 

C. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC310, EDU335, 491, 492, 
494 25 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194 
**May not be duplicated in Area I. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BIOLOGY 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 
271,272,273: ENG 222: MUS 
200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 206 or 

220 10 

2. BIO 101. 102 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY 101 10 

2. CHE 128, BOT203. ZOO 

204 15 

3. One course from: ART 200, 
271. 272. 273; DRS 228; MUS 
200 5 



Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1 . BIO 370, 480 and BOT 41 or 
ZOO 410 15 

2. BOT or ZOO courses num- 
bered 300+ 10 

3. CHE 129, 341, 342, 343 20 

C. Courses Related to Concentration.. 15 

Three of the following: AST 
201, GEL 201, MET 201, and 

OCE301 or 430 15 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC310. EDU 335, 447, 481, 
482, 483 30 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BUSINESS 
EDUCATION (BOOKKEEPING AND 
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 
271,272,273; ENG 222, MUS 
200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115: POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ACC 211. 212; MAT 220 15 

2. EDN 200: PSY 101 10 

3. DRS 228 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 



SECONDARY EDUCATION 4 SPECIAL EDUCATION 



149 



B Secretarial Skills ( 23 

OAD202. 425. BAD 201 13 
2 Two c< m 

ACC 301. 302. 325 10 

C Business Administration Courses 35 

BAD 225, 317. 320. 340, 360. 

400. 465 35 

D Professional Sequence 37 

1 EDU240. 335. 481. 482. 483, 
EXC310 27 

2 BE 350. PSY 301 or EDU 302 10 

E Economics 202 5 

F Regents' and Exit Exams 

TOTAL 201 
Special Note: ACC (accounting), OAD (Office 
Administration) may not be duplicated in Area 
IV. ACC (accounting), OAD (Office Administra- 
tion). BAD (Business Administration), and BE 
(Business Education) courses taught at SSC 
only. 

Courses taken in Area I may not be duplicated 
in Area IV 



OAD 20. 

340, 425 27 

C Business Administration 

BAD 2(r 
36( 
D Professic ience 37 

1 EDU 24( 

EXC310 27 

2 BE 350. PSY 301 or EDU 302 10 
E Economics 202 5 
F Regents' and Exit Exams 

TOTAL 205 
Special Note: ACC (Accounting). OAD (Office 
Administration). BAD (Business Administra- 
tion), and BE (Business Education) courses 
taught at SSC only. 

Courses taken in Area I may not be dupli- 
cated in Area IV 

Credit by examination may be given for 
OAD 202. 301. 312, 340. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BUSINESS 
EDUCATION (COMPREHENSIVE) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200. 
271,272.273: ENG 222; MUS 

200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115: POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ACC 211. 212; MAT 220 15 

2. EDN 200: PSY 101 10 

3. DRS 228 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BUSINESS 
EDUCATION (BUSINESS DATA 
PROCESSING AND ACCOUNTING) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 
One course from: ART 200. 
271,272.273: ENG 222. MUS 

200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 195 10 
2 Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115: POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 5 
Area IV 30 

1. ACC 211: 212; MAT 220 15 

2. EDN 200: PSY 101 10 

3. DRS 228 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103or 108. 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 



150 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



B Business and Data Processing 

Courses 38 

1. BAD 201, OAD 202 8 

2 ACC 301, 302, 440, CS 142, 

231 25 

3. ECON 202 5 

C Business Administration Courses.. 30 
BAD 225, 317, 320, 340, 360, 

465 30 

D. Professional Sequence 37 

1. EDU240, 335, 481, 482, 483, 
EXC 310 27 

2. BE 350, PSY 301 or EDU 302 10 

E. Regents' and Exit Exams 

TOTAL 206 
Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD (Office 
Administration), BAD (Business Administra- 
tion), and BE (Business Education) courses 
taught at SSC only. 

Courses taken in Area I may not be dupli- 
cated in Area IV. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF CHEMISTRY 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 
271,272,273: ENG 222; MUS 
200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. BIO 101, 102; CHE 281 15 

3. One course from: ART 200, 
271, 272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 
200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 



B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1 . CHE 341 , 342, 343, 350, 380 22 

2. CHE 491, 497 8 

3 CHE 451 or 461 or 480 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration . 25 

1. PHS 211, 212, 213 or 217, 

218, 219 15 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF ENGLISH 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271, 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200: 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 

290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. DRS 228: EDN 200. PSY 101 ... 15 

2. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. ENG 326, 344; 406 or 407 15 

2. ENG 327 or 328 5 

3. One course from: ENG 300. 
302. 304, 305, 306, 307, 320 ... 5 

4. One course from: ENG 308. 
309, 310 5 

5. One course from: ENG 325, 
410. 422 5 

6. One course from: ENG 327 or 
328. 400, 401. 402. 490 or 491 
(Neither ENG 327 nor 328 may 
be duplicated to satisfy B-2 



SECONDARY EDUCATION & SPECIAL EDUCATION 



151 



above, althc be 

taken) 

C Courst : 10 Concentration 15 

1 PHI 400 or ,•.. 5 

2 DRS350or3S1 5 

3 EDU 423 

D Professiona Sequence 40 

1 EXC 310, EDU 335. EDN 322 15 

2. EDU 439. 481. 482. 483 20 

3 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations .... 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101 and 103 or 195 10 

2 CHE 128. 129 or PHY 211. 212 10 
Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2 ECO 201 or 202 5 

Area IV 30 

1. DRS228. EDN 200. PSY 101 15 

2. IAE201. 202. 203 15 

AreaV 6 

1 PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1. IAE 301. 302, 303. 312, 401 25 

2 METc 212, 213 10 

3 ETc 101. 102 10 

C Professional Sequence 40 

1 EXC310. 335 10 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302. EDU 481. 
482.483 20 

3. IAE 411, 412 10 

D. Approved Electives 10 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



Ml h (f.' 

(hi at SSC only 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF MATHEMATICS 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2 One course from ART 200, 271, 
272. 273; ENG 222. MUS 200. 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101. 103 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 
2 One course from ANT 201 

ECO 201, 202, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2 MAT 206. 207. 208 15 

3 One course selected from ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228. 
MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Teaching Concentration 40 

1 CS120 5 

2 MAT 220. 260, 311. 336 19 

3 Two courses from MAT 316. 
416.470 6-7 

4 Two courses from MAT 341, 
346.353 4-5 

5 Approved MAT/CS elective 4-6 
C Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310. EDU 335. 441 15 

2 EDU 481. 482. 483 15 

3 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D Electives 15 

E Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



152 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF MUSIC EDUCATION 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF PHYSICS EDUCATION 



Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140, 236, 

281 20 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration .64-65 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 237, 238, 

239 15 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 312, 330, 331 11 

4. MUS 361, 371, 372, 373, 412... 15 

5. One of the following 

emphases: 11-12 

a. Choral— MUS 217, 218, 353, 
423, 480 12 

b. Instrumental — 

1. MUS 227, 352, 424, 481 9 

2. MUS 417 or 418 or 419.. 2 

c. Keyboard— MUS 227, 352 or 

353, 425, 426 8 

MUS 480 or 481 3 

C. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDU 335, 491, 492, 

493 25 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D Recital Requirement (one-half of a 

senior recital) 

TOTAL 195-196 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200 . 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. PHY 211-212 or 217-218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY 101 10 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272. 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5 

3. PHY 213 or 219; BIO 101, 102 15 
AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 30 

1. AST 301 5 

2. PHY 380, 412, 417 15 

3. Two courses from: GEL 302, 
MET 303; OCE301, 430 10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 30 

1. CHE 128, 129, 281 15 

2. MAT 206, 207 10 

3. Approved 300+ CHE elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310. EDU 302 or PSY 301 10 

2. EDU 335. 447. 481, 482, 483... 25 
E Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



SECONDARY EDUCATION & SPECIAL EDUCATION 



153 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL STUDIES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN BROAD 
FIELDS (HISTORY) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL STUDIES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN BROAD 
FIELDS (POLITICAL SCIENCE) 



Hours 

A General Requirements 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2 One course from ART 200. 271, 
272. 273. ENG 222. MUS 200. 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101. 220 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114. 115. POS 113 15 

2 PSY 101 5 
Area IV 30 

1 EDN 200 5 

2 One course from ANT 201. 
ECO 201 GEO 201 . SOC 201 5 

3 One course from ART 200. 271. 
272. 273. DRS 228. MUS 200 5 

4 Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B Teaching Concentration 35 

1 HIS 251 or 252; HIS 371 or 

377 10 

2 HIS 300 5 

3 Approved Non-Western HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

4 Approved 300+ US HIS 

course 5 

5 Approved European HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

C Courses Related to Concentration 30 

1 ECO 201. 202. 363 10-15 

2 GEO 211. 212. elective 10-15 

3 POS 306-307 5 

4 POS 317 318. 416 or 417 5-10 
D Professional Sequence 35 

1 EXC 310. EDU 335. 449 15 

2 EDU 302 or PSY 301 . EDU 481 . 
482 483 20 

E Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



Hours 

A General Requiremei 96 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101 102. 201 15 

2 One course from ART 200. 271 
272, 273 ENG 222, MUS 200 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101. 220 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114. 115 POS 113 15 

2 PSY 101 5 
Area IV 30 

1 EDN 200 5 

2 One course from ART 200. 271. 
272, 273: DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

3 One course from ANT 201. 
ECO 201 , 202. any GEO course 
SOC 201 5 

4 Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B Teaching Concentration 30 

1 . POS 306 or 307; 346 or 349 1 

2 POS 329. 333 10 

3 One course from POS 31 7. 318. 
416.417 5 

4 Approved 300 + POS course 5 
C Courses Related to Concentration 35 

1 HIS 251 or 252 5 

2 Courses from three of the follow- 
ing 

a GEO 211. 212. elective 10-15 
b ECO 201. 202. 363 10-15 

c 300+ HIS electives 10-15 

d ANT. PSY SOC electives 10-15 

D Professional sequence 35 

1 EXC 310 EDU 302 or PSY 301 10 

2 EDU 335. 449. 481. 482. 483 25 
E Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



154 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN HISTORY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. SOC201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5 

3. Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. HIS 251, 252, 300 15 

2. Approved Non-Western HIS 
courses 10 

3. Approved 300+ US HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

4. Approved 300+ European HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 20 

1. ECO 201, GEO 211 10 

2. One course from: ANT 201; POS 
306, 307, 317 5 

3. Approved social science 
elective 5 

D. Elective 5 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310, EDU335, 449 15 

2. EDU 302 or PSY 301 ; EDU 481 , 
482, 483 20 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN POLITICAL 
SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; ENG 222: MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2. SOC201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200. PSY 101 10 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 . 5 

3. Approved electives 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. POS 306, 307, 329 15 

2. POS 31 6 or 31 8: 346 or 349; 331 
or332 15 

3. Approved 300+ POS electives 10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 20 

HIS 251. 252; GEO 211; ECO 

201 20 

D. Elective 5 

E. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310, EDU 335, 449 15 

2. EDU 302 or PSY 301 ; EDU 481 , 
482, 483 20 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH CORRECTION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 



SECONDARY EDUCATION & SPECIAL EDUCATION 



155 



1 
2 

Area 
1 
2 



MAT 101 and 290 
Approved laboratory science 
sequence 



2 Onecou- ART 200. 21 1 
272. 273. ENG 222 MUS 200. 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

10 

10 

II 20 

HIS 114. 115. POS 113 15 
ANT 201 or ECO 201 or SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 EDN 200; PSY 101.202 15 

2. EXC 220; HIS 251 or 252 10 

3 One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1 PE 103or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Teaching Concentration 50 

1 EXC 225. 230. 315. 335 20 

2. EXC 410. 411. 412. 413, 415, 

420 30 

Courses Related to Concentration 15 

PSY405 5 

EDN 304 or PSY 295 5 

Approved elective 5 

Professional Sequence 35 

1. PSY 301 or EDU 302, EXC 310 10 

2. EDU 335. 422, 491, 492, 493... 25 
Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF TRADE AND 
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 10 

2. CHE 128. 129 or PHY 211, 212 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or 202 5 



. IV 
i DRS 228 I DN 200 PSY 101 
2 IK 100 200 

: J 6 

1 PI 103 01 108 11/ 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requinn enl 5 

HIS 251 or 2! 5 

B Teaching Concentration 45 

1 TIE 300, 301, 303, 323 or 410 20 

2 TIE 311, 313, 401. 402. 403 or 
technical electives 25 

C Professional Sequence 40 
1 EDU 335; PSY 301 or EDU 302. 

EXC 310 15 

2. TIE 41 1 . 421 10 

3 EDU 481, 482, 483 or TIE 431, 
432, 433 15 

D. Approved Electives 10 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 
Special Note: TIE (Trade and Industrial Educa- 
tion) courses taught at SSC only. 



Library Science/Media 

The Library Science/Media program has three 
emphases: (1) basic library skills courses and 
specialized skill courses designed to help stu- 
dents in specific subject areas develop re- 
search skills; (2) career courses for prospective 
media specialists and persons interested in 
public and special libraries; and (3) basic re- 
search courses which may be elected by majors 
in other areas. 

Certification Program 

Certification in Library Media may be obtained 
by completing 40 quarter hours in media and 
related courses with grades of "C" or better This 
program must be incorporated into an existing 
teaching major. The following courses are re- 
quired for certification as a media specialist: 

Hours 

A. LM 300. 310. 320. 410, 420. 

425 25 

B. EDU 240. 451. CS 296 10 

C. One course from: EDN 324. 41 8; 
EDU423 5 



156 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Non-Certification Program 

A student may choose any field of concentra- 
tion which allows a double major. The major in 
Library Media is comprised of the following: 

Hours 

A LM 300, 310, 320, 410, 420, 

425 25 

EDU 240, 451; CS 296 

or 110 10-12 

B One course from: EDN 324, 418; 

EDU 423; DRS/JRN 347 

DRS/JRN347 5 

TOTAL 40-42 

Library Media Minor 

A student choosing to minor in Library Media 
is required to complete the following courses 
with grades of "C" or better in each: 

Hours 

A. LM 300, 310, 320 12 

B. LM 410, 420, 425 _J3 

TOTAL 25 

Learning Disabilities Endorsement 

An endorsement for certification in Learning 
Disabilities (grades K-12) may be added to cert- 
ification in elementary or middle school edu- 
cation by successful completion of the following 
courses: 

EXC 312 - Introduction to Learning 

Disabilities 
EXC 430 - Teaching Children with 

Disabilities 
EXC 340 - Behavior Management 
EDU 320 - Tests and Measurements 
EXC 315 - Language Development 
Secondary education students and students in- 
terested in an endorsement in Learning Disa- 
bilities need to see a Special Education advisor 
in the Office of Secondary Education and Spe- 
cial Education in order to identify the appropriate 
courses. 



OFFERINGS 

SPECIAL NOTES: 
1 . Liability insurance or waiver is required for 
all courses with field experiences. Please 
consult course outline or professor regard- 
ing this requirement. 



2. Most of the following EDU offerings are pro- 
vided primarily — but not expressly- 
through the Department of Secondary Ed- 
ucation Generally, EDN and graduate level 
EEE courses are taught through the De- 
partment of Elementary Education and 
EDU. EXC. LM, and LS courses are taught 
through the Department of Secondary Ed- 
ucation. 



EDU Offerings 

EDU 240— Education Media (1-2-2) 

Workshop experience in the selection, utili- 
zation, evaluation, and preparation of various 
kinds of media. Emphasis is placed on utilization 
of media in teaching. 

EDU 302— Educational Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the learning processes and the 
factors that impinge upon the learner. Special 
consideration is given to the methods and tools 
used in the assessment and evaluation of learn- 
ing. 

EDU 320 — Tests and Measurements 
(5-0-5) 

A beginning course in measurement which 
covers statistical methods, research designs 
and research problems. Students are provided 
experiences in the administration and evaluation 
of psychological tests. 

EDU 335 — Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, General (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion; PSY 301 or EDU 302. 

The study of secondary school curriculum and 
methods. Detailed study is given to techniques 
of systematic observation, preparation of be- 
havioral objectives, analysis of critical incidents, 
production of media materials, practices of 
classroom control, and examination of instruc- 
tion models. Directed practicum. 

EDU 350 — Communicative Skills for 
Teachers (5-5-5) 

A survey of human speech development, de- 
viation, underlying causes, and resultant hand- 
icaps. Studying standards for efficiency in oral 
communication with opportunities for selfhelp in 
upgrading personal performances. Open to all 
students. Especially for teaching majors. 

EDU 410— Independent Study (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 



il 



SECONDARY EDUCATION & SPECIAL EDUCATION 



157 



Stuci- lucl an in depth cl< 

vise: . ' .i lOpIC i" Bd 

ucation 

skills in it idy 

EDU 415— Adolescent Psychology (5-0-5) 

Focus or omenon ol modern ado 

lescencr >n me intellectual, cul- 

tural and personal transitions ot the adolescent 
period 

EDU 423— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Admission 
to Teacher Education 

EDU 439 — Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, English (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite PSY 301 or 
EDU 302 and admission to Teacher Education 

The study of secondary school English cur- 
riculum with emphasis upon materials and meth- 
ods of teaching English Directed observation 

EDU 441— Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite MAT 260 
The study of secondary school mathematics 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching mathematics Directed ob- 
servations 

EDU 445 — Reading in the Secondary 
School (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the rationale for teaching reading as they 
teach their content areas in the secondary 
school 

EDU 447— Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Science (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Admission 
to Teacher Education, PSY 301 or EDU 302, and 

DU 335. 

The study of secondary school science cur- 
iculum with emphasis upon materials and meth- 
ods of teaching science. Directed observations. 

DU 449— Secondary School Curriculum 
ind Methods, Social Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
ion; PSY 301 or EDU 302 and EDU 335 

The study of secondary school social science 
:urnculum with emphasis upon materials and 
nethods of teaching social science. Directed 
•bservations. 
DU 451— Teaching Media (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 240 or permission of m- 
Iructor. 

Laboratory course in designing and produc- 



ing ■ 

EDU 481 — Student Teaching— Secondary 
Education-Knowledge of Content (0-V-5) 

EDU 482 — Student Teaching — Secondary 
Education— Instructional Methods and 
Materials (O-V-5) 

EDU 483— Student Teaching— Secondary 
Education-Professional Interpersonal Skills 
(O-V-5) 
Prerequisil 

Teacher Education Program " 

Students are placed in selected schools for 
one quarter as full-time student staff members 
No additional credit hours may be earned while 
student teaching Classroom experiences and 
other staff responsibilities are jointly supervised 
by the college staff, supervising teachers, and 
principals in the selected schools Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean 
of the School of Education at Armstrong and of 
the college from which the student comes 

EDU 491— Student Teaching— K-1 2- 
Knowledge of Content (O-V-5) 

EDU 492— Student Teaching— K-1 2- 
Instruction Methods and Materials (O-V-5) 

EDU 493— Student Teaching— K-1 2- 
Professional/lnterpersonal Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: See General Requirements 
Teacher Education Programs " 

Students are placed in selected schools for 
one quarter as full-time student staff members 
No additional credit hours may be earned while 
student teaching Classroom experiences and 
other staff responsibilities are jointly supervised 
by the college staff, supervising teachers, and 
principals in the selected schools Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean 
of the School of Education at Armstrong and of 
the college from which the student comes 



Exceptional Children Offerings 

EXC 220— Introduction to Communicative 
Disorders (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the types, etiologies, and 
remediation sources and techniques of various 
communicative dysfunctions in children and 
adults in the areas of language, articulation, 
voice and stuttering Emphasis is on the rec- 



158 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ogmtion and awareness of these disorders, ap- 
propriate classroom strategies, and treatment 
referral. 

EXC 225 — Phonetics for Speech 
Correctionists (3-4-5) 

Deals with the use of the International Pho- 
netic Alphabet (IPA) in speech correction, IPA 
transcription of normal and defective articulation 
and the important characteristics of regional di- 
alects are stressed. 

EXC 230— Anatomy and Physiology of the 
Speech and Hearing Mechanism 
(4-2-5) 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, 
and thorax from a speech and hearing stand- 
point. Special emphasis is placed on functional 
considerations of the respiratory system, larynx, 
oral and nasal structures, and ear. 

EXC 310— Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 and PSY 301 or EDU 
302. 

An orientation to exceptional children with em- 
phasis on educational implications and rehabil- 
itation requirements. Includes classroom 
discussion of and visitations to facilities for train- 
ing. 

EXC 312 — Introduction to Learning 
Disabilities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 310 offered on demand. 

An introduction to the area of specific learning 
disabilities, with an emphasis on identification, 
terminology, and prevalence. 

EXC 315 — Normal Speech and Language 
Development (4-2-5) 

The study of normal language development 
with emphasis on oral language. This course 
traces developmental scales of speech and lan- 
guage growth across various age levels and in- 
cludes the relationship between speech and 
language. Observations. 

EXC 335— Speech Science (4-2-5) 

Speech communication from a psychophysi- 
cal standpoint. Study focuses on acoustics, 
physics of speech, transmission media, and 
physical analysis of speech. 

EXC 340 — Behavior Management for the 
Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

A study of the application of behavioral prin- 
ciples for the management and growth of ex- 
ceptional learners. Consultation in using the 



principles with other teachers and with parents 
will also be emphasized. 

EXC 410 — Introduction to Audiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

An introduction to the methods of hearing as- 
sessment through pure tone and speech audi- 
ometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of the 
hearing impaired. Supervised clinical practice. 

EXC 411— Stuttering (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, 
its possible causes and the management train- 
ing of cases. Supervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 412— Language Disorders (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

An introduction to language disorders of chil- 
dren and adults. Etiologies, evaluation proce- 
dures, and therapeutic approaches are studied. 
Major emphasis will be given to delayed lan- 
guage development. Supervised clinical prac 
ticum. 

EXC 413— Organically Based 
Communication Problems (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa 
tion. 

The course includes a study of the commu 
nication problems related to disorders of voice 
cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Supervised clin 
ical practicum. 

EXC 415— Articulation Disorders (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 225, admission to Teache 
Education. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluatior 
and methods of therapy for disorders of artic 
ulation. The course includes the development c 
a therapeutic program, lesson plans, and sl 
pervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 420 — Public School Program 
Administration (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educe 
tion. 

Administration and implementation of publi 
school speech therapy programs mcludin 
identification, case load selection, scheduling 
inservice, and relationship of speech therapy t 
the total school program. Supervised clinic 
practicum. 



I0r 



SECONDARY EDUCATION & SPECIAL EDUCATION 



159 



EXC 422— Manual Language for the Deaf 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion Offered on demand 

A study of the practices, procedures and 
methods in teaching manual language to the 
deaf, with a review of the historical philosophies 
and current trends and literature At the conclu- 
sion of the course the student will have a working 
ability to communicate with a manual deaf in- 
dividual as well as the ability to teach deaf chil- 
dren the process of manual language. 

EXC 430 — Teaching Children with Learning 
Disabilities (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites EXC 213. Introduction to Learn- 
ing Disabilities and EDN 422. The Teaching of 
Reading; admission to Teacher Education Of- 
fered on demand 

Teaching strategies for children with specific 
learning disabilities. A focus on approaches, 
techniques, and materials with directed appli- 
cation. 



Library Media Science Offerings 

LM 300 — Introduction to Media Profession 
(2-0-2) 

An introductory course in which students ex- 
amine the role, functions and services of differ- 
ent types of libraries and information centers. 
Emphasizes the role and responsibilities of li- 
brarians/media specialists. Includes also the so- 
cial role of libraries and library networks. The 
student is given an opportunity to be involved 
in public, school, and special libraries during 
field experience. 

LM 310 — Reference Sources (5-0-5) 

Study of basic reference sources, including 
searching strategies. The course has two 
phases: (1) study and evaluation of major types 
of references and information sources; (2) study 
of specific sources of information in elementary 
and secondary schools as well as specific 
sources for a subject field. 

LM 320— Cataloging and Classification (5-0- 
5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of cata- 
oging and classification of multimedia materials 
:ombined with practical experience. Dewey 
Decimal and Library of Congress Classification: 
Sears and Library of Congress Subject head- 
ngs; purchasing of printed library cards, and 



ard 
cat. i 

t are cot 

also 

LM 410— Media Selection (3-0-3) 

Wn ■ 

i based on 
fundamental principles and objectives The 
course has three phases (1) selection criteria, 
source list and their use in media selection | 
lishing, and order process; (2) selection and 
evaluation of media for children considering cur- 
ncular considerations and understanding of the 
media specialist's responsibilities toward guid- 
ance in media; and (3) selection and evaluation 
of media for young adults considering curncular 
correlations and enrichment; recreational and 
developmental needs; young adult services and 
programs Includes field experiences 

LM 420 — Administration of Information 
Centers (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: LM 300, 310, 320, 410 
Study of organization and administration of all 
types of information centers including adminis- 
tering the budget, purchase of materials, per- 
sonnel, circulation, equipment, routines and 
schedules, maintenance of the collection, pre- 
ventive maintenance and minor repairs of equip- 
ment, and relations with administration and 
users will be considered. Students will examine 
the role of the media specialist in the curriculum 
process and media center instruction and ori- 
entation. School library media philosophies and 
educational objectives will also be examined. 
Concurrent enrollment in Media Internship is 
recommended 

LM 425— Media Internship (0-12-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisites LM 300, 
310, 320. 410. with a grade of "C" or higher and 
concurrent enrollment in LM 420. 

Supervised experience in library media cen- 
ter, or other appropriate setting Students must 
complete 120 clock hours of work Offered on 
a pass/fail basis. Application for the Internship 
must be made at least one quarter in advance 

LS 110 — Introduction to Library Research 
and Materials (1-0-1) 

An orientation to the library, library terminol- 
ogy, search strategy formation, and major library 
aids such as the card catalog, classification and 
subject heading guides, periodical indexes and 
abstracts, encyclopedias, dictionaries, alma- 



160 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



nacs, handbooks and yearbooks, reviews, and 
criticisms, and biographical sources This 
course will provide students with opportunities 
to learn how to access information in a variety 
of formats so that they can continue life-long 
learning. 

LS 311 — Principles of Library Research and 
Materials (1-0-1) 

A study of general research methodology and 
tools. The methodology aspect will focus on two 
mam areas of concern: (1) the question-transfer 
and negotiation process, and (2) the ability to 
recognize ready reference, bibliographic and 
evaluative reference/research questions. The 
study of tools will focus on the recognition and 
application of the proper sources for solution. A 
research project approved by the professor is 
required as partial requirement for completion 
of course. 

LS 312 — Information Resources in the 
Humanities (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
humanities. 

LS 313 — Information Resources in the 
Social Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
social sciences. 

LS 314 — Information Resources in the 
Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
sciences. 

SSC Business Education Offerings 

Special Note: The following courses are require- 
ments of varied Bachelor of Science in Educa- 
tion degree programs offered cooperatively with 
Savannah State College. The courses are listed 
in alphabetical order by course description pre- 
fix. The prefix codes are spelled out in the de- 
gree programs themselves 

ACC 211-212— Principles of Accounting I 
and II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or 
better in Math 101 and 220. 

An introduction to the principles and proce- 
dures of accounting. Detailed study of the tech- 
nique and formation of balance sheets, income 
statements, ledger accounts, and journals. 



ACC 301-302— Intermediate Accounting I 
and II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 211-212 

Theory and problems application of account- 
ing Includes analysis, interpretation, and ap- 
plications of statements, investments, funds, 
and evaluations of fixed assets and liability ac- 
counts 

ACC 325-326— Federal Income Tax 
Procedures I and II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 212 

An analysis of the Federal Income Tax Law 
and its application to individuals and partner- 
ships. Extensive practical problems: prepara- 
tion of returns. Part II emphasizes federal 
taxation on corporations and fiduciary returns, 
gift taxes and estate taxes. 

ACC 440 — Business Information Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 302 or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

Basic computer concepts applied to systems 
and methods design, data flow analysis, and the 
development of an understanding of a need for 
control procedures in a business information 
system. 



BAD 201— Introduction to Business Data 
Processing (5-0-5) 

A concepts course on methods of processing 
data as related to business, includes the use of 
terminals and microcomputer systems as facil- 
itating units for the recording and reporting of 
data. Included in the course of study are the 
telecommunication terminal systems and the 
languages necessary to communicate with a 
computing system. 

BAD 317— Business Law I (5-0-5) 

A study of legal rights, social forces and gov- 
ernment regulations affecting business: an in 
depth study of the law of contracts: the law of 
personal property and bailments. 

BAD 225 — Business Communications 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Summer. Prerequisite: ENG 101 
The application of basic principles of Englisr 
grammar, basic report writing, and research 
techniques to presentations and written com 
munications in relation to new media enters mtc 
the consideration given to communication the 
ory. 



3;; 



SECONDARY EDUCATION & SPECIAL EDUCATION 



161 



BAD 320— Business Finance (5-0-5) 

Pre 

Principles, problems, and practices associ- 
ated with the financial management of business 
institutions, nature and types of equity financing, 
major types of short-term and long-term debt, 
capitalization, financial statements, working 
capital requirements, reorganization; bank- 
ruptcy, methods of inter-corporate financing 
Prerequisite BAD 331 

BAD 340— Principles of Marketing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite ECO 201 

The distribution of goods and services from 
producer to consumers, market methods em- 
ployed in assembling, transporting, storage, 
sales and risk taking, analysis of the commodity, 
brands, sales methods and management; ad- 
vertising plans and media 

BAD 350 — Materials of Teaching Business 
Subjects (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: appropriate background 
in Business and Office Administration. 

An analysis of specialized methods used in 
teaching business subjects on t secondary level 
from which the student involves personal phi- 
losophy to determine teaching procedures In- 
cludes basic principles and curriculum structure 
of general and vocational business education. 

BAD 360 — Business Organization and 
Management (5-0-5) 

Fall 

A comprehensive study of principles of busi- 
| ness organization and management. Emphasis 
I is placed upon reports by students in which they 
:' collect data and make analyses necessary for 
[• organizing a business of their own choosing. 

BAD 400— Personal Finance (5-0-5) 

Devoted to family financial matters including 
'budgeting, expenditures, taxes, credit, savings, 
[/investments and insurance, mutual funds, estate 
[•'planning, trusts, wills, estate and gift taxes. 

I BAD 425 — Managerial Accounting (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 212. BAD 331 and BAD 
360 

The study, interpretation and analysis of fi- 
nancial statements as tools of the management 
Kdecision-making process. Some knowledge of 
[■statistical procedures as well as basic account- 
ing procedures are needed for studying this 
I course. 

| BAD 465— Business Policy (5-0-5) 

i The integration of knowledge of the various 



t)SS, Witt 

making Case stud. 



ECO 201— Principles of Macro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic c< .-. th emphasis on 

the role of government, national income and 
products, business cycles, money and ban*- 
fiscal and monetary policy and international 
trade 

ECO 202 — Principles of Micro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts continued from 
201 Factors of production, supply and demand, 
determination of prices and of income; mono- 
polies; the problem of economic growth, and 
comparative economic systems. 



IAE 201— Wood Processing I (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ENT 102 

Care of tools and machinery, basic hand and 
machine operations, material selection and fin- 
ishing. 

IAE 202— Wood Processing II (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: IAE 201 

A study of the construction of more advanced 
projects by the use of power tools and ma- 
chines, and woodfinishmg. 

IAE 203— Industrial Arts Design (3-7-5) 

Spring. 

Opportunities are provided for the develop- 
ment of design sensitivity and an appreciation 
for the aesthetic quality of products. Consider- 
ation is given also to the analytical and problem- 
solving procedures of the industrial designers 

IAE 301— Architectural Drafting (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ENT 102 
A study of house planning and the making of 
architectural working drawings. 

IAE 302— Power Mechanics (3-7-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the theory, operation and servicing 
of small gas, outboard, and automotive engines. 
Theoretical consideration is given to turbines, 
jet engines, turbo-jets, and rockets. 

IAE 303— Graphic Art Technology (3-7-5) 

Instruction in the printing processes and 
areas related to the process. Experiences will 
include graphic design, composition, photog- 
raphy, offset printing and the screen process. 



162 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



IAE 312— General Electricity (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MAT 108. 

The nature, forms and sources of electricity, 
conductors, insulators, electrical measure- 
ments, low voltage and residential wiring, elec- 
trical heating and lighting. 

IAE 401— Industrial Arts Electronics 

(3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: IAE 312. 

Electro-magnetism, relays, transformers, 
diodes, power supplies, test equipment, small 
project construction and troubleshooting. 

IAE 411 — Curriculum Building and Shop 
Organization (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY 301 or EDU 302. 

A study of the techniques of curriculum de- 
velopment, shop organization and manage- 
ment. 

IAE 421 — Methods of Teaching Industrial 
Arts (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY 301 or EDU 302. 

Lesson plan making, shop demonstrations, 
use of a variety of instructional media, meas- 
uring achievement, and the various methods of 
teaching industrial arts. 

MET 212— Metal Fabrication (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENT 102. 

A study of various metal forming, joining and 
casting techniques using a variety of metals and 
processes. Study includes the care, setup and 
operating principles of equipment. 

MET 223 — Metal Machining Processes 
(3-7-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: IAE 212. 

A study of lathes, milling machines, shapers, 
drill presses, grinders, saws, and other machine 
tools. 

OAD 201. Beginning Typewriting/ 
Keyboarding (1-4-3) 

Current typing techniques and the application 
of skills in typing letters, manuscripts, and sim- 
ple tables. Minimum standard for passing: 30 
words per minute on time writings. 

OAD 202. Intermediate Typewriting 
(1-4-3) (See special note.) 

Introduction to production typewriting. Skill 
development in the typing of business letters, 



forms, tabulation, and formal reports. Minimum 
passing speed 40 words per minute 

OAD 203— Advanced Typewriting (1-4-3) 

Production typewriting of office correspond- 
ence, business letters, forms, tabulations, re- 
ports, legal and medical documents. 
Prerequisite: OAD 202. Minimum passing speed 
50 words per minute. 

OAD 300— Office Machines (1-8-5) (Same as 
BAD 300) 

Acquaintanceship level of development on 
five basic classes of machines: adding and cal- 
culating; copy preparation, duplication; key- 
punching; and word processing units. 
Prerequisite: Typing proficiency. 

OAD 301— Office Procedures (5-0-5) 

The study of secretarial and/or clerical pro- 
cedures and duties commonly encountered in 
business offices. Emphasis is also placed on the 
development of desirable personal traits. Typing 
proficiency required. 

OAD 311— Beginners Shorthand (1-4-3) 

The acquisition of shorthand fundamentals. 
Minimum standard for passing: 60 words per 
minute for three minutes with 95 percent accu- 
racy. 

OAD 312— Intermediate Shorthand 
(1-4-3)**(See special note) 

Continued development of theory, reading 
and writing shills, introduction to new matter dic- 
tation, and transcription of mailable letters. Min- 
imum standard for passing: 80 words per minute 
for three minutes with 95 percent accuracy. Pre- 
requisites: OAD 202 and OAD 311. 

OAD 313— Advanced Shorthand (1-4-3) 

Continuation of 312 with added emphasis on 
dictation and transcription of simple letters and 
documents. Minimum standard for passing at 
the end of the course: 100 words per minute 
with 95 percent accuracy. Prerequisite: OAD 
312. 

OAD 340 — Word Processing Concepts and 
Techniques (2-6-5) 

The development of basic concepts and op- 
erational techniques on selected Word Proc- 
essing units. Prerequisite: OAD 301 . Typewriting 
proficiency required 

OAD 425— Administrative Management 
(5-0-5) 

A systems approach that provides the frame- 
work for understanding the role of the admin- 



SECONDARY EDUCATION & SPECIAL EDUCATION 



163 



istrative manager in todays mod* 
In-depth treatment and analysis ol tl ■ 
techniques, and concepts which ma^ 
forts of the administrator more effective 

SPECIAL NOTE 

"OAD202 INTERMEDIAL WRITING 

ANDOAD312 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 
are designed for Office Administration majors 
who have demonstrated proficiency in typewrit 
mg and/or shorthand 

A student who cannot perform effectively on 
the typing theory test and who cannot type at a 
minimum rate of 30 words per minute should 
take OAD 201 Beginners Typewriting prior to 
enrolling for the intermediate course 

A student who cannot perform effectively on 
the shorthand theory and who cannot take short- 
hand at a minimum of 60 words per minute 
should take OAD 31 1 Beginners Shorthand 
prior to enrolling for the intermediate course 

Advisement and/or placement tests for these 
courses are given prior to beginning of each 
quarter 



TIE 100-200-210-300— Cooperative Industrial 
Work Experience (0-0-5) 

All quarters 

Student works in industry under the supervi- 
sion of a college coordinator to gain practical 
work experience in the occupational area he 
plans to teach If the student has prior accept- 
able work experience in his occupational area, 
credit will be granted m these courses propor- 
lonately 

TIE 301— History of Vocational Education 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the development of vocational-in- 
dustrial education in the United States, with em- 
phasis on personalities and technical 
developments that influenced its growth 

TIE 303— Shop Management (5-0-5) 

A study of the sources of materials, means of 
purchasing, methods of inventorying; systems 
of arranging, installing, maintaining, storing and 
issuing shop tools and equipment 



TIE 311-313-401-402-403— Competency in 
Occupation (0-0-5) 

hools 
n an 

. receive i iccessfully passing oc- 

cupational coi . examin ( r 

evidences of compe* 

TIE 323 — Occupational Analysis (5-0-5) 

A study of the tect denti- 

fymg, classifying, organizing and expressing es- 
sential teachable elements of occupations for 
instructional purposes 

TIE 410— Instructional Aids (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to motivate and teach 
trade and industrial education teachers to de- 
sign, construct, and use all types of instructional 
aids which will facilitate teaching and learning 
m vocational education 

TIE 411— Industrial Education Curriculum 
(5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisites Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY 301 or EDU 302 

A study of course making and curriculum de- 
velopment with emphasis on organizing instruc- 
tional materials for vocational-industrial 
education programs 

TIE 421 — Methods of Teaching Industrial 
Subjects (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisites Admission to Teacher 
Education. PSY 301 or EDU 302 

The techniques of making lesson plans, giving 
shop lectures and demonstrations, writing in- 
struction sheets, using a variety of instructional 
media, and measuring student achievement in 
trade and industrial education 

TIE 431-432-433 — Teaching Internship in 
Trade and Industrial Education (O-V-5) 

All quarters 

A cooperative undertaking between the col- 
lege and public school system to provide col- 
lege supervision for employed permit trade and 
industrial education teachers This experience 
is for one academic term and may be taken m 
lieu of EDN 481. 482. 483 Prerequisites EDN 
335. TIE 411. 421: vocational teaching permit; 
full-time employment as a trade and industrial 
education teacher; and approval of teacher's 
employer 






164 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




166 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



School of 

Health Professions 

Repella, James, Dean 

Goals and Objectives 

The faculty of the School of Health Professions 
believes that the development of the student as 
an individual is a primary objective of a college 
education. The central role and function of the 
School of Health Professions is to provide an 
appropriate academic, intellectual, and profes- 
sional milieu to develop the skills required for a 
high level of professional competence. This in- 
cludes the development of intellectual and phys- 
ical competencies; personal values and beliefs; 
leadership abilities; a sense of integrity, self- 
worth, and self-reliance; and a sense of respon- 
sibility toward the community and society. To 
achieve these objectives, the goals of the School 
are: 

To prepare graduates who possess, at the ap- 
propriate level, the competencies required 
in their professional endeavors, and whose 
practice is compatible with the ethics of 
democratic humanistic philosophy; 
To prepare an educational environment which 
will motivate the student to develop a life- 
long commitment to learning and services; 
stimulate creativity, flexibility, and inde- 
pendence of thought and judgement within 
acceptable professional and humanistic 
constraints; and foster appreciation for 
scholarship and critical reasoning; 
To develop the leadership abilities of students 
so they may function effectively as leaders 
both in their professions and in their com- 
munities; 
To anticipate and to identify problems and 
needs and to encourage change and open- 
mindedness in finding solutions through 
appropriate research. 
To develop the School as a planning and re- 
source center for professional growth and 
community service; 
To complement other Schools of the College by 
providing programs of a uniquely profes- 
sional character which enhance the edu- 
cational opportunities of Armstrong State 
College. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Health Professions includes the 
Departments of Associate Degree Nursing. Bac- 



calaureate Degree Nursing, Dental Hygiene, 
Respiratory Therapy, and the degree programs 
in Health Science, Health Information Manage- 
ment. Medical Technology and Radiologic 
Technologies. 

The following degree programs are offered 
within the School: 
Associate in Science in: 
Dental Hygiene 

Health Information Management 
Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies 
Respiratory Therapy 
Bachelor of Health Science 
Bachelor of Science in: 
Dental Hygiene Education 
Medical Technology 
Nursing 
Additional degree programs, those at the 
masters level, are delineated in the graduate 
section of this catalog. 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Faculty 

Hepner, Freddie. Department Head 

Bell. Dorothy 

Dutko, Kathleen 

Miller, Mary 

Pruden. Giner 

Timberlake. Sara 

Williamson. Jane 



The Associate in Science degree program ir' 
N.rsing provides the student with the opportu- 
nity to obtain a general education and to studv 
nursing at the college level. The program is ap 
proved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is 
fully accredited by the National League for Nurs 
ing (NLN). Graduates are eligible to make ap 
plication to take the National Council of State 
Boards of Nursing Licensure Examinatior 
(NCLEX-RN) for licensure to practice as Reg j| a 
istered Nurses Student nurses participate ir y 
nursing clinical experiences at local hospital: 
and other community agencies and are respon ], 
sible for providing their own transportation. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Associate De ," 
gree Nursing Program, the following must b 
maintained: 



ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING 



167 



1 Natural science courses (CHE 201. ZOO 
208. 209. BIO 210) 

a A grade of D or above is required for 
CHE 201 and BIO 210 Only one D will 
be allowed 

b A grade of C or above is required for 
ZOO 208 and 209 

c A grade of C or above in ZOO 208 is 
required by the end of the Fall quarter 
in the Freshman year A grade of C or 
above in ZOO 209 is required by the 
end of the Spring quarter of the Fresh- 
man year Students who do not meet 
these requirements will be dismissed 
from the program 

d A student may repeat only one of these 
courses 

e Students who must repeat more than 
one science course because of 
grades of "F" will be dismissed from 
the program with no option for read- 
mission 

2 Nursing courses 

a. A "C" or better in each nursing course 
that is a prerequisite for the subse- 
quent nursing course. 

b. A student may repeat a given nursing 
course only one time 

c. A student may repeat only one nursing 
course. 

d. Students who must repeat any one 
nursing course more than one time will 
be dismissed from the program with 
readmission status to be evaluated by 
the faculty at the time of readmission 

e Students who must repeat more than 
one nursing course will be dismissed 
from the program with readmission 
status to be evaluated by the faculty 
at the time of readmission. 

3 Grade Point Average 
The maintenance of a 2.0 GPA is desirable 

throughout the nursing program Students who 
fall below 2 are subject to the academic status 
classification delineated in the Academic Reg- 
■) ulations section of this catalog. Students placed 
on academic warning who do not raise their 
GPA's to the stipulated GPA the subsequent 
quarter will be suspended from the program until 
such time the GPA meets requirements, 
bourses used to raise the GPA must have De- 
Dartment Head and Admissions Committee ap- 
proval. 



Insurance 

To mi ictual obligations with the co- 

operating clinical agencies, the Depa r 
quires students to submit a completed health 
history form and evidence of nursing liability and 
hospitalization insurance prior to participation in 
clinical practicums 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN NURSING 



A General Requirements 

Area I 

1 ENG 101. 102 
Area II 

1. BIO 210. CHE 201 

2. ZOO 208, 209 
Area III 

1. HIS 251 or 252 

2. POS113 
3 PSY 101 

Area V 
1. PE 117 and one activity 
course or three activity 
courses 

Elective 

B Courses in the Major Field 

1. NUR 100. 101. 102. 103. 104 



Hours 

53 

10 

10 

20 

10 

10 

15 

5 

5 

5 

3 



3 

5 

55 

27 



NUR 201. 202. 206 28 
Regents and National Stand- 
ardized Nursing Examinations 

TOTAL 108 



OFFERINGS 



NUR 100 and 100-L— Fundamentals of 
Nursing (2-8-6) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to the nursing 
program. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101 
Pre- or corequisite NUR 104 and ZOO 208 May 
be exempted by examination with credit 
awarded Students must first be admitted to pro- 
gram to sit for exemption test Only eligible stu- 
dents are allowed to sit for exemption test 
Medical corpsmen or licensed practical nurses 
who have graduated and or have practiced in 
a clinical setting within the past two years are 
eligible for this test Proof or documentation of 
above is required Exceptions to these criteria 
will be made on an individual basis. One ex- 
emption test is offered for NUR 100 and NUR 
101 This test may be taken only once. 



168 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



This course is designed to provide the student 
with learning opportunities that increase the un- 
derstanding of the basic needs of man accord- 
ing to Maslow and the principles of growth and 
development. The nursing process is used to 
promote adaptation in patients with basic and 
chronic health problems related to safety, mo- 
bility, comfort and rest, nutrition , elimination and 
sexuality. The student is encouraged to begin 
developing awareness of self and others and to 
consider the fundamental dignity of each indi- 
vidual. 

NUR 101 and 1 01 -L— Fundamentals of 
Nursing (2-8-6) 

Winter. Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 100. NUR 
104. ZOO 208. Pre- or corequisite: CHE 201 or 
ZOO 209. May be exempted by examination 
with credit awarded. 

A continuation of Nursing 100. Needs of pa- 
tients resulting from common stressors are em- 
phasized. Skills of technical and interpersonal 
intervention are applied to assist the patient to 
increase his adaptive potential. Topics include 
administration of medications and therapeutic 
interventions. Specific stressors in the following 
areas are dealt with: elimination, fluid and elec- 
trolyte balance, and pre-post operative care. 

NUR 102— Maternal-Infant Health (2-8-6) 

Winter. Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 100. NUR 
104. ZOO 208. Pre- or corequisite: NUR 101. 
CHE 201 or ZOO 209. 

This course is designed to assist the student 
to utilize the nursing process to help families to 
maintain or improve their adaptation to the stress 
in the child-bearing phase of the life cycle. The 
needs of the pregnant couple or woman in preg- 
nancy, parturition and post partum as well as 
the needs of the newborn are emphasized. 

NUR 103— Psychiatric-Mental Health 
Nursing (2-8-6) 

Winter. Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 104. NUR 
100. ZOO 208. Pre- or corequisite: PSY 101. 
CHE 201. or ZOO 209 

This course focuses on the development of 
self-awareness and on the therapeutic use of 
self m assisting man to achieve and maintain his 
optimal level of mental health. The nursing proc- 
ess is utilized in providing nursing care for the 
patient with problems of psycho-social adap- 
tation. Throughout this course, the patient is con- 
sidered not only as an individual with inherent 
dignity an worth but also as a member of a family 
within a community. His areas of need and de- 



velopmental level and tasks are also closely ex- 
amined 

NUR 104— Introduction to Nursing (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of the Depart- 
ment. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101 Pre- 
or corequisite: NUR 100. 

This course introduces the students to nursing 
as a profession The course is an orientation to 
professional accountability and responsibility. 
The foundational concepts of the needs of man 
in health and illness are considered within the 
growth and development phase of the life span 
and within the stress adaption continuum. 

NUR 201 and 201-L— Nursing of Adults and 
Children I (4-8-8) 

Prerequisites: NSG 100. 101. 102. 103. 104 
and ZOO 208. 209 and CHE 201 . 

NSG 201 focuses on patients having prob- 
lems with interaction, oxygenation, inflammation 
and immunity and perception and coordination. 
Background knowledge relating to these con- 
cepts is utilized and incorporated in the nursing 
care of the ill adult and child. Learning experi- 
ences are directed toward the care of patients 
with uncomplicated, commonly occurring stres- 
sors which exemplify these concepts. The 
learner uses the nursing process in providing 
nursing care to ill patients. 

NUR 202 and 202-L— Nursing of Adults and 
Children II (4-8-8) 

Winter. Prerequisite: NSG 201. Pre- or core- 
quisite: BIO 210. 

NUR 202 is the second of three quarters study 
of the ill adult and child. Patients experiencing 
problems with metabolism, perception, coordi- 
nation and cell growth are added to the foun- 
dation built in NSC 201 as the studen: 
implements the nursing process in the care o< 
patients undergoing stress in increasingly com 
plex situations 

NUR 206 and 206-L— Advanced Nursing 
(4-16-12) 

Spring. Prerequisite: NSG 202. 

NUR 206 is the third of three quarters stud^ 
of the physically ill patient. Emphasis is placec 
on utilization of the nursing process for adults 
and children having a multiplicity of needs Pa 
tients experiencing problems with Oxygenation 
Perception and Coordination. Metabolism anc 
Fluids and Electrolytes provide the basis fo 
study the critical care aspects of nursing. Unde 
supervision, the student develops beginning 
skill in the direction and management of patien 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING FACULTY 



169 



care Assigned and self-directed learning 

nces assist the student in making the tran- 
sition from the role of student to practitioner 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing Faculty 

Buck. Marilyn. Department Head 

Keller. Carole 

Levett. Nettie 

Massey. Carole 

Repella, James 

Roesel. Rosalyn 

Schmitz. Catherine 

Silcox. Elaine 



The Department of Baccalaureate Nursing of- 
fers a curriculum which provides entering fresh- 
men, transfer students, and Registered Nurses 
the opportunity to earn the Bachelor of Science 
in Nursing Degree The program prepares a 
professional nurse generalist who can provide 
comprehensive nursing care to individuals, fam- 
ilies, groups and the community in a variety of 
settings. Baccalaureate nursing education also 
provides the foundation for graduate study in 
nursing. The program is approved by the Geor- 
gia Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by 
the National League for Nursing (NLN). Grad- 
uates who are not already Registered Nurses 
may apply to take the NCLEX examination for 
licensure as an RN 

Progression Requirements 

For the generic Bachelor of Science program: 

1 A "C" or better must be earned in each 
science course. 

2 A "C or better must be earned in each 
nursing course. No more than one nursing 
course may be repeated and a "C" or better 
must be earned at the time to remain in the 
program. 

3. Any nursing course which the student does 
not satisfactorily complete must be re- 
peated at its next offering. The course may 
be taken concurrently with a non-sequential 
course 

4. An overall grade-point average (GPA) of 
2.0 is required to remain in the nursing pro- 
gram. 

5. Students must submit a completed health 
history prior to the first clinical experience 
and maintain a current health history record 



program 

6 Students must s .f of liability and 

health insurance prior to the first c 
experience This insurance must be main- 
tained while in the program 

7. Students must obtain CPR certification prior 
to the first clinical experience It must be 
maintained throughout the program 

8 After admission to the Nursing Major, the 
Registered Nurse may challenge BSN 310. 
334. 335, 336. 350 422. 423 through writ- 
ten examinations No more than one-fourth 
of the degree requirements may be taken 
by correspondence, extension, or exami- 
nation (For further information see BSN De- 
partment) 

9. All students must have passed the Regents 

Exam before entering their last quarter 
10. If a student does not matriculate each 
quarter, excluding Summer Quarter, the 
student must apply for readmission to the 
College and to the Department (see Read- 
mission page ••) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGRE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 
Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200. 271. 272. 273: MUS 200. 

PHI 200. 201: ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 121. 122* 10 

2. MAT 101. 220 10 
Area III 25 

1. HIS 114. 115 10 

2. POS 113 and HIS 251 or 252 10 

3. PSY 101 5 
Area IV 30 

1. BIO 210: PSY 295: SOC 201 

ZOO 208. 209 215 30 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 or 211 and 103 or 108 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses m the Major Field 80 

1. BSN 231. 310. 320, 334. 335. 
336. 340. 350. 422. 423. 432. 

433. 434. 435 80 

C Courses in Allied Fields 11 

1. LS311 1 

2. Electives 10 



170 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



D. Regents' and Exit Examination 

Total 197 

"Students who have already completed CHE 
201 with a "C" or better may challenge CHE 121 
and take CHE 122 or complete an approved lab 
science sequence of Core Area II. Students who 
have already completed an approved Area II lab 
science sequence may take CHE 201. 



Curriculum Design 

— Freshman Year — 

Fall 

ENG 101 5 

CHE 121 5 

MAT 101 3 

PE 1 

16 

Winter 

ENG 102 5 

CHE 122 5 

HIS 114 5 

PE 103 or 108 1 

16 

Spring 

ENG 201 5 

HIS 115 5 

ZOO 208 5 

PE 117 or 211 2 

17 

—Sophomore Year — 

Fall 

PSY 101 5 

ZOO 209 5 

Area I Elective 5 

PE 1 

16 

Winter 

BIO 210 5 

MAT 220 5 

SOC201 5 



LS311 1 

16 

Spring 

PSY 295 5 

BSN231 5 

ZOO 215 5 

PE 1 

16 

— Junior Year — 

Fall 

BSN310 7 

BSN320 5 

*Pol. Sci./Am. His 5 



17 



Winter 

BSN334 6 

BSN340 5 

Elective, or 5 

BSN335 6 

16or 17 
Spring 

BSN336 3 

BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

BSN335, or 6 

Elective 5 

14 or 15 

— Senior Year- 
Fall 

BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

BSN 422 6 

BSN 432 or Elective 



17 



Winter 



BSN 433 1Clr 

Elective or BSN 432 6 



15 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING FACULTY 



171 



Spring 



BSN 432 



12 
3 

15 



*By State law, each student who receives a di- 
ploma or certificate from a school supported by 
State of Georgia must demonstrate profi- 
ciency in United States History and Government 
and Georgia History and Government Students 
at Armstrong State College may demonstrate 
such proficiency by successfully completing ex- 
aminations for which credit will be awarded for 
Political Science 1 13 and History 251 or 252. If 
students elect to take courses instead of chal- 
lenging them, students will be responsible for 
arranging their schedules to complete both of 
the courses before graduation 



OFFERINGS 

BSN 231— A Conceptual Framework for 

Professional Nursing (5-0-5) 

On demand Prerequisite: LS 311. PSY 101. 
SOC201 

This course is designed for beginning stu- 
dents of professional nursing. The conceptual 
framework of the baccalaureate curriculum is 
examined. Major emphasis is placed on an in- 
troduction to the concepts of Man. Health, and 
Nursing 

BSN 310 — Concepts of Nursing Practice 
(4-9-7) 

Prerequisites BSN 231 . PSY 295. all required 
science courses. 

This introductory course provides the foun- 
dational knowledge for clinical nursing Empha- 
sis is placed on concepts for professional 
nursing practice that will assist individuals to 
meet health needs The student assumes the 
role of professional nurse by implementing var- 
ious cognitive, psychomotor, and interpersonal 
skills to promote positive adaptation 

BSN 320— Health Appraisal of the Individual 
(3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 208. ZOO 209. BSN 231 
Dr permission of department head. 

This is a beginning course in physical as- 
sessment which provides knowledge and ex- 
perience for the nursing student and interested 
lealth professionals, with a focus on appraisal 
Df the individual throughout the lifecycle. Em- 



phasis is placed upon understanding of pi 
cal assessment skills appn ; 
Course didactic and laboratory components fo- 
cus on normal findings of the physical exami- 
nation, although common deviations fi 
normal are addressed as necessary 

BSN 334— Health Restoration of Adults I 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisite BSN 310 

This course provides students with the op- 
portunity to assist adult individuals to cope with 
alterations in the ability to meet human needs 
related to the concepts of oxygenation, fluid and 
electrolytes, perception and coordination, and 
metabolism Clinical experiences are provided 
in secondary health care settings 

BSN 335 — Promotion of Psychosocial 
Adaptation (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites BSN 310 

This course is designed to assist students to 
promote positive adaptive behavior of individ- 
uals and families with psychosocial problems 
through the use of the nursing process Trends 
in mental health, legal issues and the role of the 
nurse in the psychiatric setting are examined. 
Clinical experiences are provided in secondary 
health care settings and community mental 
health facilities 

BSN 336 — Leadership in Nursing Care 
Management (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310 

Management and leadership principles are 
introduced and applied to nursing The focus of 
this course is on the leadership role of the 
professional nurse in the management of health 
care 

BSN 34fJ — Nursing and Family Health 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite BSN 310 

This course is designed to explore the family 
as a biopsychosocial unit of a multi-cultural so- 
ciety Internal and external variables affecting 
the health and adaptation of the family system 
are considered The nursing process is utilized 
as a framework to assess structural and func- 
tional needs, plan nursing interventions, and de- 
velop outcome criteria 

BSN 350 — Nursing and the Childbearing 
Family (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites BSN 334 340 
Using the developmental approach, this 
course focuses on health promotion and resto- 



172 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ration of the childbearing family. The nursing 
process is utilized to assess health needs and 
promote positive adaptation. Clinical learning 
experiences are provided in a variety of settings 

BSN 422— Health Restoration of Adults II 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 335, 336, 340 
This course provides students with the op- 
portunity to assume a beginning leadership role 
in the management of nursing care of adult in- 
dividuals and their families who are experienc- 
ing maladaptive responses related to complex 
alterations in the ability to meet basic human 
needs Clinical experiences are provided in sec- 
ondary health care settings. 

BSN 423— Health Restoration of the Child 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 340. 334. 

The student uses the nursing process as a 
problem solving approach in the care of children 
from infancy to adolescence experiencing al- 
terations in their ability to meet human needs. 
Clinical experiences are provided in secondary 
care and community settings. 

BSN 432— Nursing Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Three clinical Nursing courses 
and MAT 220. 

This course focuses on the research process 
from problem identification to communication of 
results. The evolution of nursing research is ex- 
amined and the role that clinical nursing re- 
search plays m the improvement of the quality 
of care is emphasized. 

BSN 433 — Nursing and Community Health 
(5-15-10) 

Prerequisites: BSN 422. 423 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the knowledge and opportunity to utilize the 
nursing process to assist families, groups and 
the community to promote, maintain and restore 
health. Students assume the various roles of the 
professional nurse in selected community set- 
tings. 

BSN 434 — Professional Nursing Practicum 
(4-24-12) 

Prerequisite: BSN 433 

This course provides the opportunity for stu- 
dents to synthesize knowledge from the liberal 
arts, sciences, and nursing as a basis for profes- 
sional nursing practice Students practice the 
leadership role of the professional nurse in as- 
sessing, planning, implementing and evaluating 



nursing care in a selected clinical setting. Re- 
search findings are incorporated into nursing 
practice. 

BSN 435— Senior Seminar (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 433 

Students evaluate forces and factors which 
influence changes in professional nursing prac- 
tice. Current professional issues and trends and 
the transition from student to graduate profes- 
sional nurse are included. 



Dental Hygiene 

Faculty 

Simon, Emma, Department Head 
Coursey, Theresa 
Edenfield, Suzanne 
Fleming, Caroline 
Tanenbaum. Barbara 

The student must complete a curriculum of 58 
quarter hours in professional dental hygiene 
courses for the two-year program leading to the 
Associate in Science Degree in Dental Hygiene. 
Dental hygienists provide dental health services 
in private dental offices, civil service positions, 
industry, and in various public health fields. They 
practice under the supervision of a dentist and 
must pass a state board examination for licen- 
sure. The curriculum is fully approved by the 
Commission on Accreditation of Dental and 
Dental Auxiliary Educational Programs of the 
American Dental Association. 

A passing grade in all related natural science 
courses is a prerequisite to the 200 level Dental 
Hygiene courses: therefore. CHE 201 . ZOO 208- 
209. and BIO 210 must be satisfactorily com- 
pleted before the student will be admitted into 
second-year status in the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram 

The student must earn a "C" or better in each 
Dental Hygiene course before registering for 
subsequent dental hygiene courses: therefore, 
a grade of "C" or better in the previous course(s) 
is a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course 
for which the student registers after the first 
quarter of the first year An overall GPA of 2 
is required for graduation from the program. 

The Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene 
Education program is comprised of preparatory 
courses that will enable the student to be em- 
ployed m areas such as dental hygiene and den- 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



173 



tal assisting instruction, dental health e 
in public school systems, and public health rhe 
student will work directly with the dental hygiene 
faculty and participate in the student teaching 
practicums in various associate degree classes, 
clinics, laboratories, and extra-mural clinics 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL 
HYGIENE 

Hours 

A General Requirements 38 

Area I 15 

1 ENG 101. 102 10 

2 DRS228 5 

Area III 20 

1 PSY 101 5 

2 SOC201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. POS 113 5 

AreaV 3 

1 PE 117 or 211 2 

2. One activity course 1 

B Courses in the Major Field 56 

1. DH 111. 112. 113. 118. 120. 
123. 124. 211. 212. 213, 214, 
216. 219. 220, 221, 223. 224. 

227 58 

C Courses in Related Fields 20 

1. BIO 210 5 

2. CHE 201 5 

3 ZOO 208. 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 116 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 71 

Area 1 25 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2 DRS 228 and PHI 200 or 201. 10 

Area II 10 

1. MAT 101. 220 10 

Area III 30 

1. PSY 101 5 

2. SOC201 5 

3. HIS 2251 or 252 and 114. 115 15 

4. POS 113 5 



AreaV 6 

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 76 

1 DH 1 1 1 , 1 12, 1 1 

118, 120, 124, 211 212 213. 
214, 215, 216. 217, 219, 220. 

221, 223. 224, 227 56 

2 DH 401, 402, 403, 404 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 55 

1. BIO 101, 102, 210 15 

2. CHE 122, 201 10 

3. PSY 301. 305 10 

4. EDN200, 335 10 
5 ZOO 208, 209 10 

D Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 202 



OFFERINGS 

DH 111— Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2-6-4) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to introduce the stu- 
dent to the dental hygiene profession. The sub- 
ject matter includes fundamental knowledge of 
clinical procedures and techniques of removing 
deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are 
introduced on the the manikins and the student 
is required to practice these techniques until 
proficiency is achieved. 

DH 112-113 — Clinical Dental Hygiene II and 
III (2-6-4) (1-9-4) 

Winter and Spring respectively Prerequisite: 
DH 111 

Students perform oral prophylactic tech- 
niques on patients in the clinic under supervi- 
sion. The subject matter includes procedures 
which the hygienist will use in the performance 
of clinical duties. The student must apply ac- 
quired knowledge in all clinical situations 

DH 118— Periodontics (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to give the student a 
basic understanding of periodontics Emphasis 
is placed on periodontal health and disease in 
relation to the health of the total patient Perio- 
dontal knowledge is applied in clinical situa- 
tions. 

DH 120— Dental Roentgenology (2-3-3) 

Winter. 

This course will include a series of lectures, 
demonstrations, and directed experience in the 
fundamentals of dental roentgenology. Intraoral 



174 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



techniques for the taking and processing of ra- 
diographs are taught and laboratory time will be 
devoted to demonstration and directed experi- 
ence. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will 
afford the application of the principles of clinical 
situations. 

DH 123 — Dental Anatomy and Oral 
Histology (3-2-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the den- 
tal hygiene student with the nomenclature, mor- 
phology, eruption sequence of the primary and 
secondary dentition and oral histology and em- 
bryology of the oral cavity. 

DH 124— Dental Materials (2-3-3) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to provide a general 
understanding of the chemical, physical and 
mechanical properties of dental materials. The 
indications and limitations of materials will be 
stressed as well as proper manipulation of those 
materials used by dental hygienists. 

DH 211-212-213— Clinical Dental Hygiene IV, 
V, VI (1-12-5) (1-15-6) (1-15-6) 

Fall. Winter and Spring respectively. Prereq- 
uisites: DH 111, 112, 113. 

These courses are a continuation of the pre- 
ceding clinical courses. Emphasis centers on 
improved proficiency in all areas of a working 
clinic. Lecture time is devoted mainly to the dis- 
cussion of experiences encountered in clinical 
situations. Pertinent material related to the den- 
tal hygiene profession is included in these 
courses. 

DH 214 — Anesthesiology and 
Pharmacology (2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course is a study of drugs and anes- 
thetics with special consideration given to those 
used in dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the 
student with the principles of drug action in the 
human patient. 

DH 216— Dental Public Health (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

This course introduces the student to the var- 
ious aspects of public health with reference to 
the dental needs of the community. Special em- 
phasis is given to terminology, epidemiology, 
and interpretation of data related to community 
dental health programs. Directed field experi- 
ence is a course requirement. 



DH 219— Total Patient Care (0-3-1) 

Fall. 

This laboratory experience acquaints the stu- 
dent with the subject and practice of the various 
dental specialties in relation to the patient's total 
health. This course is also designed to acquaint 
the student with the expanding dental services 
provided by dental auxiliary personnel. 

DH 220— Directed Field Experience 
(0-4-1) 

Winter. 

The student is provided with a holistic ap- 
proach to dentistry by externing with private 
dental practitioners and public and military 
agencies. 

DH 221— Scopes of Dental Hygiene Practice 
(1-0-1) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to acquaint students 
with various scopes of dental hygiene practice, 
the jurisprudence governing the practice of den- 
tal hygiene, and the structure and function of 
professional associations. 

DH 223— Applied Nutrition (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course presents the aspects of nutrition 
as applied to the practice of dentistry. Students 
are instructed in diet history and dietetic coun- 
seling. 

DH 224— Head and Neck Anatomy (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the den- 
tal hygiene student with gross anatomical rela- 
tionships in the had and neck. Special emphasis 
is given to the anatomy of the oral cavity and its 
clinical application. 

DH 225 — Preventive Dental Health 
Education I (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases 
are presented. Many facets of prevention are 
included with emphasis on the utilization of oral 
physiotherapy aids and on education and mo- 
tivation of patients in proper oral hygiene. Knowl- 
edge from this course and preceding clinical 
courses will be utilized in a paper to be pre- 
sented to the class and clinical faculty. Clinical 
time in subsequent quarters will afford the ap- 
plication of these principles to clinical situations. 



HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 



175 



DH 226— Preventive Dental Health 
Education II (1-0-1) 

Wn ' 

This course is a continuation of the preventive 
dentistry concepts The student is familiarized 
with the practical application of modern meth- 
ods of dental health education Course content 
includes developing teaching materials for den- 
tal health education, demonstrations, and pres- 
entation of materials Directed field experience 
will be provided to allow the student practical 
application of techniques learned in the class- 
room 

DH 227— General and Oral Pathology 
(3-0-3) 

Fall 

This course is designed to familiarize dental 
hygiene students with the principles of general 
pathology in relation to the common diseases of 
oral regions Emphasis is placed on clinical 
manifestations and the importance of early rec- 
ognition of abnormal conditions. 

DH 401— Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education I (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission 
into the Dental Hygiene Education Program. 

This course is an introductory field experience 
n the college dental hygiene clinic, community 
agencies, and patient care facilities with em- 
phasis on observation, individual and small 
group teaching, and teacher aide work. The first 
professional course for majors in Dental Hygiene 
Education 

DH 402— Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education II (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: DH 401. 

This course is a continuation of Dental Hy- 
giene 401 . Problems common to beginning den- 
al hygiene teachers, practices and procedures 
jesigned to accomplish program objectives. 
3Stablishment and organization of content, 
nethods of evaluation and supervision in the 
dental hygiene clinic are included. 

DH 403 — Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education III (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

This course is an advanced field experience 
designed to assist the student in the develop- 
ment of learning activities, teaching procedures, 
md the presentation of materials pertinent to 
bental hygiene education. The student will de- 



velop and teach selected units in the basic den- 
tal hygiene sequence at community agencies. 

DH 404— Directed and Individual Study 
(3-6-5) 

Offered on demand Corequisite DH 403, 
Prerequisite DH 403 

This course is a directed individual study in 
an area of major interest with emphasis relevant 
to dental hygiene and future career objectives 
Scientific research and evaluation methods will 
be reviewed and used in the student's individual 
project. 



Health Information 
Management 

Faculty 

Herring, Marjone, Program Director 

The field of health information management is 
a rapidly growing profession The program cur- 
riculum is designed to train selected individuals 
in acquiring technical skills and knowledge to 
become competent health information manage- 
ment professionals The student is prepared for 
clerical and supervisory responsibilities in the 
health record department of any hospital, clinic, 
nursing home and other health related institu- 
tions. Employment opportunities are also avail- 
able in industrial organizations, governmental 
agencies, and medical libraries Participating in 
medical research and offering consultation serv- 
ices to health facilities are other employment 
avenues. Managing legal questions, participat- 
ing in numerous activities to assess the quality 
of patient care, and assisting in the design and 
maintenance of medical information systems 
make this a most challenging career m the 
health care industry. 

Program policies as stated in the catalog will 
become effective at the time a student is ad- 
mitted into the Health Information Management 
Program 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the program, the fol- 
lowing must be maintained: 
1 Natural Science Courses (ZOO 208. 209. 
215 and CHE 201) 



176 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



a. A grade of "C" or better must be 
earned in all natural science courses. 

b Only one natural science course may 
be repeated only one time. 

c. Students who must repeat more than 
one natural science course will be dis- 
missed from the program with no op- 
tion for readmission. 

2. Health Information Management Courses 

a. A grade of "C" or better must be 
earned in all HIM courses. 

b. A student will not be permitted to reg- 
ister for a HIM course if a "C" has not 
been earned on a prerequisite course. 

c. Only one HIM course may be repeated 
only one time. 

d. Students who must repeat more than 
one HIM course will be dismissed from 
the program with no option for read- 
mission. 

3. Grade Point Average 

a. Maintenance of a quarterly GPA of 2.0 
or better is expected. 

b. A student who falls below this required 
quarterly GPA during any quarter will 
be placed on "Conditional Status' for 
one quarter, relative to the HIM Pro- 
gram. 

c. A student may be granted "Condi- 
tional Status'' for not more than three 
quarters total. 

d. If a student's quarterly GPA is not 
raised by the end of the second con- 
secutive "Conditional Status" quarter 
or at the end of the third non-consec- 
utive "Conditional Status" quarter, the 
student will be dismissed from the HIM 
program. 

e. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required for 
graduation. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN HEALTH 
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 38 

1. ENG 101. 102 10 

2 CHE 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. HIS 251 or 252 5 

5 POS113 5 

6 Approved elective 5 



7 PE 117 and one activity 
course or three activity 

courses 3 

B Courses Appropriate to the Field 20 

1. ZOO 208. 209, 215 15 

2. CS 115 5 

C. Courses in Major Field 53 

1. HIM 100. 101. 203. 204. 205... 21 

2. HIM 111. 112. 213 13 

3. HIM 110. 220, 230, 240 11 

4. HIM 215. 225 8 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1 1 1 



OFFERINGS 

HIM 100— Health Occupations (2-0-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: None. 

An introductory study of the present system 
of health care on local, state, national, and in- 
ternational levels. The changing patterns of 
health manpower needs and the emerging 
trends of the health care delivery system are 
explored. Orientation to the various types of 
health care facilities and the exploration of the 
roles of various health care professionals. The 
organization of a hospital and its functional units 
will also be discussed. 

HIM 101— Medical Record Science I 
(4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: HIM 100. 

A general orientation to the historical back- 
ground of medicine, development of the health 
care field, the medical record field as a profes- 
sion with discussion of the organization and his- 
tory of the American Medical Record 
Association. Included are definitions of and 
standards for medical records, their content, for- 
mat, and evaluation with reference to accredit- 
ing agencies. Emphasis is also placed on 
number and filing systems, retention, storage 
methods, and admitting procedures. 

HIM 110— Directed Experience I (0-8-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: HIM 100 Prerequisite or 
Corequisite: HIM 101. 

Directed experience in various affiliated 
health care facilities will apply the theory of med- 
ical record practice by performing medical re- 
cord skills. Specific assignments in the medical 
record department will include health record 
storage, retrieval, and control procedures. 



HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 



177 



HIM 111— Medical Terminology I (5-0-5) 

Fall Prerequisite None 

Introduction to medical terminology This 
course will cover the study of the language of 
medicine including word construction, word ele- 
ments, definitions, and abbreviations related to 
all areas of medical science, hospital services, 
and health related fields Open to non-HIM stu- 
dents by permission 

HIM 112— Medical Terminology II (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite HIM 1 1 1 Prerequisite or 
Corequisite ZOO 208 

An advanced course in medical terminology 
This course will cover diseases, operations, lab- 
oratory tests, and various aspects of medicine 
used m each of the human body systems. Open 
to non-HIM students by permission. 

HIM 203— Medical Record Science II 
(4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: HIM 101 and 110. Prereq- 
uisite or Corequisite: ZOO 215. 

Concentration on defining the purposes of 
classification systems and nomenclatures; de- 
scribing the various classification systems used; 
coding and retrieving diagnoses and proce- 
dures by ICD-9-CM; utilizing the principles of 
other coding systems and nomenclatures; de- 
scribing and using various indexes and regis- 
ters. An area of major emphasis will be the 
implementation and utilization of diagnosis re- 
ated groups. 

HIM 204— Medical Record Science IV 
(4-2-5) 

Spring Prerequisites: HIM 205 and 230. 
A survey of medical audit methodology; utili- 
zation review; implementing the problem ori- 
ented medical record in health care institutions; 
principles in managing medical libraries and 
cancer registery programs; and providing con- 

ulting services to health care delivery systems. 
An overview of special record keeping systems 
ncludmg long term care facilities, ambulatory 

are centers, psychiatric institutions, private 
ohysicians' offices, and health care centers in 
ndustnal sites 

HIM 205— Medical Record Science III 
3-2-4) 

Winter. Prerequisites: HIM 203 and 220 
A study of the hospital and medical staff or- 
ganization and committee functions: reviewing 
he purposes and requirements of various na- 
ional and state regulatory agencies: computing 
/anous hospital statistics and preparing their re- 



spective reports. des 

completing vital statistics on births, deaths, and 
reportable diseases, discussing the sources 
and uses of health information systems, m 
ice education u • 

HIM 213— Medical Transcription (1-4-3) 

Spring Prerequisites HIM 112. Typing profi- 
ciency 

Medical transcribing, editing medical reports, 
and managing transcription services are em- 
phasized The laboratory time will be spent typ- 
ing from cassette tapes through which medical 
reports (discharge summaries, operative re- 
ports, history and physical examinations, pa- 
thology reports, radiology reports, and 
consultation reports) have been dictated 

HIM 215— Legal Aspects of Medical 
Records (3-0-3) 

Winter Prerequisite: HIM 101 

An introduction to the study of the principles 
of law (federal, state, local) and their application 
to the health field with particular emphasis in 
medical record practice: the importance of the 
medical record as a legal document; the effect 
of confidential communication laws on the re- 
lease of information from the medical record, 
legal authorizations and consents 

HIM 220— Directed Experience II (0-8-2) 

Fall. Prerequisites HIM 101 and 110 Prereq- 
uisite or Corequisite; HIM 203 

Supervised learning experience at various 
health care facilities. Specific assignments in the 
medical record department will include techni- 
cal analysis and evaluation of health records, 
medical transcription, and patient registration 
procedures 

HIM 225 — Organization and Administration 
(4-2-5) 

Spring Prerequisites HIM 205 and 230 Pre- 
requisite or Corequisite: HIM 204 

A survey of the management principles re- 
lated to office management m a medical record 
department Planning the work of an office with 
discussion and application to systems, proce- 
dures, methods, and organization charts Atten- 
tion is given to planning and organizing office 
space, equipment, and supplies Also included 
in this course are units in communication skills 
and techniques: form design and control, salary 
administration: and personnel selection, devel- 
opment, and supervision 

HIM 230— Directed Experience III (0-12-3) 

Winter Prerequisite: HIM 203 and 220 Pre- 



178 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



requisite or Corequisite: HIM 205 

This practicum emphasizes practical experi- 
ence in coding and absracting health informa- 
tion, statistical compilation, display, and 
retrieval of health information, and medicolegal 
and correspondence procedures. 

HIM 240— Directed Experience IV (0-16-4) 

Spring. Prerequisites: HIM 205. 230. and 215. 
Prerequisites or Corequisites: HIM 204 and 225. 

Emphasis is placed on the managerial and 
technical concerns of the student practitioners 
Each student will spend four weeks in the med- 
ical record department of a health care facility 
with an on-site visit to a more nontraditional set- 
ting for medical record practitioners. Addition- 
ally, each student will complete a practicum 
project that will be of benefit to both the student 
and the clinical site. This directed clinical ex- 
perience applies to the synthesis of the program 
of studies and prepares the student for transition 
to the graduate role. 



Health Science 

Faculty 

Clark. Ed. Acting Program Director 

The overall goal of this program is to make 
available an educational opportunity for persons 
interested in entering a health field and an ac- 
ademic program for experienced health profes- 
sionals who wish to further their career 
opportunities. More specifically, the objectives 
of the program are: 

1 . To teach individuals that behavioral change 
can occur through education: 

2 To foster health, health promotion, and dis- 
ease prevention: 

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable 
health educators: and. 

4. To provide health practitioners the oppor- 
tunity to gam expertise in the health related 
areas of education, management, correc- 
tional science, public policy, or computer 
science. 

The emphasis of the curriculum is to view 
health" as different from "illness" and to teach 
new students and practicing health profession- 
als of this difference The curriculum will permit 
the student to earn a baccalaureate degree that 
reflects expertise in health science while focus- 



ing on an applied health related area Upon 
graduation, these health professionals will im- 
plement the concepts they have learned and 
direct the efforts of the American public in the 
promotion, enhancement, and maintenance of 
health and in the prevention of health problems 

Progression Requirements 

1 Students must complete 90 hours of ap- 
propriate coursework before professional 
courses may be taken. 

2 Students must earn a minimum GPA of 2 0. 
with not more than one science repeat, to 
remain to the program. 

3 To earn advanced standing" status, all 
previous coursework will be subject to fac- 
ulty evaluation. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2. One course selected from : ART 
200. 271. 272. 273: MUS 200: 
ENG 222: PHI 200 5 

Areall 20 

1. CHE 121. 122 10 

2 MAT 101 and 103 or 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115 10 

2 POS 113 5 

3 One course selected from: 

ANT 201. ECO 201. SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HS100 5 

2 HIS 150 and 251 or 252 10 

3. PSY 101 5 

4 ZOO 208. 209 10 

AreaV 6 

1 PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B. Electives 10 

C Courses in the Major Field 55 

1 BIO310 ' 5 

2 HS 150. 200. 201. 220. 230 25 

3 HS 300. 350. 400. 450. 451 25 
D Courses in the Emphasis Area 32 

Area I -Health Education. 30-32 

1 EDU 335. PSY 301 ... 10 

2 HE 300 370. 410. 420 20 



HEALTH SCIENCE 



179 



Area II Computer Science 30 

1 MAT 103 or 220 

2 CS 231. 306. 331. 332 431 25 
Area III Correctional Science 30 

1 CJ 100. 102. 210, 303. 409 25 

2 CJ elective 5 
Area IV Education 30 

1 EDN 460 5 

2 EDU335, 340, 451. 455 20 

3 PSY 301 5 
Area V Management 30 

1 BA 21 1.360 10 

2 PSY 320 5 

3 Any one of the following three: 
a. Decision-Making 

1. BA212 5 

2. BA 320. 330 or BA 425 
and ECO 305 10 

b Human Relations 

Any of the following three 
courses: BA 375, 462, PSY 

321, 322 15 

c. Public Policy 

1. POS305 and 306 or 307 10 

2. POS401 or 403 5 

Area VI— Health & Fitness 

Management 32 

1. HE 370, 420 10 

2. PSY 315, 406 10 

3. PE230*. 330". 421" 12 

'Prerequisite: ZOO 208. 209 
"Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor 
Regents' and Fxit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-193 



OFFERINGS 

Health Science Offerings 

HS 100— Introduction to Health Science 

(5-0-5) 

Exploration of the science of health. Based on 
the health (versus illness) model, this course will 
emphasize the enhancement of health as part 
of natural human development. The multifaceted 
health care delivery system will be introduced, 
and some ethical, philosophical, and socio-cul- 
tural issues of health care will be discussed. 

HS 110— Medical Terminology (3-0-3) 

A study of the language of medicine: word 
construction; definition; abbreviations and sym- 
bols: and use of terms related to all areas of 
. medical science, hospital service, and the med- 
; ical specialities. Open to non-majors. 



HS 150— Health Care Delivery Systems 
(5-0-5) 

tation. 
and rehabilitation will be id< 
gration into primary, secondary, and tertiary 
treatment complexes will be discussed Cost of 
illness and health care delivery will be ad- 
dressed 

HS 200-201— Health and Human 
Development (5-0-5) 

The natural enfoldment of the human will be 
presented emphasizing critical stages, and their 
respective developments and accomplish- 
ments—all from the perspective of enhancing 
health with concomitant avoiding of illness 

HS 220— Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BIO and CHE sequences 
Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, is 
related to enhancement of health and contri- 
bution to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition and 
various "diets' are studied. 

HS 230— Epidemiology (5-0-5) 

The application of ecology to health and ill- 
ness. An investigation into the various factors 
and conditions that determine the occurence 
and distribution of health, disease, and death 
among groups of individuals 

HS 30fJ — Health Problems in a Changing 
Society (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HIS 150, HS 230: BIO 310 
A review of health status as a function of so- 
cietal change. For example, the effects on health 
of sewage disposal, speed-limits, cold-war. 
technology, and such will be examined. 

HS 350— Health in the Community (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HS 230; HS 300 

The environment, communicable infections, 
health education, available treatment centers, 
and socio-political apparatus for change are in- 
tegrated and viewed as dynamics of the com- 
munity which may enhance health and prevent 
illness and injury 

HS 400 — Seminar in Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 350 

Health Science concepts are analyzed and 
synthesized. Emerging and emergent issues 
and trends are investigated 

HS 450-451— Health Science Practicum 
(1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 400 

A two-quarter sequence offering the Health 



180 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Science degree candidate opportunity to be an 
active participant in the student's area of inter- 
est. The practicum will provide the basis for the 
required senior thesis. 



Health Education Offerings 

HE 300— Methods and Media in Health 
Education (5-0-5) 

The basic principles of education, integrated 
with various teaching methods and media ap- 
propriate to a health care setting, will be ex- 
plored. The methods and media will be 
designed for the biopsychosocial requirements 
of the client. 

HE 370 — Health Promotion Through 
Physical Activity (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

A study of the effects of physical activity on 
health enhancement and maintenance. Physical 
assessment methods, equipment and prescrip- 
tion regimes will be included. A holistic ap- 
proach to health will be the basic theme of this 
course. 

HE 410— Health Education in the 
Community (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HS 300 and HS 350. 

A course designed to examine the process of 
assessing, planning, implementing and evalu- 
ating the health education needs of members of 
and groups within a community. The theories of 
group process, motivation and human devel- 
opment will be used extensively. 

HE 420— Health Education in Rehabilitation 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HE 410. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with the information necessary to aid patients in 
achieving their highest rehabilitation potential. 
The main objective is to aid the client in coping 
and complying with the prescribed regimen. 



Medical Technology 

Faculty 

Hardegree, Lester Jr., Program Director 
Miller, James, Medical Director 
Rodgers, Anne 

Medical technology is a career in clinical lab- 
oratory science. Medical technologists perform 



and/or supervise the testing of blood, urine, 
spinal fluid and other body specimens. Applying 
the knowledge of chemistry, mathematics and 
biology, the medical technologist uses both 
manual and automated techniques to provide 
diagnostic data to the physicians. 

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum is 
a 4 year program. During the first two years, the 
students must complete core curriculum 
courses in chemistry, biology, mathematics, hu- 
manities and social science. The professional 
medical technology courses are offered during 
the Junior and Senior years (7 quarters). The 
junior year is primarily composed of professional 
medical technology courses in all of the major 
laboratory areas (urinalysis, hematology, clinical 
chemistry, blood banking, microbiology, serol- 
ogy) taught via lecture and laboratory on cam- 
pus. As part of the senior year curriculum the 
clinical practicum will be provided at the clinical 
laboratories of Candler General Hospital, the 
South Atlantic Red Cross Blood Center, and St. 
Joseph's Hospital, all located in Savannah. 
Upon completion of the program, graduates will 
be eligible to take the examination of the Board 
of Registry for Medical Technologists of the 
American Society of Clinical Pathologists and/ 
or the Clinical Laboratory Scientist examination 
of the National Certification Agency for Medical 
Laboratory Personnel. 

Insurance and Forms 

Students accepted into the program will be 
required to submit a complete Armstrong State 
College Health Professions Student Health Ap- 
praisal form and to obtain a transcript evaluation 
by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). Prior to enroll- 
ment in the clinical practicum the student will be 
required to provide evidence of liability insur- 
ance and medical coverage. 

Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in 
each Medical Technology course. 

2. A student may repeat a single MT course 
only one time and at the next offering pro- 
vided space is available. 

3. A student who must repeat a single MT 
course more than once or more than one 
MT course will be dismissed from the pro- 
gram with no option for readmission. 

4. The student must also maintain an overall 
adjusted Grade Point Average of 2.0 or bet- 
ter. A student who falls below the 2.0 GPA 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



181 



will be placed on "Suspension" for one 
quarter If the student s GPA is not raised 
by the end of the next quarter, then the 
student will be dismissed from the program 
5 The student must complete the Profes- 
sional coursework within three (3) consec- 
utive years from the date of their initial 
admission to the Medical Technology Pro- 
gram 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2 One course selected from: ART 

200. 271. 272. 273: ENG 222: 
MUS200: PHI 200 5 

Area II 20 

1. BIO 101 or 111 and 102 or 

112 10 

2. MAT 101. 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115 10 

2 POS 113 5 

3 One course selected from : ANT 

201. ECO 201. PSY 101, SOC 

201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129. 281 15 

2 Three courses selected from : 
CS 110. 115: ZOO 208. 209: 
PHY 212. 213 or science course 

approved by program director 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 103 

1. Upper Division Sequences 25 

BIO 351. 353 10 

CHE 341. 342. 380 15 

2. Professional Courses 78 

MT 310. 320. 330. 340. 350. 
360. 370. 380. 390. 420. 430. 

440. 450. 460. 470. 480. 490 ... 78 

C. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 204 



OFFERINGS 

MT 310— Urinalysis and Body Fluids 
(3-4-5) 
Prerequisite Admission to the MT program or 

permission of program 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
chemical and microscopic constituents of ui 
and other body fluids and the clinical signifi 
cance of the test results 

MT 320— Clinical Microbiology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite BIO 351 or permission of pro- 
gram director 

A study of the relationship of bacteria to dis- 
ease Major emphasis is placed on the isolation 
and identification of bacteria responsible for hu- 
man diseases Also included is sensitivity test- 
ing and mycobactenology 

MT 330— Clinical Hematology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
formed elements of the blood To include the 
complete blood count and specialized test pro- 
cedures. This course will also include the basic 
principles of hemostasis and blood coagulation 

MT 340 — Clinical Immunohematology I 
(3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director 

A study of basic immunohematologic princi- 
ples and their application to the preparation and 
administration of whole blood and blood com- 
ponents. To include the selection and process- 
ing of donors, cross matching procedures, and 
antibody identification. 

MT 350— Clinical Chemistry I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. 342. and MT 360 or 
permission of program director 

A comprehensive study of the physiological 
principles, methodology and clinical signifi- 
cance of the biochemicals and elements found 
in the body fluids 

MT 360— Clinical Instrumentation (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director 

A basic study of the principles and operation 
of laboratory instrumentation. Emphasis will be 
placed on the individual components and the 
mter-relationship of the components. Electronics 
will be included. 



182 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MT 370— Clinical Serology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director 

A study of the principles and procedures used 
in the isolation, identification and quantitation of 
diagnostically significant antigens and antibod- 
ies. 

MT 380— Clinical Parasitology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and 
laboratory identification of human parasites. 

MT 390— Clinical Mycology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory 
isolation and identification of fungi that can in- 
vade humans. 

MT 400— Directed Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand with approval of program 
director. 

A study of selected Medical Technology top- 
ics designed to meet the needs of the student. 
Credit will depend upon the work to be done. 
May be repeated up to 10 quarter hours. 

MT 420— Clinical Microbiology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 320. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- 
cial topics in microbiology. 

MT 430— Clinical Hematology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 330. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- 
cial topics in hematology. 

MT 440 — Clinical Immunohematology II 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 340. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- 
cial topics in immunohematology. 

MT 450— Clinical Chemistry II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 350. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- 
cial topics in clinical chemistry. 

MT 460— Clinical Practicum I (0-28-7) 

Prerequisite: Completion of respective MT 
courses. 

A structured clinical laboratory experience 
where the students integrate theory and appli- 



cation under supervision in the various areas of 
medical technology. This will provide time and 
facilities to allow the student to develop speed, 
confidence, and organization and to analyze 
and solve technical problems 

MT 470— Clinical Practicum II (0-28-7) 

Continuation of MT 460. 

MT 480— Clinical Practicum III (0-32-8) 

Continuation of MT 470 

MT 490 — Management and Education 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Completion of MT 460 and MT 
470. 

Basic concepts of laboratory management, 
leadership and education. 



Radiologic Technologies 

Faculty 

Tilson, Elwin, Program Director 
Gibson, Sharyn 

Radiologic Technology is a comprehensive 
term that is applied to the science of adminis- 
tering ionizing radiation and other forms of en- 
ergy to provide technical information and 
assistance to the physician in the diagnosis and 
treatment of diseases and injuries. This field of- 
fers four specific career specialities; radiogra- 
phy, nuclear medicine technology, radiation 
therapy technology and diagnostic medical son- 
ography. At present, the Radiologic Technolo- 
gies Program offers an Associate Degree in the 
specialty area of radiography. 

Program Goals 

The specific goals of the Program are as fol- 
lows: 

1. To educate superlative clinicians. In addi- 
tion to mastering basic skills necessary to 
perform routine radiographic examinations, 
the Program's graduate will possess skills 
necessary to perform non-routine and spe- 
cial radiographic procedures. 

2. To expose the student to an in-depth anal- 
ysis of the art and science of radiography. 
The student will receive not only an indepth 
exposure to radiography but also to related 
natural and social sciences. 

3. To give the students a well rounded liberal 
arts education. In addition to the profes- 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 



183 



sionala culum it • 

. jsure so " idenl wiii be al 

Insurance. Forms, Transportation 

Student radios in Clinical 

Education experiences at local hospitals and 
other community agencies and are responsible 
for providing their own transportation The Pro- 
gram requires students to submit a completed 
health history form and evidence of liability in- 
surance prior to participating in Clinical Edu- 
cation Specific information regarding these 
requirements will be distributed to candidates 
admitted to the Program 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Program, the fol- 
lowing must be maintained: 

1 Science courses (ZOO 208. 209. 215. CHE 
201. CS 115. PHY 201. 202) 

a A passing grade in each course ("D" 
or better) 

b A C or better in at least four of these 
courses 

c A student may repeat only one of these 
courses 

d. Students who must repeat more than 
one science course because of grade 
of "F" will be suspended from the Pro- 
gram 

2 Radiography courses 

a A "C" or better m each Radiography 

course 
a A student may repeat only one Ra- 
diography course 
c Students who must repeat more than 
one Radiography course will be dis- 
missed from the Program 
3. The maintenance of an overall grade point 
average of 2 is required throughout the 
program When a student falls below the 
adjusted GPA of 2.0. the student will be 
placed on probation, suspended, or dis- 
missed after a review by the faculty of the 
Program 

Attendance and Advanced Standing 

A student must matriculate each quarter, in- 
cluding Summer Quarter, to remain in the Pro- 
gram. If, because of illness or other extenuating 
Circumstances, a student needs to be away from 
school for a quarter, the student must seek for- 
mal approval from the Program Director for such 



continuing in t!>- 

committf 

bility to n 

viduals who are r t iticate 

(hospital) Programs and individi. 

the profession who are not o 

ican Registry of Radiologic ' may 

receive advanced standing by a process ol 

emption examinations and CLEP exammat 

Please see the Program for details 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGIC 
TECHNOLOGIES 



A General Requirements 
Area I 

1 ENG 101. 102 
Area II 

MAT 101 
Area III 

HIS 251 or 252 

POS 1 1 3 
Area IV 

CHE 201 
Area V 



Hours 
33 

10 
10 
5 
5 
10 
5 
5 
5 
5 
3 

Any three physical education 
credits 3 

B Courses in the Major Field 64 
RAD 103. 104. 111 112. 113. 
114. 121. 122. 123 32 
RAD 200. 204. 205. 221. 222. 
223. 224. 225 32 
C Courses in Related Fields 28 
CS115. 5 

PHY 201, 202 8 

ZOO 208. 209, 215 15 
D. Regents and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 125 



Radiologic Technologies Offerings 

RAD 103— Radiation Protection (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram 

This course is designed to give the radiog- 
raphy student an understanding of radiation pro- 



184 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



tection methods and the effects of radiation 
exposure. Topics included will be measurement 
and protection methods for various types of ra- 
diation as well as a discussion of somatic and 
genetic effects. Emphasis will be given to NCRP 
recommendations. 

RAD 104 — Principles of Radiographic 
Exposure (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram. 

Factors influencing radiologic quality and 
conditions influencing exposures are presented. 
Attenuating devices, beam restricting devices, 
and accessory equipment are demonstrated. 
Technic charts and formation are vehicles for 
the application of the radiologic process. 

RAD 111— Radiographic Procedures I 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram. 

This course introduces the student to the 
basic theory and principles of radiographic pro- 
cedures of the extremities, shoulder girdle, and 
pelvic girdle. Emphasis is placed on osteo anat- 
omy, spatial relationships, patient positioning, 
equipment manipulation, and quality evaluation 
of the radiographic study. Basic medical ter- 
minology will be included. 

RAD 112 — Radiographic Procedures II 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram and RAD 111. 

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- 
aminations of the chest and abdomen are stud- 
ied. Emphasis is placed on radiographic 
examinations of the visceral organs requiring the 
use of contrast media, spatial relationships, pa- 
tient positioning, equipment manipulation, and 
quality evaluation of the study. 

RAD 113 — Radiographic Procedures III 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram and RAD 112. 

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- 
aminations of the spines, facial bones and cran- 
ium are studied. Emphasis is placed on the 
osteo anatomy, spatial relationships, patient po- 
sitioning, equipment manipulation, and quality 
evaluation of the study. 

RAD 114 — Radiographic Procedures IV 
(3.5-1.5-4) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram and RAD 113 



The theory and principles of non-routing ra- 
diographic examinations are studied. Topics in- 
cluded are studied of the neurovascular system, 
central nervous system, heart, breast, repro- 
ductive organs, and additional non-routine ex- 
aminations involving contrast media or 
specialized instrumentation. Emphasis will be 
given to preparation of special procedures 
suites, sterile technique, and utilization of spec- 
ialized equipment. 

RAD 121— Clinical Education I (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram, permission of the instructor, and CPR cer- 
tified. 

Orientation to patient care, introduction to 
areas involving the field of radiology, and ori- 
entation to the clinical setting are presented. 
This is a supervised clinical practice in perform- 
ing radiographic procedures, radiation protec- 
tion, patient care, equipment orientation, 
radiographic technique, darkroom procedures, 
and film quality evaluation. Competency evalu- 
ation of routine radiographic examinations is in- 
cluded. 

RAD 122— Clinical Education II (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: RAD 121 and permission of the 
instructor. 

This is a supervised clinical practice in per- 
forming radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of routine 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 123— Clinical Education III (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: RAD 122 and permission of the 
instructor. RAD 104 and RAD 1 13 must be taken 
as a corequisite or prerequisite. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of rou- 
tine radiographic examinations. 

RAD 200— Nursing Procedures (1.5-1.5-2) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram. 

The student is introduced to basic nursing 
techniques as they relate to the patient in the 
Radiology Department. Topics included are 
psychological needs of patients, meeting phys- 
ical requirements of patients, transporting and 
moving of patients, monitoring of patients, suc- 
tioning, cathenzation. administration 
of injections. IV. maintenance, and dealing with 
emergency medical situations. 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



185 



RAD 204 — Advanced Radiographic 
Exposure (3-0-3) 

104 
This course is a continuation of RAD 104 rhis 

isamo' torsinflu< 

• ons influencing 
exposures Emphasis is given to spec 
equipment and techniques, computer based im- 
aging systems, ann | modalities 

RAD 205— Quality Assurance (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite Permission of instructor 
This course is a study of equipment testing 
and instrumentation, record keeping systems. 
and statistical analysis of equipment and supply 
usage Emphasis will be given to testing pro- 
cedures QA program implementation, and fed- 
eral government guidelines 

RAD 221— Clinical Education IV (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites RAD 123 and permission of the 
instructor 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- 
diographic examinations 

RAD 222— Clinical Education V (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites RAD 221 and permission of in- 
structor 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- 
diographic examinations 

RAD 223— Clinical Education VI (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites RAD 222 and permission of the 
instructor 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- 
diographic examinations 

RAD 224— Clinical Education VII (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites RAD 223 and permission of in- 
structor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
n performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- 
diographic examinations 

RAD 225— Clinical Education VIII 
(6-32-12) 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of all re- 
quired Radiologic Technologies courses or per- 
mission of instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
n performing radiographic procedures and an 



t 

I 
of basic * .- 
the professii les semm.i 

which perl 

sition Iron • will 

be discus 



Respiratory Therapy 

Faculty 

Bowers. Ross. Department Head 

Di Benedetto. Robert, Co-Medical Director 

Ellis, Joy 

Mazzoli, Andrew. Director of Clinical 

Education 

Morris. Stephen. Co-Medical Director 

Smith, William 

For the two-year (seven consecutive quarters) 
program leading to the Associate in Science de- 
gree in Respiratory Therapy, the student must 
complete a curriculum of 61 quarter hours in 
academic courses and 60 quarter hours within 
the major The A S degree from an accredited 
Respiratory Therapy program qualifies the grad- 
uate for entry into the Registry credentialmg sys- 
tem The Registry is the highest professional 
creditial available in the field of respiratory ther- 
apy The credentialmg process is a two-step na- 
tionally administered examination Step 1 is a 
comprehensive written exam to be taken shortly 
after graduation The graduate who passes this 
exam will earn the entry level credential CRTT 
and will be eligible to enter the registry creden- 
tialmg system The registry exam consists of a 
written and a clinical simulation component The 
candidate who passes both parts of the registry 
exam will earn the credential Registered Res- 
piratory Therapist It will take the candidate at 
least one year following graduation to complete 
the Registry During the year following gradua- 
tion the candidate must work at least 20 hours 
per week in a respiratory therapy department 
which has a Medical Director 

Progression Requirements 

1 A grade of "C" or better must be earned in 
each core curriculum (academic) course 
No more than one repeat grade per course 
will be acceptable 



186 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. A grade of "C" or better must be earned in 
each Respiratory Therapy course. No more 
than one repeat grade per course will be 
acceptable. 

3. A Respiratory Therapy course in which the 
student makes a "D" or "F" must be re- 
peated at its next offering. Because of cur- 
riculum structure, each Respiratory 
Therapy course is offered only one time per 
year. The student who must repeat a Res- 
piratory Therapy course will be out of the 
program for three quarters until the course 
can be repeated. 

4. If a student fails to make a "C" or better in 
any course that is repeated, this will be 
grounds for dismissal from the Respiratory 
Therapy Program. A student who has been 
dismissed from the program for any reason 
will not be eligible for readmission. 

5. An overall GPA of 2.0 or better is required 
to graduate from the Respiratory Therapy 
Program. 

Attendance Regulations 

A student must matriculate each successive 
quarter to remain in the program. If the student 
needs to be away from school for a quarter the 
student must seek formal approval from the Pro- 
gram Director for such an absence. If approval 
is not sought and granted, the student will be 
dropped from active status and must reapply for 
admission to the Respiratory Therapy major be- 
fore continuing in the program. The student who 
applies for readmission must meet the existing 
requirements of the program. 

Advanced Standing 

The Respiratory Therapy Program has a com- 
prehensive advanced standing policy. The pro- 
gram utilizes transfer credit, credit by 
examination, and credit for developmental ex- 
periences as a mechanism for granting ad- 
vanced standing. A maximum of 25 credit hours 
may be clepped in the AS. degree program. 
The program maintains a philosophy of edu- 
cational flexibility to meet the needs of the 
profession. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE ASSOCIATE 
IN SCIENCE IN RESPIRATORY THERAPY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 28 

1. ENG 101. 102 10 



2. MAT 101 5 

3. Three P.E. credit hours 3 

B Pre-Professional Courses 33 

1 ZOO 208, 209, 211 13 

2. BIO 210 5 

3 CHE 201, 202 10 

4. One course selected from : ANT 
201, SOC 201, or PSY 101 5 

C Courses in Respiratory Therapy 60 

1. RT101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 
and 107; HIS 110 34 

2. RT 201 , 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 
and 207 27 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 122 



OFFERINGS 

RT 101 — Introduction to Respiratory 
Therapy (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Direct admission into the 
Respiratory Therapy Program. 

An introductory course in the evolution of the 
respiratory therapy profession and the modern 
respiratory therapy department. The student 
will: study physical principles related to gases; 
manufacture and storage of medical gases: gas 
administration equipment; oxygen delivery sys- 
tems; environmental control systems: humidi- 
fiers; nebulizers; oxygen controlling devices and 
oxygen analyzers. 

RT 102— Pulmonary Pharmacology 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. 

This course is designed to give the student 
an in-depth look at drugs that directly affect the 
pulmonary system. During this course the stu- 
dent will study: routes of drug administration, 
pharmacodynamics, drug interactions, mucok- 
inesis and mucokinetic drugs, bronchospasm 
and bronchodilators, cholinergic drugs, crom- 
olyn sodium, corticosteroids, antibiotics, antiti- 
berculan drugs, respiratory stimulants and 
depressants, anesthetics and neuromuscular 
blockers 

RT 103— Basic RT Skills I (3-10-5) 

Winters. Prerequisites: CHE 201 and RT 101. 

This course is designed to develop clinical 
competence in administering basic respiratory 
therapy. The student will study: CPR, infection 
control, cleaning and sterilization of RT equip- 
ment, aerosol therapy, aerosol generators, post- 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



187 



op pulmonary complications, incentive S| 
metry. IPPB and basic patient monitoring skills 
The student will be able to demonstrate clinical 
competence in each therapeutic modality 

RT 104— Basic RT Skills II (3-10-5) 

Spring Prerequisites CHE 201. ZOO 208. RT 
103 

This course is designed to develop additional 
clinical competence in administering basic res- 
piratory therapy The student will study: chest 
physiotherapy bronchial drainage, suctioning 
technique, pulmonary rehabilitation, artificial air- 
ways, and airway management, intubation tech- 
nique, weaning techniques and management of 
post extubation complications. The student 
should be able to demonstrate clinical compe- 
tence in each therapeutic modality 

RT 105 — Diagnostic Techniques I (4-2-5) 

Spring Prerequisites CHE 201 . ZOO 208. RT 
103 

This course is designed to introduce the stu- 
dent to techniques used to diagnose pulmonary 
and cardiovascular disease. The student will 
study: basic spirometry, tests designed to 
measure TLC, tests designed to diagnose early 
small airway disease, tests designed to diag- 
nose diffusion abnormalities, ventilation/perfu- 
sion scans, angiograms, bronchoscopy and 
blood gases 

RT 106— Pulmonary Medicine/Pathology 
(5-0-5) 

Summer. Prerequisites: ZOO 209, RT 105 
and or permission of the instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with the current state of the art in diagnosing 
and managing pulmonary abnormalities. The 
student will study the: etiology, epidemiology, 
pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, diag- 
nosis, complications, management and prog- 
nosis of pulmonary diseases. The student will 
observe slides and handle pathologic speci- 
mens during this course. The course will pri- 
marily be taught by leading physicians in the 
community. 

RT 107 — Diagnostic Techniques II 
(0-16-2) 

Summer. Prerequisites: ZOO 209 and RT 105 
This course is designed to be the clinical com- 
ponent of RT 105. The student should be able 
to demonstrate clinical competence in the fol- 
lowing respiratory skills: arterial stick, interpre- 
tation and management of blood gas 
abnormalities, interpretation of pulmonary func- 



RT 201— Critical Care Equipment (3-10-5) 

Fall • tilO 210 and RT II 

or permission of in 

This course is'. 
with an in-depth lo< - nciples. asser 

operation and modification of critical care equip- 
ment The student will study the functional anal- 
ysis of mechanical ventilators, assemble and 
modification of ventilator circuits, arterial lines, 
swan ganz catheters, transducers, oscillo- 
scopes, spirometers, pneumatachometers and 
alarm systems The student should be able to 
demonstrate lab expertise with this equipment 
by the end of the course 

RT 202— Patient Assessment (3-10-5) 

Fall Prerequisites BIO 210 and RT 107 and/ 
or permission of the instructor 

This course is designed to teach the student 
how to do a pulmonary physical exam on a pa- 
tient. The student will study how to take a patient 
history, ausculatation. palpation and percussion 
of the chest wall The student will also study lab 
exams and nonpulmonary assessment of the 
patient The student should be able to demon- 
strate clinical competence in physical assess- 
ment by the end of this course 

RT 203— Adult Critical Care I (4-2-5) 

Winter Prerequisites: ZOO 211 and RT 201. 
202. 

This course is designed to focus on the care 
of the patient in the intensive care unit The stu- 
dent will study patient monitoring, hemodynamic 
monitoring, ventilator management, and clinical 
management of diseases and conditions com- 
monly seen in ICU. The student should be able 
to identify clinical signs of respiratory distress 
and respond appropriately The student should 
be able to demonstrate clinical competence in 
the ICU by the end of this course and RT 204 

RT 204— Adult Critical Care II (0-16-2) 

Winter Prerequisites: ZOO 211 and RT 201. 
202 

This course is designed to be the clinical com- 
ponent of RT 201 and 203 The student should 
be able to demonstrate clinical competence in 
all aspects of intensive respiratory care by the 
end of this course 

RT 205 — Management of the Respiratory 
Care Department (2-0-2) 

Spring Prerequisites: CHE 202. RT 203. 204 



188 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



or by permission of the instructor 

This course is designed to introduce the stu- 
dent to basic management responsibilities 
within the respiratory care department The stu- 
dent will study: JCAH guidelines, quality control/ 
audit, staffing/scheduling problems, evaluation 
systems, communication/interviewing skills, 
budget preparations, and how to do time and 
motion studies. The student should be able to 
demonstrate competence in handling clinical 
simulation problems by the end of this course. 

RT 206 — Pediatrics and Neonatal Care I 
(4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 202. RT 203, 204. 

This course is designed to focus on pulmo- 
nary problems commonly seen in the pediatric 
patient and the high risk newborn. The student 



will study: development of the fetus, anatomic 
differences between the fetus and newborn in- 
fant, problems associated with delivery, evalu- 
ation of the fetus in utero and following delivery, 
pulmonary diseases associated with the new- 
born infant and their management The student 
will also study equipment commonly used in the 
care of the pediatric and neonatal patient. 

RT 207— Pediatrics and Neonatal Care II 
(0-24-3) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 202. RT 203. 204. 

This course is designed to be the clinical com- 
ponent of RT 206. The student should be able 
to demonstrate clinical competence in all as- 
pects of pediatric and neonatal care by the end 
of this course. 



m6-Z7 




190 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Special Note to Readers 

This Table of Contents applies only to the 
graduate section of this merged catalog. A sep- 
arate Table of Contents in the Undergraduate 
Section applies to undergraduate contents. The 
Index applies only to graduate contents. 



Contents 

History, Purpose, Programs 

Graduate Admissions 

Graduate Academic Regulations. 

Graduate Fees 

Graduate Degree Requirements.. 

Graduate Degree Programs 

Graduate Index 



190 
191 
195 
198 
199 
201 
255 



Departmental Coordinators 

Biology .... Gottfried, Bradley 

Chemistry Harris, Henry 

Education-Elementary Ward, Paul 

Education-Physical Sims. Roy 

Education-Secondary Stokes. William 

English Strozter, Robert 

Government 

Criminal Justice Magnus, Robert 

Political Science McCarthy, John 

Health Science Clark. Ed 

History & Political Science Warlick, Roger 

Mathematics 



History 

The development of graduate education at 
Armstrong State College is linked to a history of 
graduate course offerings in Savannah which 
has involved several institutions of the University 
System of Georgia. Prior to 1968. only off-cam- 
pus extension courses from the University of 
Georgia and other institutions were offered in 
Savannah. In the summer of 1968, Savannah 
State College began offering courses in resi- 
dence for their new master's degree in elemen- 
tary education. This program was accredited by 
the Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools and was approved by the Georgia State 
Board of Education. 

In the Fall of 1971. Armstrong State College 
and Savannah State College joined efforts to 



offer a pint program of graduate work. The com- 
bined faculties, library holdings, and facilities of 
the Colleges made possible the expansion of 
the graduate program to include a Master of 
Business Administration Degree Program; to 
add secondary options in the Master of Edu- 
cation degree program; and to supersede most 
of the off-campus courses offered in Savannah 
by other institutions This Joint Graduate Studies 
Program of Savannah State College and Arm- 
strong State College was fully accredited by the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, 
with its degree programs in education approved 
by the Georgia State Department of Education. 

Effective Fall. 1979. the Joint Graduate Stud- 
ies Program was terminated by action of the 
Board of Regents, and Armstrong was author- 
ized to continue its graduate offerings with a 
significant modification All business administra- 
tion programs, courses, and faculty were trans- 
ferred to Savannah State College, and 
simultaneously, all teacher education programs, 
courses, and faculty were transferred to Arm- 
strong State College. 

In Winter, 1981 , the Master of Health Science 
program was established. In Fall, 1981, the Mas- 
ter of Science degree with a major in Criminal 
Justice was approved by the Board of Regents. 
The graduate course work for the MS in Criminal 
Justice Program was initiated in the Fall quarter 
1982. Specialist in Education Degree programs 
in Elementary. Special, and Secondary Educa- 
tion were approved during Summer 1984, ef- 
fective Fall 1984. The graduate program leading 
to an MA. in History was initiated in the Spring 
Quarter, 1985. 



Purpose 

The Graduate Program of Armstrong State 
College is dedicated to service through edu- 
cational programs, community involvement, and 
to faculty and student research, scholarship and 
creativity. By offering advanced preparation to 
those who serve in the schools and in other 
professional activities, the program contributes 
to the development of professional people, and 
through them, to the well being of those whom 
these professionals serve The philosophy of the 
Graduate Program affirms the dignity and worth 
of individuals and the realization that profes- 
sional men and women must be productive, ar- 
ticulate, and pro-active. 



GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 



191 



Degree Programs 

The following degrees are offered by the Col- 
lege 
Master of Arts in History with concentrations 

American History 

European History 

Historic Preservation 
Master of Education with majors in 

Biology (Deactivated) 

Business Education 

Chemistry (Deactivated) 

Early Elementary Education 

English 

General Science Education 

History (Deactivated) 

Mathematics 

Middle School Education 

Physical Education 

Political Science (Deactivated) 

Social Studies 

Special Education Behavioral 
Disorders 

Special Education — Learning Disabilities 

Special Education— Speech/Language 
Pathology 
(English is available as an option without 
teacher-certification requirements ) 
Master of Health Science with options in: 

Administration 

Computer Science 

Education 

Health Education 

Public Policy 
Master of Science in Criminal Justice 
Master of Science in Nursing 
Specialist in Education with majors in: 

Behavior Disorders 

Early Elementary Education 

English 

Learning Disabilities 

Middle School Education 

Science 

Social Studies 

ADMISSIONS 



Requirements — Masters Level 

Applicants desiring admission on a degree- 
Peking status must present satisfactory under- 
'aduate academic records and satisfactory 
:ores on appropriate admissions examina- 



Some of the degree programs 

have sp< 

course requirements, or o( 
reqi. :>gree-se< > 

nial sections I in- 

formation on these requirem» 

General requirements for degree-seeking stu 
dents include the following applicants for all 
Master of Education programs must provide sat- 
isfactory scores on either the General Test of the 
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or the 
Miller Analogies Test (MAT) Satisfactory un- 
dergraduate grades must be presented by all 
degree-seeking students. Applicants for the 
Master of Health Science program must provide 
satisfactory scores on either the Graduate Re- 
cord Exams (GRE), the Graduate Management 
Admissions Test (GMAT). or the Miller Analogies 
Test (MAT) Applicants for the MS Degree in 
Criminal Justice must provide a satisfactory 
score on the General Test of the Graduate Re- 
cord Exams (GRE) or the Miller Analogies Test 
(MAT). Applicants for the MA Degree in History 
must provide satisfactory scores on both the 
General and the History Subject Tests of the 
Graduate Record Exams (GRE) 

Admission to some programs may require sat- 
isfactory scores on either the appropriate Spe- 
cialty Area of the NTE or the appropriate Subject 
Test of the GRE For details of such require- 
ments, consult the appropriate departmental en- 
try in the Catalog or the Department Head 

Applications for the above examinations are 
usually available at the College and will be given 
to students who come to the College to obtain 
them. Students who wish to write for an appli- 
cation form or to submit an application for the 
GRE or GMAT should contact: Educational Test- 
ing Service, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540. Stu- 
dents who wish to take the MAT should contact 
the appropriate Dean's office Students should 
request that their test scores be sent to the Grad- 
uate Admissions Office, Armstrong State Col- 
lege, Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997. 



Categories of Admission 
Regular Degree Status 
Definition 

Regular Admission means that a student has 
met all admission requirements and is admitted 
to a degree program with full graduate status. 



192 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Requirements 



A student who has earned a baccalaureate 
degree from an accredited college, who has 
completed all of the prerequisites for his 
planned graduate field of study, and who meets 
the other requirements of the Graduate Program 
may be admitted on Regular Admission status. 
These requirements include minimum under- 
graduate grade-point averages in combination 
with certain minimum test scores. 

For M.Ed, programs, a minimum GPA of 2.5 
and a minimum test score of 44 on the MAT or 
800 on the GRE General Test are required. 

For the M.H.S. program, a minimum GPA of 
2.5, and a minimum test score of 800 on the 
GRE, 450 on the GMAT, and 40 on the MAT are 
required. For further information, consult with the 
Director of the Health Science Program. 

For the Criminal Justice M.S. program, a min- 
imum GPA of 2.5 and a minimum test score of 
either 900 on the General Test of the GRE or 51 
on the MAT. For further information consult with 
the Head of the Department of Government. 

For the M.A. in History program, a minimum 
GPA of 3.0 (both overall and in history courses) 
and GRE scores of 1000 in the General and 500 
in the History Subject Tests are required. For 
further information, consult with the coordinator 
of the History Graduate Program. 

Degree programs providing teacher certifi- 
cation have other admission requirements, in- 
cluding: (1) a recommendation from the school 
in which a student has been employed as a 
teacher or has completed a student internship, 
and (2) eligibility for fourth level certification in 
the field of study. (For further information on ad- 
mission to certification programs, consult the Of- 
fice of the Dean of Education.) 



Provisional Degree Status 
Definition 

Provisional Admission means that a student 
has applied for admission to a degree program 
and has some condition affecting his status such 
as low grades or test scores. The student is 
admitted to a degree program but must meet 
certain conditions before achieving full graduate 
status (i.e., Regular Admission). 

Requirements 

For Provisional Admission, a study must hold 



a baccalaureate degree and meet the other ad- 
mission requirements of the Graduate Program. 
These requirements include minimum under- 
graduate grade point averages in combination 
with certain minimum test scores. 

For the Master of Education programs, stu- 
dents who fail to meet Regular may be granted 
Provisional Admission if the combinations of 
their GPA and test scores conform to the follow- 
ing formulas: 

(GPA x 100) + (MAT x 10) = 560 or more 

(GPA x 100) + (GRE General) = 1000 or 

more 

In no case, however, may the GPA be less 
than 2.2. the MAT less than 27. or the GRE less 
than 700. 

For the M.H.S. (and criminal justice pro- 
grams), students who fail to meet Regular Ad- 
mission score requirements may be granted 
Provisional Admission if the combinations of 
their GPA and test scores conform to estab- 
lished formulas. 

For the M.A. in History program, the minimum 
GRE requirement for Provisional Admission is 
800 for the General Test and 450 for the History 
Subject Test. The GPA requirement is 2.5 overall 
and 2.75 in history. For further information, con- 
sult with the coordinator of the History Graduate 
Program. 

For area test scores required by any depart- 
ment, see the appropriate departmental entry. 

Additional Stipulations for 
Provisional Admission 

As with Regular Admission, recommendation 
forms and other aspects of the Admissions Pro- 
cedures must be adhered to. 

Provisionally admitted students may be re- 
quired to remove any specific deficiencies that 
are ascertained by taking undergraduate sup- 
porting courses before these students are al- 
lowed to attempt graduate courses within the 
program to which they have been admitted. Stu- 
dents may remain admitted on a provisional ba- 
sis until they have attempted 15 hours of 
approved graduate work in residence. If they 
satisfactorily complete the initial, approved 15 
hours of graduate work with no grade less than 
a "B"— of which 10 hours must be in the profes- 
sional sequence — and submit the NTE Specialty 
test score, if required, these students may sub- 
mit a written request to move into Regular status. 

Upon satisfying the NTE Specialty test score. 



GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 



193 



if required, and upon completing 25 hours of 
approved course work in residence with a "B" 
average or better, of which 15 hours must t 
the major field of study, any provisionally ad- 
mitted student will be eligible for Regular stal 
If the student does not have a "ET average or 
better upon completing these 25 hours of course 
work, he or she will be dropped as a degree- 
seeking student and prohibited from enrolling in 
further graduate courses 

Post Baccalaureate and Post 
Graduate — Non-degree Status 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate ad- 
mission are provided for those students who 
may not wish to pursue a graduate degree, in- 
cluding teachers whose main purpose is to ob- 
tain credits necessary for teacher certification 
and/or for students who may desire to enter a 
degree program but who have missing data. 
Requirements for Post Baccalaureate Admis- 
sion include documentary evidence of a bac- 
calaureate degree and submission of necessary 
application papers The student must also have 
to meet specific prerequisites to enroll in 
courses in certain departments. Post Graduate 
Admission requirements are the same except 
that a graduate degree is required. 

No more than fifteen graduate hours earned 
while enrolled as a Post Graduate or Post Bac- 
calaureate student may be applied toward a 
master's degree. 

A student admitted on non-degree status who 
wishes to be advanced to a degree status cat- 
egory of admission bears the responsibility for: 

1 . Meeting all requirements for degree status 
which are in effect at the time the student 
submits the required data and documents 
for degree status 

2. Notifying the appropriate Dean in writing of 
the intent and desire to advance to degree 
status. 

Action by the Dean to advance a non-degree 
student to a degree status category is contin- 
gent on the student meeting the above respon- 
sibilities, and the student is cautioned to 
maintain a careful check on his or her status. 

Transient Students Entering 
Armstrong 

Transient students must arrange to have writ- 
ten authorization sent to the appropriate Dean 






Med 
in order to be accepted as a trar 
and to register in the Qi 
must also submit the a; for admr. 

form and the $10 fee as de 
mission Proc< vish to become de- 

gree-seeking students, they must request 
appropriate admission in writing and must 
mil the necessary documents 

Readmission 

Any student in the Graduate Program who did 
not matriculate (i.e., register) during the quarter 
immediately preceding the quarter in which he 
next intends to matriculate must process a read- 
mission form with the Registrars Office The only 
students exempted from this requirement are 
those students who are initially admitted for 
graduate study in the quarter immediately pre- 
ceding the quarter of their first matriculation For 
further information, inquire at the Office of the 
Registrar 

Procedures 

All admission documents should be sent to 
the Graduate Admissions Office These include 
the application and the ten dollar fee Tran- 
scripts should reach the Graduate Admissions 
Office twenty days prior to registration 

The following materials and procedures are 
part of the requirements for admission to the 
Graduate Program. 
1 The application-for-admission form, avail- 
able in the offices of the Deans, must be 
completed and submitted. Required of all 
applicants twenty days prior to registration 
2. Two official transcripts showing all college 
credits earned for the undergraduate de- 
gree should be sent directly from the col- 
lege which awarded the degree to the 
appropriate Dean's office. Required of all 
applicants except transient students who 
may submit letter of authorization from their 
graduate school twenty days prior to reg- 
istration. 
3 Test scores, as appropriate and as re- 
quired for the maior, must be submitted. 
Required of degree-seeking students only. 
4. Completed recommendation forms must be 
submitted: these forms are available in the 
appropriate Dean's office. For applicants 
entering teacher certification programs, at 



194 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



least one recommendation must be from 
supervisory personnel who observed the 
student in a teaching internship or as an 
employed teacher These recommenda- 
tions are required of degree-seeking stu- 
dents only. 
5 A ten dollar application fee is required of 

all students 
Admission to graduate study does not imply 
automatic acceptance of the student as a can- 
didate for any Master s degree. See section on 
candidacy for degree. 

Requirements for 
Admission to Specific 
Programs 



In no event may the undergraduate grade 
point average (last 90/60 hours) be less than 
2 2, the score on the General Test of the GRE 
be less than 750, or the score on the Miller Anal- 
ogies Test be less than 37 

Education (MEd) 

Students entering the early elementary, mid- 
dle school, physical, secondary and the special 
education programs must satisfy all general ad- 
mission requirements of the Graduate Program. 
Students in MEd certification programs in early 
elementary . middle school, physical education, 
secondary education, and speech and lan- 
guage pathology must also be eligible for fourth 
level (NT4) certification in the intended master's 
level teaching field. 



Criminal Justice (M.S.) 

While an undergraduate degree in criminal 
justice is not a prerequisite to admission, it is 
essential that each student pursuing the M.S. in 
Criminal Justice have adequate preparation. 
Therefore, students who lack the necessary 
background may be required to complete ad- 
ditional undergraduate coursework. 

Students entering the M.S. in Criminal Justice 
Program must meet the general requirements of 
the College and the following: 

For Regular Admission —Students must 
have earned a minimum of 2.5 undergraduate 
grade point average on all work attempted dur- 
ing the last 90 quarter hours (or 60 semester 
hours), and must present a minimum score of 
either 

(a) 900 on the General Test of the Grad- 
uate Record Examination (GRE), or 

(b) 51 on the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). 
For Provisional Admission — If students fail 

to meet either the minimum undergraduate 
grade point average or entrance test require- 
ments for Regular admission they may be con- 
sidered for Provisional admission if either 

(a) the undergraduate grade point aver- 
age (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 
100 and added to the score on the 
General Test of the GRE equals 1050, 
or 

(b) the undergraduate grade point aver- 
age (last 90 60 hours) multiplied by 
100 and added to the Miller Analogies 
Test (MAT) score multiplied by 10 
equals 650. 



Business Education (MEd) 

Students entering the MEd program in Busi- 
ness Education must meet the general admis- 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program and 
must take and make a minimum score of 560 on 
the Business Education Specialty Area Test of 
the National Teacher Examinations (NTE). Stu- 
dents may be provisionally admitted to the pro- 
gram if their Business Education Specialty Area 
Test of the NTE is not less than 540. 

Science Education (MEd) 

Students entering the MEd program in Sci- 
ence Education must meet the general admis- 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program and 
must take the Science Education Specialty Area 
Test of the National Teacher Examinations (NTE) 
in order to qualify for degree-seeking status. 



English (MEd) 

All students entering the MEd program in Eng 
iish must present, in addition to the general re 
quirements, the Graduate Record Exammatior 
Subject Test in Literature in English, although rx 
minimum score is prescribed. 

Health Science (MHS) 

Students entering the MHS program mus 
meet the general admission requirements of the 
Graduate Program and must score 800 on tht 
Graduate Record Exam Genera! Test or 450 oi 
the Graduate Management Admission Test o 
40 on the Miller Analogies Test. 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



195 



History (M.A.) 

Sii 

rnus* 
of the 

For Regular Admission: 

(a) 35 hours of undergraduate history 

(b) GPA of 3 (both overall and in history) 

(c) GRE General Test score of 1000 

(d) GRE History Subject Test score of 500 
For Provisional Admission. 

(a) 25 hours of undergraduate history 

(b) GPA of 2 5 overall (2.75 in history) 

(c) GRE General Test score of 800 

(d) GRE History Sub|ect Test score of 450 
For specific prerequisite courses in history or 

historic preservation see the department de- 
scription of the program. 

Mathematics (MEd) 

I All students entering the MEd program in 
mathematics must satisfy all general admission 
requirements of the Graduate Program, must 
ake the NTE Specialty Area Test in Mathematics 
r the GRE Subject Test in Mathematics, and 
lust satisfy a prerequisite of 25 quarter hours 
f college mathematics at or beyond the level 
f calculus, in order to obtain degree-seeking 
tatus 

To gam Regular Admission a student must 
btain a minimum score of 580 on the NTE Spe- 
sialty Area Test or 520 on the GRE Subject Test 
slo minimum is required for Provisional Admis- 
lon. Students whose scores on the NTE Spe- 
cialty Area Test or the GRE Subject Test are too 

w for Regular Admission can also gain Regular 
Admission by passing a department entrance 
xamination. 

In order for a Provisionally Admitted student 
3 gam Regular Status without passing the de- 
)artmental entrance examination, the student 

ust satisfy the general requirements of the 

raduate School; including the stipulation that 
le first 25 graduate hours must be completed 

ith at least a "B" average, and that at least 15 
>f these hours must be in approved mathemat- 
ds courses. 



ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS 



Student Responsibility- 
Masters Level 

.ponsibility 

for t mtiative 

rogress toward ear 
dent is responsible for | ons 

to I he business office and the library an-: 
adhering to the rules and regulate rtain- 

ing to graduate students m particular and to all 
students enrolled in a unit of the University Sys- 
tem of Georgia It is the slucv ponsibility 
to abide by catalog requirements. A stud* 
claim that he or she has been granted ar 
ception to these requirements must be docu- 
mented before the merits of the claim ca? 
evaluated 

Academic Advisement 

Upon admission to graduate study, each stu- 
dent will be referred to a departmental office for 
advisor assignment Consultation with the as- 
signed advisor is required prior to registration 
Each student must process appropriate advise- 
ment papers which are available from his or her 
assigned advisor and which provide the advisor 
clearance required for registration 

Transient students report to the Office of the 
appropriate dean for advisement and advisor 
clearance 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate stu- 
dents obtain advisor clearance by processing 
the non-degree advisement form with their as- 
signed advisors During the quarter in which a 
Post Baccalaureate student achieves degree- 
seeking status, he or she must process the Pro- 
gram of Study form 

Degree-seeking students, both Regular and 
Provisional Admission students, must process 
the Program of Study form with their assigned 
advisor no later than the end of their first quarter 
of enrollment A temporary advisor clearance 
statement may be provided by the advisor which 
wil! be valid only for the student's initial regis- 
tration This temporary clearance should be 
processed on non-degree advisement form, 
with appropriate notations made to indicate that 
it is temporary. 



196 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The Program of Study shows the essential 
courses the student will take, transfer courses 
that might apply to the degree, and prerequisite 
courses or other prerequisites. The Program of 
Study must be followed by the student in fulfilling 
degree requirements. However, the student can 
take courses additional to those on his Program 
of Study and may enroll in the courses on the 
Program of Study during quarters other than 
those which might be shown on his Program of 
Study form. Moreover, the student may officially 
modify his Program of Study with the concur- 
rence of his advisor and department head. 

Students should note that any departure from 
the catalog requirements for a degree must be 
approved by the appropriate dean. 

International Student 
Advisement 

Specialized advisement is available for inter- 
national students from the Graduate Interna- 
tional Student Advisor, Dr. Steve Rhee, located 
in room 108-5. Solms Hall. 

Registration 

Before a student may register for graduate 
courses, the individual must be formally admit- 
ted as a graduate student (although some 500 
and 600 level courses may be taken by qualified 
undergraduate seniors upon complying with re- 
quirements and procedures stipulated by and 
available in the Dean's Offices), if circumstan- 
ces require it, the student must be readmitted 
(see section on Admissions, paragraph on 
Readmissions). In order to register, a student 
will be required to show at registration a permit 
to register card, which must be signed by the 
advisor. 

Transfer of Credits 

Credit may be transferred from another insti- 
tution, provided: 

1 . that only up to 1 5 hours of graduate credit 
taken while in a non-degree status may be 
applied to a degree program. 

2. that each course equates with a course in 
the curriculum of the Graduate Program or 
is an acceptable elective. 

3. that the credit was earned in an accredited 
graduate program. 

4. that a grade of B or better was earned in 
each course. 



5. that the credit was earned no more than six 
years prior to completion of all degree re- 
quirements. 

6. that no more than fifty percent of the re- 
quired credits shall be transferred for use 
towards a master's degree (i.e., no more 
than 50% of either the required professional 
education credits or other credits in the 
master's programs). 

Information about the amount of credit trans- 
ferable for a particular degree program, can be 
located in the appropriate departmental entry. 

Procedures for Processing 
Transfer Credits 

Requests by students to receive transfer 
graduate credit must be supported by two cop- 
ies of the graduate transcript showing the cred- 
its requested. The formal and final requests for 
receiving transfer credit is part of the Application 
for Candidacy which the student must process 
upon the completion of 25 hours of graduate 
work. This application is obtained in the Grad- 
uate Office. The two graduate transcripts should 
be sent to the office of the appropriate dean. 

Advisement on transfer of credit is routinely 
provided on the Program of Study form which 
every degree-seeking student must complete 
with his advisor in the first quarter of enrollment. 
Formal approval of transfer credit is granted via 
the student's Application for Candidacy which 
requires approval by the student's advisor, De- 
partment Head, and appropriate dean 

Prospective students may write to the De- 
partment Coordinator in their area of study to 
obtain advisement on transfer of credit. 

Reports and Grades 

In the Graduate Program grades assigned are 
A, B. C, D. F, (failure). I (incomplete), W (with- 
drew with no penalty), and WF (withdrew failing). 
The grade of W does not enter into computing 
a student's grade point average 

Stipulations applicable to symbols used in the 
Graduate Program include: 

I— incomplete. May be awarded (only in emer- 
gency cases) by an instructor, who will also stip- 
ulate the conditions for its removal. A grade of 
I must be removed by completing the course by 
midterm of the following quarter or it becomes 
an automatic F. 

W — withdrawal without penalty. May lie 
awarded by an instructor up to the mid-quarter 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



197 



period in a course Regents' policy stipulates 

that Withdrawals without penalty will not bt 
mitted after the mid-point ol the total grading 
period (including final examinations) except in 
cases of hardship as determined by the aj : 
pnate oflicial of the respective institutions " With 
drawals after midterm require approval of the 
Graduate Dean 

withdrew failing May be awarded by an 
instructor anytime that a student withdraws from 
a course after the drop add period; mandatory 
after midquarter except for hardship cases as 
stipulated above for grades of W 

jdit. Use of this symbol is subject to the 
discretion of the individual graduate depart- 
ments, and the departments may require that a 
student receive the permission of the instructor 
to audit a course prior to registering for the 
course Moreover, an auditing student must pay 
the usual fees, must register for the course, and 
may not transfer from audit to credit status (vice 
versa). 

S and U— satisfactory and unsatisfactory; see 
above Specific courses receiving these grades 
are identified in departmental course listings 
Comprehensive examinations are given these 
grades also. 

K credit by examination. Use of this symbol 
is subject to the discretion of the individual grad- 
uate departments. 

Students expecting to receive grades of V or 
K must insure that they are enrolled in an ap- 
propriate course or activity for which V or K 
grades are awarded by the appropriate de- 
partment. If this catalog does not show in the 
departmental entries that the given departments 
have authorized the use of V or K. then a student 
expecting to receive a V in a course should ob- 
tain written verification from the appropriate in- 
structor prior to registering for the course that V 
will be awarded 

Gradepomt averages are calculated on all 
graduate work attempted, and no credits with a 
grade below C may apply toward a degree 

Course Eligibility 

Courses numbered 500 through 699 are open 
to qualified Undergraduate seniors, with ap- 
proval of their respective department heads, 
and to graduate students In such courses, the 
quantity and quality of the work required of the 
graduate students will be on the same level as 
that required in those courses offered exclu- 
sively for graduate students Courses numbered 



700 and above are open only to gra< I 
: rtes for degre* 

Academic Probation and 
Standing 

Any student who falls below a 3 (B) average 
shall be on Academic Probation 

Any student in a degree program on Regular 
Admission status who does not achieve a 3 
graduate cumulative GPA after completing 25 
or more graduate hours shall be placed on Ac- 
ademic Probation and must achieve a 3 grad- 
uate GPA in order to return to Regular Admission 
status. Any student on Academic Probation who 
earns less than a B in any course or who ac- 
cumulates 75 hours while on Academic Proba- 
tion shall be dropped as a degree-seeking 
student and shall be placed on permanent non- 
degree status. 

Any student on Provisional Admission status 
who does not achieve a 3 graduate cumulative 
GPA upon completing 25 graduate hours shall 
be dropped as a degree-seeking student and 
shall be placed on permanent non-degree sta- 
tus. 

Any student on Post Baccalaureate status 
who does not achieve a 3.0 graduate cumulative 
GPA shall be placed on Academic Probation 

Any student whose graduate cumulative GPA 
falls below 2.5 after completing 25 or more hours 
shall be prohibited from taking further graduate 
work. 

Course Load & Limitation 

A full-time graduate student is defined as one 
who is registered for 10 or more graduate credit 
hours. 

A graduate student may not carry more than 
15 hours per quarter Exceptions must be ap- 
proved in writing by the advisor. Students on 
Academic Probation or on Provisional Admis- 
sions status should carefully plan their course 
loads in consultation with their advisors 

Withdrawing; Dropping, 
Adding Courses 

Withdrawal is. in the technical sense, drop- 
ping all courses and processing a formal with- 
drawal from the College A student may 
withdraw from school (or drop a single course) 



198 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



at any time during the quarter. Only by formally 
withdrawing, however, can a student become 
eligible for the refund of fees as explained in the 
section on fees. The student bears the respon- 
sibility of contacting the graduate office to effect 
a withdrawal and of contacting his professor(s) 
to determine what grade(s) will be assigned (W 
or WF). 

Dropping a course should be formalized 
through the Office of the Registrar which will 
process a drop/add slip. If a student is taking 
only one course, the drop is. technically, a with- 
drawal and should be treated as such. 

Adding a course may be accomplished 
through the Office of the Registrar which will 
process a drop/add slip. Courses may be added 
only during the late registration days at the be- 
ginning of the quarter and not at any other time 
during the quarter. The student must pay the 
appropriate fee for the additional course, unless 
a course equivalent in credit hours is being 
dropped simultaneously. 

Administrative Withdrawals 

The College reserves the right to effect the 
withdrawal of any student at any time during a 
course of studies if the student does not meet 
financial obligations or the required standards 
of scholarship, or if he fails in any way to meet 
the standards of the Graduate Program. 



students, graduate and undergraduate, must 
agree to abide by the rules of the code 

FEES 



Application 

An application fee of $10.00 is paid by each 
graduate student at the time of initial application 
for admission. This fee is not required of former 
students from either Armstrong State College or 
Savannah State College The acceptance of the 
application fee does not constitute acceptance 
of the student into the graduate program. This 
fee. which is paid at Armstrong State College, 
is not refundable. 

Matriculation Fee 

The Matriculation Fee for students registering 
on campus for the normal course load of fifteen 
hours is $320.00. Students carrying fewer than 
12 credit hours on campus in a quarter will pay 
at the rate of $27.00 per quarter hour in Matri- 
culation Fees. Students who register for off-cam- 
pus credit hours will pay at the rate of $29 00 
per credit hour Matriculation Fees are waive* 
for residents of Georgia upon presentation M 
written documentation that they are 62 ye?, 
aae or older. 



CATES Courses 

Armstrong State College participates in the 
Coastal Area Teacher Education Service, a con- 
sortium of area public school systems and in- 
stitutions of the University System of Georgia 
offering graduate and undergraduate courses 
in teacher education. 

A student who wishes to apply CATES course 
credit to his degree program must obtain ap- 
proval from his advisor to take a course for de- 
gree credit prior to taking the course Without 
this prior approval, the course is subject to being 
treated as a transfer course, in which case, the 
Transfer of Graduate Credits policies and pro- 
cedures described in the catalog will be fol- 
lowed. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code, published in the undergrad- 
uate section of this catalog, applies to graduate 
students as well as undergraduate students All 



Out-of-3tate Tuition 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee <rf 
$640.00 per quarter in addition to all reguar 
fees. Students carrying fewer than 12 credit 
hours in a quarter who are not legal residedj 
of the State of Georgia will pay at the rate m 
$47 00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee in acfi 
dition to regular fees. Students who register ■ 
off-campus credit courses will pay at the rateB 
$47.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee in am 
dition to regular fees. Out-of-State tuition ieM 
are waived for active duty military personnel arfl| 
their dependents stationed in Georgia and on 
active duty except military personnel assig 
to this institution for educational purposes 



Residency Requirements 

The University System of Georgia residenC] 
requirements as they pertain to undergradual 
and graduate students are published in the u£ 
dergraduate section of this catalog. Please col 



GRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



199 



suit the index for the proper reference 

Student Activity 

Athletic 

Late Registration 

Graduation 

Transcript 

All preceding fee catagones listed are the 
same for graduate students as they are for un- 
dergraduate students Please consult the index 
for the proper references. 

Refunds 

Financial Obligations 

Notice of Fee Changes 

All preceding policy categories listed are the 
same for graduate students as they are for un- 
dergraduate students. Please consult the index 
for proper references 

Financial Aid 

Students are invited to contact the Office of 
Financial Aid at the College for information on 
federal and state programs of financial assist- 
ance to college students. 

Veterans Benefits 

Information of interest to veterans can be ob- 
tained by writing or calling the Office of Veterans 
Affairs at Armstrong State College. 

Once accepted into the graduate program, a 
veteran should contact the Veterans' Office for 
processing instructions. Since processing time 
varies, a first quarter student should expect a 
four to six week delay in receiving the first benefit 
check. First quarter student veterans should 
consider this delay when making financial ar- 
rangements to attend school. 

For purposes of G.I. Bill benefits, ten quarter 
hours are considered to be a full load. A load 
of five graduate quarter hours entitles the grad- 
uate student to half-time benefits. 



DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 



MASTERS LEVEL 



Time Limitation 

Students working toward a master's degree 
must complete all requirements for the degree 
within a period of not more than six years from 
the date of first enrollment Extension of time 
may be granted upon recommendation of the 
student's major department, but only in cases 
of unusual circumstances. 

Course and Residency 
Requirements 

Satisfactory completion of at least sixty 
quarter hours of graduate credit, thirty of which 
must be earned in residence, is necessary for 
all masters degrees. Courses to be counted for 
a degree may be accumulated on a full-time or 
part-time basis. No credits with grades below 
"C" may count toward a degree At least fifty 
percent of the courses for a degree must be at 
the 700 level or above. 

Students should note that the sixty-hour re- 
quirement is a minimum requirement Degree 
students with academic weaknesses should 
recognize that they may have to complete more 
than sixty hours to fulfill all curriculum require- 
ments and comply with all academic regula- 
tions. 

Degree Candidacy 

Upon successful completion of twenty-five 
quarter hours of graduate work taken in resi- 
dence and at least one quarter prior to making 
application for the degree, the student is re- 
quired to file an application for admission to can- 
didacy. The student will submit the completed 
application to his advisor Application forms are 
available in the appropriate Dean's or depart- 
mental offices. 

Approval of the application will be based upon 
verification that the student: 
1 has been admitted to full graduate status 

(i.e., Regular Admission). 
2. has maintained a minimum of a "B' aver- 



200 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



age in all work attempted. 
3. has met any other requirements stipulated 
for his degree program. 

Application for the Degree 

At the time specified on the academic cal- 
endar, the student must file an application for 
the master's degree with the appropriate major 
department. Note that the application for the de- 
gree must be preceded by the application for 
candidacy by at least one quarter. Application 
forms are available in the appropriate Dean's or 
department offices. Applications for the degree 
should be submitted two quarters prior to the 
expected date of graduation. 

General Requirements for the 
Master's Degree 

General requirements for obtaining a master*s 
degree follows: 

1 . Admission to full graduate status, i.e., Reg- 
ular Admission. 

2. Admission to candidacy for the degree. 

3. Satisfactory completion of at least sixty 
hours of approved graduate level work. 

4. Maintenance of a 3.00 GPA. 

5. Satisfactory completion of a comprehen- 
sive examination or thesis or both. 

6. Completion of an application for the degree 
at the time specified. 

For the MEd degree, the following require- 
ment applies: 
1 Satisfactory completion of certification re- 
quirements. (Some MEd programs have 
options for no certification.) 

MEd Certification Programs 

Although some MEd degree programs have 
an option for no certification, generally these de- 
grees are designed to comply with the require- 
ments for teacher certification at the fifth year 
level in the various areas of specialization. The 
degree ordinarily is granted only to students who 
qualify for T-5 certification (or equivalent certi- 
fication for other states), which in turn entails 
meeting T-4 certification requirements (Geor- 
gia). Students who use graduate credits to meet 
T-4 certification requirements may be required 
to take graduate courses beyond the 60 hours 
required for the M.Ed, degree in order to meet 
T-5 certification requirements. Since the M.Ed, 
program requires 60 hours, which is 15 more 



than the 45 minimum required for the T-5 by the 
State Education Department, 15 of the 60 grad- 
uate hours may be used to fulfill T-4 certification 
requirements. However, none of the 15 hours so 
used can then be applied toward meeting the 
45 hours specified for the T-5. 

Detailed information concerning programs 
and procedures relating to graduate teacher 
certification may be obtained from Education Of- 
fices. 

MEd Non-Certification 
Programs 

Building on the basic, academic structure of 
the typical MEd degree programs, departments 
may offer MEd programs without applying all of 
the stipulations for certification programs. The 
curriculum essentials of a non-certification de- 
gree programs are: 

1. At least fifteen hours of education course 
work. 

2. At least twenty-five hours of major area 
course work. 

Such programs do not meet certification re- 
quirements by the State of Georgia. 

Thirty Hour Plan for a Second 
MEd Degree 

Students who have already earned a master's 
degree can, under certain circumstances, earn 
a second master's degree in the Graduate Pro- 
gram by completing as few as 30 quarter hours 
of graduate work in residence. Essential ele- 
ments of the second master's degree plan are: 

1 . All general requirements (e.g., Regular Ad- 
mission status, adherence to general aca- 
demic regulations. i; B" average, 
comprehensive examination, etc ) and all 
specific curncular requirements (i.e., de- 
partmental prerequisites for courses, spe- 
cific courses, etc.) currently applicable to 
a master's degree will apply to the second 
degree sought, except as explicitly noted 
as follows: 

2. For the Second master's degree: 

A. The student must take at least 30 
quarter hours in residence additional 
to course work that was used in fulfill- 
ing requirements for a previous mas- 
ter's degree. Additional hours may be 
necessary in order to fulfill curncular 
requirements or for such purposes as 



GRADUATE BIOLOGY 



201 



teacher certification in programs de- 
signed as Approved Programs lor 
Georgia State Certificate 
The 30 (or more) hours in residence 
must meet existing requirements on 
recency of credit For the other hours 
(hours applied to both the first degree 
and to the second degree), fifteen 
hours will have no age limit, but the 
remaining hours must be no more than 
twelve years old when requirements 
for the second master's degree are 
completed. 

A curriculum plan for a second degree 
that is consistent with existing catalog 
plans must be prepared by a depart- 
ment head or by a graduate advisor 
with his or her department head's en- 
dorsement. A copy of this plan will be 
sent to the Office of the Dean of the 
School of Education and will be given 
to the student For this purpose, cur- 
rent advisement forms, with appropri- 
ate modifications may be used. The 
plan must show the 30 (or more) hours 
to be taken in residence and the pre- 
vious graduate hours that are to apply 
to the second degree. 



School of Arts and Sciences 

Adams, Joseph. Dean 

MASTERS LEVEL 



Biology 

Faculty 

Gottfried. Bradley, Department Head 
Beumer. Ronald 
Guillou, Laurent 
Pingel. Allen 
Thome. Francis 



The biology MEd program has been deacti- 
vated, but the department continues to present 
limited graduate course offerings Students 
should check with the biology department for 
complete information on course offerings. 



OFFERINGS 
Biology Offerings 

BIO 610— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Complete sequence in Organic 
Chemistry and five hours of Physiology. 

A consideration of the functional relationships 
between microscopic anatomy and cell chem- 
istry, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, 
and growth. 

BIO 640— Cytology (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Two senior division courses in 
biology. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, 
growth, differentiation, and reproduction. 

BIO 650— Evolution (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: At least 15 quarter hours credit 
in upper divsion biology (botany or zoology) 
courses 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIO 680— General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Three upper division courses in 
biology (botany or zoology). 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their 
application to the welfare of man. coordinated 
with a study of populations and communities in 
the field. 



202 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Botany Offerings 

BOT 610— Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: BOT 203 and Organic Chem- 
istry 

A survey of physiological processes occur- 
ring in plants and the conditions which affect 
these processes. 

BOT 625— Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: BOT 203. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, and 
evolutionary relationships. 

BOT 701— Plant Diversity I: Non- Vascular 
Plants (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit 
in botany. 

Morphology, Taxonomy, and ecology of the 
algae, fungi, mosses, and liverworts, including 
identification of common species, field and lab- 
oratory methods, local habitats and sources. 

BOT 702— Plant Diversity II: Vascular Plants 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit 
in botany. 

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the 
primitive vascular plants, ferns, gymnosperms, 
and angiosperms, including field and laboratory 
methods, local habitats and sources. 

BOT EDN 793— Botany for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

This course is not suitable for the general sci- 
ence major. 

Lecture-labcratory course dealing with prin- 
ciples involved in classifying and identifying 
plant life. 



Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 525— InverteDrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, in- 
terrelations, and natural history of the major in- 
vertebrate groups. 

ZOO 556 — Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the anatomy and evolution of the 
organ systems of the vertebrates. 



ZOO 610— General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 

An introduction to the general physiological 
processes of vertebrates. 

ZOO 625 — Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 325 or permission of in- 
structor and department head. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic dis- 
tribution of marine invertebrates as exemplified 
by collections from the southeastern coastal re- 
gion. 

ZOO 629— Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 410 and one other senior 
division course in biology. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their con- 
trol of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

ZOO 635 — Comparative Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the] 
functions or organ systems involved in the mainfi 
tenance of homeostasis under varying condi- 
tions within normal habitats and of in vitrc 
reactions of tissues and systems under labo- 
ratory conditions. 

ZOO 710 — Applied Human Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing plus l 
course in human, genera!, or vertebrate physi 
oiogy, and organic or biological chemistry. 

A consideration of human physiological re 
sponses to normal and abnormal stressors c 
the external and internal environment, including 
local and systemic adaptations to stressors 
Specific malfunctions and adjustments will fcx 
treated where feasible and appropriate. 

Laboratory sessions will feature the empirics 
demonstration of physiologic concepts and thei 
applications to human function, largely througl 
controlled experimentation. 

The lecture may be taken in conjunction witl 
Nursing 605 lab for credit in Nursing 605. The 
lab will share some common sessions v. th ZO( 
710 

ZOO 721— Animal Diversity I: Invertebrates 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hou r 
in zoology. 



GRADUATE CHEMISTRY & PHYSICS 



203 



Structure, function, and ecologic relationships 
of the major invertebrate phyla (Not open to 
students with credits in ology ) 

ZOO 722— Animal Diversity II: Vertebrates 

(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites at least 15 quarter hours credit 
in zoology 

Structure, function, and ecologic relationships 
of the vertebrates, with emphasis on amphibious 
and terrestrial forms 

ZOO 731— Ecological Associations (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 25 quarter hours credit 
in junior-senior level courses in biology 

Environmental relationships among and be- 
tween groups of organisms and their environ- 
ments. 

ZOO EDN 792— Zoology for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

This course is not suitable for general science 
majors 

Modern approaches to teaching the biologi- 
cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding of life 
processes in the animal kingdom. 



Courses at Marine Science Center 

The following courses are offered at the Ma- 
rine Science Center on Skidaway Island and are 
open to both graduate and undergraduate stu- 
dents. These courses are cooperatively spon- 
sored by Armstrong State College, Georgia 
Institute of Technology. Georgia State Univer- 
sity. Georgia Southern College, and the Univer- 
sity of Georgia 

BIO 630— Estuarine Ecology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks) Prerequisites: CHE 128, 
1 29: ZOO 204: two courses in biology numbered 
300 or above; or permission of instructor MAT 
104 recommended 

The evolution and development of estuaries, 
substrates, physical processes, communities, 
ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynamics and 
analysis The study area will include the estuar- 
ine complex of the Carolinian province as ex- 
emplified along the coast of Georgia. 

ZOO 605— ichthyology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks) Prerequisites: ZOO 204 
and one course in zoology numbered 300 or 
^above, or permission of instructor 

The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and ev- 
olution of fishes with special reference to the 
fishes of eastern North America. 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris. Henry. Department Head 
Brewer. John 
Robbins. Paul 
Stratton. Cednc 
Whiten, Morris 

The chemistry MEd program has been deac- 
tivated, but the department continues to otter 
limited graduate course offerings Students 
should check with the chemistry department for 
complete information on course offerings 



OFFERINGS 
Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 501— Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

An introductory course covering selected 
areas of applied biochemistry. This course is not 
recommended for chemistry, biology, or 
premedical students 

CHE 541-542— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

These courses include the study of aliphatics. 
aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives. 
polyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hy- 
drocarbons Organic reactions are emphasized 
in terms of modern theory 

CHE 543— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

A continuation of the organic chemistry se- 
quence 541. 542 This course completes the 
fundamental study of organic chemistry with a 
consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids. 
and heterocyclics with their related compounds 

CHE 58fJ — Quantitative Instrumental 
(2-9-5) 

A study of the principles of gravimetric, vol- 
umetric, spectrophotometry, and electrometnc 
methods of analysis The laboratory will provide 
practice m techniques and application of these 
principles 

CHE 600— Introduction to Chemical 
Research (2-0-2) 

This course outlines systematic methods of 
literature research and preparation research 
outlines from reference to original articles 

CHE 622— Inorganic Chemistry (3-0-3) 

Modern theory of structures and bonding 
acid-base theories, and properties of some rare 



204 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



elements and unusual compounds will be de- 
tailed. The latter includes nonstoichtometric 
compounds, rare gas compounds, and coor- 
dination complexes. 

CHE 641 — Organic Chemistry (3-0-3) 

Basic organic chemistry to include structures, 
reactions, and reaction mechanisms. 

CHE 651— History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

The development of science surveyed from 
antiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on 
the development of ideas, men who made sig- 
nificant contributions, evolution of chemical the- 
ories and the modern social implications of 
science. 

CHE 661— Biochemistry I (4-0-4) 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular con- 
stituents and cellular metabolism. Subject topics 
include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, en- 
zymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic car- 
bohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, the 
tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phosphoryl- 
ation, and photosynthesis. 

CHE 662— Biochemistry II (4-0-4) 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and 
nitrogen-containing compounds, the biosyn- 
thesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic 
regulation, and selected topics. 

CHE 663— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5) 

A study of the principles of chemistry applied 
in the clinical laboratory. Topic subjects to in- 
clude instrumentation and microtechniques. 

CHE 681— Advanced Instrumental I 
(1-3-2) 

A study of electrometric methods of analysis. 
Topic subjects will include potentiometric, cou- 
iometric. and poiarographic measurements. 

CHE 682— Advanced Instrumental II 
(1-3-2) 

A study of spectrophotometric and chromat- 
ographic methods analysis. Topic subjects will 
include visible and ultraviolet, spectroscopy, 
gas-liquid chromatography, high performance 
liquid chromatography, flame emission and 
atomic absorption spectroscopy 

CHE 683 — Advanced Instrumental III 
(1-3-2) 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. 
Topic subjects will include infrared spectros- 
copy, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron- 
spin resonance and mass spectrometry. 



CHE 691-692-693— Physical Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistn 
including the study of solids, liquids, gases 
thermochemistry, thermodynamics and solu 
tions. These courses will also cover a study o 
chemical equilibria, chemical kinetics, electro 
chemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics anc 
nuclear chemistry. 

CHE 721 — Chemistry for High School 
Teachers (4-3-5) 

This course covers CHEM study material anc 
also Chemical Bonding. Approach material to 
high school teachers. 

CHE 731— Development of Chemical 
Theories (3-0-3) 

A study of the basic principles upon whicl 
well known chemical theories are founded. Top 
ics such as the kinetic molecular theory, cherr. 
icai equilibria, and spectroscopy will b< 
discussed. 

CHE 794 — Chemistry for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic anc 
non-metallic elements with emphasis on prac 
tical application at the elementary school leve 

CHE 798— Seminar (2-0-2) 

Discussion of selected topics. 



Physical Science Offerings 

AST 601— Astronomy for Teachers (5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include the solar system 
stellar evolution, stars and star systems. an« 
methods in astronomy 

GEL 601— Geology for Teachers (5-0-5) 

A survey of physical and historical geology 
Topic subjects will include a geologic history 
plate tectonics, and identification of mineral 
and rocks 

MET 601— Meterology for Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the atmosphere, weather and c 
mate. 

OCE 601 — Oceanography for Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

Topic subjects ..de origir 

ture of ocean floors, tides and currer 
ical and physical prop- ea water, 

applications of oceanographic research 



GRADUATE GOVERNMENT 



205 



PHS 795— Earth Science for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

:. of the compositions ol 

tication of rocks and mil 
in a format appropriate for teachers of elemen- 
vn 

PHS 701— Principles of Astronomy, 
Geology and Meteorology (5-0-5) 

I A study of unifying principles associated with 
the disciplines of astronomy, geology and me- 
teorology Emphasis will be placed on materials, 
jnstrations and testing associated with the 
cal sciences. 



Physics Offerings 

PHY 602— Physics for Secondary School 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles of physics appro- 
priate for teachers of physics and physical sci- 
ence. National curricula such as the Harvard 
Project Physics and PSSC will be studied. 

PHY 603— Physics Laboratory for Science 
Teachers (3-4-5) 

A study of the theory and practice of selected 
aboratory exercises and demonstrations. 

PHY 612— Electronic Measurements 
3-6-5) 

Introduction to circuit theory and digital/ana- 
og electronics dealing with measurements, 
:ontrol concepts, and instruments. 

Course at Marine Science Center 

The following course is offered at the Marine 
Science Center on Skidaway Island and is open 
o both graduate and undergraduate students 
his course is cooperatively sponsored by Arm- 
strong State College. Georgia Institute of Tech- 
nology. Georgia State University, Georgia 
Southern College, and the University of Georgia. 

DCE 630— Applied Oceanography (6-4-5) 

Prerequisites: General Chemistry and General 
3iology Offered Summers. 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and bio- 
ogical sciences which are marine oriented as 
pplied to specific problems in the ocean and 
ts environs. Collection and interpretation of field 
data stressed utilizing vessels and equipment 
}f the Skidaway Institute of Oceanography. 



Government 

Faculty 

ithlin, William. Department Head 
Coyle. Will 
Donahue. Michael 
Ealy, Steven 

is, Robert 
McCarthy, John 
Murphy, Dei 
Newman, John 
Rhee, Steve 

General Information 

The Department of Government offers grad- 
uate courses and an MS program in Criminal 
Justice and graduate courses in Political Sci- 
ence and Public Administrations studies appli- 
cable to appropriate graduate programs. 



Objectives of Criminal Justice Program 

The Department of Government offers a pro- 
gram of study leading to the degree Master of 
Science in Criminal justice The objectives of the 
program are: 

1. To provide graduate-level education for 
professional criminal justice policy-makers 
and policy-makers in related fields in order 
to stimulate professionalization within the 
criminal justice system. 

2. To produce scholars better prepared than 
those currently available to meet the chal- 
lenges of the future in research and teach- 
ing. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student will be 
assigned an advisor. The student should meet 
with the advisor as soon as possible after ad- 
mission to establish an approved program of 

study. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students should note carefully the general 
section on transfer of Graduate Credits ap- 
pearing in the Academic Regulations of this Cat- 
alog. The Criminal Justice Program will normally 
accept two courses (10 quarter hours. 6 se- 
mester hours) for transfer credit. 



206 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Degree Requirements 

The degree MS in criminal justice requires the 
completion of 60 quarter hours of appioved 
coursework. The student will have the option of 
either writing a thesis or doing a field practicum 
as part of the program of study. 

Comprehensive Examination 

Each non-thesis candidate for the degree MS 
in criminal justice must pass a written compre- 
hensive examination. An oral examination may 
also be scheduled. For specific information on 
the written and oral comprehensive examina- 
tions students should contact their advisor. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF SCIENCE (IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE) 

Hours 

A. Required Courses 30 

CJ 700. 701, 702. 703 ; 705 and 
716 

B Required Options 10 

Either CJ 790 and 791 , or CJ 
795 

C. Electives from the following 20 

(Not more than two courses out- 
side of CJ. Dual-listed courses, 
e.g., PA/POS 403 and PA/POS 
603— Public Policy Develop- 
ment, can be used as credit to- 
wards the degree only if the 
same courses were not taken at 
the undergraduate level). 
CJ704. 706, 709, 710.712. 721, 
722. 723. or 724. 
POS/PA 601, 603. 618 or 704 
POS 615. 619, 626 or 705 

TOTAL 60 



Criminal Justice Offerings 

CJ 501 — Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency; 
the sociological, biological, and psychological 
factors involved in juvenile delinquency and the 
modern trends in prevention and treatment. 

CJ 570— Criminal Procedure (3-0-3) 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the 
basis for, American Criminal Law buttressed by 
an analysis of leading court decisions relative 
to procedural rights emanating from the Biil of 
Rights. 



CJ 606— Law and Society (5-0-5) 

The study of the theory and philosophy of law 
and the relationship between law and society. 
Current controversies such as civil disobedi- 
ence and law and personal morality will receive 
special attention. 

CJ 626 — International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Investigation of the political, legal, and soci- 
ological aspects of international terrorism. Top- 
ics to be examined include the relationships of 
international terrorism, international relations, 
and principles of international law. the nature of 
the anti-terrorist response, and the implications 
of international terrorism for the future. (Identical 
with POS 626.) 

CJ 647 — Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Designed to focus on the law enforcement 
and judicial procedure aspects of the Japanese, 
French, West German, and Soviet political sys- 
tems. (Identical with POS 647.) 

CJ 700— Seminar in Justice Administration 
(5-0-5) 

An analysis of the criminal justice process 
from prevention and arrest to release after in- 
carceration. The philosophies, practices, and 
procedures of agencies responsible for the 
administration of justice are viewed and ana- 
lyzed. 

CJ 701— Advanced Research Methods in 
Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Application of advanced research methods to 
problems in the criminal justice system. 

CJ 702— Criminal Justice Planning and 
Innovation (5-0-5) 

Introduction to planning techniques and theB 
impact on criminal justice program develop- 
ment. Policy and decision-making procedural? 
pertaining to affiliated agencies and organize 
tions are analyzed. Planning involves identiH 
cation of problem areas, diagnosing causatioffr 
formulating solutions, alternative strategies, and 
mobilizing resources needed to effect change. 

CJ 703 — Seminar in Crime Causation 
(5-0-5) 

Concentration with the individual offender is 
on the relationship of motives, attitudes, and 
abilities to participate in criminal activity. Wi« 
groups, consideration is given to peer inflH 
ences in the shaping and reinforcement of c 
mal conduct 



GRADUATE GOVERNMENT 



207 



CJ 704— Law and Social Control (5-0-5) 

ition of jurisi idigms. so- 

cietal norms ami operational 

unong them Topics to be examined 
include criminal and civil control mechanisms 
d purposes, historical and philosophical per- 
spectives on power, authority and law in society, 
and alternative means of social control 

CJ 705 — Administration and Management 
for Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

New management and administrative require- 
ments of the criminal justice complex in transi- 
tion Problems and innovative concepts of 
criminal justice system development, decision 
theory, information needs, planning and new 
managerial perspectives 

CJ 706 — Juvenile Justice Administration 
(5-0-5) 

Assessment of the policies and practices of 
agencies involved in processing young persons 
through the juvenile court system Attention will 
be paid to the intake procedures of the juvenile 
court; the adjudicational and dispositional pro- 
cedures of the juvenile court. 

CJ 709 — Police Problems and Practices 
(5-0-5) 

Maior current issues of police administration 
including theory in policing, police productivity, 
,and policy making Special attention will be af- 
forded police-society relationships as they re- 
late to police misconduct, labor union issues, 
[and minorities. 

CJ 710 — Institutional Incarceration and 
Treatment (5-0-5) 

Theory, purposes, and practices of correc- 
tional institutions. Problems in control and treat- 
ment will be explored. 

CJ 712— Seminar in Community Treatment 
and Services (5-0-5) 

An analysis of probation and other alternatives 
to incarceration in the community setting, and 
pf the feasibility and effectiveness of treatment 
of individuals under sentence in the community 

716 — Criminal Process (5-0-5) 

Intensive examination of criminal adjudica- 
tion, from initial appearance through post-con- 
viction appeals and collateral attacks, as 
posited in the context of criminal justice policy. 

CJ 721 — ADP Applications in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

An examination of the use of automated data 
processing by criminal justice agencies for ad- 



>na\ purpose 1 
lion will be devoted to microprocessor 
)ns 

CJ 722— Selected Topics in Law and Courts 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems ani: 
ing court management and the criminal judicial 
process will provide the basis for t * ion 

CJ 723— Selected Topics in Policing 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing the law enforcement and policing function 
will provide the basis for topic selection 

CJ 724 — Selected Topics in Corrections 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing correctional strategies and management will 
provide the basis for topic selection 

CJ 790 & 791— Field Practicum (2-V-(1-5)) 

Planned program of research observation, 
study and work in selected criminal justice agen- 
cies. 

CJ 795— Thesis (0-V-(1-10)) 

Planned research and writing directed by the 

student's Thesis Committee. 



Political Science and Public Administration 
Offerings 

POS 500— Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Required for POS majors unless met by equiv- 
alent course. 

This course deals with the methods and tech- 
niques of research in the behavioral sciences 
Emphasis will be placed on learning how to eval- 
uate research 

POS 506 — Local Government (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of city, 
county, and other local governments in the 
United States. Special attention will be given to 
the city governments of Savannah. Ga . Charles- 
ton, S.C ; and Gainesville. Fla Large diverse 
cities, such as Atlanta. Jacksonville, Tampa, and 
Miami will also be compared in a more limited 
fashion and contrasted with Savannah. Charles- 
ton, and Gainesville. Policies examined will in- 
clude finance (raising and spending money), 
education, welfare, pollution, transportation, and 
law enforcement. 



208 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



POS 507— State Government (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of state 
governments in the United States. Special at- 
tention will be given to the governments of Flor- 
ida, Georgia, and South Carolina and to their 
role in the federal system. Policies examined will 
include finance (raising and spending money), 
pollution, transportation, and law enforcement. 

POS 533— Contemporary Political 
Ideologies (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A general survey and analysis of the important 
ideological currents of our time with selected in- 
depth readings from original sources. 

POS 546— Governments of East Asia 

A comparative examination of the contem- 
porary political institutions, processes, and 
ideas of the People's Republic of China, Japan, 
and Korea. Examines the development of these 
political systems with particular emphasis on 
historical, social, cultural, and contemporary-is- 
sue dimensions. 

PA/POS 601— The Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

This course examines the procedures, strat- 
egies, and rationales involved in making public 
budgets at the local, state, and national levels. 
It is also concerned with critiques of the several 
types of budgets now in use together with an 
explanation of fiscal and monetary policies as 
they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned 
with the revenue systems in effect together with 
auditing and other controls exercised in the 
budgeting process. 

PA/POS 603 — Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Primarily concerned with a study of the the- 
oretical aspects of decision-making (i.e., ra- 
tional/comprehensive model, "mixed-scanning" 
model, incremental model, group theory, elite 
theory, and game theory), political aspects of 
policy-making process, and mobilization of po- 
litical support. Some attempt will be made to 
apply the general theory of public policy-making 
to specific settings of civil rights issues, welfare 
policy, urban problems, and national defense/ 
foreign policy. 

POS 611— American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offers an in-depth survey of the office of the 
Presidency, with the principal emphasis on the 



relations of the executive branch with the Con- 
gress and the Court system. Some attention will 
be given to the evolution of the Presidency to 
its present dominant position in the American 
political process. 

POS 612— American Political Parties 
(5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the political 
system. Relationship between party organiza- 
tion, electoral system, and the recruitment and 
advancement of political leaders. 

POS 615 — American Supreme Court 
(5-0-5) 

Analysis of the structure and functions of the 
court, including examination of the Court as po\4 
icy maker. 

POS 616— United States Constitutional 
History I (5-0-5) 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion 
of the Constitution of the United States. (Identical 
with HIS 616.) 

POS 617— United States Constitutional 
History II (5-0-5) 

A study of more recent constitutional devell 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the presf 
ent day. (identical to HIS 617.) 

PA/POS 618— Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

This course explores the framework of law 
governing administrative agencies including: 
administrative power and its control by the 
courts, the determination and enforcement of 
administrative programs, discretion of admin- 
istrative officials and their powers of summary 
actions, hearings before administrative boards, 
and the respective spheres of administrative 
and judicial responsibility. 

POS 619— American Congress (5-0-5) 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
Congress, including a discussion of the theo- 
retical framework for representative govern- 
ment, and Congress : role as policymaker. 

POS 624 — Seminar on the Sino-Soviet 
Power Rivalries (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Critical assessment of the eariy Sino-Soviet 
relations before and after the 1917 Bolshevik 
Revolution, followed by analysis of the roots of 
the Sino-Soviet conflicts in territorial, economic, 
strategic, political, and ideological perspec- 
tives. The implications of this schism for the con- 
temporary global security relations will be 



GRADUATE GOVERNMENT 



209 



critically examined Heavy emphasis on re- 
search and oral presentation by the student 

POS 628— International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Investigation of the political, legal, and soci- 
ological aspects of international terrorism, top- 
ics to be examined include the relationships of 
international terrorism, international relations 
and principles of international law. the nature of 
the anti-terronst response, and the implications 
of international terrorism for the future (Identical 
with CJ 626 ) 

POS 629 — American Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

An analysis of US foreign policy, and factors, 
both domestic and foreign, contributing to its 
formulation. 

POS 645 — Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the maior economic systems devel- 
oped in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of 
government and politics will be examined, along 
with the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Smith, Marx. Keynes, 
and Freidman. (Identical with ECO 645.) 

POS 647 — Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Designed to focus on the law enforcement 
and judicial procedure aspects of the Japanese, 
French, West German, and Soviet political sys- 
tems. (Identical with CJ 647 ) 

PA POS 704— Topics in Public 
Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 
Designed to probe the chief concepts, theo- 
ries, ideas, and models in Public Administration 

POS 705— Topics in State and Local 
Government (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

POS 710 — Topics in American Government 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Permission of instructor 

POS 720 — Topics in International Relations 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: undergraduate work in the field 
or permission of the instructor. 

A seminar course with specific titles an- 
nounced as offered. May be repeated for credit 
as topics vary. 



POS 721— Topics in Modern East Asia 
(5-0-5) 
Prerequisite Permission of instructor 
Selected topics in nineteenth and twentieth 
century international, political, economic, social, 
intellectual, or contemporary developments in 
East Asia May be repeated as topics and in- 
structors vary 

POS 730— Readings in Political Theory 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

POS 740 — Seminar in Comparative Politics 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 
This course is primarily designed to give the 
students an overview of theories of comparative 
politics and political development. It deals with 
various methodologies, concepts, and ap- 
proaches that are being used m the analysis of 
comparative politics. Cross-national compari- 
son of selected countries of Western Europe, 
Asia, Middle East, and Africa will be attempted. 

POS 790-791— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Offered to qualified students subject to the 
following conditions. Prerequisites: A minimum 
of 25 graduate hours, including at least 1 5 hours 
in Political Science graduate courses An ap- 
plication may be obtained in the departmental 
office and should be submitted to the depart- 
ment by the mid-term preceding the quarter in 
which the independent study will begin Open 
to students with 3.5 GPA in Political Science 
graduate courses and at least 3.3 overall GPA 
Admission is by approval of a departmental 
committee. 

Economic Offerings 

ECO 520— International Trade (5-0-5) 

Examines the economic importance and 
problems of international trade, exchange rates 
and monetary standards, tariffs and other trade 
barriers Attention will be focused on fixed and 
floating exchange rates and their effects on 
trade balances of states. Current debt problems 
of developing nations will be examined. 

ECO 530 — Economics of Finance (5-0-5) 

The study of governmental and corporate fi- 
nance, with emphasis on fiscal and monetary 
policy. Open-market operations, discount pol- 
icy, and the functions and problems associated 
with central banking will be examined and ana- 
lyzed. 



210 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ECO 540— Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

An introductory general survey of labor eco- 
nomics and labor relations. Organization and 
operation of American trade unionism, collective 
bargaining, economics of the labor market, 
wage theory and income distribution also 
among topics studied. 

ECO 563— Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

This course surveys the growth and devel- 
opment of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present 
with emphasis on the period since 1860. De- 
velopments in agriculture, industry, labor, trans- 
portation, and finance will be studied and 
analyzed. 

ECO 645 — Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the major economic systems devel- 
oped in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of 
government and politics will be examined, along 
with the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Smith, Marx, Keynes, 
and Friedman. (Identical with POS 645.) 



History 

Faculty 

Warlick, Roger, Department Head 

Arens, Olavi 

Babits, Lawrence 

Duncan, John 

Gross, Jimmie 

Lanier, Osmos 

Patterson, Robert 

Pruden, George 

Stone, Janet 

M.Ed, and Ed.S. in Social Studies 

For details regarding the M.Ed, and Ed.S pro- 
grams, please refer to the Department of Sec- 
ondary Education portion of the Catalog. 

M.A. in History 

The Master of Arts in History degree program 
may be pursued in three areas of concentration: 
Historic Preservation 
American History 
European History 



Objectives 

The program offers students an opportunity 
to achieve a graduate liberal arts degree tha 
can support a broad range of personal, profes 
sional, and educational objectives. Obtaining ar 
M.A. in History can lead to employment oppor- 
tunities for students as archivists, local history 
society directors, historic site directors, local 
museum directors, and professionals in the field 
of cultural resource preservation. The research 
skills, experience in analytical thinking, and abil- 
ity to express oneself orally and in writing will 
be of benefit to a student in seeking employment 
in governmental and military service and teach- 
ing at private schools, as well as preparing a 
student for further graduate study. The M.A de- 
gree may also lead to job advancement or more 
effective performance, as well as to great per- 
sonal satisfaction and intellectual enrichment 

Advisement 

On admission to graduate studies students 
should take immediate steps to contact the 
Graduate Coordinator in the Department of His- 
tory. At this time the student's status with respect 
to language requirements prerequisite course- 
work, any transfer credits, etc., can be clarified. 
Also, an advisor will be assigned so that actual 
planning of the program of study can begin. 

Transfer of Credits 

Students may transfer coursework from an- 
other accredited institution providing (1) no 
more than 5 hours be applied toward either the 
concentration field or to 'history outside the con- 
centration," and (2) that the work offered for 
transfer be deemed appropriate to the program 
of study by the Department. Under no circum- 
stances may credit transferred exceed 1 5 hours 

Language Requirements 

The language requirement must be met byj 
satisfactorily passing the reading compre - 
sion section of an appropriate national stand- 
ardized test administered by the ASC 
Department of Languages. Literature, and Dra- 
matic Arts in one of the following: French. Ger- 
man. Latin. Russian, or Spanish Th 
equivalent to passing the appropriate 103 
language course 

Comprehensive Examinations 

Satisfactory performance on both written an<l 
oral comprehensive exams is required of all can! 
didates for the M A in History. As courseworj 



GRADUATE HISTORY 



211 



irs completion specific details on the exams 
should be worked out in coordination witf 
faculty a^: Graduate Coordinator 

Thesis Internship Requirement 

All three concentration fields require either a 
thesis or an internship Topics and other ar- 
rangements for these proiects must be planned 
in consultation between the student, the faculty 
advisor, and the Graduate Coordinator 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF ARTS IN HISTORY 



tion) and a research paper or 
Thesis 10 

TOTAL 60 

N.B courses taken at the undergraduate level 

may not be repeated for graduate credit At least 

50% of the credit toward the M A must be taken 

at the 700-level 

'N.B Students who cannot schedule the appro- 
priate historiography course will satisfy this re- 
quirement by means of a reading list and an 
examination with a grade of B or better. No credit 
toward the degree is awarded for this exami- 
nation 



Hours 

A Concentration in American or in Eu- 
ropean History: 

Prerequisite: History 500 (ASC) or un- 
dergraduate history methodology 
course. 

1 In field of concentration (Amer- 
ican or European) (to include 
historiography* in field of 
concentration) .... 25 

2. History outside concentration ... 15 

3. Electives in history or approved 
related field courses 10 

4. Thesis 10 

TOTAL 60 

B. The concentration in Historic Preser- 
vation involves several prerequisites: 
HIS 300 (ASC) or undergraduate his- 
tory methodology course. MPS 420 
(ASC) or an advanced course in pres- 
ervation and MPS 207 (ASC) or intro- 
ductory course in archaeology. 
1 . In Historic Preservation 

concentration .... 25 

MPS 621 (American Architec- 
tural History) 

MPS 603 (American Materia! 
Culture) 

MPS 622 (Historical Archaeol- 
ogy) or 

MPS 602 (Practicum in Ar- 
chaeological Analysis) 
MPS 612 (Administration) 
MPS 725 (Preservation Plan- 
ning) 

2 Approved history courses 

(to include History 670 or His- 

tory671) 25 

3. Internship (MPS 701 -702 an op- 



OFFERINGS 

In addition to any specifically noted course 
prerequisites, there is the general requirement 
that students must have 35 hours of undergrad- 
uate work in history to qualify for regular admis- 
sion to the M.A. program, or 25 hours to qualify 
for provisional admission. 

History Offerings 
General 

HIS 500— Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Fall, 1986 and Spring, 1987 (evening). 

Required of all students pursuing an MA. in 
history unless an equivalent course has been 
taken previously. 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of inves- 
tigation, organization, and writing through dis- 
cussion and actual research experience in local 
history. 

HIS 790-791— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: at least 
15 graduate hours in History, graduate GPA of 
3.5 and approval by a departmental committee. 

An application may be obtained in the de- 
partmental office and should be submitted, with 
the signature of the faculty member who will su- 
pervise the independent study, during preregis- 
tration period the quarter before the 
independent study will be taken. Only one in- 
dependent study may be credited toward the 
history concentration requirement. 

HIS 800-801— Thesis (0-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance on the 
comprehensive examinations. 
Planned research and writing directed by the 



212 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



student's thesis advisor. Normally, a student will 
register for 5 hours credit per quarter, using one 
quarter for research and one quarter for writing. 



United States History Offerings 

HIS 554 — Studies in American Diplomacy to 
WW I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS 251 or equivalent. Fall, 1986. 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from colonial times to World War 
I. 

HIS 555 — Studies in American Diplomacy 
Since WW I (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from World War I to the present. 

HIS 576— Victorian America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987 (evening) 

Presentation of the major subjects of the late 
19th century, including the emergence of a na- 
tional economy, its theory and policies; partisan 
and reform politics; the moral and Constitutional 
dimensions of Reconstruction; American society 
and social thought; and territorial aggrandise- 
ment. 

HIS 616— United States Constitutional 
History I (5-0-5) 

A study of the origins, content, and expansion 
of the Constitution of the United States (Identical 
toPOS616.) 

HIS 617— United States Constitutional 
History II (5-0-5) 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the pres- 
ent day. (Identical to POS 617.) 

HIS 621— American Architectural History 
(4-2-5) 

Spring, 1987 (evening). 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
tic and modern; slides from Historic American 
Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visit- 
ing speakers and field trips will be used. 

HIS 651 — Reform Movements in American 
History (5-0-5) 

Spring. 1987. 

A study of reform movements in America since 
the Revolution. 



HIS 670 — Topics in Savannah History 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

A research seminar involving intensive explo- 
ration of local history resources. 

HIS 671 — Seminar in Georgia and Local 
History (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1987 (evening). Prerequisites: HIS 470, 
670, or permission of the instructor. 

An exposition of the principles and techniques 
of local history followed by an intensive inves- 
tigation of selected aspects of the history of Sa- 
vannah and Georgia using primary sources and 
culminating in a research paper. 

HIS 696 — American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1988. 

A study of the writing of American history from 
colonial times to the present with emphasis on 
the historical philosophies and interpretations of 
the major schools of thought as well as individual 
historians. 

Students who cannot schedule the appropri- 
ate historiography course will satisfy this re- 
quirement by means of a reading list and an 
examination with a grade of B or better. No credit 
toward the degree is awarded for this exami- 
nation. 

HIS 752— Studies in American Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1987 (evening). Prerequisite: Permission 
of instructor. 

A reading and research course devoted to the 
examination of topics in the history of American 
thought. May be repeated for credit as topics 
vary. 

HIS 776 — Seminar in Victorian America 
(5-0-5) 

This is an extensive examination, principally 
of readings and research, of selected topics in 
Victorian America. 

HIS 777— Topics in 20the Century U.S. 
History (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986 (evening). Prerequisite: Permission 
of instructor. 

Covering the most recent period in U.S. His- 
tory, the course emphasizes political, economic, 
and social issues. May be repeated for credit 
as topics vary. 



GRADUATE HISTORY 



213 



European History Offerings 

HIS 540— English History. 1495-1660 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 1987 

An analysis of political, constitutional, eco- 
nomic, and religious issues under the Tudors 
and early Stuarts including the English Civil 
War. 

HIS 541— English History, 1660-1815 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1988. 

An investigation of the Restoration monar- 
chies, and constitutional revolution of 1688. the 
rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 18th 
century, the American colonial revolt, and Eng- 
land's relationship to the French Revolution. 

HIS 546— The Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1988. 

A study of the controversial 16th century em- 
phasizing its major issues and movements and 
their development through the Thirty Years War 
Political, social, and economic, as well as reli- 
gious facets of the period, will be considered. 

HIS 547— Age of Absolutism (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1986 (evening). 

The primary focus of this course is the politi- 
cal, social and intellectual history of western Eu- 
rope during the seventeenth and eighteenth 
centuries 

HIS 548 — Europe In the Nineteenth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 1988 (evening). 

A study of the most important social, political, 
and intellectual directions of European history 
from the Congress of Vienna to the end of the 
nineteenth century 

HIS 550 — Europe In the Twentieth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1988 

A study of major developments in Europe 
since 1900. 

HIS 611 — Seminar on the Crusades 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1988 (evening). 

An examination of the 12th and 13th century 
Crusade movement through the study of avail- 
able primary source material. 

HIS 628— Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1988. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western in- 



HIS 631— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Wmt' 
structor 

An examination of the Russ 
tradition, the caus» ollapse ol 

the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Rus- 
sian Civil War 

HIS 635 — History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 1987 

This course reviews historically the develop- 
ment of Soviet foreign policy toward Western 
Europe states, notably Germany, and also with 
the non-European world through 1917-1940. 
World War II, and Cold War phases Special 
attention will be given in this last phase to U.S.- 
Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with other com- 
munist states in Eastern Europe, China, and the 
Third World, and to the recent moves toward 
detente. 

HIS 645 — Topics in Medieval History 
(5-0-5) 

A treatment of selected topics in medieval his- 
tory working from primary source materials May 
be repeated for credit as topics vary 

HIS 647— The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and 
the Enlightenment in France, with emphasis on 
the impact of the French Revolution and the ca- 
reer of Napoleon upon the major European na- 
tions. 

Readings on the French Revolution, with spe- 
cial emphasis on conflicting interpretations, or 
research projects may be assigned. 

HIS 695 — European Historiography (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western 
cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the his- 
torical philosophies, interpretations, and prob- 
lems raised by the major modern European 
historians. 

Students who cannot schedule the appropri- 
ate historiography course will satisfy this re- 
quirement by means of a reading list and an 
examination with a grade of B or better. No credit 
toward the degree is awarded for this exami- 
nation. 



214 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 733 — Topics in Moderr. Russian History 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987 (evening) 

Selected topics in nineteenth and twentieth 
century Russian intellectual, political, economic, 
and social history May be repeated as topic 
varies. 

HIS 740 — Topics in Early Modern Europe 
(5-0-5) 

An exploration of selected topics in 16th and 
17th century European history; the course will 
emphasize individual research and presentation 
by students. May be repeated for credit as top- 
ics vary. 

HIS 745— The Ancient Regime (5-0-5) 

Fall 1987 (evening). Prerequisite: Permission 
of instructor. 

Topics will alternate between the Age of Louis 
XIV and the Age of Enlightenment, May be re- 
peated for credit as topics vary. 

HIS 75fJ — Topics in Modern Europe (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1987 Prerequisite: Permission of in- 
structor. 

Topics will vary among such as the following: 
the Revolutions of 1848, the World of Napoleon 
III, Bismarck and Modern Germany, World War 
I conflicts and controversy. May be repeated for 
credit as topics vary. 



Non-Western History Offerings* 

HIS 510— Latin America (5-0-5) 

A topical course in Latin-American history with 
consideration given to institutions of the area as 
well as events and personalities. 

HIS 512— Topics in African History (5-0-5) 

A treatment of selected topics in African civ- 
ilizations from ancient times, with major empha- 
sis on development of the continent since 1800. 

HIS 521— Modern China (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

The history of China from the 19th century to 
the present, with emphasis on political, social, 
economic, and intellectual developments. 

HIS 721— Topics in Modern East Asia 
(5-0-5) 

Summer, 1986. Prerequisite: Permission of in- 
structor. 

Selected topics in the nineteenth and twen- 
tieth century international, political, economic, 
social, intellectual, or contemporary develop- 



ments in East Asia. May be repeated as topics 
and instructors vary 

"In the M Ed and Ed.S. programs, courses in 
Russian history are also considered to be non- 
Western. 



Museum and Preservation Studies 
Offerings 

MPS 601— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of ar- 
chaeological methods to a specific field project. 
Excavation techniques, surveying and map 
making, data collecting and recording, archae- 
ological photography, the identification and 
analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation or ar- 
chaeological data will be presented in field and 
laboratory work as well as in lectures and read- 
ings. Course may be repeated for credit. 

MPS 602 — Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Fall, 1986. Prerequisite: permission of instruc- 
tor or director 

The application of archaeological interpreta- 
tive techniques to a specific site or ana;, 
problem. Individual research projects in trujl 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with spec a 
tention to the care and storage of collec: 
display in the museum setting, and the pres- 
entation of archaeoiogicaliy-denved informa- 
tion. 

MPS 603— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Winter, 1988 (evening). 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Ver- 
nacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- 
tuary art. community and settlement pattern^ 
dress, diet, and diseases are among the tof 
that will be discussed. 

MPS 612— Administration (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987 Prerequisite: HIS 500 or equfl 
alent. 

A study of organizational techniques and pol- 
icy, public relations and marketing, member- 
ship, budgeting, personnel relations, secur™ 
insurance and such other topics as are perti- 
nent. 



GRADUATE HISTORY 



215 



MPS 621— Architectural History (4-2-5) 
A Stll 

in Builds 

.vill be 

MPS 622— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987 

juisite: MPS 207 or permission of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
the New World Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of Industrial 
and Nautical Archaeology Special stress will be 
given to archaeological method and theory both 
as a perspective for the writing of history and 
as a component of Historic Preservation. 

MPS 701— Advanced Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer Prerequisites MPS 401 or 601. or 
permission of instructor. 

An advanced course in historical archaeology 
methodology within the framework of a field- 
school. Students in this course will serve as crew 
fs, team leaders, and laboratory techni- 
cians. assuming an active role in the direction of 
excavation, recording, and preliminary analysis 
of cultural material Some specialization within 
the field is required as a guide to development 
of excavation research goals and carrying out 
the aims of the fieldwork. The course may be 
repeated, but not for credit toward the degree 

MPS 702 — Advanced Archaeological 
Analysis (0-10-5) 

Available each quarter Prerequisite: Comple- 
tion of MPS 701 

Work performed for this course will be utilized 
for writing a major report for the degree require- 
ment or for a thesis The course will center 
around individually designed research topics 
relating to materials recovered from archaeo- 
logical sites and their interpretation. It may be 
repeated but not for credit toward the degree 

MPS 725— Preservation Planning (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles and practices of 
community planning and its application to his- 
toric preservation. The course will present the 
preservation planning process in terms of goals- 
setting, survey, analysis execution and relation 



MPS 791-792— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

I MPS 

COUf 

a student to . 

ilty Application should 
be filed during the i 

study will be 
taken. Unanimous approval by the graduate 
committee, or a majority vote of the department 
required 

MPS 795-796— Internship in Preservation 
(O-V-5) 

Prerequisites: Regular admission status in the 
MA program; 15 hours of MPS coursework at 
the graduate level, and either HIS 670 or HIS 
671 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed project involving off-campus study and 
research in an appropriate preservation agency 
Projects are designed to require at least two 
quarters for completion, during which time the 
student will be under the joint supervision of the 
sponsoring agency and the faculty sponsor 
Upon completion of the project, the student will 
present to a graduate committee a formal report, 
which must be approved in order to satisfy the 
Internship requirement for the M A degree. 

MFS 800-801— Thesis (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite Satisfactory performance on the 
comprehensive examinations 

Planned research and writing directed by the 
student's thesis advisor Normally, a student will 
register for 5 hours credit per quarter, using one 
quarter for research and one quarter for writing 



216 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Language, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

Strozier, Robert, Department Head 

Brooks, S. Kent 

Brown. Hugh 

Jones, James Land 

Killorm, Joseph 

Noble, David 

Raymond, Richard 

Roth, Lorie 

Objectives 

The Department of Languages, Literature and 
Dramatic Arts, in cooperation with the Depart- 
ment of Secondary and Special Education, of- 
fers two programs of study leading to the 
Masters of Education degree with concentra- 
tions in English, one a certifiable option and one 
a non-certifiable option. The objectives of the 
certifiable program of study are: 

1. To upgrade the teaching of secondary 
school English by increasing the compe- 
tencies of English teachers in the areas of 
linguistics, composition, and literature; 

2. To enable teachers of English in secondary 
schools to pursue study that will enrich their 
skills, knowledge, and understanding in the 
teaching of language, composition, and lit- 
erature. 

3. To provide opportunities for professional 
growth and cultural enrichment for individ- 
uals holding the bachelor's degree but hav- 
ing no further degree or certification 
objectives; 

4. To enable teachers of English in secondary 
schools to qualify for the T-5 certificate. 

The Department also offers a non-certifiable 
MEd degree with some adjusted objectives and 
requirements. 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the program in Eng- 
lish will be assigned an academic advisor from 
the Department and a professional advisor from 
the Department of Secondary Education. As 
soon as the student is notified of this assign- 
ment, a conference with each advisor should be 
arranged. 



Comprehensive Examination 

Each candidate for the Master of Education 
degree with a concentration in English must 
pass a written comprehensive examination. The 
comprehensive examination will be based on 
the reading list in language and literature which 
the student must secure when he matriculates. 
The student may choose to be examined under 
any reading list in force during the time of his 
enrollment. Copies of the reading list are avail-' 
able in the departmental office. For more spe- 
cific information concerning the comprehensive 
examination, contact the department head. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR IN 
ENGLISH (with T-5 certification) 



A. English Courses 

1. ENG 620, 621, 622 

2. Approved electives 



Hours 

. 40 

15 

... 25 



(A student may count no more 
than fifteen hours of 500 level 
work toward the degree. ENG 
600, 601, 602, 700. and 790 
may be retaken as the course is 
reoffered with a different topic.) 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1 EDU 722, 731. 771 . 15 
2. EDN741 5 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: Because the courses in the 
teaching of reading and in exceptional children 
are required for certification, a student must 
present at least one of these as part of his un- 
dergraduate record before he will be admitted 
to candidacy for the MEd degree in English or 
must present the equivalent graduate course in 
addition to the sixty hours normally required in 
the MEd program. 



OFFERINGS 

Only graduate students may take 700 level 
courses. All other courses are open to under- 
graduate and graduate students. 

Drama/Speech and Drama/Speech — Film 
Offerings 



GRADUATE MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE 



217 



DRS FLM 351 551— Film and Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Stuo lo film 

with emphasis on ■• 
in form c* lion 

DRS 450-451-452 650-651-652— Summer 
Theater (5-15-5) 



English Offerings 

ENG 300 500— Early British Literature 
Through 1603(5-0-5) 

ENG 302 502— British Literature: 17th 
Century (5-0-5) 

ENG 304 504— British Literature: 1600-1800 
(5-0-5) 

Eng 305 505— 19th Century I: British 
Romantic Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 306 506— 19th Century II: British 
Victorian Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 307 507— 20th Century: British Poetry 
and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 308 508— American Literature to 1830 
(5-0-5) 

ENG 309 509— American Literature: 
Emerson through Twain (5-0-5) 

ENG 310 510— American Literature: 
Naturalism to the Present (5-0-5) 

ENG 400 600— Special Topics (5-0-5) 

ENG 401/601— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

ENG 402/602— Special Author (5-0-5) 

ENG 005— Chaucer (5-0-5) 

ENG 606— Shakespeare (5-0-5) 

ENG 607— Milton (5-0-5) 

ENG 620/400— Practical Criticism I (5-0-5) 

The course explores how a teacher may use 
a spectrum of critical approaches to illuminate 
works of literature, especially the epic, tragedy, 
comedy, and satire Works are taken from: 
'Reading List for the M.Ed. Comprehensive Ex- 
amination in English (Fall, 1982): Pre- 1800." with 
the intention of preparing students for this ex- 
amination. 

ENG 621/400— Practical Criticism II 
(5-0-5) 

The course explores primarily the application 
of the formalist approach to the works of litera- 



ENG 622 422— Approaches to Language 
(5-0-5) 
Asurveyofthe 

as w 

meai 

the teacl tudy and classroom im 

plementation of vai ets of it will r> 

plon 

ENG 662— Literature: Its Intellectual 
Backgrounds (5-0-5) 

ENG 666— Historical Linguistics (5-0-5) 

ENG 700— Special Topics (5-0-5) 

ENG 701— Studies in British Literature: Pre 
1660 (5-0-5) 

ENG 702— Studies in British Literature: 17th 
and 18th Century (5-0-5) 

ENG 703— Studies in British Literature: 19th 
and 20th Century (5-0-5) 

ENG 704 — Studies in American Literature 
(5-0-5) 

ENG 705 — Studies in Comparative 
Literature (5-0-5) 

ENG 790 — Independent Study or Seminar 
(5-0-5) 



Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Faculty 

Kilhefner. Dale 



Objectives 

The Department of Mathematics and Com- 
puter Science, in cooperation with the School of 
Education, offers a program of study leading to 
the degree of Master of Education. The objec- 
tives of this program are: 
1 To enhance the academic and professional 
competence of mathematics teachers in 
secondary schools 



218 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2 To develop the skills, confidence, enthusi- 
asm, and understanding that such teachers 
need in order to meet the present scientific 
and technological challenges of modern 
society. 

3. To acquaint secondary mathematics teach- 
ers with the various major branches of 
mathematics which are relevant to modern 
secondary mathematics curricula. 

Advisement 

Shortly after being admitted to the MEd de- 
gree program in mathematics, each student will 
be assigned an advisor. Upon notification of this 
assignment, the student should arrange for a 
conference and begin planning a degree pro- 
gram Failure by the student to consult regularly 
may greatly lengthen the time necessary to com- 
plete the program. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who wish to transfer graduate credit 
for courses taken at other institutions should 
note the general limitations and procedures of 
this graduate catalog. Such transfer of credit is 
handled on an individual basis and requires the 
written approval of the student's advisor, the de- 
partment head, and the appropriate dean. 

Comprehensive Examinations 

During their final quarter, students are re- 
quired to pass an oral comprehensive exami- 
nation, covering the areas in which they have 
had course work. Students exempting the cal- 
culus or geometry course will be expected to 
demonstrate proficiency in these areas on the 
comprehensive examinations. Students should 
notify their advisor and the department head, no 
later than midterm of their next-to-final quarter, 
of their intention to take the comprehensive ex- 
amination during the following quarter. 

The committee administering this comprehen- 
sive examination will consist of three members 
of the graduate faculty of the Department of 
Mathematics and Computer Science chosen by 
the department head, and one member of the 
graduate faculty of the School of Education cho- 
sen by the Department of Secondary Education. 
The department head will notify the student of 
the proposed time, date, and place of the ex- 
amination, and the composition of the commit- 
tee. 

Students who fail the oral comprehensive ex- 
amination may request to take a written com- 
prehensive examination one time during the 



same quarter. Passing the written examination 
will satisfy the comprehensive examination re- 
quirement. Students who fail should contact 
their advisor to plan remedial action. All com- 
prehensive examinations beyond the first will be 
written examinations. Students may not take 
written comprehensive examinations twice in 
consecutive quarters. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR IN 
MATHEMATICS 
(with T-5 certification) 

Hours 

A Mathematics Courses (not to include 

Mat592) 35 

1 MAT703 5 

2. MAT 536 or 630 (536 is required 
if student has not taken Euclid- 
ean geometry 5 

3. One course from: MAT 593, 796, 
797 5 

4. Electives (with advisor 
consultation) 20 

B. Professional Education 

Courses 20 

1. EDU 722, 731, 771 15 

2. EDN741 5 

C Approved Electives (graduate science 

encouraged) 5 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: The requirement for exceptional 
children (EXC 622) must be met either at the 
graduate or undergraduate level. Meeting 
or any special need will require additional r 
beyond the basic sixty. 



OFFERINGS 

All graduate MAT courses, with the exception 
of 550. 592. and 593 require at least twent\ 
hours of college mathematics at or beyond thJ 
level of calculus, including at least one coursJ 
in which writing of deductive proofs is requires 
Additional prerequisites for some courses aJ 
pear with the course description. 

MAT 53S— Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry! 



GRADUATE MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE 



219 



MAT 546 — Mathematical Modeling and 
Optimization (4-0-4) 

Design, solution, and interpretation 
ematical models of problems in the si 
and • ont sciences Topics cho 

linear programming, dynamic programming, 
scheduling theory. Markov chains, game theory, 
queuing theory, and inventory theory 

MAT C50— Principles of Computer Science 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten hours of college mathemat- 
ics. 

BASIC syntax, algorithms, flow diagrams, de- 
bugging. Internal representation of data and in- 
structions, elementary circuits. Programming 
problems and applications for the mathematics 
teacher 

MAT 553— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 1 10 or 146 or MAT 550 
Numerical error; ploynomial interpolation: sys- 
tems of linear equations: numerical integration 
and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; cal- 
culation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; 
boundary value problems. 

MAT 592 — Modern Mathematics for 
Elementary Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the mathematics content to be 
taught in the elementary school, with emphasis 
on current methods using concrete materials for 
teaching concepts, skills, and problem solving. 
(This course may not be counted as part of the 
35 hour mathematics requirements ) 

MAT 593— Teaching of Middle School/ 
General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Problems of teaching traditional topics such 
as fractions, decimals, percentage, measure- 
ment (especially in the metric system), and in- 
formal geometry. Emphasis on incorporating 
drill and practice in necessary skills with fresh 
topics like probability and statistics, and with 
appropriate games and laboratory activities. 
Students will become familiar with relevant lit- 
erature by helping to construct a resource list. 

MAT 606 — Functions of a Complex Variable 
(5-0-5) 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and 
transformations: the Cauchy theory; conformal 
mapping; Niemann's mapping theorem. 

MAT 616— Theory of Numbers (3-0-3) 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reci- 
procity; diophantine equations: number-theo- 



MAT 630 — Transformation Geometry Via the 
Complex Numbers (5-0-5) 

Ale jm- 

pretations; acharactenzatior 
complex plan. itions, ro' 

tions and guide reflections; a study of isonru-' 
as groups: similarities some cla* 

MAT 670— History of Mathematics (3-0-3) 

A survey of the development of mathematics 
from its empirical beginnings to its present state 

MAT 695 — Special Topics in Mathematics 
Education (5-0-5) 

Selected topics in an area of mathematics ed- 
ucation. 

MAT 703 — Analysis: Calculus in the first 
Three Dimensions (5-0-5) 

A survey of the basic notions of differential 
and integral calculus for functions in dimensions 
one, two, and three. Development of the deriv- 
ative as a linear operator. Special emphasis on 
application and mathematical modeling Some 
knowledge of linear algebra is expected 

MAT 720— Applied Probability (5-0-5) 

Review of elementary probability. Stochastic 
processes, Markov chains, game theory and 
simulation. Several applications are developed 
throughout the course. Some knowledge of el- 
ementary probability is expected. 

MAT 796— Problem Solving (5-0-5) 

Sharpening of problem solving skills; tech- 
niques for teaching problem solving: wide va- 
riety of problem solving strategies illustrated by 
problems, primarily using high school mathe- 
matics content. 

MAT 797— Teaching of Algebra and 
Geometry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: A college geometry course (un- 
dergraduate or graduate). 

Major topics in algebra and geometry (such 
as functions, graphs, inequalities, proofs, con- 
structions) and the problems in teaching them. 
Students will be expected to show mastery of 
the content and will make brief classroom pres- 
entations. 

CS 596 — Computer Literacy for Educators 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite College Algebra. 

A study of the use of computers, with empha- 



220 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



sis 01 Hardware components 

mlng software evalua- 
tion and the impact of computers on the curric- 
ulum Hands-on experience with the use of 
commercial packages and the creation of in- 
structional software This course may not be 
counted toward the M.Ed in Mathematics. 



School of Education 

Nash, Charles, Dean 

MASTERS LEVEL 



Elementary Education 

Faculty 

Ward, Paul E., Department Head 
Agykeum, Stephen K. 
Battiste, Bettye Anne 
Cochran, John H., Jr. 
Dandy, Evelyn 
Lawson, Cornelia 
Stephens, Jacquelyn 

Objectives 

The MEd degree is designed to provide T-5 
certification according to levels and specific 
areas as stipulated by the Georgia State De- 
partment of Education. 

By offering advanced preparation to those 
who professionally serve in schools, the de- 
partments hope to aid in the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 
petence. This aim will be facilitated by (1) en- 
couraging the student to do scholarly study in 
advanced professional, specialized and general 
education subject matter; (2) helping the stu- 
dent become acquainted with the most recent 
research developments in child growth and de- 
velopment and the latest trends in curriculum; 
(3) deepening his appreciation for performance 
in scientific investigation and research; and (4) 
promoting personal and professional maturity of 
the student that will be reflected in his relation- 
ships as he goes about his work in the com- 
munity and in the field of education. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student is as- 
signed an education advisor. As soon as the 



student is notified of this assignment a confer- 
ence should be scheduled to determine any 
conditions and specific requirements the stu- 
dent must meet in order to complete the degree 
and certification objectives. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are deline- 
ated in the Graduate Academic Regulations 
section of this catalog. Information on CATES 
courses transfer is published in the same sec- 
tion 

Comprehensive Examination 

An appropriate committee of the faculty of the 
graduate program will administer an oral ex- 
amination to all candidates for the Master's de- 
gree. The chair of the examining committee will 
be the student's advisor. The student and the 
advisor will select the other two members of the 
examining committee. This committee will have 
at least one representative from one of the con- 
tent areas on the students degree plan. 

The chair will select, in consultation with the 
student, the date. time, and place for the ex- 
amination and will report this information and the 
results of the examination to the appropriate de- 
partment head. 

The department head shall notify the Gradu- 
ate Office concerning the proposed place, date 
and time of the examination, the composition of 
the Committee, and the result of the examina- 
tion. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN EARLY ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Courses Appropriate to the Mapr 40 

1 . Content courses to cover three 
areas 25 

2. Major area requirements 15 

a. EEE 727 5 

b. EEE 747 or 757 5 

c. EEE 802 or Elementary Ed. 
course elective... 5 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDU722 5 

2. EDU 731. 771 and EDN 741 .... 15 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: The requirement for exceptional 
children (EXC 622) must be met either at the 



GRADUATE ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



221 



Reading Certification Program 
(T-5 Reading Endorsement) 

Selected appropn,: 
from the follow 
EDN 743. 744 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN MIDDLE SCHOOL 
EDUCATION 

Several specialization programs are ottered 
under the aegis of the MEd degree in elementary 
education These specialized programs of study 
provide, in addition to the graduate major in mid- 
dle school education which leads to T-5 certi- 
fication, opportunity for students to qualify for 
certain other kinds of certification 

Graduate studsnts majoring in middle school 
education must complete a minimum of sixty 
hours of approved courses in the following three 
areas Professional Education Sequence. Spec- 
ialized Courses, and Approved Electives. 

One course in reading must be taken if not 
taken previously as well as an appropriate 
course in exceptional children if not taken pre- 
viously 

The specialized content courses may be cho- 
sen from the following areas art; music: foreign 
languages; health and physical education; lan- 
guage arts, including reading literature, 
speech, linguistics: mathematics and science: 
and the social studies Educational background, 
types of teaching experience, specific needs, 
interests and the goals of students will be the 
determinants for staff advisement in student se- 
lection of content areas Upon the basis of the 
foregoing factors, students may choose spec- 
id courses from at least three (including lan- 
guage arts) content areas 

Hours 

A Courses Appropriate to the Major and 
Specialization 40 

1 Major field (content) courses m 
middle or elementary 

education 25-30 

2 Approved electives . 10-15 
Elective courses are to be se- 
lected with advisement. For stu- 
dents not previously having a 



foli 

ition in eith< 

the 

nclude EDN 
681. 682. 683 
b Reading 

Reading Certification Pro- 
gram (T-5 Reading Endorse- 
ment) 

Selected appropriate hours with 
advisement from the following 
courses EDN 641. EDU I 
EDN 743, 744, 753. 754 
B Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 721 or EDU 722 5 

2. EDU 731. 771, EDN 741 _J_5 

TOTAL 60 



OFFERINGS 

Special Note Most of the following EDN 
courses are provided primarily -but not exclu- 
sively by the Department of Elementary Edu- 
cation. Generally EDN and EEE courses are 
taught through the Department of Elementary 
Education. EDU and EXC courses are generally 
taught through the Department of Secondary 
Education. 



EDN Offerings 

EDN 618— Literature for the Middle School 
Learner (5-0-5) 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offerings 
of literary value and of significance to age level 
of learners found in the middle school Relates 
literature to all areas of the middle school cur- 
riculum. 

EDN 632— Multicultural Education (5-0-5) 

Educational study as it relates to the American 



222 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



multi-ethnic society. Particular emphasis on eth- 
nic minorities 

EDN 640 — Teaching Language Arts in 
Elementary School (5-0-5) 

Exploration in the four broad areas of the lan- 
guage arts Investigation of pertinent research 
of the past decade; opportunities for enriching 
experiences with media. 

EDN 641— Methods of Teaching Reading (5- 
0-5) 

Basic principles and methods underlying the 
school reading program. 

EDN 642— Reading and Literature for 
Children (5-0-5) 

Designed to acquaint elementary teachers 
with the stimulating language environment of the 
world of literature for children. The literature ap- 
proach of language learning seeks to assist the 
teacher in guiding children to become active, 
sensitive learners who explore, inquire, and dis- 
cover. 

EDN 650— The Middle School (5-0-5) 

An overview of the history and purpose of the 
middle school; characteristics of the middle 
school learner; emphasis upon the nature and 
role of the middle school teacher and upon ap- 
propriate programs for the needs of middle 
school learners. 

EDN 681— Directed and Evaluating Student 
Teaching (5-0-5) 

Information, skills and understanding required 
for effective supervision of student teachers. Se- 
lected teachers. 

EDN 682— Internship for Supervising 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

(Grade awarded. S or U only.) 

Cooperative field experience involving public 
school teachers, student teachers, college per- 
sonnel. 

EDN 683— Seminar in Supervision (5-0-5) 

An opportunity for experienced supervising 
teachers to evaluate criteria and to develop 
plans for increasing skills in guiding student 
teachers. 

EDN 691 — Science for Elementary Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

Opportunities for acquiring scientific knowl- 
edge and methodology appropriate for the el- 
ementary grades. 



EDN 702— Seminar in Education for Staff 
Development (V-V-V) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students 
must be enrolled in an approved staff devel- 
opment activity sponsored by a local school sys- 
tem. Admission to the course must be approved 
by the student's advisor and by the department 
head. 

This course is designed to provide a frame- 
work through which teachers and local school 
systems, in conjunction with the college, may 
offer graduate credit for approved staff devel- 
opment activities. Credit for this course may be 
approved for either content or elective work. 
With a change in content, this course may be 
repeated for additional credit. 

EDN 721— Advanced Studies in Human 
Growth and Development (5-0-5) 

A comprehensive view of human growth and 
development with emphasis upon the recent lit- 
erature in these fields. 

EDN 741— Curriculum Planning (5-0-5) 

Treatment of cumcular trends and issues. Em- 
phasis upon criteria needed for curriculum plan- 
ning and development. 

EDN 743 — Problems in Reading (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641 

Content based upon problems met in the 
teaching of reading and fundamental principles 
and methodology of the reading process. 

EDN 744 — Diagnosing and Prescribing in 
the Reading Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641. 

Designed to evaluate primary issues in dif- 
ferentiated instruction. Examination of tech- 
niques employed in diagnosing and prescribing 
for reading difficulties. 

EDN 753— Remedial Reading Practicum (2- 
8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 744 

A study of the various methods and materijH 
utilized to test and teach remedial readers. The 
student will be required to tutor one poor reader. 

EDN 754 — Organization and Supervision of 
the Reading Program (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641. 
Designed to provide an m-depth study of the 
roles of the reading specialist 

EDN 762— Guidance in Elementary School 
(5-0-5) 

Application of the guidance point of view and 
guidance techniques to the elementary school 



GRADUATE ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



223 



classroom Emphasis is upon the teacher s role 
in cooperating with professional guidance v. 
ers 

EDN ZOO 792— Zoology for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Modern approaches to teaching the biologi 
cal sciences Emphasis on understanding of life 
processes in the animal kingdom 

EDN BOT 793— Botany for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with prin- 
ciples involved in classifying and identifying 
plant life 

EDN CHE 794— Chemistry for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic and 
non-metallic elements with emphasis on prac- 
tical application at the elementary school level. 

EDN PHS 795— Earth Science for 
Elementary Teachers (5-0-5) 

Study of the composition of earth, classifica- 
tion and identification of rocks and minerals in 
a format appropriate for teachers of elementary- 
age children 

EDN 796— Geography for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A critical examination of instructional proce- 
dures and techniques in teaching geography in 
elementary grades. Selection, organization and 
presentation of structured facts of human envi- 
ronment, both cultural and physical Emphasis 
given to the conceptual approach in the analysis 
of space and regional interaction. 

EDN 797— Socia' Studies for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Investigation of newer approaches to social 
studies teaching Emphasis on related skills as 
map and graph reading. Analysis of behavioral 
objectives for social studies teaching 

EDN 800— Internship (O-V-V) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only) 

Students who hold teaching positions in 
school and/or clinic settings will be supervised 
by college staff members for one academic 
year. Supervisors will observe and hold confer- 
ences with each candidate Students must com- 
plete one academic year to receive credit. 

EDN 804— Practicum in Middle School 
Education (O-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Supervised experience with middle grades 



jects and 

EDN 810— Leadership in Supervision and 
Administration (5-0-5) 

Tool* processes that en- 

hance classroom ti Jucationai 

making and leadership are examined together 
with the factors, sources and processes for 
classroom application Restricted to specialist 
degree studei 

EDU 812— Special Topics in Curriculum 
(5-0-5) 

Guided research and study of current curric- 
ulum issues directly related to the student's 
professional interests and needs. Restricted to 
specialist degree students 

EDN/EDU 818— Internship Practicum 
Project/Thesis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EDU 810, EDN 812 and EDU 
814 Restricted to specialist degree students. 

Each student will meet the requirements for 
this course according to his/her individual needs 
and the requirements of the separate degree 
programs In consultation with the professor, the 
student may be required to complete an intern- 
ship or practicum in a school or agency, prepare 
an advanced project on a topic of interest, or 
write a thesis based on a proposal developed 
in the special problems course. 



Early Elementary Education (EEE) Offerings 

EEE 557— Movement Exploration and Motor 
Learning in Children (5-0-5) 

Emphasis on understandings, skills, and 
teaching techniques in movement education 
needed in the teaching of young children and 
pre-adolescents. 

EEE 558 — Creative Activities in Art, Music, 
Dance and Drama (5-0-5) 

Focus on activities in the four designated 
areas, utilization of interdisciplinary approach. 

EEE 727— Child Growth and Development 
(5-0-5) 

Lecture and laboratory. Basic concepts and 
problems of child development; observation, 
behavior patterns, child study. 

EEE 737— Foundations of Early Childhood 
Education (5-0-5) 

Historical developments, philosophy and ob- 



224 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



jectives of nursery schools, kindergartens, and 
day care centers; exploration of teacher-child 
and teacher family interactions, diagnosis and 
evaluation of children. 

EEE 73a— The Young Child and His Family, 
School, Community (5-0-5) 

Interaction with community for services and 
resources. Family study from many different an- 
gles, utilizing data from various fields, devel- 
oping skills in procedures and techniques for 
working with parents 

EEE 747— Early Elementary Education 
Curriculum (5-0-5) 

Content, approaches, methods and materials 
appropriate for young children as presented in 
interdisciplinary or experience approach em- 
phasizing how language arts, science, mathe- 
matics, social studies, and the creative arts are 
adapted to skills and needs of children. 

EEE 757 — Early Elementary Instructional 
Strategies/Methods (5-0-5) 

Review of research and programs; teaching 
strategies for children under ten. Implications for 
program development. Developing skills in- 
volved in translating concepts into classroom 
practice. 

EEE 802 — Practicum in Early Elementary 
Education (O-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Supervised experience with young children, 
level dependent upon prior experiences of stu- 
dent. Seminars, projects and research planned 
according to students' needs. 



Physical Education 

Faculty 

Sims, Roy. Department Head 

Burgess, Clifford 

Cochran, John 

Newberry, Lloyd 

Stokes, William 

Tapp, Lawrence 

Ward, Paul 



Objectives 

The Graduate study in physical education is 
designed to strengthen and extend the student's 
knowledge of history, principles and philosophy 
of physical education. In addition, it will include 
in-depth study in physiology of exercise, move- 



ment exploration, sports psychology, and ki- 
nesio-therapy. The program will provide 
opportunities for students to develop an under- 
standing of the application of these sciences 
and areas of knowledge to the growth and de- 
velopment of atypical as well as typical children. 
The primary emphasis at the master's level 
will be the preparation of better teachers and 
will include meaningful laboratory and appro- 
priate field experiences. Attention will be given 
to the developmental phases of graduate pro- 
grams for appropriate consideration and em- 
phasis on physical education at the early 
childhood, elementary, junior high and second- 
ary school levels. 
The graduate program will: 
-Contribute to the continual development of 
the community's educational opportunities. 
-Advance the student's technical and analyt- 
ical skills of mechanical analysis and motor 
learning through advanced program work 
and study. 

-Provide an opportunity for the advanced 
study of the physiological functions of the hu- 
man body. 

-Provide for advanced educational skills in the 
methods of planning, teaching methods, cur- 
riculum development and research tech- 
niques. 

-Provide opportunities for the advancement of 
knowledge in analytical and technical skills of 
movement. 

-Provide an opportunity for continuous profes- 
sional growth and competency, for expanding 
professional and cultural backgrounds and 
for extending knowledge and understanding 
in an area of speciality. 
-Provide an opportunity for personal growth 
and development through group interaction 
and cooperative research studies and meth- 
ods. 

Advisement 

Upon admission to the program each student 
is assigned an advisor who approves a program 
of study. As soon as the student is notified of 
this assignment a conference should be sched- 
uled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

A committee of the faculty of the graduate! 
program will administer a comprehensive ex- 
amination to candidates for the Master's degreej 
The student's advisor will be the chair of the 
examining committee. This chair, in consultation 
with the student, will select the date, time, and 



GRADUATE PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



225 



place lor the examination and will report tins 
information and the examination results to the 
appropriate college officials 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Hours 

Required Education Courses 20 

1 EDU 722. 731. 771 15 

2. EDN741 5 
Required Physical Education 

Courses 20 

1 PE 700. 760 8 

2. PE 770. 780, 800 12 

Elective Physical Education Courses 10 
Two courses selected from: PE 
710. 720. 730. 740. 750. 790, 

810;EXC622 .... 10 
(EXC 622 is required if not taken 
in undergraduate program) 

Approved Electives 10 

TOTAL 60 



OFFERINGS 

Physical Education Offerings 

PE 700 — Advanced Physiology of Exercise 
3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 230 or equivalent Physiology 
}f Exercise. 

A study of the neuromuscular, metabolic, and 
cardiovascular-respiratory responses and ad- 
ptations to exercise. Emphasis is placed on the 
ioiogic basis of human physical performance 
nd fitness. Laboratory experiences include ex- 
posure to environmental, ergonometnc, meta- 
llic, circulatory, respiratory, and body 
composition measurement techniques 

>E 710— Psychology of Coaching (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles of psychology as 
applied to the problems of coaching today's ath- 
Res. A reading and research course designed 
b help students understand today's special st- 
ations, individual and team personalities and 
'ays to motivate and improve performance. 

»E 720— Philosophy of Sports in Society (5- 
•5) 

A study of the significance of sports in society, 
he course will focus on the definition and clar- 












d meann 
• . in our lis 

PE 730— Outdoor and Recreational 
Activities (5-0-5) 

udy into the formulation of the major 
factors determining the philosophy of 

program pla- : -Ministration of 

outdoor experiences and recreational activities 
in all aspects of school, church and mdi. 
Emphasis upon the development of a specific 
recreational program and/or activity 

PE 740 — Social and Psychological Aspects 
of Physical Education (5-0-5) 

A study of the research literature in sociology 
and psychology as it relates to physical activity 
Emphasis is placed on application to physical 
education and athletics 

PE 750 — Administration and Supervision of 
Physical Education and Athletics 
(5-0-5) 

Advanced study and research into the rela- 
tionship of athletics and physical education pro- 
grams in the educational community. Specific 
attention is given to personnel, eligibility, fi- 
nance, liability, safety, and policies in directing 
and supervising intramural and interscholastic 
athletics. 

PE 760— Readings in Physical Education 
and Athletics (3-0-3) 

A comprehensive review of literature in phys- 
ical education, athletics, and related areas, with 
emphasis on learning to evaluate research 
methods and findings. 

PE 770— Motor Learning (4-2-5) 

This course is designed to acquaint students 
with research findings and empirical evidence 
regarding the physiological and psychological 
implications of motor skills, learning theories and 
other individual differences as they influence 
physical activity. 

PE 780— Mechanical Analysis (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 330 or equivalent Kinesiol- 
ogy 

A scientific analysis of basic human move- 
ment skills with emphasis on the laws of physics 
and their application in physical education and 
sport. 

PE 790— Methods and Materials (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 443 or equivalent Methods 
and Curriculum in Health and Physical Educa- 
tion. 



226 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Selection of level of specialization for mdepth 
study of research materials and current trends 
in physical education teaching methods 

PE 800 — Seminar on Current Issues 
(2-0-2) 

Study of current issues and problems in phys- 
ical education with emphasis on outstanding 
studies and research in the field. Emphasis is 
on student participation to provide them the op- 
portunity to exchange and assimilate ideas and 
concepts. 

PE 810— Research in Physical Education 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 312 or equivalent measure- 
ment and Education in Health. Physical Edu- 
cation and Recreation. 

A study of methods of research in physical 
education. An analysis of selected research ar- 
ticles and designs will be emphasized 



Secondary Education and 
Special Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William, Department Head 

Burgess. Clifford 

Galloway, Herbert 

Harwood, Pamela 

Newberry, Lloyd 

Robinson. Aurelia 

Objectives 

The MEd degree is designed to provide T-5 
certification according to levels and specific 
areas as stipulated by the Georgia State De- 
partment of Education. Degree programs for 
specific secondary areas of certification such 
as history, English, biology, etc., are described 
in the chapters of this catalog devoted to these 
content areas. The education departments par- 
ticipate in each such program but also offer sev- 
eral complete programs leading to certification, 
such as Special Education-Behavior Disorders. 
Reading Specialist, etc. The education depart- 
ment heads can provide guidance for meeting 
the certification requirements. 

By offering advanced preparation to those 
who professionally serve in schools, the de- 
partments hope to aid in the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 



petence. This aim will be facilitated by (1) en- 
couraging the student to do scholarly study in 
advanced professional, specialized and genera! 
education subject matter; (2) helping the stu- 
dent become acquainted with the most recent 
research developments in child growth and de- 
velopment and the latest trends in curriculum; 
(3) deepening the student's appreciation foi 
performance in scientific investigation and rfl 
search; and (4) promoting personal and profes- 
sional maturity of the student that will be 
reflected in the student's relationships at work 
in the community and in the field of education. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student is as- 
signed an education advisor. As soon as the 
student is notified of this assignment, a confer- 
ence should be scheduled to determine any 
conditions and specific requirements the stu 
dent must meet in order to complete the degree 
and certification objectives. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are deline 
ated in the Graduate Academic Regulations 
section of this catalog. Information on CATE£ 
course transfer is published in the same section 

Comprehensive Examination 

An appropriate committee of the faculty of the 
graduate program will administer an oral ex 
amination to all candidates for the Master's de 
gree. The chair of the examining committee wi 
be the student's advisor. The student and th< 
advisor will select the other two members of th< 
examining committee. This committee will hav< 
at least one representative from one of the cor 
tent areas on the student's degree plan. 

The chair will select, in consultation with th 
student, the date, time, and place for the e> 
amination and will report this information and th , 
results of the examination to the appropriate 6c 
partment head. 

The department head shall notify the Grade 
ate Office concerning the proposed place, da! 
and time of the examination, the composition c 
the Committee, and the result of the examine 
tion. 

Degree Programs 

Degree programs which are cooperative wit 
departments in the School of Arts and Science 
and the School of Human Services are clearl 
outlined in the departmental section of this ca 



GRADUATE BUSINESS EDUCATION 



227 



History ai 

Math* 
Degree programs in Sp- .itionlollow 



Business Education 

Faculty 

Stokes. William. Coordinator 

Graduation Education Faculty. Armstrong State 

College 

Business Education Faculty. Savannah State 

College 



Advisement 

Upon admission to this program each student 
is assigned an advisor who approved a program 
of study As soon as the student is notified of 
his arrangement a conference should be 
scheduled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

During the final quarter of residence a can- 
didate must pass a final comprehensive ex- 
on in the field. The Business Education 

oordinator shall notify the student, the Dean of 
he School of Education and the appropriate of- 
icial at Savannah State College ten days prior 
o examination concerning the proposed place, 
jate and time of examination and the compo- 
ition of the committee. The Examining Com- 
■mttee's decision on the candidate's 
Derformance on the Comprehensive Examina- 
lon will be reported as pass or "fail" to the 
Dean of the School of Education within three 
after the examination. 

Students interested in enrolling in the M Ed 
n 3usmess Education should contact Dr 
Stokes. Head of the Secondary Education De 
)artment at Armstrong State College, or Drs 
Harven or Lamb of the School of Business a 
Savannah State College The Business Educa 
on Program is a cooperative program between 
Savannah State College and Armstrong State 
•ollege. Course descriptions for courses ap- 

ropriate to this program are found in the Grad- 
uate Catalog of Armstrong State College and the 
graduate Cataiog of Savannah State College 
nder the areas of Education and Business, re- 
pectively 

Because of the cooperative nature of the Busi- 



Transfer of Courses 

of en 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A Business Education Courses 

1 Core Courses 15 
BED 601, 603. 611 

2 Option Courses 15 
Select Option A or B 

a Secretarial/Information 

Processing 15 

1 BED 621 5 

2 BED 622 or 623 5 

3 BED elective 5 
b Basic Business/Accounting 15 

1 BED 631 . 5 

2 BED 622 or 623 5 
3. BED elective. 5 

B Professional Education Courses.. 20 

1 EDU 722. 731. 771 15 

2 EDN741 5 
C. Electives 10 

Ten hours from business admin- 
istration, business education, or 
education to complement the 
student's program An appro- 
priate course in exceptional 
children (EXC 622) must be 
taken, if not previously taken. 

TOTAL 60 



OFFERINGS 

The following courses are available at Savan- 
nah State College as a part of the cooperative 
Business Education Program. 

BED 601 — Current Problems in Business 
Education (5-0-5) 

A study of the historical perspective or foun- 
dations of business education: current issues, 
problems, trends, curriculum development. 



228 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



BED 603— Research Seminar in Business 
Education (5-0-5) 

Analysis of research in business education. 

BED 611 — Administration and Supervision 
in Business Education (5-0-5) 

Procedures for the effective administration 
and supervision of business education pro- 
grams. 

BED 621— Vocational Development in 
Shorthand and Typewriting (5-0-5) 

Trends, methods, and procedures in the 
teaching of shorthand and typewriting. 

BED 622— Improvement of Instruction in 
Information Processing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: OAD 340: Word Processing 
Concepts or equivalent background. 

The impact of concepts, practices, and trends 
in word processing and reprographics in a com- 
prehensive business education program. 

BED 623— Improvement of Instruction in 
Business Data Processing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for T-4 certification in 
Business Data Processing. 

The impact of concepts, practices, and trends 
in data processing. 

BED 631 — Improvement of Instruction in 
Accounting and Basic Business Courses 
(5-0-5) 

Methods, procedures, research, and trends 
in accounting and basic business instruction. 

BED 690— Research and Thesis (O-V-10) 

The identification and development of a re- 
search topic in the student's area of interest with 
the approval of the Business Education Grad- 
uate Faculty. 

BED 700 — Internship in Teaching (0-V-10) 

Internship teaching in vocational or second- 
ary schools for those with needs in this area. 



Science Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William, Coordinator 

Beumer, Ronald 

Brewer, John 

Burgess, Clifford 

Guillou, Laurent 

Hansen, John 

Kilhefner, Dale 

Newberry, Lloyd 

Pingel, Allen 

Robinson, Dons 

Stratton, Cedric 

Thorne, Francis 

Ward, Paul 

Whiten, Morris 



Advisement 

Upon admission to this program each student 
is assigned an advisor who approves a program 
of study. As soon as the student is notified of 
this assignment a conference should be sched- 
uled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

To receive the MEd degree with a concentra- 
tion in science education, each student is re- 
quired to pass a comprehensive examination 
covering the areas in which he has had course 
work. The examination may be oral or written. 
Oral examinations will last approximately one 
and one-half hours; written examinations will last 
approximately three hours. This examination will 
be completed no later than mid-term of the 
quarter preceding that in which graduation is 
anticipated, if the student should fail the ex- 
amination, he may be reexamined orally or in 
writing, at the discretion of the departments in 
areas of specific weakness only. The Coordi- 
nator shall notify the student and the Dean of 
the School of Education ten days prior to the 
examination concerning the proposed place, 
date, and time of the examination. The results 
of the examination are to be reported to the Dean 
of the School of Education within three days after 
the examination. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
at an accredited institution may transfer a limited 
number of credits to be applied toward the MEd 
degree in Science Education. Transfer of credit 
is handled on an individual basis. 



GRADUATE SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION 



2?S 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Hours 

A Science Courses 35 

1 EDN798 5 

2 Other courses are selected, in 
consultation with the students 
advisor, from the graduate 
courses in biology, chemistry, 
earth science, mathematics and 
physics. Each student will be re- 
quired to take at least 30 hours 
of science content courses to in- 
clude at least ten hours from 
each of two separate 
disciplines 30 

B Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDU 722. 731, 771 15 

2. EDN 741 5 

Electives are to be chosen 
through advisement and ac- 
cording to individual needs and 
may include courses in science, 
education, or a suitable third 
field with the prior approval of 

the student's advisor. An appro- 
priate course in exceptional 
children (EXC 622) must be 
taken, if not previously 

TOTAL 60 



Social Studies Education 



Objectives 

The purpose of the graduate program in So- 
cial Studies is. first and foremost, to increase the 
academic and professional skills, competence, 
and enthusiasm of secondary teachers in their 
special fields and in the social studies generally. 

In the broadest sense, it is our goal to provide 
I continuing intellectual enrichment to mature 
adults of diverse interests, whose desire for 
learning has not ceased and for whom any de- 
gree marks but a stage in a continuing process 
of personal growth. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission to the program in So- 
cial Studies, each student should contact the 



ad to secure an advisor As soon 
as notified ol the assigned advisor, the student 
should arrange for a conference and begin plan- 
ning a degree program Failure by th< 
to consult regularly with the advisor may greatly 
lengthen the time necessary to complete the 
program. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
at one or more accredited institutions may. un- 
der certain circumstances, transfer a limited 
number of quarter hours of such credits to be 
applied toward the MEd degree program in So- 
cial Studies Such transfer of credits is handled 
on an individual basis and requires the written 
approval of the student's advisor and the De- 
partment Head In any case, no more than ten 
hours credit will be considered for transfer into 
the major field 

Comprehensive Examination 

Satisfactory performance on comprehensive 
examinations, both written and oral, will be re- 
quired of all degree candidates Candidates 
should notify their major professor and the de- 
partment head of their readiness to be examined 
at the time they apply for the degree- i.e. no 
later than mid-term of their next-to-fmal quarter 
At this time the department head in consultation 
with the student will determine the examining 
committee of three faculty members, including 
the designated chairman Following the depart- 
ment heads receiving of consent to serve from 
the committee members, the candidate will then 
approach them for requirements, including 
reading lists, etc The Committee Chairman m 
consultation with the committee members and 
candidate, will determine the places, dates, and 
times of the written examinations, and of the oral 
exam. The examinations normally occur before 
mid-term of the student's final quarter but never 
more than one quarter after course work for the 
degree has been completed. 

The department head will notify the student 
regarding the result of the examinations The 
examination papers and or comments of the ex- 
amining committee will become part of the stu- 
dent's permanent file in the Department, and the 
student may request a conference with the major 
professor and advisors for the purpose of re- 
viewing the examination papers In the event the 
candidate fails any part of the comprehensive 
examination the department reserves the 
to require the student to take additional courses 



230 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



in areas of weakness, before re-examination. 

A student may repeat the Comprehensive Ex- 
aminations as many times as necessary to dem- 
onstrate the required level of competence. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN SECONDARY 
EDUCATION— MAJOR IN SOCIAL STUDIES 

Teachers with baccalaureate degrees and 
who are certified in history, political science, or 
other social science disciplines earn T-5 certi- 
fication within the context of a balanced social 
science curriculum. Of the 60 hours ( 1 2 courses) 
required to complete the degree, 40 will be se- 
lected from history, political science and eco- 
nomics. These, in addition to 20 hours of 
professional education, courses in the Social 
Sciences are required as follows: 

Hours 

A. History 20 

Including one course each in 
American, European, some 
area of Non-Western History 
and in Historiography. 

B. Political Science 15 

C. Economics 5 

TOTAL 40 

Those with appropriate undergraduate prep- 
aration but who do not possess a teaching cer- 
tificate may also pursue this degree. Additional 
coursework establishes qualifications for T-5 
certification. 

Close supervision and individual advisement 
insure that the program will be tailored to the 
needs of each student enrolled in it and will pro- 
vide an adequate foundation for teaching a va- 
riety of subjects in the Secondary Social Studies 
curriculum 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION- 
BEHAVIOR DISORDERS 

Special Note: The prerequisite for this degree 
program includes Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (EXC 622). 

Hours 

A Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDU 722. 731, 771 ..., 15 



2. EDN741 5 

B. Specialization Courses. 30 

1. EXC 723. 754, 780, 781 20 

2. EXC 785, 786 10 

C. Related Field Courses. 10 

Two courses selected from: 
EDN 641, 645. 753; EXC 625, 
721, 755, 760, 770, 773. 775, 
788,790.791,792 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: Students are required to com- 
plete a minimum of ten nours practicum (cf. spe- 
cialization courses) in one of the following ways: 

A. EXC 785 and EXC 786 may be completed 
over a two quarter period by those students 
who are working full time with Behavior Dis- 
ordered students, or 

B. Students who are not employed full time 
may complete EXC 785 and 786 by working 
2 different quarters in two different settings 
(such as Georgia Regional Hospital, Psy- 
choeducational Center. Behavior Disorders 
classes) for a minimum of 10 hours per 
week for the quarter. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION- 
LEARNING DISABILITIES 

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degree 
program include Introduction to Exceptions 
Children (EXC 622), a T-4 Certificate, and onS 
year of teaching experience. 







Hours 


A. 


Professional Education Courses 


20 




1. EDU 722, 731, 771 .. 


15 




2. EDN 741 


5 


B. 


Specialization Courses 


30 




1. EXC 723. 741. 755. 


15 




2. EXC 770. 775. 788. 


15 


C. 


Related Field Courses 


10 




Two courses selected f 


rom: 




EDN 721. 744; EXC 625. 


754, 




760, 773, 793 






TOTAL 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION— 
SPEECH/LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY 

Special Note Prerequisites for this degree 



GRADUATE SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION 



231 



program include Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (EXC 622) and a T-4 Certificate 
Speech Pathology or its equivalent 

Hours 

A Professional Education Courses 15 

1 EDU 722. 731 10 

2 EDU 771 5 
B Specialization Courses 40 

1 EXC 730. 732. 734, 736 20 

2 EXC 737. 738, 739, 740 20 
C Related Field Courses 5 

One course selected with ad- 
visement from the following: 
EXC 723. 754. 755, 770, 775, 
760, 790, 791. 792; EDN 641 

TOTAL 60 



OFFERINGS 

Special Note: Most of the following EDU 
courses are provided primarily— but not exclu- 
sively—by the Department of Secondary Edu- 
cation. Generally EDU and EXC courses are 
taught through the Department of Secondary 
Education. EDN and EEE courses are generally 
taught through the Department of Elementary 
Education 

EDU Offerings 

EDU 620— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

An examination of the values to be found in 
folk tales, classical myths and legends, as well 
as the body of contemporary writing, especially 
created to satisfy interests and needs of ado- 
lescents. 

EDU 621 — Tests and Measurements 
(5-0-5) 

Principles and procedures in evaluating pupil 
growth. 

EDU 645 — Reading in the Secondary 
School (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the rationale for teaching reading as they 
teach their content areas. 

EDU 651— Newer Teaching Media I (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Undergraduate media or per- 
mission of instructor. 

Course in multi-sensory learning and the uti- 
lization and preparation of audio-visual mate- 
rials. Includes the areas of programmed 



instruction, instructional design, and computers 
on 

EDU 665 — Introduction to Adult Education 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Baccalaureate degree in teach- 
ing field or permission of Department Head 

An overview of the historical, philosophical 
forces affecting adult education in the United 
States Attention will be given to purposes of and 
practices in the field 

EDU 666 — Psychology of Adult Learning: 
How Adults Learn (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 665. 

Designed to provide the student of adult ed- 
ucation with an opportunity to become ac- 
quainted with psychological factors which 
influence the adult's learning behavior. Specif- 
ically, the course will enable the student of adult 
education to acquire and/or to develop a basic 
understanding of the research and theoretical 
formulations regarding adults as learners 

Emphasis will be placed upon conditions that 
affect the adult learner in terms of his ability, 
potential, motivation, self-perception, role iden- 
tification status and cultural background 

EDU 668— Adult Education-Strategies and 
Resources (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 666. 

Study and evaluation of methods and mate- 
rials employed in teaching adults. Utilization of 
psychology of teaching the adult learner with 
emphasis upon current teaching strategies for 
the educated and under-educated adult. 

EDU 681— Directed and Evaluating Student 
Teaching (O-V-5) 

Information, skills and understanding required 
for effective supervision of student teachers. Se- 
lected teachers 

EDU 682— Internship for Supervising 
Teachers (V-V-5) 

(Grade awarded. S or U only.) 

Cooperative field experience involving public 
school teachers, student teachers, college per- 
sonnel. 

EDU 683 — Seminar in Supervision (V-V-5) 

An opportunity for experienced supervising 
teachers to evaluate criteria and to develop 
plans for increasing skills in guiding student 
teachers 

EDU 690 — Teachers, Environment, and Free 
Enterprise Institute (6-7-10) 

This course is designed to assist teachers in 



232 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



increasing their understanding of the relation- 
ships of our physical and social environments 
and the free enterprise system. Emphasis will 
be placed upon the incorporation of this knowl- 
edge into classroom subject-matter teaching 
The course will utilize consultants from govern- 
ment, public utilities, industry, and education 
and will be supplemented by field trips. 

EDU 702 — Seminar in Education for Staff 
Development (V-V-V) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students 
must be enrolled in an approved staff devel- 
opment activity sponsored by a local school sys- 
tem. Admission to the course must be approved 
by the student's advisor and by the department 
head. 

This course is designed to provide a frame- 
work through which teachers and local school 
systems, in conjunction with the college, may 
offer graduate credit for approved staff devel- 
opment activities. Credit for this course may be 
approved for either content or elective work. 

With a change in content, this course may be 
repeated for additional credit. 

EDU 711— Philosophy and History of 
Education (5-0-5) 

Traditional and modem philosophical systems 
and their impact on educational theory and 
practice. 

EDU 722— The Nature and Conditions of 
Human Learning (5-0-5) 

An advanced study of the various theories of 
learning with emphasis upon the latest ideas in 
this field. 

EDU 725 — Contemporary Problems in 
Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Two or more courses in psy- 
chology or sociology or a combination of the 
two 

A seminar to explore contemporary problems 
of a psycho-social nature affecting education. 

EDU 731 — Social Foundations of Education 
(5-0-5) 

Basic graduate course in the contribution of 
the social sciences to education, focused on the 
significant issues and problems of education. 

EDU 750 — Practicum in Health 
Education (1-8-5) 

Supervised, educational activity in a variety of 
settings including, but not limited to public 
health agencies, private health facilities and/or 
public schools. The course will be devoted to 



the design and implementation of health curric- 
ulum and includes a weekly one hour seminar 
on campus. 

EDU 751 — Newer Teaching 
Media II (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 651 or permission of in- 
structor. 

An advanced course emphasizing design 
and production of instructional materials in a lab- 
oratory setting. Student will design, produce, 
and try out individual projects using a variety of 
media. 

EDU 761 — Principles and Practices of 
Guidance and Counseling (5-0-5) 

Guidance and counseling philosophy, proc- 
ess and techniques with application to individual 
and group training and therapy. 

EDU 771— Education Research (5-0-5) 

Methodology of educational research and its 
application to instruction and guidance. 

EDU 772— Field-Based Research (V-V-5) 

Research theory and an "on-the-job" re- 
search project dealing with improvement in the 
student's specific situation. 

EDU 773— Individual Research (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Under the direction of a graduate faculty ad- 
visor, students conduct research relating io their 
professional interests and responsibilities. 

EDU 775 — Individual Study in Education (0- 
V-<1-5)) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Opportunities provided for supervised re- 
search and independent study in selected 
areas. Research and reading in education to 
meet the needs of students involved. Designed 
for students with a knowledge of research. All 
work offered on an individual basis with the ap- 
proval of department chairman, advisor, and in- 
structor concerned. 

EDU 791— Environmental Science (5-0-5) 

Exploration of science principles through 
problem-solving. Designed to make environ- 
mental science situations meaningful. 

EDU 798 — Problems in Science Teaching 
(5-0-5) 

Content is based upon problems met in tffr 
teaching of science with emphasis on the sci- 
entific method using the inquiry approach. 

EDU 800— Internship (0-V-15) 

Students who hold teaching positions in 



GRADUATE SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION 



233 



school and/or clinic settings will be supervised 
by college staff members for one academic 
year Supervisors will observe and hold confer- 
ences with each candidate. Students must com- 
plete one academic year to receive credit 

EDU 80S— School Evaluation (0-V-(5-10)) 

Study of school assessment procedures, self- 
study and follow-up 

EDU 812— Special Topics in Curriculum (5- 
0-5) 

Guided research and study of current curric- 
ulum issues directly related to the student's 
professional interests and needs. Restricted to 
specialist degree students 

EDU 814 — Special Problems in Educational 
Research (5-0-5) 

The student, in consultation with his advisor, 
will select a special topic for extensive literature 
review and analysis of research findings. As a 
part of this course the student may prepare a 
research design and proposal which he may 
follow up with a thesis in the Internship-Thesis 
course Restricted to specialist degree stu- 
dents 

EDU 81 6 — Internship Practicum/Project/ 
Thesis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 810, EDN 812 and EDU 
814 

Each student will meet the requirements for 
this course according to his/her individual needs 
and the requirements of the separate degree 
programs. In consultation with the professor, the 
student may be required to complete an intern- 
ship or practicum in a school or agency, prepare 
an advanced project on a topic of interest, or 
write a thesis based on a proposal developed 
in the special problems course Restricted to 
specialist degree students. 



Economic Education Offerings 

EED 600 — Dynamics of the American 

Economy (5-0-5) 

This course is designed for teachers and con- 
sists of a comprehensive overview of the Amer- 
ican economic system, with particular emphasis 
| upon critical economic issues that influence so- 
ciety. Teaching methodology, applications, and 
materials development are presented as an in- 
tegral part of the course. 

EED 610— Personal Finance (5-0-5) 

This course is designed for teachers and cov- 



ers the basic elements of personal finance 
needed by individuals and family units in mai 
wise decisions in today s society Concepts cov- 
ered include assessment of individual re- 
sources, selective spending, credit, taxes. 
insurance, savings, investments, and budget- 
ing The course includes learning activities, cur- 
riculum development, and skills acquisition An 
introduction to the use of computers in personal 
finance is integrated into the course. 



Education of Exceptional Children (EXC) 

Offerings 

EXC 622— Introduction to Exceptional 

Children (5-0-5) 

An introductory study of the identification, di- 
agnosis, and education of the atypical child 

EXC 625 — Mental Hygiene in Teaching 
(5-0-5) 

A consideration of the forces and influences 
on what constitutes normal behavior in personal 
and social relationships within the school set- 
ting Student behavior, teacher behavior, and 
student-teacher interaction dynamics will re- 
ceive major attention. Open to qualified under- 
graduate students, graduate students, and 
teachers seeking renewal of certificates 

EXC 626 — Psychology of Abnormal 
Behavior (5-0-5) 

The study of the various forms of abnormal 
behavior of children; etiology, symptoms, and 
treatment. 

EXC 723 — Assessment and Measurement of 
the Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

This course will emphasize the means and 
interpretations of psychological, psychiatric, ed- 
ucational, and other evaluations It will attempt 
to help the teacher understand and make rele- 
vant the test specialists' report 

EXC 730 — Diagnosis and Appraisal of 
Communication Disorders (5-0-5) 

Instruments and procedures in diagnosing 
speech and language disorders 

EXC 732— Voice Disorders (5-0-5) 

A study of the vocal mechanism and related 
disorders; therapeutic procedures for varying 
kinds of voice disorders are included 

EXC 734— Language Disorders in Children 
(5-0-5) 

Methods of differential diagnosis and reme- 
diation of the mapr language disorders of chil- 
dren. 



234 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EXC 73&— Language Disorders in Adults (5- 
0-5) 

A study of speech and language disorders in 
adults, with emphasis on the pathology, evalu- 
ation, and treatment of aphasia. 

EXC 737— Advanced Articulation (5-0-5) 

A study of both functional and organically- 
based disorders of articulation, including etiol- 
ogy, diagnosis, and therapeutic procedures. 

EXC 73a— Aural Rehabilitation (5-0-5) 

Rehabilitation principles and procedures in- 
volved in management of the hearing-impaired 
person, including speech reading, auditory 
training, management of hearing aids and other 
amplification systems. 

EXC 739 — Practicum I in Speech/Language 
Pathology (Residence) (0-15-5) 

Supervised experience with a variety of com- 
munication disorders in the public school and 
on-campus clinic setting. The course includes 
the development of therapeutic programs, writ- 
ing lesson plans, and conducting therapy with 
direct supervision. 

EXC 740 — Practicum II in Speech/Language 

Pathology (Nonresidence) 

(0-15-5) 

Supervised experience with a variety of com- 
munication disorders in off-campus, nonpublic 
school settings. Approved settings may include 
hospitals, nursing homes, special day schools, 
and institutions. 

EXC 741— Remedial Reading for the 
Exceptional Child (3-4-5) 

First half of course consists of classroom in- 
struction in procedures for teaching reading. 
Second half of course consists of tutoring an 
exceptional child in reading under the instruc- 
tor's supervision. 

EXC 754 — Behavioral Intervention 
Procedures for Children (5-0-5) 

To acquaint students with historical back- 
ground, developments, concepts, definitions, 
terminology and techniques of behavioral inter- 
vention as well as application of such proce- 
dures. 

EXC 755 — Advanced Research and 
Readings in Special Education (5-0-5) 

The students will be directed in research and 
readings in special education to deepen their 
knowledge of exceptional children and to draw 
conclusions from research to apply to specific 
situations. Historical perspectives and current 



trends in special education will be emphasized. 

EXC 760— Consultation with Parents and 
Professionals (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to broaden the skills 
of the teacher of the exceptional child by im- 
proving communication with regular classroom 
teachers and parents of exceptional children. 

EXC 770 — Characteristics of the Learning 
Disabled (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622 or equivalent. 

The emphasis in this course will be on inci- 
dence, etiologies, prevailing characteristics, 
and family interactions of learning disabled chil- 
dren. 

EXC 773 — Independent Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 771. 

Under the direction of a graduate faculty ad- 
visor, students conduct research relating to their 
professional interests and responsibilities. 

EXC 775— Methods of Teaching the 
Learning Disabled (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 770. 

The student will survey the various methods 
that have been developed to work with the learn- 
ing disabled student, learn how the methods are 
applied, and design teaching strategies for in- 
dividual learners based on the theoretical 
models. 

EXC 780 — Behavior Pathology in Children 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622. 

A study of the epidemiology, etiology, prog- 
nosis, and treatment of behavior disorders in 
children. An extensive examination of the social 
milieu will characterize the course. 

EXC 781— Education of the Emotionally 
Disturbed (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 780. 

The student will survey the various types of 
programs and approaches historically and cur- 
rently in operation for the emotionally disturbed 
child. Emphasis will be placed on those pro- 
grams within the public school setting. 

EXC 785 — Practicum I in Special Education 
(0-10-5) 

Five hours to be taken among the first twenty- 
five hours of the student's program. During this 
time, the student will be required to interact with 
behavior disordered children a minimum of ten 
clock hours per week in programs designed to 
ameliorate the disability. 



GRADUATE SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION 



235 



EXC 786— Practicum II in Special Education 
(0-10-5) 

Prerequisite EXC 785 

Five quarter hours of individual studies under 
the direction of the student s advisor, or the ad- 
visor's designate The student will be required 
to work with behavior disordered students for a 
minimum of ten clock hours per week The pro- 
gram will be designed so that the student de- 
velops proficiency in a minimum of one 
treatment mode for behavior disordered chil- 
dren. The student will be expected to demon- 
strate expertise in planning, implementing, and 
continuously reevaluating his/her treatment ap- 
proaches 

EXC 787— Practicum III in Special 
Education (0-10-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 786. 

Five hours taken during the final quarter of the 
student's program The student will be required 
to serve a minimum of ten clock hours per week 
in facilities designed for behavior disordered 
Hand/or multiple handicapped children. The stu- 
dent will be expected to have direct involvement 
in teaching exceptional children. A portion of this 
five quarter hours must be served in a residential 
facility. 

EXC 788— Practicum (0-10-5) 

Prerequisite- EXC 770 and EXC 775 

I The student will be required to serve a mmi- 
Jmum of ten clock hours per week in classes 
designed to teach identified learning disabled 
students. The student will be expected to have 
direct involvement in planning for and teaching 
learning disabled children individually and in 
small groups. 

EXC 790 — Seminar in Characteristics of the 
Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5) 

The seminar will cover the causes and char- 
acteristics of the mildly handicapping conditions 
bf behavior disorder, learning disability, and 
[mental retardation. 

jEXC 791 — Seminar in Methods for Working 
with Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5) 

This methods course will prepare the teacher 
to plan effective remediation strategies for m- 
pviduais and groups of children with mild be- 
lavior disorders, learning disabilities, and 
tental retardation 

XC 792 — Practicum in Working with the 
ildly Handicapped (0-10-5) 

The student will spend a minimum of ten hours 
per week planning for and teaching groups of 



children who are placed in interrelated c 
rooms, i.e., children with behavior d 
learning disabilities, and mental retardation 

EXC 793— Special Education Administration 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the role of leadership personnel 
within general and special education in planning 
and implementing comprehensive educational 
programs for exceptional students 

EXC 851 — Clinical and Academic Treatment 
Decisions (5-0-5) 

An advanced course in the pathology and 
treatment of behavior disordered and severely 
emotionally disturbed children Case studies will 
be used to teach students how to plan interven- 
tions for the child's emotional and academic 
progress. 

EXC 852 — Group Dynamics, Discipline, and 
Special Topics (5-0-5) 

A study of the effective use of group dynamics 
and discipline techniques to prevent and treat 
behavior disordered children in both resource 
and regular classrooms Special topics such as 
medication and special treatment programs will 
also be studied. 

EXC 861 — Curriculum for the Learning 
Disabled (5-0-5) 

An examination of various curricula and their 
implementation for the learning disabled 
Matching task content to learner characteristics 
will be emphasized 

EXC 87fJ — Current Issues and Trends in 
Special Education (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 755 - Advanced Research 
and Readings in Special Education 

Major issues and trends in identification and 
service delivery to exceptional children will be 
studied. The students will be directed to current 
literature for research and its applications in the 
classroom of emerging practices in the field 



236 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Specialist Degree Programs 

Faculty 

Nash, Charles R., Dean 
Coordinators 

Stokes. William; Secondary and Special Ed- 
ucation 

Ward, Paul; Elementary Education 



Objectives 

This program provides advanced study for 
qualified master teachers. It provides for addi- 
tional professional leadership skills and abilities 
complimentary to a variety of educational and 
social agencies within the community. Activities 
and experiences will be oriented toward further 
developing: 

A. Command of advanced concepts and 
points of view, as well as knowledge and 
skills, in the area of specialization, 

B. The ability to exert leadership as well as 
willingness to accept responsibility in a va- 
riety of educational situations, 

C. Understanding of human development and 
learning and of the guidance functions de- 
manded of the professional teacher, 

D. Competency in the utilization of research 
findings in education and related fields, 
and the ability to design and implement ac- 
tion research in these areas, 

E. Insight into the theoretical and foundational 
bases of teaching, 

F. Competency in the communication of ideas 
and facts, 

G. The capacity for humane, sensitive, critical 
inquiry and understanding into the nature 
of multicultural issues related to education. 

Programs of Study 

The Specialist in Education Degree (Ed.S.) is 
offered in the academic areas of: 
Behavior Disorders 
Early Elementary Education 
English 

Learning Disabilities 
Middle School 
Science 
Social Studies 

Degree Requirements 

The course requirements for the Ed.S. degree 
are the completion of a program of study of forty- 
five quarter hours with at least a ; 'B' average. 



A minimum of twenty-five quarter hours in the 
Specialist in Education program must be in the 
instructional field. A committee appointed by the 
respective department head will plan the entire 
program-of-study. Each program will be indivi- 
dualized as much as possible considering each 
student's academic background and profes- 
sional objectives. Each student is required to do 
an independent, research oriented study/prac- 
ticum and must pass a final comprehensive ex- 
amination. 

Admission 

Armstrong State College admits persons tc 
the Ed.S. who demonstrate levels of educational 
development and achievement which are above 
the average. To this end, admission require- 
ments that reflect previous educational orien- 
tation are established and a judgment of 
admission or rejection is made by a committee 
of the Graduate Faculty based on the applicant's 
achievement and educational development. 

For Regular admission to the graduate pro- 
gram to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Specialist in Education Degree and the six-year 
certificate issued by the State Department of 
Education, the applicant must: 

1 . Possess or be eligible for the professional 
five-year certificate in the proposed field of 
concentration based on a Master's Degree 
from a regionally accredited institution. 

2. Present at least a 3.25 GPA on all graduate 
work attempted. 

3 Present scores on the Aptitude Test of the 
Graduate Record Examinations (minimum 
score of 1000 combined, and 430 quanti 
tative and 390 verbal) or a Miller Analogies 
(MAT) score of 49 or above. National 
Teacher Examinations (NTE) scores taken 
after September 1, 1982, are not accept- 
able NTE taken prior to this time may be 
considered provided the student has 
achieved 575 on the Common and a score 
above the 25th percentile on the teaching 
area examination. 

4. Have had at least two years of experience 
in teaching or other appropriate school 
work. 

5. Have three professional recommendations 
submitted. 

Appeal Procedure 

Students who do not meet admission require- 
ments may submit a written request for review 
of his/her application to the Graduate Appeals 



GRADUATE SPECIALIST DEGREE PROGRAMS 



237 



Committee through the Dean of the School of 
Education The Committee will require the ap- 
pealing student to submit additional evidence 
Additional evidence may be submitted by the 
student and the institution and could include 
scores on other standardized tests and records 
of exemplary academic and professional 
achievement The appeals committee will make 
a recommendation on admission to the Presi- 
dent 

Transfer of Credit 

Not more than ten (10) graduate specialist 
degree level hours may be transferred into the 
Armstrong specialist degree program. Transfer 
credit may be allowed only if a student was ac- 
cepted into specialist degree study at the trans- 
ferring institution at the time the credit was 
earned. Graduate work completed prior to ad- 
mission to the Ed.S. degree program will not be 
counted toward meeting degree requirements. 
No grade below "B" may be transferred. 

Application Deadlines 

A formal application and all appropriate sup- 
porting documents, including official transcripts, 
standardized examination scores, letters of rec- 
ommendation, etc., must be received by the Of- 
fice of the Dean of the School of Education at 
least 20 working days prior to the 1 st day of class 
of the quarter in which the student plans to ma- 
triculate. For fall quarter matriculation, all ad- 
mission materials must be received by August 
, 1st. 

Academic Standing 

Any student whose cumulative graduate 
i grade point average (GPA) falls below a 3.00 
(B) average shall be on academic probation. 

Any student whose cumulative graduate GPA 
.falls below 2.50 at any time shall be placed on 
academic exclusion and not allowed to continue 
in the Ed.S. degree program. 

Any student whose cumulative graduate GPA 

•falls or remains below 3.00 upon, or after, the 

completion of 25 hours of the program-of-study 

| for the Ed.S. shall be dropped from Ed.S. degree 

status and not allowed to continue in the Ed.S. 

i degree program. 

Time Limitation 

A student working toward the Ed.S. degree 
must complete all requirements for the degree 
within a period of not more than six years from 
the date of admission. A typical program will 
take two to three years to complete. 



Course and Residence Requirements 

A program-of-study for the Ed S degree will 
include, at a minimum, 45 hours of academic 
course credit At least half of the course credits 
must be taken in residence at Armstrong State 
College, and must include at least 10 hours of 
the professional core and at least 15 hours of 
the teaching area courses. Prior approval from 
the appropriate department head must be ob- 
tained for any non-residence course. 

At least fifty percent of the courses for the 
Ed.S degree must be taken at or above the 700 
level. 

Advisement 

Close contact with the student's major pro- 
fessor is important in Specialist degree pro- 
gram. Once a program-of-study is developed. 
it is the student's responsibility to follow it and 
to secure the approval of the major professor, 
department and the dean for any changes de- 
sired. Consultation with the major professor is 
required prior to any registration. 

Curriculum 

The program consists of twenty quarter hours 
of professional courses and twenty-five hours in 
the respective teaching field. The following 
professional courses are required: 

1 . Special Topics in 

Curriculum 5 Quarter Hours 

2. Leadership in Supervision and 
Administration 5 Quarter Hours 

3. Special Problems in Educational 
Research 5 Quarter Hours 

4. Thesis/Project/lnternship 

Practicum 5 Quarter Hours 

Special Topics in Curriculum and Leadership 
in Supervision and Administration are taken 
early in the program as either a ten-hour se- 
quence or as a ten-hour block. Special Problems 
in Educational Research and Internship are 
taken as part of the final ten or fifteen hours of 
the program The applicant for the Education 
Specialist Degree will be guided by his advisor 
in selecting study of an independent or research 
nature and must satisfactorily complete this 
study prior to graduation. 

The twenty-five hours in the teaching field con- 
sists of specialization or content courses appro- 
priate to the student's educational objectives. 
Based upon a needs assessment, each pro- 
gram will be individualized in terms of the back- 
ground and professional objectives of each 
student. Specialization or content courses, from 



238 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



which students and advisors will choose 25 
hours, may be found in the graduate depart- 
mental course listings in the earlier graduate 
section of the Catalog. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Upon completion of fifteen to twenty hours of 
earned credit, it is the responsibility of the stu- 
dent to see that an application for admission to 
candidacy is filed with the Dean of the School 
of Education. This application is a certification 
by the student's major professor and the Advi- 
sory Committee that the student has demon- 
strated the ability to do acceptable graduate 
work in the chosen field and has made normal 
progress toward the degree. Specific require- 
ments for admission to candidacy are listed be- 
low: 

(a) Verification by the student to the Dean 
of the School of Education that the stu- 
dent holds an appropriate Georgia T- 
5 teaching certificate. 

(b) All admission requirements have been 
completed. 

(c) The program of study has been ap- 
proved by the major professor, the Stu- 
dent s Advisory Committee, and the 
Dean of the School of Education. 

(d) An overall grade point average of 
3.000 (unrounded) exists on all grad- 
uate courses taken since completion 
of the baccalaureate degree and also 
on all courses counted toward com- 
pletion of the T-6 Program. No course 
with a grade below "C" can be ac- 
cepted in the program of study at the 
T-6 level, and no more than two grades 
of "C" may be counted. 

Certification 

To be eligible for six-year certification, the stu- 
dent must have three years of acceptable teach- 
ing experience, must have completed an 
approved Specialist Program-of-Study, and 
must meet any other Georgia Department of Ed- 
ucation requirements. 

Final Clearance 

All requirements for the degree must be com- 
pleted and reported to the Registrar and Dean 
of the School of Education no later than one 
week prior to graduation. The student must be 
registered in the College during the quarter in 
which he completes requirements for gradua- 
tion. 



Comprehensive Examinations 

Oral and written comprehensive examina- 
tions, to be taken by mid-term during the quarter 
of graduation, are required of all candidated for 
the Specialist in Education Degree. These ex- 
aminations will be conducted by a committee 
consisting of the applicant's major professor, as 
chairman, and two other members of the Grad- 
uate Faculty. 

Course Offerings 

Courses required for the specialist degree are 
listed with the masters level offerings. Please 
consult your advisor for courses appropriate to 
specific emphases. 



School of Health 
Professions 

Repella, James, Dean 

MASTERS LEVEL 



Health Science 

Faculty 

Clark. Ed S.; Acting Program Director 
Beumer, Ronald; Biology Representative 
McCarthy, William; Business Representative 
Hightower, William; Computer Science 
Stokes, William; Education Representative 
Ealy, Steve; Public Policy Representative 

Objectives 

The Health Science Program is designed to 
enhance the concept of health on behalf of in- 
dividuals and the general public. The curriculum 
will emphasize health promotion, wellness and 
prevention rather than the curing of illness. The 
primary format will be an interdisciplinary ap- 
proach which permits a more global view of 
health. More specific objectives are: 

1 . To teach individuals that behavioral change 
can occur through education. 

2. To foster health, health promotion, and dis- 
ease prevention; 

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable 
health educators; and, 

4. To provide health practitioners the oppor- 
tunity to gain expertise in the health related 



GRADUATE HEALTH SCIENCE 



239 



areas of education, administrat 
agement. computer science, correctional 
science, or public policy 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the MHS program 
will be assigned an advisor As soon as the stu- 
dent is notified of this assignment, a conference 
between the advisor and advisee should be ar- 
ranged This meeting will result in an approved 
program of study 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. Health Science Courses 40 

1. HS 500. 550, 660, 670. 700 25 

2 EDU 771... 5 

3. HS 790. 791 or HS 795 10 

B. Concentration Courses 20 

(one of the following areas in 
toto) 

1 Health Education 20 

a. HE 500. 650 10 

b. HE 700. 770 10 

2 Computer Science 20 

3 Education.. 20 

a. EDN 741 5 

b. EDN 632 or EDU 665 5 

c. EDU 731. 750 10 

4 Administration 20 
a. BAD 661, 662 10 
b BAD electives 10 

5. Public Policy 20 

a. Three courses from: POS 
601. 603, 618, 705 15 

b. POS 750 5 

TOTAL 60 



OFFERINGS 

Health Education Offerings 

HE 500— Marketing Health— An 
Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

From the point of view of social scientists and 
business and health professionals, the selling of 
health using educational techniques is under- 
taken. The utilization of concepts of health into 
lifestyle is addressed. The Human Development 
model is used. 



HE 650 — Counseling and Health Care: 
Topics in Health Science and 
Developmental Crisis (5-0-5) 

Coping mechanisms appropriate to recurring 
problems in healthy living and developmental 
crises are elaborated Using noninvasive coun- 
seling techniques, these mechanisms are of- 
fered for incorporation into lifestyles 

HE 700— Selected Topics in Health 
Education (5-0-5) 

Psycho-social, political and economical bar- 
riers to health living are identified and attempts 
to overcome them made. Topics are selected 
on the basis of contemporaneity, persistence, 

and impact. 

HE 770 — Health Promotion Through 
Physical Activity (5-0-5) 

A study of the effects of physical activity on 
health enhancement and maintenance. Physical 
assessment methods, equipment and prescrip- 
tion regimes will be included. A holistic ap- 
proach to health will be the basis theme of this 
course. 



Health Science Offerings 

HS 500— The Health-Illness Continua 
(5-0-5) 

Health and Illness are viewed not as ends of 
one continuum, but as two discrete continua. 
The course will focus on enhancement of health 
and elimination of illness/injury — as a function of 
lifestyle, and be taught from the perspective of 
"Human Development." 

HS 550 — Topics in Community Health 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing the enhancement of health and the elimi- 
nation of illness/injury. Lifestyles and socio- 
political factors relative to optional health per 
age and groupings will be emphasized. 

HS 660 — Selected Topics in Illness/Injury 
and Rehabilitation — An Interdisciplinary 
Approach (5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems of Illness/Injury (e.g.. 
hypertension, stroke, accidents, carcinoma, 
substance/nutrition abuse), their therapeutic in- 
terventions, and their rehabilitation regimens are 
scrutinized The Human Development model will 
be utilized. 



240 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HS 670— Selected Topics in Health— An 
Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

A discussion of the most recent findings which 
enhance health, and the incorporation of their 
findings into a lifestyle. Reduction of stress, ex- 
ercise, nutrition, interpersonal relationships and 
other topics will be taken from the Human De- 
velopment model. 

HS 700— Political Sociology of Health Care: 
The Consumer, The Provider, and State, 
Local, Federal Policies (5-0-5) 

An examination of the economic/political/so- 
cial milieu in which health care exists. Con- 
straints and demands of directing mores and 
legislation and their influences on lifestyles are 
identified and discussed. 



HS 790, 791— Practicum I & II (1-8-5) 

A two-quarter course giving the student op- 
portunity to specialize or to become knowl- 
edgeable in a health, therapeutic, rehabilitation 
setting, or combination thereof. HS 790 is pre- 
requisite to HS 791. 

HS 795— Thesis (0-V-10) 

Master of Science in Nursing 

Armstrong State College has received ap- 
proval to offer a degree program leading to a 
Masters of Science in Nursing commencing with 
Fall Quarter, 1986. Inquiries regarding this pro- 
gram should be addressed to the Dean of the 
School of Health Professions. 




0- 



*K 



«v 



to 






■ 



*?acuttyl ' AdtHutufruUi&t 



242 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



FACULTY ROSTERS 



Permanent, Full-Time Members of the 
Teaching Corps or Administrative Staff 

(This list includes only individuals who en- 
joy faculty voting privileges. The number in 
parentheses after the names represents the 
initial year of employment at Armstrong State 
College.) 

Adams, Joseph V. (1970) 

Dean of Arts and Sciences 

Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Alabama 

M.A., Baylor University 

B.A., Tennessee Temple College 

Aenchbacher, Louis E., Ill (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Agyekum, Stephen K. (1979) 

Associate Professor Elementary Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Georgia 
A.B., Johnson C. Smith University 

Anderson, Donald D. (1966) 

Dean for Community Services 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., George Peabody College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

Anderson, James N. (1985) 
Head of Fine Arts Department 

Associate Professor of Music 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 
MM., University of Houston 
B.M.E., Wichita State University 

Arens, Olavi (1974) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Columbia University 
M.A., Columbia University 
A.B., Harvard University 

Babits, Lawrence E. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of History and 
Archaeology 
Ph.D., Brown University 
M.A., University of Maryland 
B.A.. University of Maryland 



Ball, Ardella P. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.S., Atlanta University 
A.B., Fisk University 

Barnard, Jane T. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
M.S., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

Battiste, Bettye A. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Elementary Education 
Ed.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., State University of New York 
B.S., Savannah State College 

Bell, Dorothy G. (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.N., Emory University 
B.S.N. Ed., University of Georgia 

Beumer, Ronald J. (1975) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., University of Arkansas 
B.S., University of Dayton 

Bowers, Ross L., Ill (1979) 

Head of Respiratory Therapy Department 
Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
B.S., Georgia State College 
MHS, Armstrong State College 

Brewer, John G. 1968) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Brockmeier, Kristina C. (1981) 

Director of Library Sciences 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

M.S., Florida State University 

M.A., Vanderbilt University 

B.A., University of Virginia 

Brooks, S. Kent (1976) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., George Washington University 
M.Ph., George Washington University 
M.A., University of Texas 
B.A., University of Texas 

Brower, Moonyean S. (1967) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
M.A., University of Massachusetts 
B.S.. University of Massachusetts 



FACULTY 



243 



Brown. George E. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 
MS.SW. Atlanta University 
B S W , Armstrong State College 
A B , Armstrong State College 

Brown, Hugh R. (1968) 

Professor of English 

Ph D . University of South Carolina 
MAT. St. Michael's College 
B.S.. Xavier of Ohio 

Buck, Joseph A., Ill (1968) 

Vice President for Student Affairs and 
Development 

Ed.D . University of Georgia 
M.S.. Florida State University 
B A.. Auburn University 

Buck, Marilyn M. (1974) 

Head of Baccalaureate Nursing Department 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
MSN. Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. . Boston University 

Burgess, Clifford V. (1979) 

Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., George Peabody 
A.B., Mercer University 

Burnett, Robert A. (1978) 

President 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 
M.A., University of North Carolina 
B.A.. Wofford College 

Butler, Frank A. (1985) 

Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic 

B.S.E.S., University of Miami 

Campbell, Michael (1984) 

DA., Ball State University 
MA., Trenton State College 
B.S.. Lebanon Valley College 

Clark, Ed S. (1984) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Ed.D., University of Alabama 
M.A.Ed., East Carolina University 
B.S.. East Carolina University 



Cochran, John H.. Jr. (1979) 
Associate Professor of Elementary 

Education 

Ed.D.. University of Georgia 

M A , Atlanta University 

B.A.. Paine College 

Comaskey, Bernard J. (1966) 

Assistant Professor of History 
M.A., New York University 
B.A., Fordham College 

Cottrell, Ellen (1974) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.A.. Agnes Scott College 

Coursey, Teresa (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., West Liberty State College 

Coyle, William E. (1957) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., Georgetown University 
A.B., Emory University 

Dandy, Evelyn B. (1974) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., Temple University 
B.S., Millersville State College 

Donahue, Michael E. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 
Ph.D., Michigan State University 
M.C.J. , University of South Carolina 
B.A.. University of North Carolina 

Douglass, W. Keith (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
M.A.. Syracuse University 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

Duncan, John D. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Emory University 

M.A., University of South Carolina 

B.S., College of Charleston 

Dutko, Kathleen (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
MA, New York University 
B.S.N. , Niagara University 



244 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Ealy, Steven D. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
B.A., Furman University 

Edenfield, Suzanne (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Ellis, Joy V. (1985) 

Instructor of Respiratory Therapy 
B.S., Ithica College 
A.S., Armstrong State College 

Evans, Gene A., Major (1985) 

Head of Military Science Department 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

M.B.A., Texas A & M University 

B.B.A., Texas A & M University 

Findels, John (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of Illinois 
B.S., University of Illinois 

Fleming, Caroline (1977) 

Instructor of Dental Hygiene 

M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 
A.S., Midland Technical College 

Ford, Elizabeth J. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Winthrop College 

Fox, Lynne (1984) 

Instructor of Library Science 
M.L.S., University of Michigan 
B.A., University of Colorado 

Galloway, Herbert F. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Secondary 
Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
M.M., Florida State University 
B.M., Florida State University 

Geoff roy, Cynthia D. (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of South Carolina 
B.A., Westfield State College 

Gibson, Linda K. (1985) 

Instructor of Art 

M.F.A., Memphis State University 
B.A.E., University of Mississippi 



Gibson, Sharyn (1983) 

Instructor of Radiologic Technologies 
B.S., St. Joseph's College 
A. A., Armstrong State College 

Gill, Gloria (1979) 

Instructor of Physical Education 
M.A., University of Alabama 
B.S., Middle Tennessee State University 

Glover, Gwendolyn P. (1985) 

Instructor of Chemistry and Physics 
M.S., Atlanta University 
B.S., Xavier University 

Gottfried, Bradley M. (1984) 

Head of Biology Department 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., Miami University 
M.S., Western Illinois University 
B.A., West Chester State College 

Gross, Jimmie (1967) 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.D., Southern Theological 
B.A., Baylor University 

Guillou, Laurent J., Jr. (1970) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.S., Louisiana State University 
B.S., Louisiana State University 

Hansen, John R. (1967) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Troy State College 

Harbin, Mickie S. (1981) 

Assistant Professor Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
Ph.D., University of Texas (Arlington) 
M.A., University of Texas (Arlington) 
B.A., University of Texas (Arlington) 

Hardegree, Lester E., Jr. (1982) 

Director of Medical Technology Program 
Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 
M.Ed., Georgia State University 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Harris, Henry E. (1966) 

Head of Chemistry and Physics Department 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 



FACULTY 



245 



Harris. Karl D. (1971) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M A . University of Tennessee 
B A . Carson-Newman College 

Harris. Robert L. (1981) 

Associate Professor of Music 

D MA . University of Washington 
M M . University of the Pacific 
B M . University of the Pacific 

Harwood, Pamela L. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Special Education 
MA, Appalachian State University 
B S . Appalachian State University 

Hepner, Freddie S. (1980) 

Head of Associate Degree Nursing 
Department 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. . Armstrong State College 

Herring, Marjorie (1985) 

Director of Health Information Management 
Program 

M.S.. Florida State University 
B.S .. Medical College of Georgia 

Hudson, Anne L. (1971) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D.. Tulane University 
M.S.. Tulane University 
B.A.. Hollins College 

Hudson, Sigmund (1985) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D.. Tulane University 
M.S.. Clarkson University 
A.B.. Dartmouth College 

Jaynes, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.A.. Appalachian State University 

Jenkins, Marvin V. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A.. University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Jensen, John G. (1985) 

Instructor of Art 

M.F.A.. University of Arizona 
B.S., University of Wisconsin 



Johanning, Gary (1981) 

Assistant Professor of ( I 

Ph D . University of Missouri 
B S . University of Missouri 

Jones, Gerald A. (1984) 

Assistant Professor of Engineering 
M.S.. Mississippi State University 
B.A.E.. Mississippi State University 

Jones, James Land (1968) 

Professor of English and Philosophy 
Ph.D.. Tulane University 
MA. Vanderbilt University 
B.A.. University of Tulsa 

Keller, Carola (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , University of Virginia 

Kilhefner, Dale Z. (1973) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
M.S.. Purdue University 
M.Ed.. Washington State University 
B.S.. Elizabethtown College 

Killorin. Joseph I. (1947) 

Professor of Literature ard Philosophy 

Ph.D., Columbia University 

M.A.. Columbia University 

B.A., St. John's College 

Knorr, Virginia W. (1973) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., University of Tennessee 
(Chattanooga) 

B.S., University of Tennessee 
(Chattanooga) 

Lane, Joseph M., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.. University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Lanier, Osmos, Jr. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.A., LaGrange College 

Lariscy, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 



246 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Lawson, Cornelia V. (1979) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Arkansas 

M.A., University of Southern Mississippi 

B.S.. Florida State University 

Lee, Byung Moo (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
MLS., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., Yon Sei University 

Levett, Nettie M. (1975) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Florida A & M University 

Magnus, Robert E. (1972) 

Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., Mississippi State University 
M.Ed., Mississippi State University 
B.G.E., University of Omaha 

Martin, Grace B. (1980) 

Head of Psychology Department 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.A., Armstrong State College 

Martin, William B. (1980) 

Assistant Professor 
M.A., Duke University 
B.A., Armstrong State College 

Massey, Carole M. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 

Mazzoli, Andrew J. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Medical University of South 
Carolina 

B.S., State University of New York 
Medical Center 

McCarthy, John C, Jr. (1962) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.B.A., University of Georgia 
B.B.A., University of Miami 

McClanahan, Billie F. (1978) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Georgia 
B.A., Armstrong State College 



McCracken, Thomas C. (1974) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.A.L.S., University of Denver 
B.S., Florida State University 

Megathlin, William L. (1971) 

Head of Government Department 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.Ed., University of Georgia 

B.A., Presbyterian College 

Meredith, James R. (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
M.S., University of Southern California 
B.S., United States Military Academy 

Miller, Bonny E. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
Ph.D., Washington University 
M.M., Washington University 
B.A., Pomona College 

Miller, Mary (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Virginia 

Munson, Richard E. (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and 

Computer Science 

Ph.D., Rutgers University 

M.S., Rutgers University 

B.A., Houghton College 

Murphy, Dennis D. (1981) 

Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 
J.D., University of Florida 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.A., University of Florida 

Nash, Charles R. (1979) 

Dean of Education 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., Mississippi State University 
M.Ed., University of Southern Mississippi 
B.S.Ed., Jackson State College 

Newberry, S. Lloyd (1968) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

Newman, John F. (1968) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.A., Georgetown University 
B.A., University of Maryland 



FACULTY 



247 



Noble, David (1969) 

Assck an and i atin 

Ph D McGill University 

A M , Boston University 

A.B.. Boston University 

Diploma Litterarium Latinarum, Pontificia 

Universitas Gregonana 

Nordquist, Richard F. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M A , University of Leicester 
B A . State University of New York 

Norsworthy, Gary (1980) 

Dean. Coastal Georgia Center 
Ph.D.. Florida State University 
MA. Florida State University 
B.A., Florida State University 

Norwich, Vicki H. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
M.Ed.. Armstrong State College 
B.S.. Middle Tennessee State University 

Palefsky, Elliot H. (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 
Ed S . Georgia Southern College 
Ed M . Temple University 
B.S . University of Georgia 

Patchak, Jane A. (1974) 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
M.A.. Western Michigan University 
B.A.. Central Michigan University 

Patterson, Robert L. (1966) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D.. Vanderbilt University 
MA. University of Kentucky 
B.A . Kentucky Wesleyan 

Pingel, Allen L. (1969) 

Professor Biology 

Ph.D.. University of South Carolina 
MAT. University of North Carolina 
B.A.. University of North Carolina 

Pruden, George B., Jr., (1982) 

Assistant Professor of History 
Ph.D.. American University 
M.A.. American University 
M.Ed . University of South Carolina 
BA.. Wake Forest 

Raymond, Richard (1983) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D.. Miami University 
M.A.. University of Wyoming 
B.A.. University of Wyoming 



Repella. James F. (1976) 

Professor ot I . 
Ph {) I 
MSN. University of I 

BStd Ion ; 

Rhee, Steve Y. (1974) 
Associate Prol 

Ph.D.. University of Missouri 
M A . University of Or< 
B A , University of Oregon 

Robbins, Paul (1966) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph D . Georgia Institute of Techno! 
B.S.. University of Pennsylvania 

Robinson, Aurelia D. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Education 
D.Ed.. University of Oklahoma 
MA., Atlanta University 
A.B.. Speilman College 

Rodgers, Anne T. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
MAT., University of Massachusetts 
B.A Ohio Wesleyan University 

Roesel, Rosalyn L. (1984) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., North Texas State University 
M.S.N. . Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. . Medical College of Georgia 

Roth, Lorie (1983) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D.. Kent State University 
MA., kent State University 
BA, Kent State University 

Satterfield, Nell B. (1969) 

Associate Professor of Sociology 
Ed.D . University of Georgia 
M.S.S.W.. University of Tennessee 
A.B.. University of North Carolina 

Schmidt, John C. (1979) 

Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A.. Ohio University 
B.F.A . Carnegie-Mellon University 

Schmitz, Catherine (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
MSN. Rush University 
B.S.N . Duke University 



248 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Shipley, Charles (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D.. University of Nebraska 
M.S.. Georgia Institute of Technology 
M.A.. University of Nebraska 
B.A., University of North Dakota 

Silcox, Elaine (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.S.N. . University of Florida 

Simon, Emma T. (1974) 

Head of Dental Hygiene Department 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.H.E.. Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.. Armstrong State College 

Sims, Roy J. (1955) 

Head of Physical Education Department 

Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D.. Louisiana State University 
M.S., University of Tennessee 
B.S., David Lipscomb College 

Smith, Carolyn G. (1977) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S.. Armstrong State College 

Smith, William J., Jr. (1982) 

Instructor of Respiratory Therapy 
B.S., Medical University of South 
Carolina 

Stegall, John L. (1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
M.B.A, University of Georgia 
B.S., Indiana State University 

Stephens, Jacquelyn W. (1979) 

Professor of Elementary Education 
Ed.D., University of Oklahoma 
M.S., Illinois State University 
B.S.. Savannah State College 

Stokes, William W. (1967) 

Head of Secondary Education Department 
Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Florida 

M.Ed.. University of Florida 

B.A.. University of Florida 



Stone, Janet D. (1975) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D., Emory University 
M.A., Purdue University 
A.B., Randolph-Macon Women's College 

Stratton, Cedric (1965) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of London 

Strozier, Robert I. (1965) 

Head of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts Department 
Professor of English 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

M.A.. Florida State University 

A.B.. University of Georgia 

Suchower, John (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Drama-Speech 
M.A., University of Detroit 
B.A.. Fairfield University 

Tanenbaum, Barbara G. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.Ed.. Armstrong State College 
B.S.. Medical College of Georgia 

Tapp, Lawrence M. (1959) 

Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee 
M.S.. University of Tennessee 
B.S.. University of Tennessee 

Thorne, Francis M. (1965) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S.. Stetson University 

Tilson, Elwin R. (1982) 

Director of Radiologic Technologies 

Program 
Assistant Professor of Radiologic 
Technologies 

M.S.. San Francisco State University 
B.S., Arizona State University 

Timberlake, Sara E. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. . Medical College of Georgia 



FACULTY 



249 



Ward. Paul E. (1968) 

On Department 

Professor of Educ^r 

Ed.D.. University of Georgia 
M Ed . University of Georgia 
B S . Georgia Teachers College 

Warlick, Roger K. (1970) 

Head of History Department 

Professor of History 

Ph.D.. Boston University 

B A . Arizona State University 

Welsh, John A., Ill (1967) 

Assistant Professor of English 
MA, Vanderbilt University 
B A . Davidson College 

White, Charles C, Jr. (1963) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M A . Southern Illinois University 
B.S.. East Carolina University 

White, Susan S. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Speech Correction 
M.Ed.. University of South Carolina 
B.S.. Winthrop College 

White, Virginia (1966) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
MAT.. Emory University 
A.B., Vanderbilt University 

Whiten, Morris L. (1970) 

Professor of Physics 

Ph.D.. University of Georgia 
B.S.. University of Georgia 

Williamson, Jane B. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N . Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed . Georgia Southern College 
B.S.N. . University of Georgia 

Worthington, Clarke S. (1967) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Emory University 
MA.. Northern Illinois University 
B.A., University of Arizona 



Teaching Associates 

Smith. Pamela E. (1984) 

; Associate Bid 
B S , Armstrong State College 



Emeriti Faculty 

Anchors, Lorraine (1954-1983) 

Professor of English Emerita 

Ashmore, Henry L. (1965-1982) 

President Emeritus 

Beecher, Orson (1959-1982) 

Professor of History Emeritus 

Boney, Madeline (1967-1982) 

Professor of History Emerita 

Davenport, Leslie B., Jr. (1958-1983) 

Professor of Biology Emeritus 

Gadsden, Ida (1956-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Harmond, Thelma (1963-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Lubs, Margaret (1948-1978) 

Professor of Languages Emerita 

Pendexter, Hugh III (1965-1983) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Persse, Harry (1952-1981) 

Professor of Music Emeritus 

Sartor, Herman (1964-1981) 

Professor of Education Emeritus 

Stanfield, Jule (1952-1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
Emerita 

Winn, William (1957-1971) 

Professor of Mathematics Emeritus 



250 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Officers of Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia 

H Dean Propst Chancellor 

Henry G Neal Executive Secretary 

Jacob H Wamsley Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs Treasurer 

Frederick Branch Vice Chancellor Facilities 

W Ray Cleere Vice Chancellor Academic Affairs 

Howard Jordan. Jr Vice Chancellor Services 

Thomas F. McDonald Vice Chancellor Student Services 

Haskin R Pounds Vice Chancellor Research and Planning 

James L Carmon Asst Vice Chancellor Computer Systems 

Wanda K Cheek Asst. Vice Chancellor Planning 

T Don Davis Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Personnel 

Anne Flowers Assistant Vice Chancellor Academic Affairs 

Gordon M Funk Asst Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs Accounting Systems and Procedures 

Mary Ann Hickman Asst Vice Chancellor Affirmative Action 

H. Guy Jenkins. Jr Asst Vice Chancellor Facilities 

Thomas E. Mann Asst. Vice Chancellor Facilities 

Roger Mosshart Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs Budgets 

W Curtis Spikes Asst. Vice Chancellor Research 

University System of Georgia 

244 Washington St., S.W. 

Atlanta. Georgia 30334 

A, me i rAI ,. C/m.«/4*»:^ Buck, Joseph Vice President of 

Armstrong Foundation student Affairs and 

The Armstrong State College Foundation. Inc.. a Development 

non-profit organization chartered in 1984. receives Stegall, John Vice President for Business 

and holds in trust real and person property that is and Finance 

given, divised, bequeathed, given in trust or as- Adams. Joseph Dean, School of 

signed for use by Armstrong State College. The Arts and Sciences 

board of directors is composed of alumni and area Anderson. Donald Dean, College and 

business people who are committed to developing Community Services 

and managing external funding resources for the Nash, Charles Dean, School of Education 

college. Norsworthy, Gary Dean, Coastal Georgia 

Center for Continuing Education 
*n ., ^ Repella. James Dean. School of Health 

College Commission Professions 

Victor, Irving, Chairman Urbanz. Ed Director of Plant Operations 

Beall. Y.A.. Jr. Groach. Maureen Director of Finance 

Bell, Joseph Harris. Al Director of Student Activities 

Kole, Kay Struck, Ellen Director of Personnel 

Ranitz, John, Jr. Vacant Registrar 

Stegall. John Miller. Thomas Director of Admissions 

Bargeron. Saxon and Recruitment 

Brooks. Charles Morrison. Margaret Director of Computer 

Ethendge, Ronald Services 

Rousakis, John Bryner, Renald Director of Athletics 

Young, David A Benson. Lynn Director of 

Burnett, Robert Counseling Services 

Groach, Maureen, Secretary Treasurer Lee. Michele Director of 

College Communications 

_ Shawe. Ellen Acting Dir. Financial 

Officers Of Administration Ad and Veterans Affairs 

Burnett, Robert President Owens. Alfred ...Minority 

Butler. Frank Vice President and Recruitment Officer 

Dean of Faculty 



THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



251 



Institutions of the University System of Georgia 



Athens 30602 

University ot Georgia h B.J MS. D 
Atlanta 30332 

Georgia Institute of Technology h; 



Universities 

Georgia Si - 1 S.D 

August 30912 
B.M.D al College of Georgia h. A.BM.D 



Albany 31705 

Albany State College h B.M 
Amencus 31709 

Georgia Southwestern College h 
Augusta 30910 

Augusta College — A.B.M.S 
Carrollton 30118 

West Georgia College h. A.B.M.S 
Columbus 31993 

Columbus College - A.B.M.S 
Dahlonega 30597 

North Georgia College — h; ABM 
Fort Valley 31030 

Fort Valley State College — h, A, B.M 



Albany 31707 

Albany Junior College — A 
Atlanta 30310 

Atlanta Junior College — A 
Bainbndge 31717 

Bambndge Junior College — A 
Barnesville 30204 

Gordon Junior College — h: A 
Brunswick 31523 

Brunswick Junior College — A 
Cochran 31014 

Middle Georgia College — h; A 
Dalton 30720 

Dalton Junior College — A 
Douglas 31533 

South Georgia College — h; A 



Senior Colleges 

Marietta 30061 

Kennesaw College A.B 
Marietta 30060 
A.B.M.S Southern Technical Institute h ABM 

Milledgeville 31061 

Georgia College h. A.B.M.S 
Savannah 31419 

Armstrong State College — h, A.B.M.S 
Savannah 31404 

Savannah State College - h. A, B.M 
Statesboro 30460 

Georgia Southern College h, A.B.M.S.cD 
Valdosta 31698 

Valdosta State College — h; A.B.M.S.cD 

Junior Colleges 

Gainesville 30503 

Gainesville Junior College — A 
Macon 31297 

Macon Junior College — A 
Morrow 30260 

Clayton Junior College — A 
Rome 30163 

Floyd Junior College — A 
Swainsboro 30401 

Emanuel County Junior College — A 
Tifton 31793 

Abraham Baldwin Agn College — h, A 
Waycross 31501 

Waycross Junior College — A 



h — On-Campus Student Housing Facilities Degrees Awarded A — Associate B — Baccalaureate 

J — Juris Doctor. M — Masters S Specialist m Education D — Doctorate 
Doctorate ottered m cooperation with a University System university with degree awarded by the university 



• Locations ot 
Universities 
and Colleges 




Board of Regents 

Anderson, John Jr Hawkmsville 

Bishop. Julius Athens 

Divine. William Albany 

Dodd. Mane W Atlanta 

Frier, Thomas Douglas 

Gignilhat. Arthur Savannah 

Greene. Joseph Augusta 

McMillan, Elndge Atlanta 

Rhodes. Edgar Bremen 

Robinson. John, III Amencus 

Skandalakis. John Atlanta 

Smith. Sidney Gainesville 

Summer. Lloyd, Jr Rome 

Ward. Jackie Atlanta 

Yancey. Caroline Atlanta 



252 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Undergraduate Index 



Academic Computing Center 18 

Academic Progress 40 

Academic Standing 43 

Accelerated Admission Program 24 

Accreditations 11 

Administrative Officers 250 

Admissions 20 

Accelerated Prog ram 24 

Conditional 21 

Early 24 

General Information 20 

International Students 24 

Readmission 23 

Regular 21 

Transfer Applicants 22 

Transient Students 23 

Veterans 25 

Vocational Rehabilitation 25 

Admission Requirements to Specific 

Programs 25 

Dental Hygiene 27 

Dental Hygiene Education 28 

Fine Arts 25 

Health Information Management 28 

Health Science 30 

Medical Technology 30 

Nursing (Associate) 25 

Nursing (Baccalaureate) 26 

Radiologic Technologies 29 

Respiratory Therapy 29 

Teacher Education 137 

Adults Back to College Program 18 

Advanced Placement 21 

Advisement 42 

Alumni Activities 11 

Application Fee 35 

Arts and Sciences (School of) 66 

Associate Degree General 

Requirements 55 

Athletics 17 

Attendance 43 

Auditing 44 

Baccalaureate Degree General 

Req u i rements 55 

Biology Department 68 



Calendar (Academic) inside front cover 

Chemistry Department 74 

Classification of Students 42 

Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 12 

Continuing Education 12 

Core Curriculum 49 

Counseling 17 

Course Offerings 

American Civilization 113 

Accounting (SSC) 160 

Anthropology 129 

Art 84 

Astronomy 80 

Biology 70 

Botany 72 

Business Administration (SSC) 160 

Business Education (SSC) 160 

Chemistry 76 

Communications 112 

Computer Science 126 

Criminal Justice 94 

Dental Hygiene 173 

Developmental Studies 57 

Drama/Speech 114 

Economics 96 

Education 

Business 160 

EDN (Early Elementary and 

Middle School) 140 

EDU (Secondary) 156 

Exceptional Children 157 

Library Media/Science 159 

Engineering 78 

English 1 15 

Entomology 72 

Evening Courses 12 

Film 118 

French 118 

Geography 103 

Geology 80 

German 119 

Health Education 180 

Health Information Management 176 

Health Science 179 

History 103 

Industrial Arts Education (SSC) 161 

Journalism 120 



This index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog A seperate graduate index applies to the graduate 
portion of this catalog 



UNDERGRADUATE INDEX 



253 



Latin 


119 






Linguistics 


120 


s 




ii Technology 


181 


Meteorology 




Military Science 


• 


Museum and Preservation Studies 


109 


Music 


86 


Nursing 




Associate Degree (NUR) 


.167 


Baccalaureate Degree (BSN) 


171 


Oceanography 


80 


Office Administration (SSC) 


162 


Philosophy 


120 


Physical Education 


143 


Physical Science 


79 


Physics 


80 


Political Science 


97 


Psychology 


130 



Public Administration 97 

Radiologic Technologies 183 

Reading Skills 58 

Respiratory Therapy 186 

Russian 119 

Sociology 132 

Spanish 119 

Study Techniques 58 
Trade and Industrial Education 

(SSC) 163 

Zoology 72 

Courses 

Auditing 44 

Course Load 42 

Dropping 44 

Lettering System for 42 

Numbering System for 42 

Overload 42 

Repeating 44 

Withdrawing from College 44 

Credit by Examination 21 



Dean s List 43 

Degree Programs (Categories) 1 1 

Cooperative 12 

Dual-Degree 12 

Four-Year 1 1 

Joint Continuing Education Center 12 

Pre-Professional 12 

Two- Year 1 1 



Dismissal (Acad* 
Facu • 
Fees 

Financial Aid 
Financial Obligations 
Fine Arts Department 
Food Service 



48 

1 1 

I 

81 
16 



General Studies 
Government Benefits 
Government Department 
Graduate Catalog 



66 

39 

90 

190 



Health Information Management 

Program 
Health Science Program 
History Department 
History of the College 
Honor Code 
Honors 
Housing 
Health Professions (School of) 



175 

178 

100 

10 

44 

43 

16 

166 



International Students 
Intramurals 



24 

17 



Languages. Literature, and Dramatic 

Arts Department 1 10 

Lettering System for Courses 42 

Library Media Program 1 55 

Library Services 18 

Location 10 

Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 121 
Mathematics and English Placement 

Tests 54 

Medical Technology Program 180 

Military Science Program 58 



This index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog A seperate graduate index applies to the graduate 
portion of this catalog 



254 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Naval Science Program 61 

Notice of Fee Change 34 

Numbering System for Courses 55 

Nursing Department (Associate) 166 

Nursing Department (Baccalaureate) 169 



Off-Campus Courses 12 

Orientation 16 



Savannah 

Scholarships 

Secondary Education Department. 
Student 

Activities 

Cooperative Program 

Government 

Organizations 

Publications 

Study Load 

Suspension (Academic) 



.10 
.40 
147 

.16 
.12 

.16 
.16 
.17 

. .42 

.43 



Parking Regulations 18 

Physical Education Department 143 

Physical Education Requirements 54 

Placement Services 17 

Placement Tests (English and 

Mathematics) 54 

Political Science 97 

Probation (Academic) 43 

Psychology Department 128 

Purpose of the College 10 



Teacher Education Programs.. 
Testing 

English and Mathematics 
Placement Tests 

Regents' Testing Policy 

Services 

Transfer Students 

Financial Aid 

Requirements of Applicants 
Transient Students 



136 



54 
52 

.17 



38 
.22 
23 



Radiologic Technologies Program 182 

Readmission 23 

Refunds 36 

Regents' Testing Program 52 

Registration 

Late Fee 35 

Reports and Grades 42 

Residency Reclassification 35 

Residency Requirements 34 

Respiratory Therapy Department 185 



Veterans 

Admissions 

Financial Aid 

Vocational Rehabilitation 



.25 
39 
.25 



Withdrawals (Medical) 

Withdrawing from College. 
Writing Center 



44 

.44 
.18 



This index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog A seperate graduate index applies to the graduate 
portion of this catalog 



GRADUATE INDEX 



255 



Graduate Index 



Academic Probation and Standing 197 

Academic Regulations 195 

Administrative Withdrawals 198 
Admission Requirements to Specific 

Programs 194 

Admissions 191 

Advisement 195 

Application Fee 198 



Biology Department 201 

Business Education Program 227 



Museum Preservation Studies 
Oceanography 

Physical Science 205 
Physics 

Political Science 207 

Public Administration 207 

Zoology 202 
Courses 

Adding 197 

CATES 198 

Dropping 197 

Load Limitation 197 

Withdrawal from 197 



Calendar (Academic) inside front cover 

CATES Courses 198 

Chemistry and Physics Department 203 

Course Eligibility 197 

Course Offerings 

Astronomy 204 

Biology 201 

Botany 202 

Business Education 227 

Chemistry 203 

Criminal Justice 206 

Computer Science 219 

Drama/Speech 216 

Economics 209 

Education 

Business Education 227 

Early Elementary Education 223 

Economic Education 233 

EDN Courses 221 

EDU Courses 231 

Exceptional Children (EXC) 233 

Physical Education 225 

Science Education 228 

Social Studies Education 229 

English 217 

Film 216 

Geology 204 

Health Education 239 

Health Science 239 

History 211 

Mathematics 218 

Meteorology 204 



Degree Applications 

Degree Candidacy 

Degree Programs 

Degree Requirements 

Departmental Coordinators. 



198 
199 
191 
191 
190 



Elementary Education Department 220 



Fees 

Financial Aid 

Financial Obligations. 



198 
199 
199 



General Degree Requirements. 
Government Department 



200 
205 



Health Science Program 

History Department 

History and Purpose of the College 
Honor Code 



239 

210 
190 
198 



International Student Advisement 196 



This index applies to only the graduate section of this catalog A seperate undergraduate index applies to the under- 
graduate portion of this catalog. 



256 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 

Arts Department 216 

Marine Science Center Offerings 

Biology Department 203 

Chemistry and Physics Department 205 

Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 217 

MEd Programs 

Certification 200 

Non-certification 200 

Notice of Fee Change 199 

Nursing (M.S.) 240 

Physical Education Department 224 



Readmission 193 

Refunds 199 

Registration 196 

Reports and Grades 196 

Residency Requirements 1 99 

Second Masters 200 

Secondary and Special Education 

Department 226 

Specialist in Education Degree 236 

Thirty-Hour Plan 200 

Time Limitation 199 

Transcripts 199 

Transfer of Credits 196 

Veterans Benefits 199 

Withdrawals (Administrative) 198 



This index applies to only the graduate section of this catalog. A seperate undergraduate index applies to the under- 
graduate portion of this catalog 



CAMPUS MAP 



257 



Armstrong State College Campus Guide 



ADMINISTRATION BUD I N 

Adllllss 

Alumni •'< 
Business & F 

. Communications 
Commut 

Contiiui 

. :ng & Placement 
Institutional Research 
President 
Registrar 
Student Affairs 
Student Financial Aid 
Veterans Affairs 
Vice President and Dean of Faculty 



VICTOR MAl l 

Adult I ducatfon (Gl DJ 

Cental lor r i onomu r dm ation 
[Van School of f ducation 
Elementary Education 

tary ft s p.-> lal I ducatton 
Ga Learning Reaourcci System t(.l Rsi 
Psychology 

. tch Clinic 



4 JENKINS HALL 

Auditorium 

Administrative Computer Center 

5 LANE LIBRARY 

A V Services 
Graphic Arts 

6 ACADEMIC COMPUTER CENTER 
Bookstore 
Developmental Studies 




B 



GAMBLE HALL 

Dean, School of Arts and Sciences 

History 

Languages. Literature & Dramatic Arts 

Navy ROTC " 

Writing Center 



Ml MOKIAl ( <>l I M.I CI 
Army ROT< 
< sfeterla 

Dining Rooms President & I 
Student A( HvWes ( >lli< • 

Annual 

Sororities 

Student ( .overtimed! 

student Newspaper 

HAW! S MAI I 
Biology 
Biology I ab 

Math & Computer Science 

SOI MS MAI I 

Chemistry & Physic s 

Government 

Physics Lab 

Radiologic Technologies Lab 



10 CAMPUS SECURITY 

1 1 FINE ARTS CENTER 

Auditorium 
I ine Arts 
Gallery 

12 HEALTH PROFESSIONS BLDG 

A I) Nursing 

Auditorium 

B S Nursing 

Dean. School of Health Professions 

Dental Clink 

Dental Hygiene 

Health Information Management 

Health Science 

Medical Technology 

Radiologic Technologies 

Respiratory Therapy 

13 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

& ATHLETIC BLDG 
Athletics 
Gymnasium 
Physical Education 

Pool 

Weight Room 

14 MAINTENANCE BUILDING 

( Central Stores 
Mail Room 
Plant Operations 

15 TENNIS COURTS ATHLETIC FIELDS 

16 STUDENT VISITOR PARKING 

17 RESIDENCE CENTER 



Where to Write or Call 

There is a central mail room on campus Specific information may be obtained by writing to 
the offices listed below and adding: 
Armstrong State College 
11935 Abercorn Street 
Savannah, GA 31419-1997 



ADMISSION 

Director of Admissions 

927-5277 

ALUMNI 
Alumni Affairs 
927-5264 

ATHLETICS 
Director of Athletics 
927-5336 

BUSINESS MATTERS 

Vice President of Business & Finance 

927-5255 

CAREER PLANNING & PLACEMENT 
Director of Career Development 

and Placement 
927-5269 

CATALOG 

Director of Admissions 

927-5277 

CONTINUING EDUCATION 
Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 
927-5322 

COUNSELING 
Director of Counseling 
927-5269 

FINANCIAL AID, GRANTS, LOANS, 

WORK-STUDY ELIGIBILITY 
Director of Student Financial Aid 
927-5271 

GENERAL ACADEMIC AND 

FACULTY MATTERS 
Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
927-5261 

GIFTS, GRANTS & BEQUESTS 
Vice President of Student 
Affairs & Development 
927-5271 

GRADUATE STUDY 
Director of Admissions 
927-5277 



HOUSING 
Director of Housing 
927-5269 

MINORITY STUDENTS 
Minority Recruitment Office 
927-5277 

PUBLIC INFORMATION 

Director of College Communications 

927-5263 

SECURITY 
Campus Security 
927-5236 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 
Dean, School of Education 
927-5279 

TUITION, PAYMENT OF BILLS, REFUNDS 
Vice President for Business & Finance 
927-5255 



Special Notice 

The statements set forth in this Catalog are 
for information purposes only and should not 
be construed as the basis of a contract 
between a student and this institution 

While the provisions of the Catalog will 
generally be applied as stated, Armstrong 
State College reserves the right to change any 
provision listed in this Catalog, including but 
not limited to academic requirements for 
graduation, without actual notice to individual 
students. Every effort will be made to keep 
students advised of any such changes. 
Information on changes will be available in the 
Offices of the Registrar, the Vice President of 
Student Affairs, and the academic deans. It is 
especially important that students note that it 
is their responsibility to keep themselves 
apprised of current graduation requirements 
for their particular degree program 

Armstrong State College is an affirmative 
action equal opportunity education institution 
does not discriminate on the basis of sex, 
race, age, religion, handicap, or national origin 
in employment, admissions, or activities. 



Cover photo by Linda Gibson, art instructor at Armstrong State College. 



s 






3 


1 


^IfsI 


a 
ft 


> 
H 

o 


r 
r 

D 




BR 

f 









JH 


1 *.s/'fr 




il^ 


WP 


1; 


W B n 






■urn, ; 1 ^ 
tMg I mil 


r >^^V j 







3 i "■ 
~ 3 3 3 2 

_ D > O O 

2 a» = *j a> 

OTD5 rt 

\ «o 
1 a -i